WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION INC
SB-2, 1997-09-22
Previous: NAVIGATOR GAS TRANSPORT PLC, F-4, 1997-09-22
Next: PRICE T ROWE REAL ESTATE FUND INC, N-8A, 1997-09-22




   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 1997
                                                  Registration No. 333-_______
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   ----------
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                   ----------
                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                               <C>                                    <C>
            Delaware                                     6035                                          Applied For
 (State or other jurisdiction of              (Primary Standard Industrial                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)               Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>
                11 West Ridgely Road, Lutherville, Maryland 21094
                                 (410) 252-6450
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                   ----------
                          Ernest A. Moretti, President
                         Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.
                              11 West Ridgely Road
                           Lutherville, Maryland 21094
                                 (410) 252-6450
       (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
                                   ----------
                  Please send copies of all communications to:

                            Jeffrey M. Werthan, P.C.
                                Gary A. Lax, P.C.
                         SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
      (a limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
                            1100 New York Avenue, NW
                            Washington, DC 20005-3934
                                 (202) 414-6100
                                   ----------
                  Approximate date of commencement of proposed
                sale to the public: As soon as practicable after
                 this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [X]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                    Proposed Maximum       Proposed Maximum
   Title of Each Class of                    Amount to be            Offering Price             Aggregate              Amount of
Securities to be Registered                  Registered(1)           Per Share (1)          Offering Price(1)      Registration Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                        <C>                   <C>                        <C>      
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share       925,750 shares             $10.00                $9,257,500                 $2,806(1)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>


Prospectus
 [LOGO]

                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.
  (Proposed Holding Company for Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association)

                                $10.00 Per Share
                         805,000 Shares of Common Stock
                              (Anticipated Maximum)

     Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc. (the "Holding Company") is offering up to
805,000 shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
in  connection  with  the  conversion  of  Wyman  Park  Federal  Savings  & Loan
Association,  Lutherville,  Maryland ("Wyman Park" or the "Association")  from a
federally chartered mutual savings and loan association to a federally chartered
stock  savings and loan  association  and the  issuance  of all of Wyman  Park's
outstanding  stock to the Holding  Company (the  "Conversion").  Pursuant to the
Association's  plan of  conversion  (the "Plan of  Conversion"  or the  "Plan"),
non-transferable  rights  to  subscribe  for  the  Common  Stock  ("Subscription
Rights") have been given, in order or priority,  to (i) Wyman Park's  depositors
with  qualifying  minimum  deposits  as of March  31,  1996  ("Eligible  Account
Holders"),  (ii)  tax-qualified  employee  plans of Wyman  Park and the  Holding
Company  ("Tax-Qualified   Employee  Plans")  including  the  Holding  Company's
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  (the  "ESOP"),  provided,  however,  that  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans shall have first priority  Subscription  Rights to
the  extent  that the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  sold in the
Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation  Range as defined
below,  (iii) Wyman Park's  depositors as of September  30, 1997  ("Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders"),  (iv) depositors as of ________,  1997 and certain
borrowers ("Other Members"), and (v) its employees,  officers and directors (the
"Subscription Offering").
                                                        (continued on next page)

                                   ----------

               FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO SUBSCRIBE, CALL THE STOCK
                     INFORMATION CENTER AT (410) ___-____.

                                   ----------

    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED, SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                              BEGINNING ON PAGE __.

                                   ----------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATOR, THE OFFICE OF THRIFT
    SUPERVISION OR THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, NOR HAS SUCH
     COMMISSION, REGULATOR, OFFICE OR CORPORATION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
       OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
        IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY
            ARE NOT SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR SAVINGS DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT 
              INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 
                         OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

================================================================================
                                                Estimated
                                               Underwriting
                                                   Fees
                                                Commissions
                                                    and       Estimated Net
                                  Purchase         Other        Conversion
                                  Price(1)      Expenses(2)    Proceeds(3)
                                  --------      -----------    -----------
Per Share(4) .................         $10.00          $.59           $9.41
Minimum Total ................  $5,950,000.00   $392,129.00   $5,557,871.00
Midpoint Total ...............  $7,000,000.00   $410,000.00   $6,590,000.00
Maximum Total ................  $8,050,000.00   $427,871.00   $7,622,129.00
Maximum Total, As Adjusted(5)   $9,257,500.00   $448,423.00   $8,809,077.00
================================================================================
- ----------

(1)  Determined  on the basis of an  appraisal  prepared  by Ferguson & Company,
     Inc.  ("Ferguson")  dated as of August  22,  1997,  which  states  that the
     estimated pro forma market value of the Common Stock ranged from $5,950,000
     to $8,050,000 or between 595,000 shares and 815,000 shares, of Common Stock
     at $10.00 per share.  See "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and Number of
     Shares to be Issued."

(2)  Consists of estimated  costs to the  Association and the Holding Company in
     the Conversion,  including commissions payable to Trident Securities,  Inc.
     ("Trident Securities") estimated to be $392,129 and $427,871, respectively,
     based on the minimum and the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range, in
     connection with the Subscription and Community Offering. Trident Securities
     has no obligation to purchase the Common Stock.  Such fees and  commissions
     to selected  dealers,  if any, may be deemed to be  underwriting  fees. See
     "Pro Forma Data" and "The  Conversion - Stock Price and Number of Shares to
     be Issued" for  information  regarding such fees and expenses.  The Holding
     Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  Trident   Securities  against  certain
     liabilities,  including  liabilities  arising under the  Securities  Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Act"). Actual expenses and thus net proceeds, may be
     more or less than estimated amounts.

(3)  Net Conversion  proceeds may vary from the estimated amounts,  depending on
     the  number of shares  issued  and the  number of shares  sold  subject  to
     commissions.  The actual  number of shares of Common  Stock to be issued in
     the  Conversion  will  not be  determined  until  after  the  close  of the
     offering.

(4)  Assumes the sale of the midpoint number of shares. If the minimum,  maximum
     or 15% above the maximum number of shares are sold,  estimated expenses per
     share would be $.66, $.53 or $.48, respectively, resulting in estimated net
     Conversion proceeds per share of $9.34, $9.47 or $9.52, respectively.

(5)  As  adjusted  to give  effect  to the sale of up to an  additional  120,750
     shares (15% above the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range) which may
     be offered in the Conversion  without the  resolicitation of subscribers or
     any right of  cancellation,  to reflect  changes  in market  and  financial
     conditions  following  the  commencement  of the  Offering.  See "Pro Forma
     Data,"  and "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing  and  Number of Shares to be
     Issued."

                            TRIDENT SECURITIES, INC.
                  The date of this Prospectus is ________, 1997



<PAGE>


(continued from prior page)

   Subject to the prior rights of holders of  Subscription  Rights,  the Holding
Company may offer the Common  Stock for sale in a direct  community  offering to
members of the  general  public,  with a first  preference  to  natural  persons
residing in  Baltimore  and Anne  Arundel  Counties,  Maryland  (the  "Community
Offering"  and  when  combined  with  the  Subscription  Offering  are  referred
collectively as the "Subscription and Community Offering").  The Association and
the Holding Company reserve the right, in their absolute  discretion,  to accept
or reject,  in whole or in part,  any or all orders in the  Community  Offering.
Subscription  Rights  are non-  transferrable.  Persons  found to be  selling or
otherwise  transferring  their  right  to  purchase  stock  in the  Subscription
Offering or purchasing  Common Stock on behalf of another person will be subject
to  forfeiture  of such rights and  possible  further  sanctions  and  penalties
imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), an agency of the United
States Government.

   The total number of shares to be issued in the Conversion  will be based upon
an appraised  valuation of the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the
Holding Company and the  Association as converted.  The purchase price per share
("Purchase  Price")  has been fixed at $10.00.  Based on the  current  aggregate
valuation  range of $5.95  million to $8.05  million (the  "Estimated  Valuation
Range"),  the  Holding  Company  is  offering  for  sale up to  805,000  shares.
Depending upon the market and financial conditions at the time of the completion
of the  offering,  if any,  the  total  number  of  shares  to be  issued in the
Conversion may be increased or decreased from the 805,000 shares offered hereby,
provided that the product of the total number of shares  multiplied by the price
per share remains within, or does not exceed by more than 15% the maximum of the
Estimated  Valuation Range. If the aggregate  Purchase Price of the Common Stock
sold in the  Conversion  is  below  $5,950,000  or above  $9,257,500,  or if the
offering is extended beyond __________,  1997,  subscribers will be permitted to
modify  or cancel  their  subscriptions  and to have  their  subscription  funds
returned promptly with interest.  Under such circumstances,  if subscribers take
no action,  their  subscription  funds will be  promptly  returned  to them with
interest.   In  all  other  circumstances,   subscriptions  are  irrevocable  by
subscribers. See "The Conversion - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

   With the  exception of the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans and certain  large
depositors, no Eligible Account Holder,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or
Other Member may purchase in their capacity as such in the Subscription Offering
more than $100,000 of Common Stock. In the aggregate,  no person,  together with
associates  of and  persons  acting in concert  with such person or persons on a
single  account,  may purchase more than $100,000 of Common Stock offered in the
Conversion based on the Estimated Valuation Range. Under certain  circumstances,
the maximum  purchase  limitations  may be  increased  or  decreased at the sole
discretion of the  Association  and the Holding Company up to 9.99% of the total
number of shares of Common  Stock sold in the  Conversion  or to one  percent of
shares of Common Stock  offered in the  Conversion.  The minimum  purchase is 25
shares. See "The Conversion - Additional Purchase Restrictions."

   The  Holding  Company  must  receive  an order  form and  certification  form
(together referred to as the "Order Form"), together with full payment at $10.00
per share (or appropriate  instructions  authorizing a withdrawal from a deposit
account at the  Association)  for all shares for which  subscription is made, at
any office of the  Association,  by 12:00 noon,  Lutherville,  Maryland time, on
________,  1997, unless the Subscription and Community Offering is extended,  at
the  discretion of the Board of Directors,  up to an additional 45 days with the
approval of the OTS, if necessary,  but without additional notice to subscribers
(the  "Expiration  Date").  See "The Conver  sion - Offering of Holding  Company
Common Stock."  Subscriptions  paid by check,  bank draft or money order will be
placed in a segregated  account at the Association and will earn interest at the
Association's  passbook  rate  from  the date of  receipt  until  completion  or
termination of the  Conversion.  Payments  authorized by withdrawal from deposit
accounts at the  Association  will continue to earn interest at the  contractual
rate until the  Conversion  is  completed  or  terminated;  these  funds will be
otherwise unavailable to the depositor until such time.  Authorized  withdrawals
from  certificate  accounts  for the  purchase of Common Stock will be permitted
without the imposition of early withdrawal penalties or loss of interest.

   Following the completion of the offering,  it is anticipated  that the common
stock will be traded on the  over-the-counter  market with quotations  available
through the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board ("OTC Bulletin Board"). If the common
stock cannot be quoted and traded on the Bulletin  Board it is expected that the
transactions  in the common stock will be reported in the pink sheets  published
by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. Prior to this offering there has not been
a public  market for the Common  Stock,  and there can be no  assurance  that an
active and liquid  trading  market  for the  Common  Stock will  develop or that
resales  of the Common  Stock can be made at or above the  Purchase  Price.  See
"Market  for Common  Stock" and "The  Conversion  - Stock  Pricing and Number of
Shares to be Issued."



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                  [MAP TO COME]


                                        3

<PAGE>



                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


         The following  summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its entirety by the detailed  information and financial  statements appearing
elsewhere herein.

Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.

         The Holding  Company,  Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc., was formed in
1997 by Wyman  Park under the laws of  Delaware  for the  purpose of  becoming a
savings and loan holding company which will own all of the  outstanding  capital
stock that Wyman Park will issue in connection with the Conversion.  Immediately
following the  Conversion,  the only  significant  assets of the Holding Company
will be the capital stock of Wyman Park and up to  approximately  50% of the net
proceeds from the Conversion,  a portion of which is expected to be used to fund
the Holding  Company's loan to its Employee Stock  Ownership Plan ("ESOP").  See
"Use of Proceeds."  Upon  completion of the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company's
business initially will consist only of the business of Wyman Park.

         The  executive  office of the  Holding  Company  is  located at 11 West
Ridgely  Road,  Lutherville,  Maryland  21093 and its  telephone  number at that
address is (410) 252-6450. See "Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc."

Wyman Park

         Wyman  Park  was  founded  in  1914  as  an  Maryland-chartered  mutual
association and converted to a federally  chartered  association in 1937.  Wyman
Park serves the financial needs of families and local  businesses in its primary
market  area  through its main office  located in central  Baltimore  County and
through its branch office located in northern Anne Arundel County, Maryland. Its
deposits are insured up to applicable  limits by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  ("FDIC").  At June 30,  1997,  Wyman Park had total assets of $62.2
million,  deposits of $56.1  million and  retained  earnings of $4.8 million (or
7.7% of total assets).

         Wyman Park's  business  involves  attracting  deposits from the general
public and using such deposits to originate  one- to  four-family  permanent and
construction  residential  mortgage  and, to a lesser  extent,  commercial  real
estate, multi-family, consumer (secured and unsecured), land and second mortgage
loans in its market area. The Association also invests in investment  securities
consisting  primarily  of U.S.  government  obligations  and  various  types  of
short-term liquid assets.
See "Business."

         The  Association's  basic  mission  is  to  maintain  its  focus  as an
independent,  community- oriented financial institution serving customers in its
primary  market  area.  The Board of  Directors  has sought to  accomplish  this
mission  through  the  adoption  of a strategy  designed  to improve its capital
position  and  maintain  its  high  asset  quality,   manage  the  Association's
sensitivity  to changes in  interest  rates and improve  the  Association's  net
interest  margin.  The  Association  has attempted to effect its strategy by (i)
continuing to emphasize one- to four-family permanent and construction

                                        4

<PAGE>



residential  mortgage  lending,  (ii)  supplementing  residential  lending  with
investments  in  commercial  real  estate,   consumer  and  other  loans,  (iii)
emphasizing the origination of adjustable rate and short-and  medium-term (up to
15 years) loans and investments; and (iv) maintaining a low overhead.

         Financial highlights of the Association include the following:

          o    Capital  Position.  - At  June  30,  1997,  the  Association  had
               retained  earnings of $4.8 million (7.6 of total  assets).  Wyman
               Park's   regulatory   capital  exceeds  all  regulatory   capital
               requirements.  At June 30, 1997, Wyman Park's risk-based  capital
               totaled $5.0 million which was  approximately  $2.3 million above
               the Association's capital requirement at such date. Assuming on a
               pro forma basis that $8.05 million of shares,  the maximum of the
               Estimated  Valuation  Range,  were  sold  in the  Conversion  and
               approximately 50% of the net Conversion proceeds were contributed
               to Wyman Park by the Holding  Company,  as of June 30, 1997,  the
               Association's  risk-based  capital  would have been $7.9  million
               (22.5%  of  risk  adjusted  total  assets).   See  "Regulation  -
               Regulatory Capital Requirements."

          o    Asset Quality. - The Association's ratio of non-performing assets
               to total  assets  was .28% at June 30,  1997.  The  Association's
               non-performing  assets  primarily  consist of one- to four-family
               mortgage loans. See "Business - Delinquencies and Non- Performing
               Assets."

         The  information  set forth above should be  considered in light of the
factors  described under the caption "Risk Factors." For additional  information
regarding  the  implementation  of  the  Association's  business  strategy,  see
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset/Liability Management."

Forward-Looking Statements

         When used in this Form  10-KSB  and in future  filings  by the  Holding
Company  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC"),  in the
Company's press releases or other public or shareholder  communications,  and in
oral statements made with the approval of an authorized  executive officer,  the
words or phrases "will likely result",  "are expected to", "will continue",  "is
anticipated",  "estimate",  "project"  or similar  expressions  are  intended to
identify  "forward-looking   statements"  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to risks
and uncertainties,  including but not limited to changes in economic  conditions
in the  Holding  Company's  market  area,  changes  in  policies  by  regulatory
agencies,  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  demand  for loans in the  Holding
Company's market area and  competition,  all or some of which could cause actual
results  to differ  materially  from  historical  earnings  and those  presently
anticipated or projected.  The Holding  Company wishes to caution readers not to
place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as
of the date  made and are  subject  to the  above-stated  qualifications  in any
event.  The Holding  Company  wishes to advise  readers that the factors  listed
above could affect the Holding Company's  financial  performance and could cause
the Holding Company's actual results for future periods to differ

                                        5

<PAGE>



materially  from any  opinions or  statements  expressed  with respect to future
periods in any current statements.

         The Holding Company does not undertake--and  specifically  declines any
obligation--to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to
any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date
of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or  unanticipated
events.

The Conversion

         Plan of  Conversion.  Under the Plan of  Conversion,  the Conversion is
subject to certain  conditions,  including the prior approval of the Plan by the
Association's members at a Special Meeting to be held on __________, 1997. After
the Conversion,  the  Association's  current voting members (who include certain
deposit  account  holders and certain  borrowers)  will have no voting rights in
Wyman Park and will have no voting  rights in the  Holding  Company  unless they
become Holding Company  stockholders.  Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental
Eligible Account Holders,  however,  will have certain liquidation rights in the
Association.  See  "The  Conversion  Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form on
Depositors and Borrowers of the Association - Liquidation Rights."

         The Subscription and Community Offering.  The shares of Common Stock to
be issued in the  Conversion are being offered at a Purchase Price of $10.00 per
share in the  Subscription  Offering  pursuant to  nontransferable  Subscription
Rights in the following order of priority:  (i) Eligible  Account Holders (i.e.,
depositors in the Association on March 31, 1996);  (ii)  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans (in this case, the Holding Company's ESOP);  provided,  however,  that the
Tax- Qualified Employee Plans shall have first priority  Subscription  Rights to
the  extent  that the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  sold in the
Conversion  exceeds  the  maximum  of  the  Estimated   Valuation  Range;  (iii)
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders (i.e.,  depositors in the Association on
September 30, 1997); (iv) Other Members (e.g.,  depositors of the Association as
of  _________,  1997);  and  (v)  employees,   officers  and  directors  of  the
Association.  Subscription  Rights  received in any of the foregoing  categories
will be  subordinated  to the  Subscription  Rights received by those in a prior
category.  Subscription  Rights  will  expire  if not  exercised  by _:__  _.m.,
Lutherville,   Maryland  time,  on  __________,   1997,   unless  extended  (the
"Expiration Date").

         Concurrently,   and   subject  to  the  prior   rights  of  holders  of
Subscription  Rights,  any  shares of Common  Stock  not  subscribed  for in the
Subscription  Offering  are being  offered  at the same  price in the  Community
Offering to members of the general  public,  with a preference  given to natural
persons  residing  in  Baltimore  and  Anne  Arundel  Counties,   Maryland.  The
Association and the Holding Company have engaged Trident Securities as financial
advisor and to assist in the  distribution of shares of Common stock.  Depending
on market  conditions and subject to the prior rights of holders of Subscription
Rights, the Common Stock may be offered for sale to the general public on a best
efforts basis in the Community  Offering through a selected dealers  arrangement
to be coordinated by Trident Securities.

                                        6

<PAGE>




         The Association has established a Stock Information Center,  managed by
Trident  Securities,  to coordinate  the  Subscription  and Community  Offering,
including  tabulating orders and answering  questions about the Subscription and
Community Offering received by telephone.  All subscribers will be instructed to
mail payment to the Stock Information  Center or deliver payment directly to the
Association's office. Payment for shares of Common Stock may be made by cash (if
delivered in person),  check or money order or by  authorization  of  withdrawal
from deposit accounts  maintained with the  Association.  Such funds will not be
available  for  withdrawal  and will not be  released  until the  Conversion  is
completed or terminated.  The Association will not accept wire transfers for the
payment of stock for any  reason.  See "The  Conversion  - Method of Payment for
Subscriptions."

         Purchase Limitations.  The Plan of Conversion places limitations on the
number of shares which may be purchased in the Conversion by various  categories
of persons.  With the exception of the Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans and certain
large  depositors,  no Eligible  Account Holder,  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holder  or  Other  Member  may  purchase  in  their  capacity  as  such  in  the
Subscription  Offering  more  than  $100,000  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the
Conversion.  In the  aggregate,  no person or group of persons acting in concert
(other than the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans) or persons on a single account may
purchase  more than $100,000 of Common Stock  offered in the  Conversion.  These
purchase limits may be increased or decreased consistent with OTS regulations at
the sole  discretion of the Holding  Company and the  Association.  See "The Con
version - Offering of Holding Company Common Stock."

         Prospectus Delivery and Procedure for Purchasing Shares. To ensure that
each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours prior to the Expiration
Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  no prospectus  will be mailed any later than
five days prior to such date or hand  delivered any later than two days prior to
such date.  Execution  of the order form will  confirm  receipt or  delivery  in
accordance  with  Rule  15c2-8.  Order  forms  will be  distributed  only with a
prospectus.  The  Association  will accept for  processing  orders  submitted on
original  order forms with an executed  certification.  Photocopies or facsimile
copies of order forms or the form of certification will not be accepted. Payment
by cash, check,  money order,  bank draft or debit  authorization to an existing
account at the Association must accompany the order form. No wire transfers will
be accepted. See "The Conversion - Method of Payment for Subscriptions."

         In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members  receive  their stock  purchase  priorities,
depositors  must list all  accounts on the Order Form,  giving all names on each
account and the account number as of the applicable record date.

         Restrictions  on  Transfer  of  Subscription   Rights.   Prior  to  the
completion of the Conversion, no person may transfer or enter into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer  the  legal  or  beneficial   ownership  of  the
Subscription  Rights  or the  shares of Common  Stock to be  issued  upon  their
exercise. Each person exercising Subscription Rights will be required to certify
that a purchase of Common  Stock is solely for the  purchaser's  own account and
that there is no agreement or

                                        7

<PAGE>



understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. Persons found to be
selling  or  otherwise  transferring  their  right  to  purchase  stock  in  the
Subscription  Offering or  purchasing  Common Stock on behalf of another  person
will be subject to forfeiture of such rights and possible federal  penalties and
sanctions. See "The Conversion - Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights
and Shares."

         Stock Pricing. The price of the Common Stock is $10.00 per share and is
the same for all purchasers,  including insiders. The aggregate pro forma market
value of the Holding  Company and Wyman Park,  as  converted,  was  estimated by
Ferguson, a firm experienced in appraising  converting thrift  institutions,  to
range from $5,950,000 to $8,050,000 at August 22, 1997 (the "Estimated Valuation
Range").  Depending on market and financial  conditions at the completion of the
Subscription and Community Offering,  the number of shares of Common Stock to be
issued in the  Conversion may be increased or decreased  significantly  from the
805,000 shares offered hereby and the price per share may be decreased. However,
subscribers  will be permitted to modify or rescind their  subscriptions  if the
product of the number of shares to be issued  multiplied  by the price per share
is less than $5,950,000 or more than  $9,257,500.  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The
Conversion - Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued" for a description
of the manner in which such valuation was made and the limitations on its use.

          The  Ferguson  appraisal  is not  intended  to  be,  and  must  not be
interpreted as, a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of voting to
approve the  Conversion or of purchasing  shares of Common Stock.  The appraisal
considers  Wyman Park and the Holding  Company only as going concerns and should
not be considered as any  indication of the  liquidation  value of Wyman Park or
the Holding  Company.  Moreover,  the  appraisal  is  necessarily  based on many
factors which change from time to time.  There can be no assurance  that persons
who purchase shares in the Conversion will be able to sell such shares at prices
at or above the Purchase Price.

Purchases by Directors and Officers

         The  directors  and officers of Wyman Park intend to  purchase,  in the
Subscription  Offering  for  investment  purposes  and at the same  price as the
shares are sold to other investors in the Conversion,  approximately $600,000 of
Common  Stock  or 8.6% of the  shares  to be  issued  in the  Conversion  at the
midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation  Range  (exclusive of an aggregate of 8% of
the shares to be issued in the Conversion  which are anticipated to be purchased
by the ESOP). See "The Conversion - Participation by the Board."

Potential Benefits of Conversion to Directors and Executive Officers

         Employee  Stock   Ownership   Plan.  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Association  has adopted an ESOP,  a  tax-qualified  employee  benefit  plan for
officers and employees of the Holding Company and the Association. All employees
of the Association are eligible to participate in the ESOP after they attain age
21 and complete one year of service. The Association contribution to the ESOP is
allocated among participants on the basis of their relative  compensation.  Each
participant's  account  will be  credited  with cash and  shares of the  Holding
Company's  Common  Stock  based upon  compensation  earned  during the year with
respect to which the contribution is made. The ESOP

                                        8

<PAGE>



intends  to  buy  up to  8%  of  the  Common  Stock  issued  in  the  Conversion
(approximately $476,000 to $644,000 of the Common Stock based on the issuance of
the minimum and the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range and the $10.00 per
share  Purchase  Price).  The ESOP will purchase the shares with funds  borrowed
from the Holding  Company,  and it is  anticipated  that the ESOP will repay the
loans through periodic tax-deductible  contributions from the Association over a
ten-year period.  These contributions will increase the compensation  expense of
the  Association.  See  "Management - Benefit Plans - Employee  Stock  Ownership
Plan" for a description of this plan.

         Employment   Agreement.   The  Association  has  had,  since  1989,  an
employment  contract  with its  President,  Ernest  A.  Moretti.  The  agreement
provides  for a salary,  contains  bonus  provisions  tied to the  Association's
performance,  and has a term of three years (subject to an annual  extension for
an additional  year following an annual  performance  review).  The key terms of
this agreement are expected to be  incorporated  into a new agreement which also
provides that under certain  circumstances,  including a change in control,  Mr.
Moretti  would be  entitled,  subject to  certain  limitations,  to a  severance
payment. See "Management - Executive Compensation - Employment Agreement."

         Other Stock Benefit  Plans.  In addition to the ESOP and the employment
agreements, in the future the Holding Company may consider the implementation of
a stock option plan ("Stock  Option Plan") and  recognition  and retention  plan
("RRP") for the benefit of selected  directors,  officers  and  employees of the
Holding Company and the Association.  Any such stock option plan or RRP will not
be  implemented  within  one  year  of  the  date  of  the  consummation  of the
Conversion,  subject to continuing OTS jurisdiction.  If a determination is made
to implement a stock option plan or RRP, it is  anticipated  that any such plans
will be  submitted  to  stockholders  for  their  consideration  at  which  time
stockholders would be provided with detailed information regarding such plan. If
such plans are approved,  they will affect the Holding  Company's net income and
stockholders'  equity,  although the actual results  cannot be determined  until
such plans are implemented.

Use of Proceeds

         The net  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock  in the  Conversion
(estimated at $5.6 million, $6.6 million, $7.6 million and $8.8 million based on
the minimum, midpoint, maximum and 15% above the maximum respectively, number of
shares, respectively) will substantially increase the capital of Wyman Park. See
"Pro Forma Data." The Holding Company will utilize  approximately 50% of the net
proceeds  from the  issuance of the Common  Stock to purchase  all of the common
stock of Wyman Park to be issued upon  Conversion and will retain  approximately
50% of the net proceeds.  The proceeds  retained by the Holding  Company will be
invested initially in short-term  securities of a type similar to those invested
in by the Association.  In addition, the Holding Company,  subject to regulatory
approval,  is  expected  to fund the  ESOP  loan.  Such  proceeds  will  also be
available for general corporate  purposes,  including the possible repurchase of
shares of the Common Stock, as permitted by applicable  regulation.  The Holding
Company  currently has no specific plan to make any such  repurchases  of any of
its Common  Stock.  The net proceeds  received by Wyman Park will become part of
Wyman  Park's  general  funds for use in its  business,  subject  to  applicable
regulatory  restrictions,  and will be available to use for the  acquisition  of
deposits  or  assets  or  both  from  other   institutions,   although  no  such
acquisitions are being

                                        9

<PAGE>



contemplated  at  this  time,  or for  other  corporate  purposes.  See  "Use of
Proceeds" for additional information on the utilization of the offering proceeds
as well as on the OTS  restrictions  on  repurchases  of the  Holding  Company's
stock.

Dividends

         The Holding Company  anticipates paying an initial annual cash dividend
on the Common Stock at a rate of approximately  3.0% of the Purchase Price ($.30
per share) of the  Common  Stock  following  the first  full  quarter  following
completion of the  Conversion.  Dividends,  when and if paid, will be subject to
determination and declaration by the Board of Directors in its discretion, which
will take into account the Holding Company's  consolidated  financial  condition
and results of operations,  tax  considerations,  industry  standards,  economic
conditions,  regulatory  restrictions,  general  business  practices  and  other
factors. See "Dividends,"  "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements" and "-
Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."

         The Holding  Company  currently has no intention to initiate,  and will
not initiate for a period of at least one year following completion of the Stock
Conversion, any action which leads to a return of capital (as distinguished from
a dividend) to stockholders of the Holding Company.

Market For Common Stock

         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing  market for the Common Stock.  Following the
completion  of the  offering,  it is  anticipated  that the common stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Bulletin Board.  Trident Securities has indicated its intention to make a market
in the Common  Stock If the common  stock cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC
Bulletin Board it is expected that the  transactions in the common stock will be
reported in the pink sheets  published by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.
Making a market may include the  solicitation of potential buyers and sellers in
order to match buy and sell orders. However,  Trident will not be subject to any
obligation with respect to such efforts.

         There can be no assurance  that an active or liquid trading market will
develop for the Common Stock, or if a market develops,  that it will continue. A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and  sellers  of the  Common  Stock at any given  time,  which is not within the
control of the Holding Company or any market maker. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance  that  purchasers  will be able to sell  their  shares at or above the
Purchase Price. See "Market for Common Stock."

Risk Factors

         Special  attention should be given to the following  factors  discussed
under "Risk Factors":  lending activities;  vulnerability to changes in interest
rates; competition;  geographical  concentration of loans; certain anti-takeover
provisions; voting control of shares by the Board, management, and

                                       10

<PAGE>



employee  plans;  low  return  on  equity  and low  net  interest  margin;  ESOP
compensation expense; absence of prior market for common stock; proposed federal
legislation; and risk of delay.



                                       11

<PAGE>



                   SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION



                                                    June 30,
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      1997     1996     1995     1994      1993
                                      ----     ----     ----     ----      ----
                                                  (In Thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
- ----------------------------------
Total assets ......................  $62,241  $63,866  $64,258  $64,666  $65,405
Loans receivable, net .............   55,189   53,244   54,403   52,093   48,724
Mortgage-backed securities ........      356      424      520      605    4,912
Investment securities .............    2,993    2,964    5,920    7,935    8,300
Deposits ..........................   56,095   57,871   58,474   59,389   59,765
Retained earnings-
 substantially restricted .........    4,755    4,621    4,327    3,894    3,396




                                                  Year Ended June 30,
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      1997     1996     1995      1994     1993
                                      ----     ----     ----      ----     ----
                                                    (In Thousands)
Selected Operations Data:
- -------------------------
Total interest income ............  $ 4,658  $ 4,725  $ 4,788   $ 4,537  $ 4,988
Total interest expense ...........    2,756    3,073    2,891     2,777    3,202
                                    -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
   Net interest income ...........    1,902    1,652    1,897     1,760    1,786
Provision for (recovery of)
 loan losses .....................      145       25      (88)      183      133
                                    -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
Net interest income after
 provision for loan losses .......    1,757    1,627    1,985     1,577    1,653
Fees and service charges .........       48       47       36        28       23
Gain on sales of loans,
 mortgage-backed securities
 and investment securities .......        6       20       23       442      354
Other non-interest income ........       24       39       26       177      135
                                    -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
Total non-interest income ........       78      106       85       647      512
Total non-interest expense .......    1,614    1,278    1,361     1,411    1,222
                                    -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
Income before taxes and
 cumulative effect of
 accounting change ...............      221      455      709       813      943
Income tax provision .............       87      161      276       315      370
Cumulative effect of
 accounting change ...............       --       --       --        --       69
                                    -------  -------  -------   -------  -------
Net income .......................  $   134  $   294  $   433   $   498  $   642
                                    =======  =======  =======   =======  =======



                                       12

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Year Ended June 30,
                                                                         -------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1997         1996         1995        1994         1993
                                                                         ----         ----         ----        ----         ----
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
- -----------------------------------------
Performance Ratios:
  Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total
    assets) .......................................................       .22%         .46%         .67%         .80%         .99%
  Return on retained earnings (ratio of net income to
    average equity) ...............................................      2.87         6.56        10.52        13.22        21.02
  Interest rate spread information:
   Average during period ..........................................      2.76         2.26         2.70         2.46         2.54
   End of period ..................................................      2.77         2.19         2.25         2.93         2.86
  Net interest margin(1) ..........................................      3.14         2.63         2.98         2.75         2.81
  Ratio of operating expense to average total assets ..............      2.62         2.01         2.11         2.27         1.89
  Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities ..................................    108.40       107.66       106.24       106.66       105.31
  Loans as a percentage of total assets ...........................     88.67        83.37        84.66        80.56        74.50

Quality Ratios:
 Non-performing assets to total assets at end of period ...........       .28          .04          .30          .25          .28
 Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans ................    153.11       456.89        51.89       196.32       234.46
 Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable, net ...............       .49          .24          .18          .60          .87

Capital Ratios:
 Retained earnings to total assets at end of period ...............      7.64         7.24         6.73         6.02         5.19
 Average retained earnings to average assets ......................      7.58         7.04         6.36         6.05         4.71

Other Data:
 Number of full-service offices ...................................      2            2            2            2            2   
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)  Net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


         The following factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this
Prospectus,  should be  considered  by  investors  before  deciding  whether  to
purchase the Common Stock offered in the Subscription and Community Offering.

Vulnerability to Changes in Interest Rates

         The   Association's   profitability,   like  that  of  many   financial
institutions, is dependent to a large extent upon its net interest income, which
is the difference between its interest income on  interest-earning  assets, such
as  loans  and  investments,   and  its  interest  expense  on  interest-bearing
liabilities,  such as  deposits.  When  interest-bearing  liabilities  mature or
reprice  more  quickly  than  interest-earning  assets  in  a  given  period,  a
significant  increase in market  rates of interest  could  adversely  affect net
interest income.  Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more
quickly than interest-bearing  liabilities,  falling interest rates could result
in a decrease in net interest income. At June 30, 1997, fixed-rate loans totaled
$35.4 million or 63.4% of the Association's loan portfolio while adjustable-rate
loans totaled $20.5 million or 36.6% of the Association's loan portfolio.  It is
likely  that,  in the event of an increase in interest  rates,  the  Association
would experience a decline in profitability.  See  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Asset and Liability
Management."

Competition

         The Association experiences strong competition in its local market area
in both originating loans and attracting deposits.  This competition arises from
a  highly  competitive  market  area  with  numerous  savings  institutions  and
commercial  banks, as well as credit unions,  mortgage bankers and, with respect
to  deposits,  banking  institutions  and other  financial  intermediaries.  The
Association  recognizes its need to monitor  competition and modify its products
and services as  necessary  and  possible,  taking into  consideration  the cost
impact.  As a  result,  such  competition  may limit  Wyman  Park's  growth  and
profitability  in the future.  See "Business - Competition" and "- Originations,
Purchases and Sales of Loans."

Geographical Concentration of Loans

         At June 30, 1997,  substantially all of the  Association's  real estate
mortgage loans were secured by properties  located in the  Association's  market
area of Baltimore  County and its  contiguous  counties in  Maryland.  While the
Association currently believes that its loans are adequately secured or reserved
for,  in the event that real  estate  prices in the  Association's  market  area
substantially weaken or economic conditions in its market area deteriorate, some
borrowers  may  default  and the  value of the  real  estate  collateral  may be
insufficient  to fully secure the loan.  In such  events,  the  Association  may
experience  increased  levels of  delinquencies  and  related  losses  having an
adverse impact on net income.



                                       14

<PAGE>



Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

         Certain   provisions   of  the   Holding   Company's   certificate   of
incorporation  and  bylaws,  including  a provision  limiting  voting  rights of
beneficial  owners of more than 10% of the Common Stock,  and Wyman Park's stock
charter and bylaws as well as certain Delaware laws and regulations, will assist
the Holding Company in maintaining  its status as an independent  publicly owned
corporation and may have certain  anti-takeover  effects.  See  "Restrictions on
Acquisition of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive Provisions."

         Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding  Company.  The
Holding  Company's  certificate of  incorporation  and bylaws provide for, among
other  things,  a limit on voting  more than 10% of the Common  Stock  described
above,  staggered  terms for  members of its Board of  Directors,  noncumulative
voting for directors,  limits on the calling of special meetings of stockholders
and director  nominations,  a fair price or supermajority  stockholder  approval
requirement for certain business  combinations and certain shareholder  proposal
notice requirements.

         Federal  Stock Charter of the  Association.  Provisions in Wyman Park's
federal stock charter that have an anti-takeover effect could also be applicable
to  changes in control of the  Holding  Company as the sole  shareholder  of the
Association.  Wyman  Park's  federal  stock  charter  will  include a  provision
applicable  for five years which  prohibits the  acquisition or offer to acquire
directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of Wyman Park's
securities  by any person or entity other than the Holding  Company.  Any person
violating  this  restriction  may not vote Wyman Park's  securities in excess of
10%.

         These  provisions in the Holding  Company's and Wyman Park's  governing
instruments may discourage  potential proxy contests and other takeover attempts
by  making  the  Holding  Company  less  attractive  to  a  potential  acquiror,
particularly  those takeover  attempts which have not been  negotiated  with the
Board of Directors of the Holding Company and/or Wyman Park, as the case may be.
These  provisions  may also have the effect of  discouraging  a future  takeover
attempt which would not be approved by the Holding Company's Board, but pursuant
to which  stockholders  may receive a substantial  premium for their shares over
then  current  market  prices.  As a result,  stockholders  who might  desire to
participate  in such a  transaction  may not have any  opportunity  to do so. In
addition,  certain  of these  provisions  that  limit  the  ability  of  persons
(including  management  or  others)  owning  more than 10% of the shares to vote
their shares will be enforced by the Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company
or Wyman Park,  as the case may be, to limit the voting rights of 10% or greater
stockholders  and  thus  could  have  the  effect  in a proxy  contest  or other
solicitation  to defeat a proposal  that is desired by the holders of a majority
of the shares of Common Stock.

         Federal Law and  Regulations.  Federal law also  requires  OTS approval
prior to the  acquisition  of "control"  (as defined in OTS  regulations)  of an
insured  institution,  including  a holding  company  thereof.  In the event any
person or group of persons  acquires  shares in violation of these  limitations,
such person or group may be  restricted  from voting his shares in excess of 10%
of the  outstanding  Common Stock.  Such laws and  regulations  may also limit a
person's ability without regulatory  approval to solicit proxies enabling him to
elect one third or more of the Holding

                                       15

<PAGE>



Company's Board of Directors or exert a controlling  influence on the operations
of Wyman Park or the Holding Company.

         In  addition,  certain  of these  provisions  may limit the  ability of
persons  (including  management or others) owning more than 10% of the shares to
vote their shares (by proxy or otherwise)  for proposals that they believe to be
in the best interests of  shareholders.  See  "Management  of the  Association -
Benefit Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Restrictions on Acquisitions
of Stock and Related Takeover Defensive Provisions."

Voting Control of Shares by the Board, Management and Employee Plans

         The  proposed  purchases  by the  Board of  Directors,  management  and
employees  in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offering  could  render it more
difficult to obtain majority  support for stockholder  proposals  opposed by the
Board and management.  Assuming the sale of shares at the minimum,  midpoint and
maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range, the proposed purchases of $600,000 of
shares  of the  Common  Stock by the  Board  and the  executive  officers  would
represent 10.1%,  8.6% and 7.5%,  respectively,  of the shares to be outstanding
upon  completion  of the Stock  Conversion.  In  addition,  the ESOP  intends to
purchase 8% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Subscription and Community
Offering.  (Prior to  allocation,  shares  held by the ESOP will be voted by the
independent  trustee in its sole  discretion.) See "Management - Benefit Plans,"
"Description of Capital Stock" and "Takeover Defensive Provisions."

Low Return on Equity and Low Net Interest Margin

         As a result of the Association's high capital levels and the additional
capital that will be raised in the Conversion,  its ability to leverage  quickly
the net  proceeds  from the  Conversion  is  highly  likely  to be  limited.  In
addition,  recent policy  changes may limit the amount of  repurchases of common
stock that can be effected by the Holding Company. Further, in comparison to its
peers,  the  Association  has a low net  interest  margin  due in part to a high
relative  balance of  certificate  accounts  compared to  transaction  accounts.
Certificate  accounts  are  traditionally  believed  to be  subject to more rate
competition  than are  transaction  accounts,  which can result in an  otherwise
higher cost of funds.  Accordingly,  it is anticipated  that, for several years,
net interest  margin and return on equity are likely to be low in  comparison to
the Association's peers.

ESOP Compensation Expense

         In  November,   1993,  the  American   Institute  of  Certified  Public
Accountants  ("AICPA") issued Statement of Position 93-6 "Employers'  Accounting
for Employee Stock Ownership Plans" ("SOP 93-6").  SOP 93-6 requires an employer
to record  compensation  expense in an amount  equal to the fair value of shares
committed to be released to employees  from an employee  stock  ownership  plan.
Assuming  shares of Common Stock  appreciate in value over time, the adoption of
SOP  93-6  will  increase  compensation  expense  relating  to  the  ESOP  to be
established in connection with the Conversion.  It is impossible to determine at
this time the extent of such impact on future net income.

                                       16

<PAGE>


Absence of Prior Market for Common Stock

         Wyman Park, as a mutual thrift institution, and the Holding Company, as
a newly organized company, have never issued capital stock. Consequently,  there
is not at this time an  existing  market for the  Common  Stock.  Following  the
completion  of the  offering,  it is  anticipated  that the common stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Bulletin  Board.  If the  common  stock  cannot be quoted  and traded on the OTC
Bulletin Board it is expected that the  transactions in the common stock will be
reported in the pink sheets  published by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.
Making a market may include the  solicitation of potential buyers and sellers in
order to match buy and sell orders. However,  Trident will not be subject to any
obligation with respect to such efforts.

         There can be no  assurance  that an active  and  liquid  market for the
Common Stock will develop or be maintained,  or that resales of the Common Stock
can be made at or above the  conversion  offering  price after the completion of
the Conversion. See "Market for Common Stock."

         A public trading market having the desirable  characteristics of depth,
liquidity and  orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both
willing  buyers and sellers of the Common Stock at any given time.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance  that an active and liquid market for the Common Stock
will develop or be maintained or that resales of the Common Stock can be made at
or above the Purchase Price. See "Market for Common Stock" and "The Conversion -
Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued."

Proposed Federal Legislation

         The  United  States  Congress  is  considering  legislation  that would
require all federal thrift  institutions,  such as Wyman Park, to either convert
to a national bank or a state  chartered  financial  institution  by a specified
date to be determined.  In addition,  under the  legislation the Holding Company
likely would not be regulated as a thrift holding company,  but rather as a bank
holding company.  The OTS would also be abolished and its functions  transferred
among the other federal banking  regulators.  Certain aspects of the legislation
remain to be resolved and  therefore no assurance  can be given as to whether or
in what form the  legislation  will be  enacted  or its  effect  on the  Holding
Company and the Association.

Risk of Delayed Offering

         The  Subscription  and  Community  Offering  will expire at 12:00 noon,
Lutherville,   Maryland  time  on  __________,   1997  unless  extended  by  the
Association  and the  Holding  Company.  However,  unless  waived by the Holding
Company or the Association, all orders will be irrevocable unless the Conversion
is not  completed  by  __________,  1997.  In the  event the  Conversion  is not
completed  by  __________,  1997,  subscribers  will have the right to modify or
rescind their  subscriptions and to have their  subscription funds returned with
interest.



                                       17

<PAGE>



                                 USE OF PROCEEDS


         Although  the actual  net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common  Stock
cannot  be  determined  until  the  Conversion  is  completed,  it is  presently
anticipated that such net proceeds will be between $5.6 million and $7.6 million
(or up to $8.8  million in the event of an increase in the  aggregate  pro forma
market value of the Common Stock of up to 15% above the maximum of the Estimated
Valuation  Range).  See "Pro Forma Data" and "The Conversion - Stock Pricing and
Number of  Shares to be  Issued"  as to the  assumptions  used to arrive at such
amounts.

         The net proceeds  from the sale of the Common  Stock in the  Conversion
will  substantially  increase  the  capital  of Wyman  Park and will be used for
general corporate purposes including its lending and investment activities.  For
information on the amount of pro forma net proceeds assuming the sale of various
amounts of Common Stock, see "Pro Forma Data."

         In  exchange  for all of the  common  stock of Wyman Park  issued  upon
conversion,  the Holding Company will contribute to Wyman Park approximately 50%
of the net proceeds from the sale of the Holding  Company's Common Stock and the
Holding Company will retain the remaining 50% of the net proceeds. On an interim
basis,  the proceeds  will be invested by the Holding  Company and Wyman Park in
short-term  investments or to repay borrowings.  Such short-term investments are
generally  anticipated  to be  similar  to  those  currently  contained  in  the
Association's  portfolio.  The specific  types and amounts of short-term  assets
will be determined  based on market  conditions at the time of the completion of
the  Conversion.  In  addition,  the  Holding  Company,  subject  to  regulatory
approval,  is expected to provide the funding for the ESOP loan. See "Business -
Lending  Activities"  and " -  Investment  Activities"  and  "Management  of the
Association - Benefit Plans - Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

         While the new capital  resulting from the Conversion could increase the
Association's return on assets (as a result of the earnings on the new capital),
it will probably  result in a decline in return on equity because it is unlikely
that the  Association  will  quickly be able to (i)  invest  the new  capital in
assets  with  rates  equal to the  average  rates  earned  on the  Association's
seasoned  asset  portfolio  and (ii)  leverage  the new  capital  by  increasing
liabilities to fund asset growth. See "Risk Factors Low Return on Equity and Low
Net Interest Margin."

         In the future the  Holding  Company  may  consider  the  adoption  of a
restricted  stock plan (i.e.,  the RRP) at the earliest,  one year following the
Conversion  and  subject  to  stockholder  ratification.   If  such  a  plan  is
implemented,  the Holding  Company may use a portion of the net proceeds to fund
the purchase by the plan of the Holding Company's Common Stock.

         After the  completion of the  Conversion,  it is  anticipated  that the
Association will reinvest the proceeds of the interim short-term  investments in
loans and investment securities. Proceeds reinvested in loans are anticipated to
be allocated  among the  Association's  loan programs in proportions  similar to
recent lending volumes,  provided  suitable  opportunities  are available to the
Association. Investment securities are anticipated to be similar to those in the
Association's current portfolio.  However, the reinvestment of the proceeds will
be based on market conditions and

                                       18

<PAGE>



investment  opportunities.  The timing and amount of such investments cannot now
be  determined  nor can the  Association  identify the specific  assets in which
investments will be made.

         The proceeds may also be utilized by the Holding  Company to repurchase
(at prices which may be above or below the initial offering price) shares of the
Common  Stock  through  an  open  market  repurchase  program  available  to all
stockholders  subject to regulatory  limitations,  although the Holding  Company
currently has no specific plan to  repurchase  any of its stock.  In the future,
the  Board of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  will make  decisions  on the
repurchase of the Common Stock based on its view of the  appropriateness  of the
price of the Common Stock as well as the Holding Company's and the Association's
investment  opportunities and capital needs.  Under current OTS regulations,  no
repurchases may be made within the first year following  Conversion  except with
OTS  approval  under  "exceptional  circumstances."  During the second and third
years  following  Conversion,   OTS  regulations  permit,   subject  to  certain
limitations,  the  repurchase  of up to 5% of the  outstanding  shares  of stock
during  each  twelve-month  period  with a  greater  amount  permitted  with OTS
approval. In general, the OTS regulations do not restrict repurchases thereafter
other than  indirectly by virtue of limits on the  Association's  ability to pay
dividends to the Holding  Company which may be necessary to fund the repurchase.
For a description of the  restrictions on the  Association's  ability to provide
the Holding  Company with funds through  dividends or other  distributions,  see
"Dividends" and "The Conversion -Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock."

         The Holding  Company or Wyman Park may consider  expansion  through the
acquisition  of other  financial  services  providers (or branches,  deposits or
assets  thereof) or through the  expansion  of banking  services  through  Wyman
Park's  internet web site  (www.wymanpark.com),  although  there are no specific
plans,  negotiations or written or oral agreements regarding any acquisitions at
this time. In general,  the Board will evaluate  acquisition and diversification
opportunities,  if any, by whether they would enhance the Holding  Company's and
the  Association's  ability to fulfill their financial goals. See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations."  The
Holding  Company may use  remaining  net  proceeds to engage in  activities  not
permissible for the Association. See "Regulation - Holding Company Regulation."


                                    DIVIDENDS


         The Holding Company  anticipates paying an initial annual cash dividend
on the Common Stock at a rate of approximately  3.0% of the Purchase Price ($.30
per share) of the  Common  Stock  following  the first  full  quarter  following
completion of the  Conversion.  Dividends,  when and if paid, will be subject to
determination and declaration by the Board of Directors in its discretion, which
will take into account the Holding Company's  consolidated  financial  condition
and results of operations,  tax  considerations,  industry  standards,  economic
conditions,  regulatory  restrictions,  general  business  practices  and  other
factors. See "Dividends,"  "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements" and "-
Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."


                                       19

<PAGE>



         The Holding  Company  currently has no intention to initiate,  and will
not initiate for a period of at least one year following completion of the Stock
Conversion, any action which leads to a return of capital (as distinguished from
a dividend) to stockholders of the Holding Company.


                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK


         The Holding  Company has never issued  capital stock to the public and,
consequently,  there is no existing  market for the Common Stock.  Following the
completion  of the  offering,  it is  anticipated  that the common stock will be
traded on the over-the-counter  market with quotations available through the OTC
Bulletin Board.  Trident Securities has indicated its intention to make a market
in the Common  Stock If the common  stock cannot be quoted and traded on the OTC
Bulletin Board it is expected that the  transactions in the common stock will be
reported in the pink sheets  published by the National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.
Making a market may include the  solicitation of potential buyers and sellers in
order to match buy and sell orders. However,  Trident will not be subject to any
obligation with respect to such efforts.

         There can be no assurance  that an active or liquid trading market will
develop for the Common Stock, or if a market develops,  that it will continue. A
public  market  having the  desirable  characteristics  of depth,  liquidity and
orderliness  depends upon the presence in the marketplace of both willing buyers
and  sellers  of the  Common  Stock at any given  time,  which is not within the
control of the Holding Company or any market maker. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance  that  purchasers  will be able to sell  their  shares at or above the
Purchase Price. See "Market for Common Stock."


                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.


         The Holding  Company was  incorporated  by Wyman Park under the laws of
the State of  Delaware  in  September  1997 for the purpose of owning all of the
outstanding  stock of Wyman Park issued in the  Conversion.  The Holding Company
has  applied to the OTS to acquire  all of the common  stock of Wyman Park which
will be outstanding upon completion of the Conversion.

         As a Delaware corporation,  the Holding Company is authorized to engage
in any activity that is permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law. The
Board of Directors of the Holding Company  anticipates that, after completion of
the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will conduct its business as a savings and
loan holding  company.  The holding  company  structure will provide the Holding
Company with greater  flexibility  than the  Association by itself would have to
diversify   its   business   activities,   through   existing  or  newly  formed
subsidiaries, or through acquisitions or mergers of both mutual and stock thrift
institutions  as  well  as  other  companies.  Although  there  are  no  current
arrangements,  understandings or agreements regarding any such acquisition,  the
Holding  Company will be in a position after the Conversion to take advantage of
any favorable  acquisition  opportunities that may arise,  subject to regulatory
restrictions.

                                       20

<PAGE>



         The assets of the Holding  Company will initially  consist of the stock
of Wyman Park and approximately 50% of the net proceeds from the Conversion. The
initial  activities of the Holding  Company are anticipated to be funded by such
retained proceeds and the income thereon. Thereafter,  activities of the Holding
Company may also be funded  through  dividends from Wyman Park, if any, sales of
additional  securities,  borrowings and income  generated by other activities of
the Holding Company. At this time, there are no plans regarding such activities.
See "Dividends" and "Regulation-Holding Company Regulation."


                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION


         Wyman Park's  business  involves  attracting  deposits from the general
public and using such deposits to originate  one- to  four-family  permanent and
construction  residential  mortgage  and, to a lesser  extent,  commercial  real
estate, multi-family, consumer (secured and unsecured), land and second mortgage
loans in its market area. The Association also invests in investment  securities
consisting  primarily  of U.S.  government  obligations  and  various  types  of
short-term liquid assets.
See "Business."

         The  Association's  basic  mission  is  to  maintain  its  focus  as an
independent,  community- oriented financial institution serving customers in its
primary  market  area.  The Board of  Directors  has sought to  accomplish  this
mission  through  the  adoption  of a strategy  designed  to improve its capital
position  and  maintain  its  high  asset  quality,   manage  the  Association's
sensitivity  to changes in  interest  rates and improve  the  Association's  net
interest  margin.  The  Association  has attempted to effect its strategy by (i)
continuing  to  emphasize  one-  to  four-family   permanent  and   construction
residential  mortgage  lending,  (ii)  supplementing  residential  lending  with
investments  in  commercial  real  estate,   consumer  and  other  loans,  (iii)
emphasizing the origination of adjustable rate and short-and  medium-term (up to
15 years) loans and investments; and (iv) maintaining a low overhead.


                                 PRO FORMA DATA


         The following  table sets forth the  historical net income and retained
earnings of Wyman Park at and for the year ended June 30, 1997 and, after giving
effect to the Conversion,  the pro forma consolidated net income,  capital stock
and  stockholders'  equity of the Holding Company at and for the year ended June
30,  1997.  The pro  forma  data is  computed  on the  assumptions  that (i) the
specified  number of shares of  Common  Stock was sold at the  beginning  of the
specified  periods and yielded net proceeds to the Holding Company as indicated,
(ii) 50% of such net  proceeds  were  retained  by the  Holding  Company and the
remainder  were used to purchase all of the stock of Wyman Park,  and (iii) such
net  proceeds,  less  the  amount  of the ESOP  funding,  were  invested  by the
Association  and Holding  Company at the beginning of the periods to yield a net
after-tax return of 3.5% for the year ended June 30, 1997. The assumed return is
based on the one year treasury bills,  as adjusted for applicable  federal taxes
totaling 38.0% of such assumed  returns.  The use of this current rate is viewed
to be more relevant in the current low rate environment than the use of an

                                       21

<PAGE>



arithmetic  average of the weighted  average yield earned by the  Association on
its  interest-earning  assets and the weighted average rate paid on its deposits
during such periods.  In calculating  the  underwriting  fees, the table assumes
that (i) no  commission  was paid on $600,000 of shares  sold to  directors  and
officers and (ii) 8% of the total shares sold in the Conversion were sold to the
ESOP at no  commission.  Total  expenses  are  estimated  to be  $410,000 at the
Midpoint of the Estimated  Valuation Range.  Actual  Conversion  expenses may be
more or less than those  estimated  because the fees paid to Trident  Securities
and other brokers will depend upon the  categories of  purchasers,  the Purchase
Price and market conditions and other factors.  The pro forma net income amounts
derived  from  the  assumptions  set  forth  herein  should  not  be  considered
indicative of the actual results of operations of the Holding Company that would
have  been  attained  for  any  period  if  the  Conversion  had  been  actually
consummated  at the  beginning of such  period,  and the  assumptions  regarding
investment  yields  should not be  considered  indicative  of the actual  yields
expected to be achieved during any future period.

         The total  number of  shares  to be  issued  in the  Conversion  may be
increased or decreased  significantly,  and/or the price per share decreased, to
reflect  changes in market and  financial  conditions  prior to the close of the
Subscription and Community Offering. However, if the aggregate Purchase Price of
the Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  is below $5.95 million (the minimum of
the  Estimated  Valuation  Range)  or more than  $9.26  million  (15%  above the
Estimated  Valuation  Range),  subscribers  will be offered the  opportunity  to
modify or cancel their  subscriptions.  See "The  Conversion - Stock Pricing and
Number of Shares to be Issued."



                                       22

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              At or For the Year Ended June 30, 1997
                                        -------------------------------------------------
                                          595,000      700,000      805,000    925,750
                                          Shares        Shares       Shares     Shares
                                          $10.00        $10.00       $10.00     $10.00
                                         per Share     per Share    per Share   per Share
                                         (Minimum      (Midpoint    (Maximum   (Supermax
                                         of Range)     of Range)    of Range)   of Range)
                                         ---------     ---------    ---------   ---------
                                         (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
Gross proceeds .......................  $   5,950    $   7,000    $   8,050    $   9,257
Less offering expenses and
 commissions .........................       (392)        (410)        (428)        (448)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
 Estimated net conversion proceeds ...      5,558        6,590        7,622        8,809
 Less common stock acquired by ESOP(2)       (476)        (560)        (644)        (741)
 Less common stock acquired by RRP(3)        (238)        (280)        (322)        (370)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
 Estimated proceeds available for
  investment .........................  $   4,844    $   5,750    $   6,656    $   7,698
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========

Net Income:
  Historical .........................  $     134    $     134    $     134    $     134
Pro Forma Adjustments:
   Net income from proceeds(2) .......        170          201          233          270
   ESOP(2) ...........................        (30)         (35)         (40)         (46)
   RRP(3) ............................        (30)         (35)         (40)         (46)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
     Pro forma .......................  $     245    $     266    $     287    $     312
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========

Per Share:
    Historical(4) ....................  $     .23    $     .20    $     .17    $     .15
Pro forma Adjustments:
     Net income from proceeds ........        .31          .31          .31          .31
     ESOP(2) .........................       (.05)        (.05)        (.05)        (.05)
     RRP(3) ..........................       (.05)        (.05)        (.05)        (.05)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
         Pro forma(8) ................  $     .44    $     .41    $     .38    $     .36
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========

Pro forma price to earnings
 (P/E ratio)(1)(7) ...................     22.7 x        24.4x        26.3x       27.8 x

Number of shares used in calculating
 earnings per share ..................    552,160      649,600      747,040      859,096

Stockholders' Equity (Book Value)(5):
  Historical .........................  $   4,750    $   4,750    $   4,750    $   4,750
  Estimated net Conversion proceeds ..      5,558        6,590        7,622        8,809
  Less common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(2) ...........................       (476)        (560)        (644)        (741)
   RRP(3) ............................       (238)        (280)        (322)        (370)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
       Pro forma(6) ..................  $   9,594    $  10,500    $  11,406    $  12,448
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========

Per Share(4):
  Historical(4) ......................  $    7.98    $    6.79    $    5.90    $    5.13
  Estimated net conversion proceeds ..       9.34         9.41         9.47         9.52
Less common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(2) ...........................       (.80)        (.80)        (.80)        (.80)
   RRP(3) ............................       (.40)        (.40)        (.40)        (.40)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
       Pro forma(6)(8) ...............  $   16.12    $   15.00    $   14.17    $   13.45
                                        =========    =========    =========    =========

Pro forma price to book value ........       62.0%        66.7%        70.6%        74.4%
Number of shares used in calculating
 equity per share ....................    595,000      700,000      805,000      925,750

</TABLE>

                                       23

<PAGE>



- ---------------------

(1)  Net income  includes an after-tax  charge of  approximately  $235,000 taken
     during the year ended June 30, 1997,  representing a special  assessment of
     65.7 basis points on the Association's deposits at March 31, 1995, pursuant
     to legislation enacted to recapitalize SAIF.  Excluding that charge,  based
     on the other assumptions as reflected in this table,  management  estimates
     that pro forma  earnings  per share  would have been $.87,  $.77,  $.70 and
     $.64, and the price to earnings ratio would have been 11.5,  13.0, 14.3 and
     15.7 at the  minimum,  midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the maximum of the
     Estimated Valuation Range, respectively.

(2)  It is  assumed  that  8% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the
     Conversion  will be purchased  by the ESOP.  The funds used to acquire such
     shares  will be  borrowed  by the  ESOP  from  the net  proceeds  from  the
     Conversion retained by the Holding Company. The Association intends to make
     contributions  to the ESOP in amounts at least equal to the  principal  and
     interest  requirement  of the debt. The  Association's  payment of the ESOP
     debt is based upon equal  installments  of principal over a ten-year period
     plus interest.  Interest  income earned by the Holding  Company on the ESOP
     debt  offsets  the  interest  paid by the  Association  on the  ESOP  loan.
     Accordingly,  only the principal  payments on the ESOP debt are recorded as
     an expense  (tax-effected) to the Holding Company on a consolidated  basis.
     The amount borrowed is reflected as a reduction of stockholders' equity. No
     reinvestment is assumed on proceeds  contributed to fund the ESOP. The ESOP
     expense  has been  computed  based on the  requirements  of SOP 93-6  which
     requires  recognition  of expense  based upon the average  market  price of
     shares  committed  to be  released  during  the year and the  exclusion  of
     unallocated shares from earnings per share  computations.  The valuation of
     shares  committed to be released is based upon the average  market value of
     the shares during the year,  which,  for purposes of this  calculation,  is
     assumed to be equal to the $10.00 per share  offering  price.  In computing
     earnings per share,  10% of the ESOP shares purchased in the conversion are
     assumed to be committed to be released.  See  "Management - Benefit Plans -
     Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

(3)  Assumes a number of shares of Common  Stock equal to 4% of the Common Stock
     to be  sold in the  Conversion  will be  purchased  by the RRP in the  open
     market  following  conversion.  The dollar amount of the Common Stock to be
     purchased by the RRP is based on the Purchase  Price in the  Conversion and
     represents  unearned  compensation  and  is  reflected  as a  reduction  of
     capital.  Such amount does not reflect  possible  increases or decreases in
     the value of such stock relative to the Purchase  Price in the  Conversion.
     As the Association accrues  compensation  expense to reflect the vesting of
     such shares pursuant to the RRP, the charge against capital will be reduced
     accordingly.  RRP  expense  is based on  amortization  of the RRP over five
     years.  Implementation of the RRP will require  stockholder  approval.  For
     purposes of these tables, it is assumed that the RRP will be adopted by the
     Association's   Board  of   Directors   and   approved  by  the   Company's
     stockholders, and that the RRP will purchase the shares in the open market.
     If the shares to be  purchased  by the RRP are  assumed to be newly  issued
     shares  purchased from the Company by the RRP at the Purchase Price, at the
     minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above of the maximum of the  Estimated
     Valuation Range, the offering price to pro forma  stockholders'  equity per
     share would be 62.9%,  67.5%,  71.4% and 75.1%, for the year ended June 30,
     1997.  Assuming  that  all  RRP  shares  are  awarded  through  the  use of
     authorized  but unissued  common  stock,  stockholders  would be diluted by
     approximately 3.85%. See "Prospectus Summary - Benefits of Stock Conversion
     to Directors and Executive Officers -- Other Stock Benefit Plans."

(4)  Historical  per share amounts have been computed as if the shares of Common
     Stock expected to be issued in the Conversion had been  outstanding  during
     the period or on the dates shown,  but without any adjustment of historical
     net income or historical  equity  capital to reflect the  investment of the
     estimated  net  proceeds  of the sale of  shares in the  Conversion  or the
     additional ESOP expense as described above.

(5)  "Book value"  represents the  difference  between the stated amounts of the
     Association's assets and liabilities.  The amounts shown do not reflect the
     effect of the Liquidation Account which will be established for the benefit
     of Eligible and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the Conversion and
     the tax bad debt  reserves.  See "The  Conversion  Effects of Conversion to
     Stock Form on Depositors and Borrowers of the  Association" and "Regulation
     - Federal  and State  Taxation."  The  amounts  shown for book value do not
     represent fair market values or amounts  distributable  to  shareholders in
     the unlikely event of liquidation.

(6)  Does not represent possible future price appreciation or depreciation.

(7)  The pro forma price to  earnings  ratio for the year ended June 30, 1997 is
     determined  by dividing the $10.00  Purchase  Price by the  annualized  pro
     forma  earnings per share.  The annualized pro forma earnings per shares is
     determined by multiplying the pro forma earnings per share by six.

(8)  In the future the Holding  Company may  consider  the  implementation  of a
     stock  option  plan for the  benefit of selected  directors,  officers  and
     employees of the Holding Company and the Association. Any such stock option
     plan will be  implemented  no  earlier  than one year after the date of the
     consummation  of the  Stock  Conversion.  If a  determination  is  made  to
     implement a stock option plan, it is anticipated that any such plan will be
     submitted  to   stockholders   for  their   consideration   at  which  time
     stockholders  would be provided with detailed  information  regarding  such
     plan.  Assuming  that such plan is approved and  assuming  that options are
     granted to purchase an aggregate amount of Common Stock equal to 10% of the
     shares  issued in the  Conversion  at exercise  prices  equal to the market
     price of the  Common  Stock on the date of  grant,  then in the  event  the
     shares issued under the plan consist of newly issued shares of Common Stock
     and all  options  available  for award  under the plan  were  awarded,  the
     interests  of  existing  stockholders  would be  diluted.  At the  minimum,
     midpoint,  maximum  and 15% above the  maximum of the  Estimated  Valuation
     Range, if all shares under the plan were equal to the Purchase Price in the
     Conversion,  the additional shares issued would be 59,500,  70,000,  80,500
     and 82,575,  respectively,  stockholders' equity per share at June 30, 1997
     would be $15.57,  $14.55,  $13.79 and $13.13  respectively,  net income per
     share for the year ended June 30, 1997 would be $.43, $.40, $.38 and $.36.



                                       24

<PAGE>



                      PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL ANALYSIS


          At June 30,  1997,  the  Association  exceeded  each of the  three OTS
capital  requirements.  Set  forth  below  is a  summary  of  the  Association's
compliance  with the OTS capital  standards  as of June 30, 1997 on a historical
basis, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), and
on a pro forma  basis using the  assumptions  contained  under the caption  "Pro
Forma Data" and  assuming  that the  indicated  number of shares were sold as of
such date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    Pro Forma at June 30, 1997
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    925,750 Shares
                                                             595,000 Shares     700,000 Shares    805,000 Shares       15% above
                                            Historical           Minimum           Midpoint           Maximum           Maximum
                                         ----------------   -----------------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------------
                                         Amount Percent(1)  Amount  Percent(1) Amount Percent(1) Amount Percent(1) Amount Percent(1)
                                         ------ ---------   ------  ---------- ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ------ ----------
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>  
GAAP Capital(2) .....................    $4,750    7.6%     $6,815    10.5%    $7,205   11.0%     $7,595    11.6%    $8,044    12.1%
                                         ======   ====      ======    ====     ======   ====      ======    ====     ======    ====
Tangible Capital:                                                                                                  
  Capital level .....................     4,755    7.6       6,820    10.5      7,210   11.0       7,600    11.6      8,049    12.1
  Requirement .......................       934    1.5         972     1.5        979    1.5         986     1.5        994     1.5
                                         ------   ----      ------    ----     ------   ----      ------    ----     ------    ----
  Excess ............................     3,821    6.1       5,848     9.0      6,231    9.5       6,614    10.1      7,055    10.6
                                         ======   ====      ======    ====     ======   ====      ======    ====     ======    ====
                                                                                                                   
Core Capital:                                                                                                      
  Capital level .....................     4,755    7.6       6,820    10.5      7,210   11.0       7,600    11.6      8,049    12.1
  Requirement .......................     1,867    3.0       1,944     3.0      1,958    3.0       1,972     3.0      1,989     3.0
                                         ------   ----      ------    ----     ------   ----      ------    ----     ------    ----
  Excess ............................     2,888    4.6       4,876     7.5      5,252    8.0       5,628     8.6      6,060     9.1
                                         ======   ====      ======    ====     ======   ====      ======    ====     ======    ====
                                                                                                                   
Risk-Based Capital:                                                                                                
  Capital level(3) ..................     5,025   14.6       7,090    20.3      7,480   21.4       7,870    22.5      8,319    23.7
  Requirement(4) ....................     2,748    8.0       2,788     8.0      2,796    8.0       2,803     8.0      2,812     8.0
                                         ------   ----      ------    ----     ------   ----      ------    ----     ------    ----
  Excess ............................    $2,277    6.6%     $4,302    12.3%    $4,684   13.4%     $5,067    14.5%    $5,507    15.7%
                                         ======   ====      ======    ====     ======   ====      ======    ====     ======    ====
                                                                                                                 
</TABLE>

- --------------

(1)  Tangible  and core  capital  levels are shown as a  percentage  of adjusted
     total  assets;  risk-based  capital  levels  are shown as a  percentage  of
     risk-weighted assets.

(2)  Total  retained  earnings  as  calculated  under  GAAP.  Assumes  that  the
     Association  receives  50% of the  net  proceeds,  offset  in  part  by the
     aggregate  purchase  price of Common Stock  acquired at $10.00 per share by
     the ESOP in the Conversion.  The amount expected to be borrowed by the ESOP
     is deducted from pro forma capital to illustrate the possible impact on the
     Association.

(3)  Includes $270,000 of general valuation allowances,  all of which qualify as
     supplementary capital. See "Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements."

(4)  Assumes reinvestment of net proceeds in 20% risk-weighted assets.

                                       25

<PAGE>



                                 CAPITALIZATION

          Set forth below is the capitalization,  including  deposits,  of Wyman
Park as of June  30,  1997,  and the pro  forma  capitalization  of the  Holding
Company at the minimum,  the midpoint,  the maximum and 15% above the maximum of
the Estimated  Valuation Range,  after giving effect to the Conversion and based
on other  assumptions  set forth in the table and under the  caption  "Pro Forma
Data."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 Pro Forma Based
                                                                                        Upon Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
                                                                          --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           595,000        700,000         805,000         925,750
                                                          Historical       Shares          Shares          Shares          Shares
                                                          ----------       ------          ------          ------          ------
                                                                                    (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>     
Deposits(1) .........................................      $ 56,095       $ 56,095        $ 56,095        $ 56,095        $ 56,095
Borrowed funds(3) ...................................            --             --              --              --              --
                                                           --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
Total deposits and borrowed funds ...................      $ 56,095       $ 56,095        $ 56,095        $ 56,095        $ 56,095
                                                           ========       ========        ========        ========        ========

Stockholders' Equity:
   Serial Preferred Stock ($.01 par value)
   Authorized - 500,000 shares; none to
   be outstanding ...................................            --             --              --              --              --

 Common Stock ($.01 par value)
   Authorized - 2,000,000 shares; to be
   outstanding - (as shown)(4)(5) ...................            --              6               7               8               9
 Additional paid-in capital .........................            --          5,552           6,583           7,614           8,800
 Retained earnings, substantially
   restricted(2) ....................................         4,755          4,755           4,755           4,755           4,755
 Unrealized loss on securities available
   for sale, net of income taxes ....................            (5)            (5)             (5)             (5)             (5)

 Less common stock acquired by:
   ESOP(3) ..........................................            --           (476)           (560)           (644)           (741)
   RRP(4) ...........................................            --           (238)           (280)           (322)           (370)
                                                           --------       --------        --------        --------        --------
     Total stockholders' equity .....................      $  4,750       $  9,594        $ 10,500        $ 11,406        $ 12,448
                                                           ========       ========        ========        ========        ========
Total stockholders equity as a percent of
 total assets .......................................           7.6%          14.3%           15.4%           16.6%           17.8%
                                                           ========       ========        ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>


                                       26

<PAGE>



- ----------------

(1)  No effect has been  given to  withdrawals  from  savings  accounts  for the
     purpose  of  purchasing  Common  Stock in the  Stock  Conversion.  Any such
     withdrawals   will  reduce  pro  forma  deposits  by  the  amount  of  such
     withdrawals.

(2)  See  "Dividends"  and  "Regulation  -  Limitations  on Dividends  and Other
     Capital  Distributions"  regarding restrictions on future dividend payments
     and "The Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors and
     Borrowers  of the  Association"  regarding  the  liquidation  account to be
     established upon the Stock Conversion.

(3)  Assumes  that 8.0% of the  shares  issued in the Stock  Conversion  will be
     acquired  by the  ESOP and that the  ESOP  will be  funded  by the  Holding
     Company.  The  Association  intends  to  make  contributions  to  the  ESOP
     sufficient  to service and  ultimately  retire its debt.  Since the Holding
     Company  will  finance  the ESOP  debt,  the ESOP debt  will be  eliminated
     through  consolidation  and no  liability  will be reflected on the Holding
     Company's  consolidated  financial statements.  Accordingly,  the amount of
     stock  acquired by the ESOP is shown in this table as a reduction  of total
     stockholders'  equity.  See  "Management - Benefit  Plans - Employee  Stock
     Ownership Plan."

(4)  Assumes a number of shares of Common  Stock equal to 4% of the Common Stock
     to be sold in the  Conversion  will be  purchased by the RRP in open market
     purchases.  The dollar  amount of Common  Stock to be purchased is based on
     the  $10.00  per share  Purchase  Price in the  Conversion  and  represents
     unearned  compensation  and is reflected  as a reduction  of capital.  Such
     amount does not reflect  possible  increases  or  decreases in the value of
     such  stock  relative  to the  Purchase  Price  in the  Conversion.  As the
     Association  accrues  compensation  expense to reflect  the vesting of such
     shares  pursuant to the RRP,  the charge  against  capital  will be reduced
     accordingly.  Implementation of the RRP will require stockholder  approval.
     If the  shares  to fund the RRP are  assumed  to come from  authorized  but
     unissued  shares  purchased  by the RRP from the  Company  at the  Purchase
     price, at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum and 15% above the maximum of the
     Estimated  Valuation  Range,  the  number of  outstanding  shares  would be
     618,800,   728,000,   837,200   and   962,780,   respectively,   and  total
     stockholders'  equity would be $9.8 million,  $10.8 million,  $11.7 million
     and $12.8 million,  respectively,  at June 30, 1997. As a result of the RRP
     acquiring  authorized but unissued  shares from the Company,  stockholders'
     ownership  in the  Company  would be diluted by  approximately  3.85%.  See
     "Prospectus  Summary  -  Benefits  of Stock  Conversion  to  Directors  and
     Executive Officers -- Other Stock Benefit Plans."

(5)  Does not include  additional  shares of Common Stock that possibly could be
     purchased by participants  in the Option Plan, if implemented,  under which
     directors,  executive officers and other employees could be granted options
     to purchase an aggregate  amount of Common Stock equal to 10% of the shares
     issued in the  Conversion  (70,000  shares at the midpoint of the Estimated
     Valuation Range) at exercise prices equal to the market price of the Common
     Stock on the date of grant.  Implementation  of the Option Plan may require
     stockholder   approval.   See  "Prospectus  Summary  -  Benefits  of  Stock
     Conversion  to  Directors  and  Executive  Officers -- Other Stock  Benefit
     Plans."



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


         The following  Consolidated  Statements of Operations of Wyman Park for
each of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 1997 have been audited
by Wooden & Benson, Chartered,  independent certified public accountants,  whose
report thereon appears elsewhere herein. The Statements of Income should be read
in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related Notes
included elsewhere herein.


                                       27

<PAGE>


                 WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997          1996
                                                        ----------    ----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>       
Interest and fees on loans receivable                   $4,250,470    $4,157,290
Interest on mortgage-backed securities                      26,733        35,236
Interest on investment securities                          140,065       306,709
Interest on other investments                              240,959       226,328
                                                        ----------    ----------
Total interest income                                    4,658,227     4,725,563

Interest on savings deposits                             2,749,541     3,064,802
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances                     --            --
Interest on escrow deposits                                  6,424         8,481
                                                        ----------    ----------
Total interest expense                                   2,755,965     3,073,283

Net interest income before provision for loan losses     1,902,262     1,652,280
Provision for loan losses (Notes 1 and 4)                  145,000        25,000
                                                        ----------    ----------
Net interest income                                      1,757,262     1,627,280

Other Income
    Loan fees and service charges                           48,284        46,937
    Gain on sales of loans receivable                        5,816        19,888
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net                  --            --
    Other                                                   24,411        39,303
                                                        ----------    ----------
 Total other income                                         78,511       106,128

General and Administrative Expenses
    Salaries and employee benefits                         620,513       602,958
    Occupancy costs                                         91,219        96,340
    Federal deposit insurance premiums ( Note 11)          461,177       134,371
    Data processing                                         67,071        65,173
    Advertising                                             63,145        68,914
    Franchise and other taxes                               44,730        46,681
    Other                                                  267,225       263,735
                                                        ----------    ----------
Total general and administrative expenses                1,615,080     1,278,172

Income before tax provision                                220,693       455,236

Provision for income taxes (Notes 1 and 8)                  86,888       161,119
                                                        ----------    ----------
Net income                                              $  133,805    $  294,117
                                                        ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes to financial  statements  are an integral part of these
statements.

                                       28


<PAGE>




                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

         Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results
of operations is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and
results of  operations of the  Association.  The  information  contained in this
section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements
and accompanying  notes thereto and other sections contained in this Prospectus.
The principal  business of the Association  consists of accepting  deposits from
the general  public and  investing  these funds  primarily in loans,  investment
securities and short-term liquid  investments.  The Association's  loans consist
primarily  of loans  secured by  residential  real estate  located in its market
areas, commercial real estate loans and consumer loans.

         The Association's net income is dependent primarily on its net interest
income,  which is the difference  between  interest  earned on  interest-earning
assets and the  interest  paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net  interest
income is a function of the  Association's  "interest rate spread," which is the
difference between the average yield earned on  interest-earning  assets and the
average rate paid on interest-bearing  liabilities.  The interest rate spread is
affected by regulatory, economic and competitive factors that influence interest
rates, loan demand and deposit flows. To a lesser extent,  the Association's net
income also is affected by the level of general and administrative  expenses and
the level of other income, which primarily consists of service charges and other
fees.

         The  operations  of  the  Association  are  significantly  affected  by
prevailing  economic  conditions,  competition  and  the  monetary,  fiscal  and
regulatory policies of government agencies. Lending activities are influenced by
the demand for and supply of housing,  competition  among lenders,  the level of
interest rates and the  availability of funds.  Deposit flows and costs of funds
are  influenced by prevailing  market rates of interest,  primarily on competing
investments, account maturities and the levels of personal income and savings in
the Association's market area.

         Historically,  the Association's mission has been to originate loans on
a profitable  basis to the communities it serves.  In seeking to accomplish this
mission,  the Board of Directors and management have adopted a business strategy
designed (i) to maintain the Association's capital level in excess of regulatory
requirements;  (ii) to  maintain  the  Association's  asset  quality;  (iii)  to
maintain,  and if possible,  increase the  Association's  earnings;  and (iv) to
manage the Association's exposure to changes in interest rates.

Financial Condition

June 30, 1997 compared to June 30, 1996

         Total assets  decreased  approximately  $1.7 million or 2.5%,  to $62.2
million at June 30, 1997 from $63.9  million at June 30, 1996.  This decrease in
total assets was  primarily  the result of a $3.4  million  decrease in cash and
cash equivalents,  including short-term interest bearing deposits in other banks
and federal funds sold,  which more than offset a $1.9 million increase in loans
receivable. The

                                       29

<PAGE>



decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to management's decision
during the year ended June 30, 1997 to improve the  Association's  net  interest
spread by investing  excess liquid assets in higher  yielding  loans, as well as
reducing  interest  expense by  decreasing  the level of  certificate  accounts.
Management's  strategy resulted in an increase in total loans receivable,  which
primarily  consisted of a $769,000 increase in residential  mortgage loans and a
$1.4 million  increase in  commercial  loans  secured by real estate,  including
participating interests purchased from other lenders.

         Total liabilities  decreased  approximately  $1.8 million,  or 3.0%, to
$57.5  million  at June 30,  1997 from  $59.3  million  at June 30,  1996.  This
decrease was primarily the result of a $1.8 million  decrease in total  deposits
to  approximately  $56.1 million at June 30, 1997 from $57.9 million at June 30,
1996.  This  decrease in deposits  consisted  of a decrease in time  deposits of
approximately  $2.1 million,  resulting from management's  decision to lower the
Association's  interest  expense,  and an increase of approximately  $300,000 in
other deposit accounts.

         Total equity of the  Association  increased  approximately  $151,000 to
$4.75 million at June 30, 1997 from $4.60  million at June 30, 1990,  due to net
income of  approximately  $134,000  and a decrease of  approximately  $17,000 in
unrealized losses on  available-for-sale  securities for the year ended June 30,
1997.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996

         Performance  Summary.  Net income for the year ended June 30,  1997 was
approximately  $134,000,  a decrease of $160,000,  or 54.5%,  from net income of
$294,000 for the year ended June 30, 1996. This decrease was primarily due to an
increase  in  non-interest  expenses  of  $337,000,  which  included  a one time
assessment of $383,000 for federal insurance premiums;  an increase in provision
for loan losses of $120,000,  and a decrease in non-interest  income of $28,000.
These items more than offset the positive effects of a $250,000  increase in net
interest income, producing a decrease of $234,000 in income before provision for
income  taxes of  $221,000  for the year  ended  June 30,  1997 as  compared  to
$455,000 for the year ended June 30, 1996. For the years ended June 30, 1997 and
1996, the returns on average assets were .22% and .46%, respectively,  while the
returns on average equity were 2.87% and 6.56%, respectively.

         Net Interest  Income.  Net interest income  increased by  approximately
$250,000,  or  15.1%,  to  $1,902,000  for the year  ended  June 30,  1997  from
$1,652,000  for the year  ended June 30,  1996.  This  reflects  a  decrease  of
$67,000,  or 1.4%,  in  interest  income  to  $4,658,000  in  fiscal  1997  from
$4,725,000 in fiscal 1996 while interest expense was decreasing by $317,000,  or
10.3%, to $2,756,000 in fiscal 1997 from $3,073,000 in fiscal 1996. The increase
in net interest margin was primarily from the decrease in both average  balances
and rates of interest paid on certificate accounts.

         For the year ended June 30, 1997, the average yield on interest-earning
assets was 7.69% compared to 7.52% for the year ended June 30, 1996. The average
cost of interest-bearing liabilities

                                       30

<PAGE>



was 4.93% for the year ended June 30, 1997,  a decrease  from 5.26% for the year
ended June 30, 1996. The average balance of interest-earning assets decreased by
$2.3 million or 3.6% to $60.6 million for year ended June 30, 1997,  compared to
$62.9  million  for the year  ended  June  30,  1996.  The  average  balance  of
interest-bearing  liabilities decreased by $2.5 million or 4.3% to $55.9 million
for the year ended June 30, 1997,  compared to $58.4  million for the year ended
June 30, 1996.

         The average  interest rate spread increased to 2.76% for the year ended
June 30,  1997 from 2.26% for the year  ended June 30,  1996.  The  average  net
interest income margin  increased to 3.14% for the year ended June 30, 1997 from
2.63% for the year ended June 30, 1996.


                                       31

<PAGE>



Yields Earned and Rates Paid

         The following table presents for the periods indicated the total dollar
amount of interest income from average interest earning assets and the resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities,
expressed both in dollars and rates.  No tax equivalent  adjustments  were made.
All average balances are monthly average balances.  Non-accruing loans have been
included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Year Ended June 30,
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997                            1996                            1995
                                        ----------------------------    -----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                         Average    Interest              Average   Interest              Average   Interest
                                        Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/    Outstanding  Earned/   Yield/   Outstanding  Earned/  Yield/
                                          Balance     Paid     Rate       Balance     Paid      Rate      Balance     Paid     Rate
                                          -------     ----     ----       -------     ----      ----      -------     ----     ----
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets:
<S>                                       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>  
 Loans receivable(1)................      $53,903   $4,250     7.88%     $53,033   $4,157       7.84%      $55,460   $4,325    7.80%
 Mortgage-backed securities.........          383       27     7.05          468       35       7.49           552       33    5.98
 Investment securities..............        2,402      140     5.83        5,298      307       5.79         5,845      329    5.63
 FHLB stock.........................          510       37     7.25          510       37       7.25           510       36    7.06
 Other investments..................        3,382      204     6.03        3,547      189       5.33         1,192       65    5.45
                                         --------  -------     ----      -------  -------       ----       -------   ------    ----
  Total interest-earning assets(1)..      $60,580    4,658     7.69      $62,856    4,725       7.52       $63,559    4,788    7.53
                                          =======   ------               =======   ------                  =======   ------
                                                                                                        
Interest-Earning Liabilities:                                                                           
 Savings deposits...................      $ 5,856      174     2.97      $ 5,593      178       3.18       $ 5,777      204    3.53
 Demand and NOW deposits............        9,745      309     3.17        9,632      317       3.29         9,990      332    3.32
 Certificate accounts...............       40,182    2,267     5.64       43,010    2,570       5.98        42,326    2,254    5.33
 Escrow deposits....................          115        6     5.22          147        8       5.44           193       11    5.69
 Borrowings.........................          ---      ---      ---          ---      ---        ---         1,542       90    5.83
                                          -------  -------    -----      -------  -------      -----       -------  -------    ----
  Total interest-bearing liabilities      $55,898    2,756     4.93      $58,382    3,073       5.26       $59,828    2,891    4.83
                                          =======  -------               =======  -------                  =======  -------
Net interest income.................                $1,902                         $1,652                            $1,897
                                                    ======                         ======                            ======
Net interest rate spread............                           2.76%                            2.26%                          2.70%
                                                               ====                             ====                           ====
Net earning assets..................       $4,682                         $4,474                            $3,731
                                           ======                         ======                            ======
Net yield on average interest-                                                                          
earning assets......................                           3.14%                            2.63%                          2.98%
                                                               ====                             ====                           ====
Average interest-earning assets to                                                                      
 average interest-bearing liabilities                1.08x                           1.08x                             1.06x
                                                     =====                           =====                             =====
                                                                                                     
</TABLE>


- -----------------

(1)  Calculated net of deferred loan fees, loan discounts,  loans in process and
     loss reserves.

                                       32

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  presents the weighted  average  yields earned on
loans,  investments and other interest-earning  assets, and the weighted average
rates paid on savings  deposits and the  resultant  interest rate spreads at the
dates indicated. Weighted average balances are based on monthly balances.



                                             At June 30,
                                            ------------
                                            1997    1996
                                            ----    ----
Weighted average yield on:
 Loans receivable ....................      7.89%   7.84%
 Mortgage-backed securities ..........      7.52    7.46
 Investment securities ...............      5.94    5.61
 Other interest-earning assets .......      5.95    5.53
   Combined weighted average yield on
     interest-earning  assets ........      7.71    7.50

Weighted average rate paid on:
 Savings deposits ....................      3.11    3.06
 Demand and NOW deposits .............      2.93    3.24
 Certificate accounts ................      5.71    6.07
 Other interest-bearing liabilities ..      5.50    5.50
   Combined weighted average rate paid
     on interest-bearing liabilities .      4.94    5.31

Spread ...............................      2.77    2.19


         Provision  for Loan Losses.  During the year ended June 30,  1997,  the
Association recorded a provision for loan losses of $145,000 compared to $25,000
for the year ended June 30, 1996. This provision was recorded due to significant
growth of $1.4  million or 30.6% in  commercial  real  estate  loans in the year
ended June 30, 1997.  The  increased  provision  for loan losses is based on the
continued growth in this type of lending as well as other commercial real estate
lending,  including participations,  which has perceived higher credit risk than
traditional thrift lending on residential real estate loans.

         During the year ended June 30, 1997,  the  Association's  nonperforming
loans increased from $27,000 to $176,000,  represented by two residential loans.
This increase did not have a significant  effect on the Association's  provision
for loan losses as management  expects minimal losses,  if any, related to these
two loans.

         Management  will  continue to monitor its allowance for loan losses and
make  additions  to the  allowance  through  the  provision  for loan  losses as
economic  conditions  and  other  factors  dictate.   Although  the  Association
maintains  its  allowance  for loan losses at a level which it  considers  to be
adequate  to provide  for loan  losses,  there can be no  assurance  that future
losses will not exceed estimated amounts or that additional  provisions for loan
losses will not be required in the future.

         Non-Interest  Income.  For the year ended June 30,  1997,  non-interest
income decreased by approximately $28,000 or 26.0%, to $78,000 from $106,000 for
the year ended June 30, 1996. This

                                       33

<PAGE>



decrease is primarily  from a decrease in gains on the sale of loans  receivable
of $14,000 and a decrease in other non-interest income of $15,000.

         Non-Interest  Expense.  Non-interest expense increased by approximately
$337,000  or  26.4%,  to  $1,615,000  for the  year  ended  June 30,  1997  from
$1,278,000 for the year ended June 30, 1996.  This increase was primarily due to
the increase in federal deposit  insurance expense of $327,000 or 243.2% for the
year ended June 30, 1997.  The Savings  Association  Insurance Fund (the "SAIF")
made a one time  assessment to all  associations  during the year ended June 30,
1997 to  recapitalize  that  fund.  The  Association's  portion of that one time
assessment was approximately  $383,000.  The rate of deposit insurance  declined
beginning  January  1,  1997  as a  result  of  the  one  time  assessment.  See
"Regulation - Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC." In addition, in
the future,  non-interest  expense may increase due to expenses  associated with
the ESOP, other benefit programs and the costs of being a public company.

         Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes decreased by approximately
$74,000 or 46.1% to $87,000 for the year ended June 30, 1997 from  $161,000  for
the year ended June 30, 1996. This decrease  results from the decrease in income
before the tax provision.  The Association's  effective tax rates were 39.4% and
35.4% for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         The  Association  is generally  taxed at a federal rate of 34% based on
the IRS tax rate schedule for corporations. The Association is also subject to a
Maryland franchise tax based on earnings at a flat rate of 7% of taxable income.
This  produces  a  combined  federal  and  Maryland  tax rate of 38.6%  when the
deductibility of the Maryland tax for federal purposes is considered.  Variances
from this rate in any given year are the  result of  certain  items of income or
expense not being included in or deducted from taxable income; and, from changes
in the tax estimates of prior periods.  The decrease in the provision for income
taxes  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  1997 is  primarily  the  result  of the
corresponding $234,000 decrease in income before taxes.





                                       34

<PAGE>



Rate Volume Analysis

         The  following  schedule  presents  the  dollar  amount of  changes  in
interest income and interest  expense for major  components of  interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing  liabilities.  It distinguishes  between the changes
related to outstanding  balances and that due to the changes in interest  rates.
For each category of interest-earning  assets and interest-bearing  liabilities,
information is provided on changes  attributable to (i) changes in volume (i.e.,
changes  in  volume  multiplied  by old rate) and (ii)  changes  in rate  (i.e.,
changes in rate multiplied by old volume).  For purposes of this table,  changes
attributable  to both rate and volume,  which  cannot be  segregated,  have been
allocated  proportionately  to the  change  due to volume  and the change due to
rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      Year Ended June 30,
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1996 vs. 1997                        1995 vs. 1996
                                                            -----------------------------------     --------------------------------
                                                                  Increase                                Increase
                                                                 (Decrease)                              (Decrease)
                                                                   Due to              Total               Due to           Total
                                                            -------------------       Increase      ------------------     Increase
                                                            Volume         Rate      (Decrease)     Volume        Rate    (Decrease)
                                                            ------         ----      ----------     ------        ----    ----------
                                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>   
 Loans receivable ....................................       $  68        $  25        $  93        $(190)       $  22      $(168)
 Mortgage-backed securities ..........................          (6)          (2)          (8)          (5)           7          2
 Investment securities ...............................        (169)           2         (167)         (31)           9        (22)
 Other ...............................................         (10)          25           15          130           (5)       125
                                                             -----        -----        -----        -----        -----      -----

   Total interest-earning assets .....................       $(117)       $  50          (67)       $ (96)       $  33        (63)
                                                             =====        =====        -----        =====        =====      -----

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings deposits ....................................       $   8        $ (12)          (4)       $  (7)       $ (19)       (26)
 Demand and NOW deposits .............................           3          (11)          (8)         (12)          (3)       (15)
 Borrowings ..........................................          --           --           --          (90)          --        (90)
 Certificate accounts ................................        (169)        (134)        (303)          38          278        316
 Escrow deposits .....................................          (2)          --           (2)          (3)          --         (3)

   Total interest-bearing liabilities ................       $(160)       $(157)        (317)       $ (74)       $ 256        182
                                                             =====        =====        -----        =====        =====      -----

Net interest income ..................................                                 $ 250                                $(245)
                                                                                       =====                                =====
</TABLE>



                                       35

<PAGE>



Asset/Liability Management

         One of the Association's  principal financial  objectives is to achieve
long-term  profitability while reducing its exposure to fluctuations in interest
rates.  The Association has sought to reduce exposure of its earnings to changes
in market  interest  rates by managing the mismatch  between asset and liability
maturities and interest rates. The principal element in achieving this objective
has been to increase the interest-rate  sensitivity of the Association's  assets
by originating loans with interest rates subject to periodic repricing to market
conditions.  Accordingly, the Association has emphasized the origination of one-
to three-year  adjustable  rate mortgage  loans,  balloon loans,  short-term and
adjustable-rate  commercial  loans,  and  consumer  loans for  retention  in its
portfolio.

         An asset or liability is interest rate sensitive within a specific time
period  if  it  will  mature  or  reprice  within  that  time  period.   If  the
Association's  assets mature or reprice more quickly or to a greater extent than
its liabilities,  the  Association's net portfolio value and net interest income
would tend to increase  during  periods of rising  interest  rates but  decrease
during periods of falling interest rates. If the Association's  assets mature or
reprice  more  slowly  or  to  a  lesser  extent  than  its   liabilities,   the
Association's net portfolio value and net interest income would tend to decrease
during periods of rising  interest rates but increase  during periods of falling
interest rates.

         The  Association's  Board of Directors has  formulated an Interest Rate
Risk  Management  policy  designed  to  promote  long-term  profitability  while
managing   interest-rate  risk.  The  Board  of  Directors  has  established  an
Asset/Liability Committee which consists primarily of the management team of the
Association.  This  committee  meets  periodically  and  reports to the Board of
Directors  quarterly  concerning  asset/liability  policies,  strategies and the
Association's  current  interest  rate  risk  position.  The  committee's  first
priority is to structure and price the  Association's  assets and liabilities to
maintain an acceptable  interest  rate spread while  reducing the net effects of
changes in interest rates.

         Management's  principal strategy in managing the Association's interest
rate  risk has been to  maintain  short  and  intermediate  term  assets  in the
portfolio,  including one and three year adjustable rate mortgage loans, as well
as increased  levels of commercial and consumer  loans,  which typically are for
short or  intermediate  terms and carry higher  interest rates than  residential
mortgage  loans.  In  addition,  in  managing  the  Association's  portfolio  of
investment  securities and mortgage-backed  and related  securities,  management
seeks to purchase securities that mature on a basis that approximates as closely
as  possible  the  estimated  maturities  of the  Association's  liabilities  or
purchase  securities that have adjustable rate provisions.  The Association does
not engage in hedging activities.

         In addition to  shortening  the average  repricing  of its assets,  the
Association  has sought to lengthen the average  maturity of its  liabilities by
adopting  a tiered  pricing  program  for its  certificates  of  deposit,  which
provides  higher rates of interest on its longer term  certificates  in order to
encourage  depositors to invest in  certificates  with longer  maturities.  This
policy is blended with management's strategy for reducing the overall balance in
certificate accounts in order to reduce the Association's interest expense.


                                       36

<PAGE>



         Net Portfolio Value. In order to encourage associations to reduce their
interest rate risk, the OTS adopted a rule  incorporating  an interest rate risk
("IRR")  component  into the risk-based  capital  rules.  The IRR component is a
dollar  amount  that will be  deducted  from total  capital  for the  purpose of
calculating an institution's  risk-based capital  requirement and is measured in
terms of the  sensitivity  of its net  portfolio  value  ("NPV")  to  changes in
interest rates. NPV is the difference  between incoming and outgoing  discounted
cash flows  from  assets,  liabilities,  and  off-balance  sheet  contracts.  An
institution's  IRR  is  measured  as the  change  to its  NPV as a  result  of a
hypothetical  200  basis  points  ("bp")  change  in market  interest  rates.  A
resulting  change in NPV of more than 2% of the  estimated  market  value of its
assets  will  require  the  institution  to deduct  from its capital 50% of that
excess  change.  The rules provide that the OTS will calculate the IRR component
quarterly for each  institution.  Management  reviews the OTS  measurements on a
quarterly basis. In addition to monitoring  selected measures on NPV, management
also  monitors  effects on net  interest  income  resulting  from  increases  or
decreases  in rates.  This measure is used in  conjunction  with NPV measures to
identify  excessive  interest  rate  risk.  The  following  table  presents  the
Association's  NPV at  June  30,  1997,  as  calculated  by the  OTS,  based  on
information provided to the OTS by the Association.



                                                                NPV as % of
                                                              Portfolio Value
                          Net Portfolio Value                    of Assets
   Change      ---------------------------------------     ---------------------
  in Rates     $ Amount       $ Change        % Change     NPV Ratio   % Change
  --------     --------       --------        --------     ---------   --------
                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
   +400         $3,154       $(3,681)           (54)%          5.39%     (5.27)%
   +300          4,150        (2,685)           (39)           6.92      (3.74)
   +200          5,143        (1,692)           (25)           8.37      (2.29)
   +100          6,072          (763)           (11)           9.66      (1.00)
  Static         6,835           ---            ---           10.66        ---
   (100)         7,273           438              6           11.18        .52
   (200)         7,270           435              6           11.07        .41
   (300)         7,075           340              4           10.71        .05
   (400)         6,979           144              2           10.48       (.18)


         In the above  table,  the first  column on the left  presents the basis
points increments of yield curve shifts.  The second column presents the overall
dollar amount of NPV at each basis point increment. The third and fourth columns
present the Association's actual position in dollar change and percentage change
in NPV at  each  basis  point  increment.  The  remaining  columns  present  the
Association's  percentage  and  percentage  change in its NPV as a percentage of
portfolio value of assets.

         Had it  been  subject  to the  IRR  component  at  June  30,  1997  the
Association  would have been  considered to have had a greater than normal level
of interest  rate  exposure and a deduction  from capital of $89,000  would have
been  required.  Although the OTS has informed  the  Association  that it is not
subject to the IRR component  discussed  above, the Association is still subject
to  interest  rate risk and, as can be seen above,  rising  interest  rates will
reduce the  Association's  NPV. The OTS has the  authority to require  otherwise
exempt  institutions to comply with the rule concerning  interest rate risk. See
"Regulation - Regulatory Capital Requirements."

                                       37

<PAGE>



         Certain  shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis  presented
in the  computation of NPV.  Although  certain assets and  liabilities  may have
similar  maturities or periods  within which they will  reprice,  they may react
differently to changes in market interest  rates.  The interest rates on certain
types of assets and  liabilities  may  fluctuate in advance of changes in market
interest  rates,  while  interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in
market rates.

         The  Association's  Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing the
Association's asset and liability policies. The Board reviews interest rate risk
and trends on a quarterly basis and liquidity,  capital ratios and requirements,
on a monthly.  Management  is  responsible  for  administering  the policies and
determinations  of the Board of Directors  with respect to the Bank's assets and
liability goals and strategies.

         Notwithstanding its efforts with respect to asset/liability management,
the Association  remains subject to IRR, and expects that its profit margin will
decrease if interest rates rise.

Liquidity

         The primary investment  activity of the Association is originating one-
to four-family residential mortgages, commercial real estate loans, and consumer
loans to be held to maturity.  For the fiscal years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996
the Association originated loans for its portfolio in the amount of $8.9 million
and $9.0 million,  respectively. For the same two fiscal years, these activities
were funded from repayments of $7.2 million and $9.5 million,  respectively, and
sales and participations of $1.3 million and $990,000, respectively.

         The Association is required to maintain minimum levels of liquid assets
under  government  regulations.   The  Association's   short-term  liquidity  is
determined by adding (1) cash on hand, (2) daily investable  deposits,  (3) U.S.
Government  agency  obligations  with  maturities  of less than one year and (4)
accrued  interest on unpledged  liquid  assets.  Securities  with  maturities of
greater than one year and less than five years are added to short-term liquidity
to equal the Association's total liquidity. The Association's liquidity ratio is
determined  by dividing the liquidity by the average  total  liabilities  of the
preceding month.

         The  Association's  most liquid  assets are cash and cash  equivalents,
which include short-term  investments.  At June 30, 1997 and 1996, cash and cash
equivalents were $2.4 million and $5.8 million,  respectively.  In addition, the
Association  has used  jumbo  certificates  of  deposit  as a source  of  funds.
Deposits of $100,000 or more represented $5.7 million at June 30, 1997 (of which
$4.2  million were jumbo  certificates  of deposit) and $5.2 million at June 30,
1996, or 10.1% and 8.9% of total deposits,  respectively. The regulatory minimum
for the Association is 1.0% short-term  liquidity and 5.0% total liquidity.  The
Association  has  always  met  the  liquidity  requirements.  The  Association's
eligible short-term liquidity ratios were 4.4% and 12.1%, respectively,  at June
30, 1997 and 1996. The  Association's  eligible total liquidity ratios were 9.8%
and 15.4%, respectively, at June 30, 1997 and 1996.



                                       38

<PAGE>



         Liquidity  management  for  the  Association  is both  an  ongoing  and
long-term  function of the Association's  asset/liability  management  strategy.
Excess funds, when applicable, generally are invested in overnight deposits at a
correspondent  bank and at the FHLB of Atlanta.  Currently when the  Association
requires funds,  beyond its ability to general deposits,  additional  sources of
funds are available through the FHLB of Atlanta. The Association has the ability
to pledge its FHLB of Atlanta stock or certain  other assets as  collateral  for
such advances.  The  Association  has not used FHLB advances during the past two
fiscal  years,  but may use FHLB  advances  in the future to fund loan demand in
excess of available  funds.  Management and the Board of Directors  believe that
due to significant  amounts of adjustable rate mortgage loans that could be sold
and the  Association's  ability to acquire  funds from the FHLB of Atlanta,  the
Association's liquidity is adequate.


                                                    Year Ended June 30,
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                1997         1996         1995
                                              -------      -------      --------
                                                       (In Thousands)
Net income ..............................     $   134      $   294      $   433
Adjustment to reconcile
  net income to net cash from
  operating activities ..................         118           78         (302)
                                              -------      -------      -------
Net cash from operating activities ......         252          372          131
Net cash from investing activities ......      (1,937)       4,333           (9)
Net cash from financing activities ......      (1,739)        (750)        (823)
                                              -------      -------      -------
Net change in cash and cash
  equivalents ...........................      (3,424)       3,955         (701)
Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of period ...................       5,801        1,846        2,547
                                              -------      -------      -------
Cash and cash equivalents at
  end of period .........................     $ 2,377      $ 5,801      $ 1,846
                                              =======      =======      =======


         The  Association's  principal  sources  of  funds  are  deposits,  loan
repayments  and  prepayments,  and other  funds  provided by  operations.  While
scheduled loan  repayments are relatively  predictable,  deposit flows and early
loan  prepayments  are more  influenced  by  interest  rates,  general  economic
conditions,  and competition.  The Association  maintains  investments in liquid
assets based upon  management's  assessment of (1) need for funds,  (2) expected
deposit  flows,  (3)  yields  available  on  short-term  liquid  assets  and (4)
objectives of the asset/liability management program.

         OTS  regulations  presently  require  the  Association  to  maintain an
average daily balance of investments in United States  Treasury,  federal agency
obligations and other investments  having maturities of five years or less in an
amount equal to 5% of the sum of the Association's  average daily balance of net
withdrawable  deposit  accounts and borrowings  payable in one year or less. The
liquidity  requirement,  which  may be  changed  from time to time by the OTS to
reflect  changing  economic  conditions,  is  intended  to  provide  a source of
relatively  liquid funds upon which the Association  may rely, if necessary,  to
fund deposit  withdrawals or other  short-term  funding needs. At June 30, 1997,
the Association's regulatory liquidity was 9.8%. For the last five fiscal years,
the Association was in compliance with such requirement and management  believes
that the  Association's  liquidity  is  adequate.  It should  be noted  that the
Association  has an immediately  accessible line of credit with the FHLB Atlanta
for $8.0 million. On June 30, 1997, the Association had commitments to originate
fixed-rate  commercial and residential loans totaling $1.8 million, and variable
rate  commercial and residential  real estate  mortgage loans totaling  $49,000.
Loan  commitments  are  generally  for 60 days.  The  Association  considers its
liquidity and capital  reserves  sufficient to meet its  outstanding  short- and
long-term needs.


                                       39

<PAGE>



         The  Association is required by OTS regulations to meet certain minimum
capital  requirements,  which must be generally as stringent as the requirements
established for banks. Current capital requirements call for tangible capital of
1.5% of adjusted total assets, core capital (which for the Association  consists
solely of  tangible  capital) of 3.0% of adjusted  total  assets and  risk-based
capital  (which  for the  Association  consists  of  core  capital  and  general
valuation  allowances)  of 8% of  risk-weighted  assets  (assets are weighted at
percentage levels ranging from 0% to 100% depending on their relative risk). The
OTS  has  proposed  to  amend  the  core  capital   requirement  so  that  those
associations that do not have the highest  examination  rating and an acceptable
level of risk  will be  required  to  maintain  core  capital  of from 4% to 5%,
depending  on  the  association's  examination  rating  and  overall  risk.  The
Association  does not anticipate that it will be adversely  affected if the core
capital requirements regulations are amended as proposed.

         The following table  summarizes the  Association's  regulatory  capital
requirements  and  actual  capital  at June 30,  1997.  (See Note 11 of Notes to
Consolidated   Financial  Statements  for  a  reconciliation  of  capital  under
generally accepted accounting principles and regulatory capital amounts.)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Excess of Actual
                                                                                        Capital Over Current
                                    Actual Capital          Current Requirement             Requirement
                                 -------------------        -------------------        ---------------------
                                  Amount     Percent         Amount     Percent          Amount      Percent          Asset Total
                                 -------     -------        --------    -------        ----------    -------          -----------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>    
Tangible Capital ..........      $ 4,755       7.6%          $   934     1.5%           $ 3,821        6.1%             $62,249
Core Capital ..............        4,755       7.6             1,867     3.0              2,888        4.7               62,249
Risk-based Capital ........        5,025      14.6             2,748     8.0              2,277        6.6               34,344
</TABLE>


         At June 30,  1997,  the  Association  had a  commitment  for $27,500 of
capital expenditures related to computer equipment and data processing.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The financial  statements and related data  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars without  considering changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to  inflation.  The primary  impact of  inflation  on the
operations of the Association is reflected in increased  operating costs. Unlike
most  industrial  companies,  virtually all of the assets and  liabilities  of a
financial  institution  are  monetary in nature.  As a result,  interest  rates,
generally,   have  a  more  significant  impact  on  a  financial  institution's
performance  than does inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the
same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.



                                       40

<PAGE>



Current Accounting Issues

         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 125, "Accounting
for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of  Financial  Assets  and   Extinguishments  of
Liabilities"  was issued by the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) in
June 1996.  This  statement  provides  that  transfers  of  financial  assets be
recognized  as  sales  only  when  certain  specified  criteria  related  to the
transferor  surrendering  control of the assets are met. These criteria are more
restrictive than under previous generally accepted  accounting  principles.  The
provisions of this statement will affect the accounting for certain transactions
commonly  entered into by community  financial  institutions  such as repurchase
agreements,  bankers  acceptances  and  participation  loans.  The  statement is
effective  for  transactions  occurring  after  December  31,  1996 and is to be
applied prospectively.

         SFAS No. 127,  "Deferral of the Effective Date of Certain Provisions of
FASB Statement No. 125" was issued in December 1996. This statement defers,  for
one year,  the effective  date of Statement No. 125 for  repurchase  agreements,
dollar-roll, securities lending and similar transactions.

         The effect,  on the  Association's  financial  position  and results of
operations, of implementing Statement No. 125 in 1997 was not material.

         SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" was issued in June 1997.
This  statement  requires that  comprehensive  income - made up of all revenues,
expenses,  gains and losses - be reported and displayed in an entity's financial
statements  with  the  same  prominence  as  its  other  financial   statements.
Currently,  the only item that  would be  presented  as a  component  of its net
income is the change during the year in unrealized gain or loss on available for
sale  securities.  The statement,  which is effective for years  beginning after
December 15, 1997, will not affect the Association's  financial  position or its
results of operations.



                                       41

<PAGE>



                                    BUSINESS


General

         Located  in  Lutherville,  Maryland,  the  Association  is a  financial
institution  primarily  engaged in the business of attracting  savings  deposits
from the general  public and investing  such funds in permanent  mortgage  loans
secured by one- to  four-family  residential  real estate  located  primarily in
central  Baltimore  County and northern  Baltimore City,  Maryland.  Through its
branch office  located in Glen Burnie,  a suburb to the south of Baltimore,  the
Association  also  services  Anne  Arundel  County,  Maryland.  In  addition  to
permanent  mortgage loans, the Association also originates,  to a lesser extent,
loans for the construction of one- to four-family real estate,  commercial loans
secured by multi-family  real estate (over four units) and  nonresidential  real
estate,  and  consumer  loans,  including  home  equity  lines of  credit,  home
improvement  loans,  and loans  secured by  savings  deposits.  The  Association
invests  in U.S.  government  obligations,  interest-bearing  deposits  in other
financial  institutions,   mortgage-backed  securities,  and  other  investments
permitted by applicable law.

Lending Activities

         General.   The  principal   lending  activity  of  the  Association  is
originating first mortgage loans secured by  owner-occupied  one- to four-family
residential  properties  located in its primary  market areas.  In addition,  in
order to increase the yield and the interest rate  sensitivity  of its portfolio
and in order to provide more  comprehensive  financial  services to families and
community  businesses in the Association's  primary market area, Wyman Park also
originates   commercial  real  estate,   multi-family,   consumer  (secured  and
unsecured), land, and second mortgage loans. See "- Originations,  Purchases and
Sales of Loans." The  Association  reserves the right in the future to adjust or
discontinue any product offerings to respond to competitive or economic factors.



                                       42

<PAGE>



         Loan Portfolio  Composition.  The following information  concerning the
composition  of the  Association's  loan  portfolios  in dollar  amounts  and in
percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts
and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.


                                                  June 30,
                                 -------------------------------------------
                                       1997                      1996
                                 ------------------       -------------------
                                 Amount     Percent       Amount      Percent
                                 ------     -------       ------      -------
                                           (Dollars in Thousand)
Real Estate Loans:
 One- to four-family .......    $46,346       82.92%      $45,669       84.82%
 Multi-family ..............        211         .38           128         .24
 Commercial ................      5,806       10.39         4,448        8.26
 Construction or development        150         .27           270         .50
                                -------      ------       -------      ------
   Total real estate loans .     52,513       93.96        50,515       93.82
                                -------      ------       -------      ------

Other Loans:
 Consumer Loans:
  Deposit account loans ....        176         .31           138         .26
  Home equity ..............      3,184        5.70         3,189        5.92
  Home improvement .........         16         .03            --          --
   Total consumer loans ....      3,376        6.04         3,327        6.18
                                -------    --------       -------      ------
   Total loans, gross ......     55,889      100.00%       53,842      100.00%
                                -------    ========       -------      ======

Less:
 Loans in process ..........       (231)                     (270)
 Deferred fees and discounts       (199)                     (203)
 Allowance for losses ......       (270)                     (125)
                                -------                   -------
 Total loans receivable, net    $55,189                   $53,244
                                =======                   =======




                                       43

<PAGE>



         The following  table shows the  composition of the  Association's  loan
portfolios by fixed- and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.


                                                         June 30,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                              1997                   1996
                                        ----------------       ----------------
                                        Amount   Percent       Amount   Percent
                                        ------   -------       ------   -------
                                                (Dollars in Thousand)
Fixed-Rate Loans:
 Real estate:
  One- to four-family ..............    $30,505    54.58%      $28,093    52.18%
  Multi-family .....................         --       --            78      .14
  Commercial .......................      4,596     8.22         3,424     6.36
  Construction or development ......        150      .27           270      .50
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------
     Total real estate loans .......     35,251    63.07        31,865    59.18
 Consumer ..........................        192      .34           138      .26
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------
     Total fixed-rate loans ........     35,443    63.41        32,003    59.44
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------

Adjustable-Rate Loans:
 Real estate:
  One- to four-family ..............     15,841    28.34        17,576    32.64
  Multi-family .....................        211      .38            50      .09
  Commercial .......................      1,210     2.17         1,024     1.90
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------
     Total real estate loans .......     17,262    30.89        18,650    34.63
 Consumer ..........................      3,184     5.70         3,189     5.93
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------
     Total adjustable-rate loans ...     20,446    36.59        21,839    40.56
                                        -------   ------       -------   ------
     Total loans ...................     55,889   100.00%       53,842   100.00%
                                        -------   ======       -------   ======

Less:
 Loans in process ..................       (231)                  (270)
 Deferred fees and discounts .......       (199)                  (203)
 Allowance for loan losses .........       (270)                  (125)
                                        -------                -------
    Total loans receivable, net ....    $55,189                $53,244
                                        =======                =======



                                       44

<PAGE>



         The following schedule illustrates the interest rate sensitivity of the
Association's  loan portfolio at June 30, 1997.  Mortgages which have adjustable
or renegotiable  interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which
the  contract  is due.  The  schedule  does not  reflect the effects of possible
prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.



                                            Real Estate
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                                            Multi-family and     Construction
                       One- to Four-Family     Commercial       or Development
                       -------------------  ----------------   -----------------
                                 Weighted          Weighted            Weighted
                                  Average           Average             Average
                        Amount     Rate     Amount    Rate     Amount     Rate
                        ------     ----     ------    ----     ------     ----
                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
   Due During
  Years Ending
    June 30,
- ------------------
1998(1) ..........     $17,811     7.53%  $   485      9.14%  $   150      8.25%
1999 and 2000 ....       5,396     7.03     1,622      9.86        --        --
2001 and 2002 ....       3,063     8.00       229      9.45        --        --
2003-2007 ........       6,138     7.61     1,210      9.92        --        --
2008-2017 ........      10,824     7.05     1,742      9.42        --        --
2018 and following       3,114     7.57       729      7.34        --        --
                       -------            -------             -------
                       $46,346     7.40   $ 6,017      9.37   $   150      8.25%
                       =======            =======             =======

                                       Consumer                Total
                                    ----------------    ------------------- 
                                            Weighted               Weighted
                                             Average                Average
                                    Amount     Rate      Amount       Rate
                                    ------     ----      ------       ----
Due During
Years Ending
June 30,
- ------------------
1998(1) ....................       $ 3,360     9.56%    $21,806       7.88%
1999 and 2000 ..............             3     9.25       7,021       7.68
2001 and 2002 ..............            13     9.52       3,305       8.11
2003-2007 ..................            --       --       7,348       7.95
2008-2017 ..................            --       --      12,566       7.38
2018 and following .........            --       --       3,843       7.53
                                   -------              -------
                                   $ 3,376     9.56     $55,889       7.74
                                   =======              =======

- ----------

(1)  Includes demand loans and loans having no stated maturity.


         The  total  amount  of  loans  due  after  June  30,  1997  which  have
predetermined  interest rates is $35,443,000 while the total amount of loans due
after  such  dates  which  have  floating  or  adjustable   interest   rates  is
$20,446,000.



                                       45

<PAGE>



         Under federal law, the aggregate  amount of loans that the  Association
is  permitted  to  make to any  one  borrower  is  generally  limited  to 15% of
unimpaired capital and surplus (25% if the security for such loan has a "readily
ascertainable" value or 30% for certain residential  development loans). At June
30, 1997, based on the above, the Association's  regulatory loan-to-one borrower
limit was  approximately  $750,000.  On the same date,  the  Association  had no
borrowers  with  outstanding  balances in excess of this amount.  As of June 30,
1997,  the largest  dollar  amount of  indebtedness  to one borrower or group of
related  borrowers was a $630,000 loan secured by a strip shopping  center.  The
next two  largest  loans had  outstanding  balances of  $627,000  and  $583,000,
respectively,  and were  secured  by  warehouse  and  offices,  and a fast  food
restaurant  and retail  establishment.  Such loans are  performing in accordance
with their terms.

         Loan   applications   are   accepted  by  salaried   employees  at  the
Association's  offices. Loan applications are presented for approval to the Loan
or Executive  Loan  Committees of the Board of Directors or to the full Board of
Directors, depending on the loan amount. Generally, the Loan Committee acts with
respect  to loan  requests  equal to or less than  $250,000  (except  for single
family  loan  requests  conforming  to  certain  criteria,  as to which the Loan
Committee may approve amounts up to $500,000, while the Executive Loan Committee
acts with  respect to loan  requests  for more than  $250,000  up to  $500,000).
Decisions on loan  applications  are made on the basis of detailed  applications
and property  valuations  (consistent  with the  Association's  written  lending
policy) by qualified independent appraisers.  The loan applications are designed
primarily  to  determine  the  borrower's  ability to repay and include  income,
length  of   employment,   past  credit   history  and  the  amount  of  current
indebtedness.  Significant  items on the application are verified through use of
credit reports,  financial  statements,  tax returns and/or  confirmations.  The
Association is an equal opportunity lender.

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending

         The cornerstone of the Association's  lending program has long been the
origination of long-term  permanent loans secured by mortgages on owner-occupied
one- to four-family residences. At June 30, 1997, $46.3 million, or 82.9% of the
Association's  gross loan  portfolio  consisted  of  permanent  loans on one- to
four-family  residences.  At that date, the average outstanding residential loan
balance was approximately  $73,000 and the largest outstanding  residential loan
had a principal  balance of $382,000.  Virtually  all of the  residential  loans
originated by Wyman Park are secured by properties  located in the Association's
market area. See "- Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans."

         Although the Bank has generally  sold its  fixed-rate  loan  production
since  1989,  historically,  Wyman  Park  originated  for  retention  in its own
portfolio  30-year  fixed-rate loans secured by one- to four-family  residential
real  estate.  Beginning  in the  mid-1980s,  in order to reduce its exposure to
changes  in  interest  rates,  Wyman  Park began to  originate  adjustable  rate
mortgage loans ("ARMs"),  subject to market conditions and consumer  preference.
The  Association  has from time to time sold some of its ARM  production,  which
conforms to standards  promulgated by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC"),  and as a result of continued  consumer demand,  particularly  during
periods of  relatively  low  interest  rates,  Wyman Park has also  continued to
originate  fixed-rate  residential loans in amounts and at rates and terms which
are monitored for

                                       46

<PAGE>



compliance with the Association's  asset/liability management policy. Currently,
the  Association  originates both  conforming and jumbo  construction  and jumbo
fixed-rate  permanent loans with maturities of up to 30 years. At June 30, 1997,
the Association  had $30.5 million of fixed-rate  permanent  residential  loans,
constituting  54.6%  of the  Association's  loan  portfolio  at such  date.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Asset/Liability Management."

         The Association's ARM and balloon loans are offered at rates, terms and
points  determined  in  accordance  with  market and  competitive  factors.  The
Association's current one- to four-family  residential ARMs are fully amortizing
loans with  contractual  maturities  of up to 30 years.  Balloon loans also have
terms of up to 30 years.  Though from time to time  "teaser"  rates are offered,
applicants   are  qualified   pursuant  to  FHLMC   guidelines,   which  permits
qualifications  at less  than the  fully  indexed  rate,  and no ARMs  allow for
negative  amortization.  The interest rates on the ARMs originated by Wyman Park
are  generally  subject to adjustment  at one-,  three- and five-year  intervals
based  on a  margin  over  the  Treasury  Securities  Constant  Maturity  Index.
Decreases  or  increases  in the  interest  rate of the  Association's  ARMs are
generally  limited to 6% above the  initial  interest  rate over the life of the
loan,  and up to a 2% per adjustment  period per year or per adjustment  period.
The Association's  ARMs may be convertible into fixed-rate  loans,  depending on
the program selected,  and do not contain  prepayment  penalties.  Loans are not
assumable.  At June 30, 1997, the total balance of one- to four-family  ARMs was
$15.8 million, or 28.3% of the Association's loan portfolio.

         As  a  service  to  its  older  customers,  the  Association  also  has
originated, and thereafter sold, reverse mortgages,  enabling the "homeowner" to
utilize equity values that have built up in the underlying property.

         As discussed  above,  the  Association  evaluates  both the  borrower's
ability to make  principal,  interest  and escrow  payments and the value of the
property that will secure the loan. Wyman Park originates  residential  mortgage
loans with  loan-to-value  ratios up to 97%. On mortgage loans  exceeding an 80%
loan-to-value  ratio at the  time of  origination,  Wyman  Park  will  generally
require  private  mortgage  insurance  in  an  amount  intended  to  reduce  the
Association's exposure to less than 80% of the appraised value of the underlying
property.

         The Association  requires title insurance on its mortgage loans as well
as fire and extended  coverage  casualty  insurance in amounts at least equal to
the principal  amount of the loan or the value of  improvements on the property,
depending on the type of loan. The Association  also requires flood insurance to
protect the property  securing  its  interest  when the property is located in a
flood plain.

         The  Association's   residential  mortgage  loans  customarily  include
due-on-sale  clauses  giving  the  Association  the  right to  declare  the loan
immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things,  the borrower
sells or otherwise disposes of the property subject to the mortgage and the loan
is not repaid.


                                       47

<PAGE>



Construction and Development Lending

         The  Association  makes  construction  loans  to  individuals  for  the
construction of their primary or secondary residences.  Loans to individuals for
the  construction of their residences  typically run for up to nine months.  The
borrower  pays  interest  only  during  the  construction  period.   Residential
construction  loans are generally  underwritten  pursuant to the same guidelines
used  for  originating  permanent  residential  loans.  At June  30,  1997,  the
Association had one construction  loan with an outstanding  aggregate balance of
$150,000 secured by residential property.

         The Association has participated in loans to builders and developers to
finance the  construction  of residential  property.  Such loans  generally have
adjustable  interest rates based upon prime or treasury indexes with terms of 18
months. The proceeds of the loan are advanced during construction based upon the
percentage of completion as determined by an inspection by the lead lender.  The
loan amount normally does not exceed 75% of projected  completed value.  Whether
the  Association  is willing  to  provide  permanent  takeout  financing  to the
purchaser of the home is determined  independently of the  construction  loan by
separate underwriting.  In the event that upon completion the house is not sold,
the builder is required to make principal and interest  payments until the house
is sold.

         Building lot loans,  which include loans to acquire vacant or raw land,
are made to  individuals.  All of such  loans  are  secured  by land  zoned  for
residential  developments  and located  within the  Association's  market  area.
Before  extending  credit,  the Association will require  percolation  tests and
related permits to be secured.

         Construction and development lending,  through  participation or direct
lending, generally affords the Association an opportunity to receive interest at
rates  higher  than those  obtainable  from  residential  lending and to receive
higher  origination  and other loan fees. In addition,  such loans are generally
made for relatively short terms.  Nevertheless,  construction lending to persons
other than  owner-occupants is generally considered to involve a higher level of
credit risk than one- to four-family  permanent  residential  lending due to the
concentration  of principal in a limited  number of loans and  borrowers and the
effects of general  economic  conditions on construction  projects,  real estate
developers  and  managers.  In addition,  the nature of these loans is such that
they are more difficult to evaluate and monitor.  The Association's risk of loss
on a construction or development loan is dependent  largely upon the accuracy of
the initial  estimate of the property's value upon completion of the project and
the estimated cost (including interest) of the project. If the estimate of value
proves to be inaccurate,  the Association may be confronted,  at or prior to the
maturity  of the loan,  with a project  with a value  which is  insufficient  to
assure  full  repayment  and/or the  possibility  of having to make  substantial
investments to complete and sell the project.  Because defaults in repayment may
not occur  during the  construction  period,  it may be  difficult  to  identify
problem loans at an early stage.  When loan  payments  become due, the cash flow
from the  property may not be adequate to service the debt.  In such cases,  the
Association may be required to modify the terms of the loan.


                                       48

<PAGE>



Commercial Real Estate Lending

           The Association's  commercial real estate loan portfolio  consists of
loans on a variety of  non-residential  properties  including retail facilities,
warehouses, small office buildings, small industrial parks and shopping centers.
At June 30, 1997, the Association's  largest commercial real estate loan totaled
$630,000  At that date,  the  Association  had 23 other  commercial  real estate
loans, all totaling $5.8 million or 10.4 % of gross loans receivable. As of June
30, 1997, none of these loans were non-performing.

         The  Association  has  originated  both  balloon,  adjustable-rate  and
fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, although most current originations have
balloon or  adjustable  rates.  Commercial  loans  generally  adjust  based on a
constant  maturity index plus a margin.  Adjustable  rate loans generally have a
balloon feature after one or two adjustment  periods to allow the Association to
re-evaluate  the  terms of the  loan.  Balloon  loans  mature  at the end of the
initial  balloon  term  and  may be  modified,  extended  or  refinanced  by the
Association. Commercial loans are generally underwritten in amounts of up to 75%
of the appraised value of the underlying property.

         Appraisals  on  properties   securing   commercial  real  estate  loans
originated by the Association are performed by a qualified independent appraiser
at the time  the  loan is made.  In  addition,  the  Association's  underwriting
procedures  generally  require  verification  of the borrower's  credit history,
income and financial statements, banking relationships and income projections or
operating histories for the property. Personal guarantees are generally obtained
for the Association's commercial real estate loans.

         Substantially all of the commercial real estate loans originated by the
Association are secured by properties  located within the  Association's  market
area.

         The table below sets forth by type of security  property the  estimated
number,  loan amount and  outstanding  balance of Wyman Park's  commercial  real
estate loans at June 30, 1997.




                                                                     Outstanding
                                         Number of     Original       Principal
                                           Loans      Loan Amount      Balance
                                         ---------    -----------    -----------
                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
Office ............................          10         $1,850         $1,653
Retail ............................           4          1,725          1,641
Small industrial ..................           2            535            482
Warehouse .........................           4          1,372          1,262
Apartment .........................           1             83             59
Land ..............................           3            758            709
                                         ------         ------         ------
   Total ..........................          24         $6,323         $5,806
                                         ======         ======         ======


         Commercial real estate loans generally present a higher level of credit
risk than loans secured by one- to four-family residences.  This greater risk is
due to several  factors,  including the  concentration of principal in a limited
number of loans and  borrowers,  the effects of general  economic  conditions on
income producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and

                                       49

<PAGE>



monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore,  the repayment of loans secured by
commercial real estate is typically  dependent upon the successful  operation of
the related  real estate  project.  If the cash flow from the project is reduced
(for example, if leases are not obtained or renewed),  the borrower's ability to
repay the loan may be impaired.

Multi-Family Lending

         The  Association  has  historically  made a few permanent  multi-family
loans  in its  primary  market  area.  As with  commercial  real  estate  loans,
multi-family  loans  present a higher level of credit risk than do loans secured
by  one-to  four-family   residences.   At  June  30,  1997,  loans  secured  by
multi-family  properties aggregated $211,000, or .38% of the Association's gross
loans receivable.

         The Association's multi-family loan portfolio includes loans secured by
five or more unit residential  buildings  located primarily in the Association's
market area.

Consumer Lending

         Management  believes  that offering  consumer  loan  products  helps to
expand  the  Association's  customer  base and to  create  stronger  ties to its
existing  customer  base. In addition,  because  consumer  loans  generally have
shorter terms to maturity and carry higher rates of interest than do residential
mortgage  loans,  they can be valuable  asset/liability  management  tools.  The
Association currently originates  substantially all of its consumer loans in its
market area. At June 30, 1997,  the  Association's  consumer  loans totaled $3.4
million or 6.0% of the Association's gross loan portfolio.

         Wyman Park offers a variety of consumer loans,  including loans secured
by savings  deposits and home equity  lines of credit as well as unsecured  home
improvement loans.

         The largest component of the Association's  consumer lending program is
its home equity line.  At June 30, 1997,  home equity loans totaled $3.2 million
or 5.7% of gross loans  receivable.  The  Association  also employs its standard
underwriting  criteria discussed above in deciding whether to extend credit. The
Association's  home  equity  lines of credit are  originated  in amounts  which,
together with the amount of the first  mortgage,  generally do not exceed 80% of
the appraised  value of the property  securing the loan.  At June 30, 1997,  the
Association had $5.5 million of funds committed,  but undrawn, under such lines.
Home equity loans are  adjustable  in nature,  floating at a stated margin above
prime.

         The terms of other types of consumer  loans vary  according to the type
of  collateral,  length of contract and  creditworthiness  of the borrower.  The
underwriting  standards employed by the Association for consumer loans include a
determination  of  the  applicant's  payment  history  on  other  debts  and  an
assessment of the borrower's ability to meet payments on the proposed loan along
with his  existing  obligations.  In  addition  to the  creditworthiness  of the
applicant,  the underwriting  process also includes a comparison of the value of
the security, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.


                                       50

<PAGE>



         Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential mortgage loans,
particularly  in the case of consumer  loans which are  unsecured  or secured by
rapidly depreciable assets. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent
on the borrower's continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be
affected by adverse  personal  circumstances.  Furthermore,  the  application of
various  federal and state laws,  including  federal  and state  bankruptcy  and
insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans

         The  Association   originates  real  estate  and  other  loans  through
employees located at the Association's offices.  Walk-in customers and referrals
from its current  customer base,  advertisement,  real estate brokers,  mortgage
loan brokers and builders are also  important  sources of loan  originations  as
well as Wyman Park's  internet  web-site  (www.wymanpark.com).  The  association
utilized  the  services  of mortgage or loan  brokers  from time to time.  While
generally a portfolio  lender,  the  Association may in the future evaluate loan
sale opportunities as they arise and make sales depending on market conditions.

         The  following  table shows the loan  origination,  purchase,  sale and
repayment activities of the Association for the periods indicated.


                                                             Year Ended June 30,
                                                             -------------------
                                                              1997        1996
                                                             ------     -------
                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
Originations by type:
 Adjustable rate:
  Real estate - one- to four-family..................        $2,843     $ 1,314
                  - multi-family.....................            90         ---
                  - commercial.......................         1,100         190
                                                             ------     -------
         Total adjustable-rate.......................         4,033       1,504
                                                             ------     -------
 Fixed rate:
  Real estate - one- to four-family..................         3,907       6,991
                  - commercial.......................           936         550
  Non-real estate - consumer.........................            18         ---
                                                             ------     -------
         Total fixed-rate............................         4,861       7,541
                                                             ------     -------
         Total loans originated......................         8,894       9,045
                                                             ------     -------

Purchases:
  Real estate - one- to four-family..................           983         ---
                  - commercial.......................           805         300
                                                             ------     -------
         Total loans purchased.......................         1,788         300
                                                             ------     -------

Sales and Repayments:
  Real estate - one- to four-family..................           395         990
                  - commercial.......................           900         ---
                                                             ------     -------
         Total loans sold............................         1,295         990
  Principal repayments...............................         7,177       9,539
                                                             ------     -------
         Total reductions............................         8,472      10,529
Increase (decrease) in other items, net..............          (265)         24
                                                             ------     -------
         Net increase (decrease).....................        $1,945     $(1,160)
                                                             ======     =======

                                       51

<PAGE>


Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

         Loan  Portfolio  Management.  When a borrower  fails to make a required
payment on a loan, the Association attempts to cause the delinquency to be cured
by contacting the borrower.  A late notice is generated on all loans over 15 and
30 days  delinquent.  Another  late  notice  is sent 60 days  after the due date
followed by telephone contact.

         If the  delinquency  is not  cured by the 65th  day,  the  customer  is
provided  written  notice  that the  account  will be  referred  to counsel  for
collection and foreclosure, if necessary. A good faith effort by the borrower at
this time will defer  foreclosure  for a reasonable  length of time depending on
individual  circumstances.  After 90 days, foreclosure proceedings are generally
instituted.  The  Association may agree to accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure.
If it becomes  necessary to  foreclose,  the property is sold at public sale and
the Association may bid on the property to protect its interest.

         Unsecured  consumer loans are charged off if they remain delinquent for
120 days unless the borrower and lender agree on a payment plan. If terms of the
plan are not met, they are then subject to charge off.

         Real  estate  acquired  by Wyman  Park as a result  of  foreclosure  is
classified  as real estate owned until it is sold.  When property is acquired by
foreclosure,  it is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value,  less
estimated  selling  costs,  at the  date  of  acquisition,  and  any  write-down
resulting  therefrom is charged to the  allowance  for loan  losses.  Subsequent
decreases  in the value of the property  are charged to  operations  through the
creation of a valuation  allowance.  After  acquisition,  all costs  incurred in
maintaining  the property are expensed.  Costs relating to the  development  and
improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated
fair value less estimated costs to sell.

         The following table sets forth the Association's  loan delinquencies by
type, by amount and by percentage of type at June 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Loans Delinquent For:
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                                          60-89 Days              90 Days and Over          Total Delinquent Loans
                                                 -------------------------   -------------------------    --------------------------
                                                                   Percent                     Percent                       Percent
                                                                   of Loan                     of Loan                       of Loan
                                                 Number  Amount   Category   Number  Amount   Category     Number   Amount  Category
                                                 ------  ------   --------   ------  ------   --------     ------   ------  --------
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                <C>    <C>       <C>        <C>    <C>       <C>          <C>    <C>       <C> 
Real Estate:
 One- to four-family .....................         5      $178      .38%       2      $176      .38%         7      $354      .76%
                                                 ----     ----                ---     ----                  ---      ---
  Total ..................................         5      $178      .32%       2      $176      .31%         7      $354      .63%
                                                 ====     ====                ===     ====                  ===      ===
</TABLE>


                                       52

<PAGE>



         Non-Performing  Assets.  The table  below  sets forth the  amounts  and
categories of non-performing  assets in the Association's loan portfolio.  Loans
are  placed on  non-accrual  status  when the  collection  of  principal  and/or
interest  become  doubtful.   Foreclosed   assets  include  assets  acquired  in
settlement of loans.



                                                             June 30,
                                                          ---------------
                                                          1997       1996
                                                          ----       ----
                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

Non-accruing loans:
  One- to four family............................         $176       $ 27
                                                          ----       ----

Total non-performing assets......................         $176       $ 27
                                                          ====       ====
Total as a percentage of total assets............          .28%       .04%
                                                           ===        ===


         For the year ended June 30, 1997 gross interest income which would have
been recorded had the  non-accruing  loans been current in accordance with their
original  terms  amounted to $18,964.  The amount that was  included in interest
income on such loans was $14,492 for the year ended June 30, 1997.

         Classification of Assets. Federal regulations require that each savings
institution  classify  its own  assets  on a  regular  basis.  In  addition,  in
connection  with  examinations of savings  institutions,  OTS and FDIC examiners
have authority to identify  problem assets and, if appropriate,  require them to
be classified.  There are three classifications for problem assets: Substandard,
Doubtful and Loss.  Substandard  assets have one or more defined  weaknesses and
are characterized by the distinct  possibility that the Association will sustain
some  loss if the  deficiencies  are not  corrected.  Doubtful  assets  have the
weaknesses of Substandard assets, with the additional  characteristics  that the
weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in full on the basis of currently
existing  facts,  conditions  and  values  questionable,  and  there  is a  high
possibility of loss. An asset classified Loss is considered uncollectible and of
such  little  value that  continuance  as an asset on the  balance  sheet of the
institution,   without  establishment  of  a  specific  valuation  allowance  or
charge-off,  is not  warranted.  Assets  classified as  Substandard  or Doubtful
require the institution to establish prudent general allowances for loan losses.
If an asset or portion  thereof is classified  as a Loss,  the  institution  may
charge off such amount against the loan loss allowance.  If an institution  does
not agree with an  examiner's  classification  of an asset,  it may appeal  this
determination to the District Director of the OTS.

         On the basis of  management's  review of its assets,  at June 30, 1997,
the Association  had two loans  classified  substandard  with total principal of
$176,000.

         Other  Assets of  Concern.  In  addition  to  non-performing  loans and
substandard loans discussed above, as of June 30, 1997, the Association had five
loans totalling $178,000, which, because of known information about the possible
credit  problems of the  borrowers or the cash flows of the  security  property,
would cause management to have some doubts as to the ability of the

                                       53

<PAGE>



borrowers  to comply with  present  loan  repayment  terms and may result in the
future inclusion of such assets in non-performing asset categories.

         Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established
through a provision for loan losses  charged to earnings  based on  management's
evaluation of the risk inherent in its entire loan  portfolio and changes in the
nature and volume of its loan activity. Such evaluation, which includes a review
of all  loans  of  which  full  collectibility  may not be  reasonably  assured,
considers the  estimated  net  realizable  value of the  underlying  collateral,
economic  conditions,  historical  loan loss  experience  and other factors that
warrant  recognition in providing for an adequate  allowance for loan losses. In
determining the general  reserves under these policies,  historical  charge-offs
and recoveries, changes in the mix and levels of the various types of loans, net
realizable  values,  the current loan portfolio and current economic  conditions
are  considered.  Management  also  considers the  Association's  non-performing
assets in establishing its allowance for loan losses.

         As of June 30, 1997, the  Association's  allowance for loan losses as a
percent  of gross  loans  receivable  and as a percent of  non-performing  loans
amounted to .5% and 153%, respectively.  In light of the level of non-performing
assets to total assets and the nature of these assets,  management believes that
the allowance  for loan losses is adequate.  While  management  believes that it
uses the best information  available to determine the allowance for loan losses,
unforeseen  market  conditions  could result in adjustments to the allowance for
loan losses, and net earnings could be significantly  affected, if circumstances
differ   substantially   from  the   assumptions   used  in  making   the  final
determination.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  an  analysis  of the  Association's
allowance for loan losses.


                                                           Year Ended June 30,
                                                           -------------------
                                                            1997         1996
                                                            ----         ----
                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)

Balance at beginning of period....................          $125         $100

Charge-offs:
  Commercial real estate..........................            --           --
                                                            ----         ----
                                                              --           --
                                                            ----         ----

Net charge-offs...................................            --           --
Additions charged to operations...................           145           25
                                                            ----         ----
Balance at end of period..........................          $270         $125
                                                            ====         ====

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
 average loans outstanding during the period......            --%          --%
                                                            ====         ====

Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
 average non-performing assets....................            --%          --%
                                                            ====         ====




                                       54

<PAGE>



         The distribution of the Association's  allowance for losses on loans at
the dates indicated is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          June 30,
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997                                         1996
                                      ------------------------------------        ------------------------------------
                                                                   Percent                                     Percent
                                                                  of Loans                                    of Loans
                                                      Loan         in Each                         Loan        in Each
                                      Amount of      Amounts      Category        Amount of       Amounts     Category
                                      Loan Loss        by         to Total        Loan Loss         by        to Total
                                      Allowance     Category        Loans         Allowance      Category       Loans
                                      ---------     --------      --------        ---------      --------     --------
                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
One- to four-family ................  $    25        $46,346        82.92%         $    22        $45,669       84.82%
Multi-family .......................       --            211          .38               --            128         .24
Commercial real estate .............       56          5,806        10.39               43          4,448        8.26
Construction or  development .......       --            150          .27               --            270         .50
Consumer ...........................       --          3,376         6.04               --          3,327        6.18
Unallocated ........................      189             --           --               59             --          --
                                      -------        -------       ------          -------        -------      ------
     Total .........................  $   270        $55,889       100.00%         $   125        $53,842      100.00%
                                      =======        =======       ======          =======        =======      ======
</TABLE>


Investment Activities

         As  part  of its  asset/liability  management  strategy  and  liquidity
requirements,  the Association invests in U.S. government and agency obligations
to supplement its lending activities.  The Association's  investment policy also
allows for  investments  in  overnight  funds,  mortgage-backed  securities  and
certificates  of  deposit.   The  Association  may  consider  the  expansion  of
investments into other securities if deemed  appropriate.  At June 30, 1997, the
Association  did not own any securities of a single issuer which exceeded 10% of
the  Association's  retained  earnings,  other than U.S.  government  or federal
agency  obligations.  See  Note 3 of the  Notes  to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for additional  information  regarding the  Association's  investment
securities portfolio.

         The  Association  is  required  by federal  regulations  to  maintain a
minimum amount of liquid assets that may be invested in specified securities and
is  also   permitted  to  make  certain  other   securities   investments.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital."  Cash flow  projections  are  regularly
reviewed and updated to assure that adequate  liquidity is provided.  As of June
30, 1997, the  Association's  liquidity  ratio (liquid assets as a percentage of
net withdrawable savings and current borrowings) was 9.8% as compared to the OTS
requirement of 5.0%.

         All  of the  Association's  investment  securities  are  classified  as
available for sale. There were no sales of investment  securities in fiscal 1997
or 1996. The Association may elect to classify investment securities acquired in
the  future  as  trading   securities  or  as  held  to  maturity,   instead  of
available-for-sale, but there are no current plans to do so.


                                       55

<PAGE>



         The following  table sets forth the  composition  of the  Association's
investment and mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                June 30,
                                                            ------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1997                       1996
                                                           ---------------------        --------------------
                                                            Book           % of          Book           % of
                                                           Value          Total         Value          Total
                                                           ------         ------        ------        ------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment securities:                                                        
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
  Federal agency obligations ...........................   $2,992          85.44%       $2,964         85.32%
                                                           ------         ------        ------        ------
     Subtotal ..........................................    2,992          85.44         2,964         85.32
  FHLB stock ...........................................      510          14.56           510         14.68
                                                           ------         ------        ------        ------
     Total investment securities and FHLB stock ........   $3,502         100.00%       $3,474        100.00%
                                                           ======         ======        ======        ====== 
Average remaining life of investment securities ........ 1.3 years                    2.3 years
                                
Other interest-earning assets:
  Interest-bearing deposits with banks .................   $1,093          57.05%       $3,483         60.46%
  Federal funds sold ...................................      823          42.95         2,278         39.54
                                                           ------         ------        ------        ------
     Total .............................................   $1,916         100.00%       $5,761        100.00%
                                                           ======         ======        ======        ====== 

Mortgage-backed securities:
  FNMA .................................................   $    2            .56%       $    3           .71%
  FHLMC ................................................      354          99.44           421         99.29
                                                           ------         ------        ------        ------
     Total mortgage-backed securities ..................   $  356         100.00%       $  424        100.00%
                                                           ======         ======        ======        ====== 
</TABLE>


         At June 30, 1997,  the  composition  and  maturities of the  investment
securities  portfolio,  excluding  FHLB stock,  are  indicated in the  following
table.



                                        1 to 5
                                         Years      Total Investment Securities
                                        ------      ---------------------------
                                       Book Value    Book Value   Market Value
                                       ----------    ----------   ------------
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Federal agency obligations..........    $2,992        $2,992         $2,992
                                        ------        ------         ------
Total investment securities.........    $2,992        $2,992         $2,992
                                        ======        ======         ======
Weighted average yield..............     5.94%         5.94%          5.94%

         Mortgage-Backed  Securities.  Wyman  Park has a $356,000  portfolio  of
mortgage-backed  securities,  all of which are insured or guaranteed by FHLMC or
the Federal National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA").  Accordingly,  management
believes  that  the  Association's   mortgage-backed  securities  are  generally
resistant to credit problems.  Because these securities  represent a passthrough
of principal and interest from underlying individual thirty year mortgages, such
securities do present  prepayment  risk. Any such individual  security  contains
mortgages  that can be prepaid at any time over the life of the  security.  In a
rising interest rate  environment the underlying  mortgages are likely to extend
their lives  versus a stable or declining  rate  environment.  A declining  rate
environment  can result in rapid  prepayment.  There is no  certainty  as to the
security  life or speed of  prepayment.  The  geographic  makeup and  correlated
economic conditions of the underlying mortgages also pay an

                                       56

<PAGE>



important  role in  determining  prepayment.  In  addition to  prepayment  risk,
interest rate risk is inherent in holding any debt  security.  As interest rates
rise the value of the security declines and conversely as interest rates decline
values rise.  Adjustable rate  mortgage-backed  securities have the advantage of
moving  their  interest  rate  within  limits with the  contractual  index used,
subject to the risk of prepayment.  All of the adjustable  rate  mortgage-backed
securities in the portfolio are tied to the One Year Constant  Maturity Treasury
Index and all are considered held for investment.  The market valuation does not
consequently present a direct impact on equity.

         Mortgage-backed  securities can serve as collateral for borrowings and,
through  sales  and  repayments,  as a  source  of  liquidity.  For  information
regarding  the  carrying  and  market  values  of Wyman  Park's  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio,  see  Note  3 of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.    Under   the   Association's   risk-based   capital   requirement,
mortgage-backed securities have a risk weight of 20% in contrast to the 50% risk
weight carried by residential loans. See "Regulation."

         The  following  table  sets  forth the  contractual  maturities  of the
Association's mortgage-backed securities at June 30, 1997.



                                                      Due in     June 30, 1997
                                                     10 to 20       Balance
                                                      Years        Outstanding
                                                      -----        -----------
                                                         (In Thousands)
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation..........       $354          $354
Federal National Mortgage Association...........          2             2
                                                      -----          ----
     Total......................................       $356          $356
                                                       ====          ====

Sources of Funds

         General.  The  Association's  primary  sources  of funds are  deposits,
amortization  and  prepayment  of  loan  principal,   maturities  of  investment
securities, short-term investments and funds provided from operations as well as
FHLB advances.

         Deposits. Wyman Park offers a variety of deposit accounts having a wide
range of  interest  rates and  terms.  The  Association's  deposits  consist  of
passbook and statement accounts,  NOW accounts,  Christmas Club and money market
and  certificate  accounts,   including  Individual  Retirement  Accounts.   The
Association  relies  primarily on  advertising,  including  newspaper and radio,
pricing  policies  and customer  service to attract and retain  these  deposits.
Neither premiums nor brokered deposits are utilized.

         The flow of deposits is influenced  significantly  by general  economic
conditions,   changes  in  money  market  and  prevailing   interest  rates  and
competition.  The  Association's  mix of  transaction  accounts and  certificate
accounts is less favorable  than its peers,  resulting in a higher cost of funds
for the  Association in relation to its peer group.  At June 30, 1997,  28.3% of
the  Association's  deposits  were in  transaction  accounts,  versus  71.7%  in
certificates.  See "Risk  Factors - Low  Return on Equity  and Low Net  Interest
Margin" and "-- Competition."


                                       57

<PAGE>



         The Association has become more susceptible to short-term  fluctuations
in deposit  flows,  as customers have become more interest rate  conscious.  The
Association   manages  the  pricing  of  its   deposits  in  keeping   with  its
asset/liability  management,  profitability and growth objectives.  Based on its
experience,  the Association believes that its passbook, demand and NOW accounts
are  relatively  stable  sources  of  deposits.  However,  the  ability  of  the
Association to attract and maintain certificate deposits,  and the rates paid on
these  deposits,  has been and will  continue  to be  significantly  affected by
market conditions.

         The  following  table sets forth the savings  flows at the  Association
during the periods indicated.


                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                 ----------------------
                                                   1997          1996
                                                 ---------     --------
                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

Opening balance.............................      $ 57,871     $ 58,473
Deposits....................................        53,394       43,873
Withdrawals.................................       (57,930)     (47,539)
Interest credited...........................         2,762        3,064
                                                  --------     --------

Ending balance..............................      $ 56,097     $ 57,871
                                                  ========     ========

Net decrease................................      $ (1,774)    $   (602)
                                                  ========     ========

Percent decrease............................         (3.07)%      (1.03)%
                                                  ========     ========


         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in
the various types of deposit programs offered by the Association for the periods
indicated.

                                                  Year Ended June 30,
                                        --------------------------------------
                                             1997                  1996
                                        -----------------    -----------------
                                                 Percent               Percent
                                        Amount   of Total    Amount   of Total
                                        ------   --------    ------   --------
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
Transactions and Savings Deposits:
Commercial Demand 0% ............     $   587      1.05%     $   337       .58%
Passbook Accounts 2.96% .........       6,027     10.74        5,857     10.12
NOW Accounts 1.75 % .............       1,615      2.88        1,673      2.89
Money Market Accounts 3.10% .....       7,627     13.59        7,637     13.19
                                      -------    ------      -------    ------
                                                          
Total Non-Certificates ..........      15,856     28.26       15,504     26.78
                                      -------    ------      -------    ------
                                                          
Certificates:                                             
                                                          
 4.00 -  5.99% ..................     $26,366     46.99%     $23,101     39.90%
 6.00 -  7.99% ..................      13,492     24.04       16,657     28.77
 8.00 -  9.99% ..................         383       .68        2,609      4.51
                                      -------    ------      -------    ------
                                                          
Total Certificates ..............      40,241     71.71       42,367     73.18
                                      -------    ------      -------    ------
Accrued Interest ................          19       .03           21       .04
                                      -------    ------      -------    ------
Total Deposits ..................     $56,116    100.00%     $57,892    100.00%
                                      =======    ======      =======    ======

                                       58


<PAGE>


         The  following  table  shows  rate  and  maturity  information  for the
Association's certificates of deposit as of June 30, 1997.


                                   4.00-     6.00-     8.00-            Percent
                                   5.99%     7.99%     9.99%   Total    of Total
                                   -----     -----     -----   -----    --------
                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
Certificate accounts
    maturing
in quarter ending:
- ------------------
September 30, 1997.............   $ 5,540   $   991     $ ---  $  6,531   16.23%
December 31, 1997..............     5,470       967       186     6,623   16.46
March 31, 1998.................     3,605       179        15     3,799    9.44
June 30, 1998..................     3,216        86       ---     3,302    8.21
September 30, 1998.............     2,910        61       163     3,134    7.79
December 31, 1998..............     2,292        53         3     2,348    5.83
March 30, 1999.................       506       451        16       973    2.42
June 30, 1999..................       492     1,079       ---     1,571    3.90
September 30, 1999.............       267     1,227       ---     1,494    3.71
December 31, 1999..............       138       900       ---     1,038    2.58
March 31, 2000.................        19     2,129       ---     2,148    5.34
Thereafter.....................     1,911     5,369       ---     7,280   18.09
                                 --------  --------     -----  --------  ------

   Total.......................   $26,366   $13,492      $383   $40,241  100.00%
                                  =======   =======      ====   =======  ======

   Percent of total............    65.52%    33.53%      .95%
                                   =====     =====       ===


         At June 30, 1997 the  Association  had  approximately  $4.2  million in
certificate accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:


                                                              Weighted
    Maturity Period                          Amount        Average Rate
    ---------------                          ------        ------------
                                          (Dollars in
                                           thousands)

Three months or less.....................   $   983            4.78%
Over three through six months............       449            5.48
Over six through 12 months...............       213            5.08
Over 12 months...........................     2,552            6.23
                                            -------
Total....................................    $4,197            5.75
                                            =======


                                       59

<PAGE>



         The  following  table   indicates  the  amount  of  the   Association's
certificates  of deposit and other deposits by time remaining  until maturity as
of June 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Maturity
                                                -------------------------------------------
                                                             Over       Over
                                                3 Months    3 to 6     6 to 12      Over
                                                or Less     Months      Months    12 months       Total
                                                --------    -------    -------    ---------      -------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>    
Certificates of deposit less than $100,000      $ 5,548     $ 6,174    $ 6,888     $17,434       $36,044
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more         983         449        213       2,552         4,197
Total certificates of deposit .............     $ 6,531     $ 6,623    $ 7,101     $19,986       $40,241
                                                =======     =======    =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>


         For   additional   information   regarding  the   composition   of  the
Association's   deposits,   see  Note  7  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

         Borrowings.   Wyman  Park's  other  available  sources  of  funds,  not
currently  utilized,  include  advances  from  the  FHLB of  Atlanta  and  other
borrowings.  As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta,  the Association is required to
own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta and is authorized to apply for advances
from the FHLB of Atlanta.  Each FHLB credit  program has its own interest  rate,
which may be fixed or variable, and range of maturities. The FHLB of Atlanta may
prescribe the acceptable uses for these advances,  as well as limitations on the
size of the advances  and  repayment  provisions.  The  Association's  immediate
credit  availability at the FHLB of Atlanta is  approximately $8 million at June
30, 1997.

         The Association did not have any outstanding borrowings during the last
two fiscal years,  although the  Association did borrow $1 million from the FHLB
of Atlanta during the first quarter of fiscal 1998.

Service Corporations

         As a federally chartered savings  association,  Wyman Park is permitted
by OTS  regulations  to invest up to 2% of its  assets,  or  approximately  $1.3
million  at June 30,  1997,  in the stock of, or loans to,  service  corporation
subsidiaries.  As of such  date,  Wyman  Park had one  investment  in a  service
corporation,  WP Financial Corporation,  which engages in the sale of annuities.
The  income  derived  from  WP  Financial  Corporation  is not  material  to the
Association's results of operations.

Competition

         Wyman Park  experiences  strong  competition  both in originating  real
estate loans and in attracting  deposits.  This competition arises from a highly
competitive market area with numerous commercial banks and savings institutions,
as well as credit  unions and mortgage  bankers  and,  with respect to deposits,
banking  institutions  and  other  financial  intermediaries.   The  Association
competes for loans  principally on the basis of the interest rates and loan fees
it  charges,  the types of loans it  originates  and the  quality of services it
provides to borrowers.

                                       60

<PAGE>



         The Association attracts all of its deposits through the communities in
which its offices are  located;  therefore,  competition  for those  deposits is
principally from other savings institutions, commercial banks, securities firms,
money market and mutual funds and credit unions  located in the same  community.
The ability of the  Association  to attract and retain  deposits  depends on its
ability to provide an investment  opportunity that satisfies the requirements of
investors as to rate of return, liquidity,  risk, convenient locations and other
factors.  The  Association  competes for these deposits by offering a variety of
deposit  accounts  at  competitive  rates,   convenient  business  hours  and  a
customer-oriented  staff.  At June 30, 1997,  the  Association  had in excess 60
financial  institutions  competing with it in its market area.  The  Association
estimates  its  market  share  of  savings  deposits  in its  market  area to be
approximately 11.4%.

         Competition  may limit Wyman  Park's  growth and  profitability  in the
future. See "Risk Factors - Competition."

Employees

         At June 30, 1997, the Association had a total of 15 full-time employees
and one part-time employee.  None of the Association's employees are represented
by any collective bargaining group.
Management considers its employee relations to be good.

Properties

         The following table sets forth  information  concerning the main office
and a branch  office  of the  Association  at June  30,  1997.  The  Association
believes that its current facilities are adequate.



                                                                     Net Book
                                                  Owned              Value at
                                   Year             or               June 30,
     Location                     Opened          Leased(1)            1997
     --------                     ------          ---------            ----
Main Office:

11 Ridgely Road                    1977       Land Leased;(2)
Lutherville, MD 21093                         Building Owned         $95,000

Branch Office:

7963 Baltimore/Annapolis Blvd.     1977          Leased(3)               N/A
Glen Burnie, MD 21060

- ---------

(1)  See Note 6 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)  There are five, five-year options which expire in May 2027.

(3)  Lease expires in November, 2001.


                                       61

<PAGE>



         The Association's  depositor and borrower customer files are maintained
by an  independent  data  processing  company.  The net  book  value of the data
processing and computer  equipment  utilized by the Association at June 30, 1997
was approximately $12,000.

Legal Proceedings

         From time to time,  Wyman Park is involved as plaintiff or defendant in
various legal  proceedings  arising in the normal course of its business.  While
the ultimate outcome of these various legal proceedings cannot be predicted with
certainty,  it is the opinion of management  that the  resolution of these legal
actions should not have a material effect on Wyman Park's financial  position or
results of operations.


                                   REGULATION


General

         Wyman Park is a federally chartered savings  association,  the deposits
of which are  federally  insured  and backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States  Government.  Accordingly,  Wyman Park is subject to broad federal
regulation and oversight extending to all its operations. Wyman Park is a member
of the FHLB of Atlanta and is subject to certain limited regulation by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System  ("Federal  Reserve  Board").  As the
savings and loan  holding  company of Wyman Park,  the Holding  Company  also is
subject to federal  regulation and  oversight.  The purpose of the regulation of
the Holding Company and other holding companies is to protect subsidiary savings
associations.  Wyman Park is a member of the SAIF,  which  together with the BIF
are the two deposit  insurance funds  administered by the FDIC, and the deposits
of Wyman  Park are  insured  by the  FDIC.  As a  result,  the FDIC has  certain
regulatory and examination authority over Wyman Park.

         Certain of these regulatory requirements and restrictions are discussed
below or elsewhere in this document.

Federal Regulation of Savings Associations

         The  OTS  has  extensive  authority  over  the  operations  of  savings
associations. As part of this authority, Wyman Park is required to file periodic
reports with the OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and the
FDIC. The last regular OTS  examination of Wyman Park was as of December,  1996.
Under agency scheduling  guidelines,  it is likely that another examination will
be initiated in the near future.  When these  examinations  are conducted by the
OTS and the FDIC,  the  examiners  may  require the  Association  to provide for
higher  general or specific loan loss  reserves.  All savings  associations  are
subject to a semi-annual assessment,  based upon the savings association's total
assets,  to fund the operations of the OTS. The Association's OTS assessment for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 was $21,845.


                                       62

<PAGE>



         The OTS also  has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over all  savings
institutions and their holding  companies,  including Wyman Park and the Holding
Company. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to
assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to
initiate  injunctive  actions.  In  general,  these  enforcement  actions may be
initiated  for  violations  of  laws  and  regulations  and  unsafe  or  unsound
practices.  Other  actions or  inactions  may provide the basis for  enforcement
action,  including  misleading or untimely  reports  filed with the OTS.  Except
under certain  circumstances,  public disclosure of final enforcement actions by
the OTS is required.

         In addition,  the  investment,  lending and branching  authority of the
Association is prescribed by federal laws and it is prohibited  from engaging in
any activities not permitted by such laws. For instance,  no savings institution
may invest in non-investment grade corporate debt securities.  In addition,  the
permissible  level of  investment  by federal  associations  in loans secured by
non-residential real property may not exceed 400% of total capital,  except with
approval of the OTS. Federal savings  associations are also generally authorized
to branch nationwide. Wyman Park is in compliance with the noted restrictions.

         Wyman    Park's     general     permissible     lending    limit    for
loans-to-one-borrower  is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of  unimpaired
capital  and  surplus  (except  for  loans  fully  secured  by  certain  readily
marketable  collateral,  in  which  case  this  limit  is  increased  to  25% of
unimpaired  capital and surplus).  At June 30, 1997, the  Association's  lending
limit under this  restriction  was  $750,000.  Assuming  the sale of the minimum
number  of  shares in the  Conversion  at June 30,  1997,  that  limit  would be
increased   to  $1.1   million.   Wyman   Park  is  in   compliance   with   the
loans-to-one-borrower limitation.

         The OTS, as well as the other  federal  banking  agencies,  has adopted
guidelines  establishing  safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan
underwriting and  documentation,  asset quality,  earnings  standards,  internal
controls and audit  systems,  interest rate risk exposure and  compensation  and
other  employee  benefits.  Any  institution  which  fails to comply  with these
standards must submit a compliance plan.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

         Wyman Park is a member of the SAIF,  which is administered by the FDIC.
Deposits are insured up to applicable  limits by the FDIC and such  insurance is
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. As insurer,
the FDIC  imposes  deposit  insurance  premiums  and is  authorized  to  conduct
examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured  institutions.  It also
may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC
determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the SAIF or the BIF.
The FDIC also has the authority to initiate  enforcement actions against savings
associations,  after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action,  and may
terminate  the deposit  insurance  if it  determines  that the  institution  has
engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

         The FDIC's deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based
system under which all insured  depository  institutions  are placed into one of
nine  categories  and  assessed  insurance  premiums  based upon their  level of
capital and supervisory evaluation. Under the system, institutions

                                       63

<PAGE>



classified  as well  capitalized  (i.e.,  a core capital ratio of at least 5%, a
ratio of Tier 1 or core  capital to  risk-weighted  assets  ("Tier 1  risk-based
capital")  of at least 6% and a  risk-based  capital  ratio of at least 10%) and
considered  healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than
adequately  capitalized  (i.e., core or Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios of less
than 4% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio  of less  than  8%) and  considered  of
substantial  supervisory concern pay the highest premium. Risk classification of
all insured  institutions  is made by the FDIC for each  semi-annual  assessment
period.

         The FDIC is authorized to increase  assessment  rates,  on a semiannual
basis, if it determines that the reserve ratio of the SAIF will be less than the
designated  reserve  ratio of 1.25% of SAIF insured  deposits.  In setting these
increased  assessments,  the FDIC must seek to restore the reserve ratio to that
designated  reserve  level,  or such higher  reserve ratio as established by the
FDIC.  The FDIC may also impose  special  assessments  on SAIF  members to repay
amounts  borrowed from the United States Treasury or for any other reason deemed
necessary by the FDIC.

         In order to equalize the deposit  insurance  premium  schedules for BIF
and SAIF insured institutions, the FDIC imposed a one-time special assessment on
all SAIF-assessable deposits pursuant to federal legislation passed on September
30, 1996.  Wyman Park's  special  assessment,  which was  $383,000,  was paid in
November 1996, and included in federal deposit  insurance  expense in the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997.  Effective  January 1, 1997, the premium  schedule for
BIF and SAIF insured  institutions  ranged from 0 to 27 basis  points.  However,
SAIF-insured  institutions  are required to pay a Financing  Corporation  (FICO)
assessment,  in order to fund the  interest  on bonds  issued to resolve  thrift
failures  in the  1980s,  equal to 6.48 basis  points for each $100 in  domestic
deposits,  while BIF- insured institutions pay an assessment equal to 1.52 basis
points for each $100 in  domestic  deposits.  The  assessment  is expected to be
reduced to 2.43 no later than  January 1, 2000,  when BIF  insured  institutions
fully  participate in the assessment.  These  assessments,  which may be revised
based  upon the level of BIF and SAIF  deposits  will  continue  until the bonds
mature in the year 2017.

         The  Association  will  continue  to be insured  by the SAIF  following
completion of the Conversion.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

         Federally  insured  savings  associations,  such  as  Wyman  Park,  are
required  to  maintain  a  minimum  level  of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards,  including a tangible  capital  requirement,  a
leverage  ratio  (or  core  capital)   requirement  and  a  risk-based   capital
requirement applicable to such savings associations.  These capital requirements
must be  generally  as  stringent as the  comparable  capital  requirements  for
national  banks.  The OTS is also  authorized to impose capital  requirements in
excess of these standards on individual associations on a case-by-case basis.

         The capital  regulations  require  tangible capital of at least 1.5% of
adjusted total assets (as defined by  regulation).  Tangible  capital  generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital for calculating  compliance with
the  requirement.  At June 30, 1997, the Association did not have any intangible
assets.

                                       64

<PAGE>



         The OTS regulations establish special  capitalization  requirements for
savings associations that own subsidiaries.  In determining  compliance with the
capital requirements,  all subsidiaries engaged solely in activities permissible
for national  banks or engaged in certain other  activities  solely as agent for
its customers are  "includable"  subsidiaries  that are consolidated for capital
purposes in proportion to the association's  level of ownership.  For excludable
subsidiaries the debt and equity  investments in such  subsidiaries are deducted
from  assets  and  capital.   Wyman  Park  does  not  have  any   non-includable
subsidiaries.

         At June 30, 1997, Wyman Park had tangible  capital of $4.8 million,  or
7.6% of total  assets,  which is  approximately  $3.8 million  above the minimum
requirement  of 1.5% of adjusted  total assets in effect on that date.  On a pro
forma  basis,  after  giving  effect to the sale of the  minimum,  midpoint  and
maximum  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  in the  Conversion  and
investment  of 50% of the net  proceeds  in assets  not  excluded  for  tangible
capital  purposes,  Wyman Park would have had tangible  capital  equal to 10.5%,
11.0% and 11.6%, respectively,  of adjusted total assets at June 30, 1997, which
is $5.8  million,  $6.2  million  and  $6.6  million,  respectively,  above  the
requirement.

         The capital standards also require core capital equal to at least 3% of
adjusted total assets.  Core capital generally consists of tangible capital plus
certain intangible  assets,  including a limited amount of purchased credit card
relationships.  As a result of the prompt corrective action provisions discussed
below,  however, a savings  association must maintain a core capital ratio of at
least  4%  to  be  considered  adequately  capitalized  unless  its  supervisory
condition is such to allow it to maintain a 3% ratio.  At June 30,  1997,  Wyman
Park had no intangibles which were subject to these tests.

         At June 30, 1997, Wyman Park had core capital equal to $4.8 million, or
7.6% of adjusted total assets,  which is $2.9 million above the minimum leverage
ratio  requirement of 3% as in effect on that date. On a pro forma basis,  after
giving effect to the sale of the minimum,  midpoint and maximum number of shares
of Common  Stock  offered in the  Conversion  and  investment  of 50% of the net
proceeds in assets not  excluded  from core  capital,  Wyman Park would have had
core capital equal to 10.5%,  11.0% and 11.6%,  respectively,  of adjusted total
assets at June 30, 1997,  which is $4.9 million,  $5.3 million and $5.6 million,
respectively, above the requirement.

          The OTS risk-based  requirement  requires savings associations to have
total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted  assets. Total capital consists of
core capital, as defined above, and supplementary capital. Supplementary capital
consists of certain  permanent  and  maturing  capital  instruments  that do not
qualify as core capital and general  valuation loan and lease loss allowances up
to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Supplementary capital may be used
to satisfy the risk-based  requirement  only to the extent of core capital.  The
OTS is  also  authorized  to  require  a  savings  association  to  maintain  an
additional  amount of total capital to account for  concentration of credit risk
and the risk of  non-traditional  activities.  At June 30, 1997,  Wyman Park had
$270,000 of general loss  reserves,  which was less than 1.25% of  risk-weighted
assets.

         Certain  exclusions from capital and assets are required to be made for
the purpose of calculating  total  capital.  Such  exclusions  consist of equity
investments  (as  defined  by  regulation)  and that  portion  of land loans and
nonresidential construction loans in excess of an 80% loan-to-value ratio and

                                       65

<PAGE>



reciprocal  holdings of qualifying capital  instruments.  Wyman Park had no such
exclusions from capital and assets at June 30, 1997.

         In  determining  the  amount  of  risk-weighted   assets,  all  assets,
including certain  off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight,
ranging from 0% to 100%,  based on the risk  inherent in the type of asset.  For
example,  the OTS has assigned a risk weight of 50% for  prudently  underwritten
permanent  one- to  four-family  first lien mortgage loans not more than 90 days
delinquent  and having a loan to value ratio of not more than 80% at origination
unless insured to such ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or FHLMC.

         OTS regulations also require that savings  associations  with more than
normal interest rate risk exposure  deduct from its total capital,  for purposes
of determining  compliance with such requirement,  an amount equal to 50% of its
interest-rate risk exposure  multiplied by the present value of its assets. This
exposure is a measure of the potential  decline in the net portfolio  value of a
savings  association,  greater than 2% of the present value of its assets, based
upon a  hypothetical  200 basis point  increase  or  decrease in interest  rates
(whichever  results in a greater  decline).  Net portfolio  value is the present
value of expected  cash flows from assets,  liabilities  and  off-balance  sheet
contracts.  The rule  will not  become  effective  until the OTS  evaluates  the
process by which savings associations may appeal an interest rate risk deduction
determination.  It is uncertain as to when this evaluation may be completed. Any
savings association with less than $300 million in assets and a total risk-based
capital  ratio in excess of 12% is exempt from this  requirement  unless the OTS
determines otherwise.  At the present time, the proposal is not expected to have
a material impact on the Association.

         On  June  30,  1997,  Wyman  Park  had  total  risk-based   capital  of
approximately  $5.0 million (including $4.8 million in core capital and $270,000
in qualifying supplementary capital) and risk- weighted assets of $34.3 million;
or total capital of 14.6% of risk-weighted  assets. This amount was $2.3 million
above the 8%  requirement  in effect on that date.  On a pro forma basis,  after
giving effect to the sale of the minimum,  midpoint and maximum number of shares
of Common Stock offered in the  Conversion,  the infusion to the  Association of
50% of the net  Conversion  proceeds and the investment of those proceeds in 20%
risk-weighted government securities, Wyman Park would have had total risk- based
capital of 20.3%, 21.4% and 22.5%, respectively,  of risk-weighted assets, which
is above the  current 8%  requirement  by $4.3  million,  $4.7  million and $5.1
million, respectively.

         The OTS and the FDIC are authorized  and,  under certain  circumstances
required, to take certain actions against savings associations that fail to meet
their  capital  requirements.  The OTS is  generally  required to take action to
restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized  association" (generally defined
to be  one  with  less  than  either  a 4%  core  capital  ratio,  a 4%  Tier  1
risked-based  capital  ratio  or an  8%  risk-based  capital  ratio).  Any  such
association  must  submit a  capital  restoration  plan and  until  such plan is
approved by the OTS may not increase its assets,  acquire  another  institution,
establish a branch or engage in any new  activities,  and generally may not make
capital   distributions.   The  OTS  is  authorized  to  impose  the  additional
restrictions that are applicable to significantly undercapitalized associations.

          As a condition to the approval of the capital  restoration  plan,  any
company  controlling  an  undercapitalized  association  must agree that it will
enter  into  a  limited  capital  maintenance  guarantee  with  respect  to  the
institution's achievement of its capital requirements.

                                       66

<PAGE>



         Any savings  association  that fails to comply with its capital plan or
is  "significantly  undercapitalized"  (i.e.,  Tier 1 risk-based or core capital
ratios of less than 3% or a  risk-based  capital  ratio of less than 6%) must be
made  subject  to one or more of  additional  specified  actions  and  operating
restrictions  which may cover all aspects of its operations and include a forced
merger  or  acquisition  of  the   association.   An  association  that  becomes
"critically  undercapitalized" (i.e., a tangible capital ratio of 2% or less) is
subject to further mandatory restrictions on its activities in addition to those
applicable to significantly  undercapitalized associations. In addition, the OTS
must appoint a receiver (or conservator  with the concurrence of the FDIC) for a
savings  association,  with certain limited exceptions,  within 90 days after it
becomes critically  undercapitalized.  Any undercapitalized  association is also
subject to the general enforcement  authority of the OTS and the FDIC, including
the appointment of a conservator or a receiver.

         The OTS is also generally  authorized to reclassify an association into
a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category
if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices or is in an unsafe
or unsound condition.

         The  imposition by the OTS or the FDIC of any of these  measures on the
Association  may  have  a  substantial  adverse  effect  on its  operations  and
profitability.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

         OTS regulations  impose various  restrictions  on savings  associations
with respect to their ability to make  distributions  of capital,  which include
dividends,  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases,   cash-out  mergers  and  other
transactions  charged to the capital  account.  OTS regulations  also prohibit a
savings  association from declaring or paying any dividends or from repurchasing
any of its stock if, as a result,  the  regulatory  capital  of the  association
would be reduced below the amount  required to be maintained for the liquidation
account established in connection with its mutual to stock conversion.  See "The
Conversion--Effects  of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the Association" and "--Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock".

         Generally,  savings  associations,  such as Wyman Park, that before and
after the  proposed  distribution  meet  their  capital  requirements,  may make
capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to the greater of 100% of
net  income for the  year-to-date  plus 50% of the amount by which the lesser of
the  association's  tangible,  core or  risk-based  capital  exceeds its capital
requirement  for such  capital  component,  as measured at the  beginning of the
calendar  year,  or 75% of their net income  for the most  recent  four  quarter
period.  However,  an  association  deemed  to be in need of  more  than  normal
supervision  by the OTS may have its dividend  authority  restricted by the OTS.
Wyman Park may pay dividends in accordance with this general authority.

         Savings  associations  proposing to make any capital  distribution need
only  submit  written  notice  to the OTS 30 days  prior  to such  distribution.
Savings  associations  that do not,  or would  not meet  their  current  minimum
capital requirements  following a proposed capital  distribution,  however, must
obtain OTS approval prior to making such distribution. The OTS may object to the
distribution  during that 30- day period  notice  based on safety and  soundness
concerns. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements."


                                       67

<PAGE>



         The OTS has proposed  regulations that would revise the current capital
distribution  restrictions.  Under the proposal a savings association may make a
capital  distribution  without notice to the OTS (unless it is a subsidiary of a
holding  company)  provided  that  it  has a  CAMEL  1 or 2  rating,  is  not of
supervisory concern, and would remain adequately  capitalized (as defined in the
OTS prompt corrective action regulations)  following the proposed  distribution.
Savings  associations  that would remain  adequately  capitalized  following the
proposed  distribution but do not meet the other noted  requirements must notify
the OTS 30 days prior to  declaring  a capital  distribution.  The OTS stated it
will generally regard as permissible that amount of capital  distributions  that
do not exceed 50% of the institution's excess regulatory capital plus net income
to date during the calendar year. A savings  association  may not make a capital
distribution  without  prior  approval  of  the  OTS  and  the  FDIC  if  it  is
undercapitalized  before,  or as a result of, such a distribution.  As under the
current  rule,  the  OTS  may  object  to a  capital  distribution  if it  would
constitute  an unsafe  or  unsound  practice.  No  assurance  may be given as to
whether or in what form the regulations may be adopted.

Liquidity

         All  savings  associations,  including  Wyman  Park,  are  required  to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings  payable  in one year or less.  For a  discussion  of what Wyman Park
includes  in  liquid  assets,  see  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial   Condition   and  Results  of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."  This  liquid  asset  ratio  requirement  may vary from time to time
(between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings flows of all
savings associations. At the present time, the minimum liquid asset ratio is 5%.

         In  addition,  short-term  liquid  assets  (e.g.,  cash,  certain  time
deposits,  certain  bankers  acceptances  and short-term  United States Treasury
obligations)  currently must constitute at least 1% of the association's average
daily  balance of net  withdrawable  deposit  accounts  and current  borrowings.
Penalties may be imposed upon associations for violations of either liquid asset
ratio requirement. At June 30, 1997, the Association was in compliance with both
requirements, with an overall liquid asset ratio of 9.8% and a short-term liquid
assets ratio of 4.4%.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

         All savings associations,  including Wyman Park, are required to meet a
qualified  thrift  lender  ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their
operations. This test requires a savings association to have at least 65% of its
portfolio assets (as defined by regulation) in qualified thrift investments on a
monthly  average  for nine out of every 12  months  on a  rolling  basis.  As an
alternative,  the savings  association  may  maintain 60% of its assets in those
assets  specified in Section  7701(a)(19)  of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Under
either test, such assets primarily consist of residential  housing related loans
and  investments.  At June 30, 1997, the Association met the test and has always
met the test since its effectiveness.

         Any savings association that fails to meet the QTL test must convert to
a national bank charter, unless it requalifies as a QTL and thereafter remains a
QTL. If an  association  does not  requalify  and  converts  to a national  bank
charter, it must remain SAIF-insured until the FDIC permits it to transfer to

                                       68

<PAGE>



the BIF.  If such an  association  has not yet  requalified  or  converted  to a
national  bank,  its  new  investments  and  activities  are  limited  to  those
permissible  for both a  savings  association  and a  national  bank,  and it is
limited to national bank branching  rights in its home state.  In addition,  the
association is immediately  ineligible to receive any new FHLB borrowings and is
subject to national  bank limits for payment of dividends.  If such  association
has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the
failure,  it must  divest  of all  investments  and  cease  all  activities  not
permissible  for a  national  bank.  In  addition,  it must repay  promptly  any
outstanding FHLB borrowings,  which may result in prepayment  penalties.  If any
association  that fails the QTL test is  controlled by a holding  company,  then
within one year after the failure,  the holding  company must register as a bank
holding  company  and  become  subject  to  all  restrictions  on  bank  holding
companies. See "- Holding Company Regulation."

Community Reinvestment Act

         Under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  ("CRA"),  every  FDIC  insured
institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and
sound banking  practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire  community,
including  low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not  establish
specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it
limit an institution's  discretion to develop the types of products and services
that it believes are best suited to its particular  community,  consistent  with
the CRA. The CRA requires the OTS, in connection  with the  examination of Wyman
Park,  to assess the  institution's  record of meeting  the credit  needs of its
community  and to take such record  into  account in its  evaluation  of certain
applications,  such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by Wyman Park.
An  unsatisfactory  rating  may be  used  as the  basis  for  the  denial  of an
application by the OTS.

         The federal banking agencies,  including the OTS, have recently revised
the CRA  regulations  and  the  methodology  for  determining  an  institution's
compliance with the CRA. Due to the heightened  attention being given to the CRA
in the past few years,  the  Association  may be required  to devote  additional
funds for investment and lending in its local  community.  The  Association  was
examined  for CRA  compliance  in  September  1995  and  received  a  rating  of
satisfactory.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Generally,   transactions   between  a  savings   association   or  its
subsidiaries  and its affiliates are required to be on terms as favorable to the
association as transactions with non-affiliates.  In addition,  certain of these
transactions,  such as loans to an affiliate,  are restricted to a percentage of
the association's capital.  Affiliates of Wyman Park include the Holding Company
and any company which is under common control with the Association. In addition,
a savings  association  may not lend to any affiliate  engaged in activities not
permissible  for a bank  holding  company  or  acquire  the  securities  of most
affiliates.  The  OTS  has the  discretion  to  treat  subsidiaries  of  savings
associations as affiliates on a case by case basis.

         Certain  transactions with directors,  officers or controlling  persons
are also subject to conflict of interest  regulations enforced by the OTS. These
conflict of interest regulations and other statutes also

                                       69

<PAGE>



impose restrictions on loans to such persons and their related interests.  Among
other things,  such loans must generally be made on terms substantially the same
as for loans to unaffiliated individuals.

Holding Company Regulation

         The Holding  Company will be a unitary savings and loan holding company
subject to  regulatory  oversight  by the OTS. As such,  the Holding  Company is
required to register and file reports with the OTS and is subject to  regulation
and examination by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has enforcement authority over
the Holding  Company and its  non-savings  association  subsidiaries  which also
permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that are determined to be a
serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.

         As a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company,  the Holding  Company
generally  is not  subject to  activity  restrictions.  If the  Holding  Company
acquires  control of another savings  association as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple savings and loan holding company,  and the activities of
the Holding  Company and any of its  subsidiaries  (other than Wyman Park or any
other   SAIF-insured   savings   association)   would  become  subject  to  such
restrictions  unless  such  other  associations  each  qualify as a QTL and were
acquired in a supervisory acquisition.

         If Wyman Park fails the QTL test,  the Holding  Company must obtain the
approval of the OTS prior to continuing after such failure,  directly or through
its other  subsidiaries,  any business  activity  other than those  approved for
multiple savings and loan holding companies or their subsidiaries.  In addition,
within one year of such failure the Holding  Company must  register as, and will
become subject to, the restrictions  applicable to bank holding  companies.  The
activities  authorized for a bank holding  company are more limited than are the
activities  authorized  for a  unitary  or  multiple  savings  and loan  holding
company. See "--Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         The Holding Company must obtain approval from the OTS before  acquiring
control of any other SAIF-insured  association.  Such acquisitions are generally
prohibited  if they  result  in a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company
controlling  savings  associations  in  more  than  one  state.   However,  such
interstate  acquisitions are permitted based on specific state  authorization or
in a supervisory acquisition of a failing savings association.

Federal Securities Law

         The stock of the Holding  Company will be registered with the SEC under
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  The
Holding Company will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation,  insider
trading restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

         Holding  Company  stock held by persons who are  affiliates  (generally
officers,  directors and principal  stockholders) of the Holding Company may not
be resold without  registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale
restrictions.  If the Holding Company meets specified current public information
requirements,  each  affiliate  of the  Holding  Company  is able to sell in the
public  market,  without  registration,  a  limited  number  of  shares  in  any
three-month period.

                                       70

<PAGE>


Federal Reserve System

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain   noninterest  bearing  reserves  at  specified  levels  against  their
transaction accounts (primarily checking,  NOW and Super NOW checking accounts).
At June 30, 1997, Wyman Park was in compliance with these reserve  requirements.
The balances maintained to meet the reserve  requirements imposed by the Federal
Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements that may be imposed
by the OTS. See "-- Liquidity."

         Savings  associations are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
Association  "discount  window," but Federal Reserve Board  regulations  require
associations to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including
FHLB borrowings, before borrowing from the Federal Reserve Association.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

         Wyman  Park is a  member  of the  FHLB of  Atlanta,  which is one of 12
regional FHLBs,  that  administers the home financing credit function of savings
associations.  Each FHLB  serves as a reserve  or central  bank for its  members
within its assigned  region.  It is funded  primarily from proceeds derived from
the sale of  consolidated  obligations  of the FHLB  System.  It makes  loans to
members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, established
by the board of directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the
Federal  Housing  Finance  Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be
fully secured by  sufficient  collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition,
all  long-term  advances  are  required to provide  funds for  residential  home
financing.

         As a member,  Wyman Park is required to purchase and maintain  stock in
the FHLB of Atlanta.  At June 30,  1997,  Wyman Park had $510,000 in FHLB stock,
which was in compliance  with this  requirement.  In past years,  Wyman Park has
received  substantial  dividends  on its FHLB  stock.  Over the past five fiscal
years such dividends have averaged 6.5% and were 7.3% for fiscal year 1997.

         Under  federal  law the FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the
resolution  of  troubled  savings  associations  and to  contribute  to low- and
moderately priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on
advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income  housing
projects.  These  contributions  have  affected  adversely  the  level  of  FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
could also have an adverse  effect on the value of FHLB stock in the  future.  A
reduction  in value of Wyman  Park's  FHLB stock may  result in a  corresponding
reduction in Wyman Park's capital.

         For the year ended June 30, 1997, dividends paid by the FHLB of Atlanta
to Wyman  Park  totaled  $37,000,  which  was no  increase  over the  amount  of
dividends received in fiscal year 1996.

Federal and State Taxation

         Savings  associations  such as Wyman Park that meet certain  conditions
prescribed by the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"),  are
permitted to establish reserves for bad debts and

                                       71

<PAGE>



to make annual additions  thereto which may, within specified formula limits, be
taken as a  deduction  in  computing  taxable  income  for  federal  income  tax
purposes.  The amount of the bad debt reserve  deduction  is computed  under the
experience  method.  Under the experience method, the bad debt reserve deduction
is an amount  determined  under a  formula  based  generally  upon the bad debts
actually sustained by the savings association over a period of years.

         In August 1996, legislation was enacted that repealed the percentage of
taxable  income  method used by many  thrifts,  including  the  Association,  to
calculate  their bad debt reserve for federal income tax purposes.  As a result,
small thrifts such as the Association must recapture that portion of the reserve
that exceeds the amount that could have been taken under the  experience  method
for tax years beginning after December 31, 1987. The recapture will occur over a
six-year  period,  the  commencement  of which will be  delayed  until the first
taxable year beginning after December 31, 1997,  provided the institution  meets
certain residential lending requirements.  At June 30, 1997, the Association had
approximately  $39,000 in bad debt  reserves  subject to  recapture  for federal
income tax  purposes.  The deferred tax  liability  related to the recapture has
been previously established so there will be no effect on future net income.

         In addition to the regular income tax, corporations,  including savings
associations  such as Wyman Park,  generally  are  subject to a minimum  tax. An
alternative  minimum tax is imposed at a minimum tax rate of 20% on  alternative
minimum  taxable  income,  which is the sum of a  corporation's  regular taxable
income (with certain  adjustments) and tax preference  items, less any available
exemption.  The alternative  minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the
corporation's  regular  income tax and net  operating  losses can offset no more
than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.

         A portion of the  Association's  reserves  for losses on loans may not,
without adverse tax consequences,  be utilized for the payment of cash dividends
or other distributions to a shareholder (including  distributions on redemption,
dissolution or  liquidation) or for any other purpose (except to absorb bad debt
losses).  As of June 30, 1997, the portion of Wyman Park's  reserves  subject to
this treatment for tax purposes totaled approximately $1.8 million.

         Wyman Park files  federal  income  tax  returns on a fiscal  year basis
using the accrual method of accounting.  The Holding Company does not anticipate
filing  consolidated  federal  income  tax  returns  with  Wyman  Park.  Savings
associations  that file  federal  income tax  returns as part of a  consolidated
group are required by applicable  Treasury  regulations  to reduce their taxable
income for purposes of computing the  percentage  bad debt  deduction for losses
attributable  to  activities  of  the  non-savings  association  members  of the
consolidated  group  that are  functionally  related  to the  activities  of the
savings association member.

         Wyman Park has been audited by the IRS with  respect to federal  income
tax returns  through  June,  1996.  With  respect to years  examined by the IRS,
either all  deficiencies  have been  satisfied or sufficient  reserves have been
established to satisfy asserted deficiencies.  In the opinion of management, any
examination  of still  open  returns  (including  returns  of  subsidiaries  and
predecessors  of, or  entities  merged  into,  Wyman Park) would not result in a
deficiency which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition
of Wyman Park.

                                       72

<PAGE>



         Maryland Taxation.  The State of Maryland generally imposes a franchise
tax on thrift  institutions  computed at a rate of 7% of net  earnings.  For the
purpose of the 7%  franchise  tax, net earnings are defined as the net income of
the thrift  institution as determined for federal corporate income tax purposes,
plus (i) interest  income from  obligations of the United States,  of any state,
including  Maryland,  and  of  any  country,  municipal  or  public  corporation
authority,  special  district or political  subdivision of any state,  including
Maryland,  (ii) any profit realized from the sale or exchange of bonds issued by
the  State of  Maryland  or any of its  political  subdivisions,  and  (iii) any
deduction for state income taxes.

         Delaware Taxation.  As a Delaware holding company,  the Holding Company
is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual
report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Delaware.  The Holding Company
is also subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by the State of Delaware.


                                   MANAGEMENT


Directors and Executive Officers of the Holding Company

         The Board of Directors  of the Holding  Company  currently  consists of
nine  members,  each  of  whom  is  also  a  director  of the  Association.  See
"Management  -  Directors  of the  Association."  Each  Director  of the Holding
Company  has  served  as such  since  the  Holding  Company's  incorporation  in
September 1997. Directors of the Holding Company will serve three-year staggered
terms so that  approximately  one-third of the directors will be elected at each
annual  meeting  of  stockholders.  The terms of the  current  directors  of the
Holding Company are the same as their terms as directors of the Association. The
Holding Company may consider  paying fees to directors.  See "- Directors of the
Association."



                                       73

<PAGE>



         The executive  officers of the Holding Company are elected annually and
hold office until their  respective  successor has been elected and qualified or
until death,  resignation  or removal by the Board of  Directors.  The executive
officers of the Holding  Company,  who have held their positions since September
1997, are set forth below.


    Name                                              Title
- -------------------             ------------------------------------------------
Ernest A. Moretti               Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Ronald W. Robinson              Chief Financial Officer
Charmaine M. Snyder             Corporate Secretary


         It is not  anticipated  that  the  executive  officers  of the  Holding
Company  will  receive any  remuneration  in their  capacity as Holding  Company
executive  officers.  For  information  regarding  compensation of directors and
executive  officers of the Association,  see "- Compensation and Meetings of the
Board of Directors of the Association" and "- Executive Compensation."

Committees of the Holding Company

         The Holding Company formed standing Audit and Nominating  Committees in
connection  with  its  organization  in  September  1997.  The  Holding  Company
committees did not meet during fiscal 1997.

         The Audit  Committee  will review audit reports and related  matters to
ensure  effective   compliance  with  regulations  and  internal   policies  and
procedures.  This committee also will act on the recommendation by management of
an accounting firm to perform the Holding  Company's  annual audit and acts as a
liaison  between  the  auditors  and the  Board.  The  current  members  of this
committee are Directors Heaver, Marsiglia, Salkin and, ex officio, Mr. Moretti.

         The  Nominating  Committee  will  meet  annually  in order to  nominate
candidates for membership on the Board of Directors. This committee is comprised
of the Board members who are not up for election.

Indemnification

         The Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company provides that a
director or officer of the Holding  Company shall be  indemnified by the Holding
Company to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law
against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such
person in  connection  with his  activities  as a  director  or  officer or as a
director or officer of another  company,  if the  director or officer  held such
position at the request of the Holding Company.  Delaware law requires that such
director,  officer,  employee or agent,  in order to be  indemnified,  must have
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be not opposed to the
best interests of the Holding  Company and, with respect to any criminal  action
or proceeding, either had reasonable cause to believe such conduct was lawful or
did not have reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.


                                       74

<PAGE>



         The Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law also provide that the
indemnification provisions of such Certificate and the statute are not exclusive
of any other  right  which a person  seeking  indemnification  may have or later
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws
of the  Holding  Company,  agreement,  vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors or otherwise.

         These   provisions  may  have  the  effect  of  deterring   shareholder
derivative actions,  since the Holding Company may ultimately be responsible for
expenses for both parties to the action.  A similar effect would not be expected
for third-party claims.

         In addition,  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Delaware law also
provide that the Holding  Company may  maintain  insurance,  at its expense,  to
protect  itself and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Holding
Company or  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise  against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the Holding
Company has the power to indemnify such person  against such expense,  liability
or loss under the Delaware General  Corporation Law. The Holding Company intends
to obtain such insurance.

Directors of the Association

         Upon  completion  of  the  Conversion,  each  of the  directors  of the
Association  will continue to serve as a director of the converted  Association.
The Board of Directors of the Association  currently consists of nine directors.
The directors  are divided into three  classes.  Approximately  one-third of the
directors  are  elected at each  annual  meeting of  stockholders.  Because  the
Holding  Company  will own all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the Association after the Conversion,  directors of the Holding Company
will elect the directors of the Association.


                                                                         Term of
                                                                Director  Office
             Name          Age(1)    Position(s) Held            Since   Expires
             ----          ------    ----------------            -----   -------
Allan B. Heaver              45    Chairman of the Board          1983    1998
Ernest A. Moretti            56    Director, President and Chief  1989    1999
                                    Executive Officer
H. Douglas Huether           71    Director                       1965    1998
John K. White                65    Director                       1987    1999
John R. Beever               64    Director                       1984    1997
Albert M. Copp               62    Director                       1992    1997
Gilbert D. Marsiglia, Sr.    59    Director                       1988    1997
Jay H. Salkin                58    Director                       1995    1998
G. Scott Barhight            40    Director                       1996    1999

- --------
(1)  At June 30, 1997.




                                       75

<PAGE>



         The  business  experience  of each  director  is set forth  below.  All
directors  have held their  present  positions for at least the past five years,
except as otherwise indicated.

         Allan B.  Heaver.  Since 1986,  Mr.  Heaver has served as the  Managing
General   Partner   of   Heaver    Properties,    a   commercial   real   estate
management/development company.

         Ernest A. Moretti. Mr. Moretti is President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Association, a position he has held since 1989.

         M. Douglas Huether.  Since 1970, Mr. Huether has served as President of
Independent  Can  Company,  a metal can  manufacturing  company and is currently
Chairman of the Board.

         John K. White.  For over 25 years prior to his  retirement,  Mr.  White
served as  Executive  Vice  President  and is a  current  member of the Board of
Directors  of  the  Baltimore  Life  Insurance  Company  and  Life  of  Maryland
Insurance.

         John R. Beever.  Since 1967,  Mr.  Beever has served as  President  and
Chairman  of the  Board  of  John  Dittmar  &  Sons,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of
architectural woodwork.

         Albert M. Copp.  Since  1991,  Mr.  Copp has served as the  Director of
Strategic   Business   Development  for  Whitney,   Bailey,  Cox  &  Magnani,  a
civil/structural engineering company.

         Gilbert D.  Marsiglia,  Sr. Mr.  Marsiglia is the President of the real
estate  brokerage  firm of Gilbert D.  Marsiglia & Co.,  Inc., a position he has
held since 1973.

         Jay H.  Salkin.  Since  1981,  Mr.  Salkin  has  served as Senior  Vice
President - Branch Manager of Advest, Inc., an investment brokerage company.

         G. Scott Barhight. Mr. Barhight has been a partner with the law firm of
Whiteford, Taylor & Preston, LLP since 1992.

Executive Officers Who are not Directors

         Each of the executive  officers of the  Association  will retain his or
her office following the Conversion.  Officers are elected annually by the Board
of  Directors  of the  Association.  The business  experience  of the  executive
officers who are not also directors is set forth below.

         Ronald W. Robinson. Mr. Robinson, age 52, currently serves as Treasurer
of the  Association.  Mr.  Robinson has been employed by the  Association  since
1990.

         Charmaine M. Snyder.  Ms. Snyder,  age 40, serves as the  Association's
Corporate Secretary and Loan Servicing Manager.  Ms. Snyder has been employed by
the Association since 1976.



                                       76

<PAGE>



Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

         The Association's Board of Directors meets at least monthly. During the
fiscal year ended June 30,  1997,  the Board of Directors  held 13 meetings.  No
director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the Board of Directors
and committees on which such Board member served during this period.

         The  Association  has  standing  Loan,  Marketing,  Pension,  Audit and
Compensation  Committees,  as well as an Executive  Loan Committee and Executive
Committee for Strategic Planning.

         The Loan  Committee  meets on an  as-needed  basis for the  purpose  of
reviewing and acting upon all commercial  loan  applications  up to $250,000 and
residential  loan  applications  up to  $250,000  (or up to $500,000 if the loan
meets certain conditions).  This committee met 2 to 3 times a week during fiscal
1997 and is comprised Offrs. Moretti and Robinson.

         The Marketing  Committee  meets  quarterly for the purpose of reviewing
and  implementing  marketing  strategies.  This  committee  met six times during
fiscal 1997 and is comprised of Directors Beever, Copp, Heaver,  Marsiglia,  and
Moretti.

         The Pension  Committee meets on an as-needed basis for the of reviewing
and discussing  retirement matters effecting the Association's  personnel.  This
committee  did not meet during fiscal 1997.  Its members are  Directors  Heaver,
Huether, Moretti and White.

         The Audit  Committee meets annually with the  Association's  accounting
firm in order to review the annual audit. This committee met once in fiscal 1997
and is comprised of Directors Heaver, Marsiglia, Moretti and Salkin.

         The  Compensation  Committee meets on an as-needed  basis, but at least
once during a fiscal year for the purpose of  reviewing  officers'  salaries and
bonuses.  This  committee  met 3 times during  fiscal 1997.  The members of this
committee are Directors Copp, Heaver, Huether, Moretti and White.

         The Executive Loan Committee meets on an as-needed  basis, but at least
once a month,  for the purpose of reviewing the purchase and sale of investments
as well as acting upon those loan applications outside the authority of the Loan
Committee.  This  committee  met 12 times during  fiscal  1997.  Its members are
Directors Heaver,  Salkin, Moretti and White as well as two other directors on a
rotating basis.

         The Executive  Committee for Strategic  Planning  meets on an as-needed
basis. This committee sets the direction of the Association's  business plan and
oversees the progress in meeting  stated goals.  This committee also decides the
implementation  of new  products  for the  Association  and  makes  other  major
recommendations to the Board of Directors.  This committee met 3 times in fiscal
1997 and is composed of Directors Heaver, Barhight, Beever, Huether, Moretti and
Salkin.


                                       77

<PAGE>



Director Compensation

         Each director of the  Association  is currently  paid a fee of $575 for
each regular meeting attended.  Non-employee directors receive committee fees of
$175 for each  meeting  attended.  Employee  directors  do not receive  fees for
participation on any committees.

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth information  concerning the compensation
paid or granted to the Association's  Chief Executive Officer and each executive
officer who made in excess of $100,000 during fiscal 1997. No executive  officer
of the  Holding  Company  received  cash  compensation  in excess of $100,000 in
fiscal 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Summary Compensation Table
                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Long-Term Compensation
                                             Annual Compensation                     Awards
                                             -------------------            -----------------------
                                                                             Restricted
   Name and Principal                                      Other Annual        Stock       Options/       All Other
         Position          Year(1)  Salary($)   Bonus($)   Compensation($)     Award($)      SARs(#)  Compensation($)(2)
   ------------------      -------  ---------   --------   ---------------     --------      -------  ------------------
<S>                         <C>      <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>    
Ernest A. Moretti           1997     $115,000    $23,000        $---            $ ---        ---/---        $10,550
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)  In  accordance  with the revised  rules on  executive  officer and director
     compensation  disclosure adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission,
     Summary  Compensation  information is excluded for the years ended June 30,
     1996 and 1995,  as the  Association  was not a public  company  during such
     periods.

(2)  Includes  $5,000  of  life,  health  and  disability  premiums  paid by the
     Association,  $3,900 paid by the Association in discretionary contributions
     pursuant to the  Association's  401(k) Plan and the value of a car provided
     to Mr. Moretti of $1,650.

         Employment   Agreement.   The  Association  has  had,  since  1989,  an
employment  contract  with its  President,  Ernest  A.  Moretti.  The  agreement
provides  for a  salary  of  $115,000,  contains  bonus  provisions  tied to the
Association's  performance  and has a term of three years  (subject to an annual
extension for an additional year following an annual  performance  review).  The
key terms of this agreement are expected to be incorporated into a new agreement
which also  provides  that under  certain  circumstances,  including a change in
control,  Mr. Moretti would be entitled,  subject to certain  limitations,  to a
severance  payment in lieu of salary equal to a percentage of his base amount of
compensation, as defined.

Benefit Plans

         General.  Wyman  Park  currently  provides  insurance  benefits  to its
employees,   including  health,  life,  dental,  disability  and  major  medical
insurance,   subject  to  certain   deductibles  and  copayments  by  employees.
Additionally  the  Association  provides  its  employee  with a defined  benefit
retirement plan and 401(k) plan.

         Pension  Plan.  The  Association   makes  available  to  all  full-time
employees  who have  attained  the age of 21 and  completed at least one year of
service with Wyman Park, a defined  benefit  noncontributory  pension plan.  The
pension  plan  provides  for monthly  payments  to or on behalf of each  covered
employee upon the employee's retirement at age 65. These payments are calculated

                                       78

<PAGE>



in  accordance  with  a  formula  based  on  the  employee's   "average  monthly
compensation," which is defined as the highest average of total compensation for
the last five consecutive calendar years of employment.

         The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997,  estimated  annual
retirement  benefits for individuals at age 65 payable in the form of a combined
ten-year  certain and life  annuity  payment  under the most  advantageous  plan
provisions  for  various  levels  of  compensation  and years of  service.  Such
payments are not subject to offset for social security benefits.  The figures in
this table are based upon the assumption  that the Pension Plan continues in its
present form and does not reflect  benefits  payable under the ESOP. At June 30,
1997, the estimated credited years of services of Mr.
Moretti was 7 years.


                     Pension Plan Table
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Years of Credited Service
                     --------------------------------------------------
High-Five Average
  Compensation      10 Years   15 Years  20 Years   25 Years   30 Years
  ------------      --------   --------  --------   --------   --------




=======================================================================



         401(k)  Plan.  The  Association  provides  its  employees a  qualified,
tax-exempt pension plan with a "cash-or-deferred  arrangement"  qualifying under
Section 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan").  Employees who
have attained age 21 and who have completed one year of employment, during which
they worked at least 1,000 hours, are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan
as of the first-day of the month  following  their  eligibility  date.  Eligible
employees are permitted to  contribute  up to 15% of their  compensation  to the
401(k)  Plan on a pre-tax  basis,  up to a maximum  of $9,500.  The  Association
matches 50% of the first 3% of each participant's salary reduction  contribution
to the 401(k) Plan.

         Participant  contributions to the 401(k) Plan are fully and immediately
vested.  Withdrawals are not permitted  before age 59 1/2 except in the event of
death,  disability,  termination  of employment  or reasons of proven  financial
hardship. With certain limitations, participants may make withdrawals from their
accounts  while  actively   employed.   Upon  termination  of  employment,   the
participant's accounts will be distributed, unless he or she elects to defer the
payment.

         The 401(k) Plan may be amended by the Board of  Directors,  except that
no amendment may be made which would reduce the interest of any  participant  in
the 401(k)  Plan trust fund or divert any of the assets of the 401(k) Plan trust
fund to purposes other than the benefit of participants or their beneficiaries.

         During fiscal 1997, the Association  made $13,060 in  contributions  to
the 401(k) Plan.

         Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan. The Boards of Directors of Wyman Park
and the Holding Company have approved the adoption of an ESOP for the benefit of
employees of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, including Wyman Park. The
ESOP is designed to meet the requirements of an employee stock ownership plan as
described  at  Section  4975(e)(7)  of the Code  and  Section  407(d)(6)  of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").  The ESOP
may borrow in order to finance purchases of the Holding Company's Common Stock.

                                       79

<PAGE>



         It is  anticipated  that the ESOP will be  funded  with a loan from the
Holding  Company  (not to exceed an amount  equal to 8% of the gross  conversion
proceeds).  The Holding Company intends to apply to the OTS to permit it to lend
funds to the ESOP.  In the event the Holding  Company is not  permitted  to lend
funds to the ESOP and the ESOP is unable to obtain  financing  from an unrelated
lender for its stock purchase,  the Holding Company may contribute  funds to the
ESOP to  enable  it  purchase  up to 3% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock in the
Conversion;  provided,  however  that the  total  contributions  of the  Holding
Company  to the ESOP and RRPs for  stock  purchases  in the  Conversion  may not
exceed 4% of the Common Stock sold in the Conversion.

         GAAP  generally  requires  that  any  borrowing  by the  ESOP  from  an
unaffiliated  lender  be  reflected  as a  liability  in the  Holding  Company's
consolidated  financial statements,  whether or not such borrowing is guaranteed
by, or  constitutes a legally  binding  contribution  commitment of, the Holding
Company  or the  Association.  The funds  used to  acquire  the ESOP  shares are
expected  to be  borrowed  from the  Holding  Company.  If the  Holding  Company
finances the ESOP debt, the ESOP debt will be eliminated  through  consolidation
and no  liability  will  be  reflected  on the  Holding  Company's  consolidated
financial statements. In addition, shares purchased with borrowed funds will, to
the  extent  of  the  borrowings,   be  excluded  from   stockholders'   equity,
representing  unearned  compensation  to employees  for future  services not yet
performed. Consequently, if the ESOP purchases already-issued shares in the open
market,  the Holding  Company's  consolidated  liabilities  will increase to the
extent of the ESOP's borrowings,  and total and per share  stockholders'  equity
will be reduced to reflect such  borrowings.  If the ESOP purchases newly issued
shares  from the Holding  Company,  total  stockholders'  equity  would  neither
increase  nor  decrease,  but per share  stockholders'  equity and per share net
income  would  decrease  because of the  increase  in the number of  outstanding
shares.  In either  case,  as the  borrowings  used to fund ESOP  purchases  are
repaid, total stockholders' equity will correspondingly increase.

         All employees of the  Association  are eligible to  participate  in the
ESOP after they attain age 21 and complete one year of service.  Employees  will
be credited for years of service to the Association prior to the adoption of the
ESOP for participation and vesting purposes.  The Association's  contribution to
the ESOP is allocated  among  participants  on the basis of  compensation.  Each
participant's  account will be credited with cash and shares of Holding  Company
Common  Stock based upon  compensation  earned  during the year with  respect to
which  the  contribution  is made.  Contributions  credited  to a  participant's
account  are vested on a  graduated  basis and  become  fully  vested  when such
participant  completes ten years of service.  ESOP participants are en titled to
receive distributions from their ESOP accounts only upon termination of service.
Distributions  will be made in cash and in whole shares of the Holding Company's
Common  Stock.  Fractional  shares will be paid in cash.  Participants  will not
incur a tax liability until a distribution is made.

         Each participating  employee is entitled to instruct the trustee of the
ESOP as to how to vote the shares  allocated to his or her account.  The trustee
will not be affiliated with the Holding Company or Wyman Park.

         The ESOP may be  amended  by the  Board of  Directors,  except  that no
amendment may be made which would reduce the interest of any  participant in the
ESOP trust  fund or divert any of the assets of the ESOP trust fund to  purposes
other than the benefit of participants or their beneficiaries.

         Other Stock Benefit  Plans.  In addition to the ESOP and the employment
agreements, in the future the Holding Company may consider the implementation of
a stock option plan ("Stock  Option Plan") and  recognition  and retention  plan
("RRP") for the benefit of selected  directors,  officers  and  employees of the
Holding Company and the Association.  Any such stock option plan or RRP will not
be  implemented  within  one  year  of  the  date  of  the  consummation  of the
Conversion,  subject to continuing OTS jurisdiction.  If a determination is made
to implement a stock option plan or RRP, it is  anticipated  that any such plans
will be  submitted  to  stockholders  for  their  consideration  at  which  time
stockholders would be provided with detailed

                                       80

<PAGE>



information regarding such plan. If such plans are approved, and affected,  they
will have a dilutive  effect on the Holding  Company's  stockholders  as well as
affect the Holding Company's net income and stockholders'  equity,  although the
actual results cannot be determined until such plans are implemented.

Indebtedness of Management

         The Association has followed a policy of granting loans to officers and
directors.  Loans to directors and  executive  officers are made in the ordinary
course of business and on the same terms and  conditions  as those of comparable
transactions  with the general public prevailing at the time, in accordance with
the  Association's  underwriting  guidelines,  and do not involve  more than the
normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

         All loans by the  Association  to its directors and executive  officers
are subject to OTS  regulations  restricting  loan and other  transactions  with
affiliated  persons of the Association.  Federal law currently requires that all
loans to  directors  and  executive  officers  generally  be made on  terms  and
conditions  comparable to those for similar  transactions  with  non-affiliates.
Loans to all  directors  and  executive  officers and their  associates  totaled
$477,500 at June 30, 1997, which was 10.1% of the  Association's  equity capital
at that date. All loans to directors and executive  officers were  performing in
accordance with their terms at June 30, 1997.


                                 THE CONVERSION


         The Board of Directors of the Association and the OTS have approved the
Plan of  Conversion.  OTS  approval  does not  constitute  a  recommendation  or
endorsement  of the Plan of  Conversion.  Certain  terms  used in the  following
summary  of the  material  terms of the  Conversion  are  defined in the Plan of
Conversion, a copy of which may be obtained by contacting Wyman Park.

General

         The Board of Directors of the Association has adopted the Plan, subject
to approval by the OTS and the members of the Association. Pursuant to the Plan,
the  Association  is to be converted from a federally  chartered  mutual savings
association  to a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  association,  with  the
concurrent  formation  of a  holding  company.  The OTS has  approved  the Plan,
subject  to  its  approval  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  members  of the
Association  holding  not less  than a  majority  of the  total  number of votes
eligible to be cast at a special  meeting  called for that purpose (the "Special
Meeting"), to be held on _______, 1997.

         The  Conversion   will  be  accomplished   through   amendment  of  the
Association's  federal  charter to authorize  capital  stock,  at which time the
Association will become a wholly owned  subsidiary of the Holding  Company.  The
Conversion will be accounted for as a pooling of interests.

         Subscription Rights have been granted to Eligible Account Holders as of
March 31, 1996, the Tax- Qualified Employee Plans of the Association and Holding
Company,  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders as of September 30, 1997, other
members, and officers, directors and employees of the Association. Additionally,
members of the general  public may be afforded the  opportunity to subscribe for
Holding Company Common Stock in a direct Community  Offering,  with a preference
to natural persons who reside in Baltimore and Anne Arundel Counties,  Maryland.
See "-  Offering  of  Holding  Company  Common  Stock."  Depending  upon  market
conditions,  any shares not initially  subscribed  for in the  Subscription  and
Community  Offering may be offered for sale on a best efforts basis by a selling
group of broker-dealers. Subscriptions for shares will be subject to the maximum
and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the Plan of Conversion.

                                       81

<PAGE>



Business Purposes

         Wyman Park has several business  purposes for the Conversion.  The sale
of Holding Company Common Stock will have the immediate  result of providing the
Association with additional equity capital in order to support the Association's
existing operating strategies,  subject to applicable  regulatory  restrictions.
The sale of the  Common  Stock is the most  effective  means of  increasing  the
Association's  permanent capital and does not involve the high interest cost and
repayment obligation of subordinated debt. In addition,  investment of that part
of the net Conversion proceeds paid by the Holding Company to the Association is
expected  to  provide  additional  operating  income  to  further  increase  the
Association's capital on a continuing basis.

         The  Board of  Directors  of the  Association  believes  that a holding
company structure could facilitate the acquisition of other savings institutions
in the  future  as  well as  other  companies.  If a  multiple  holding  company
structure is utilized in a future acquisition,  the acquired savings institution
would be able to operate on a more autonomous basis as a wholly owned subsidiary
of the  Holding  Company  rather  than as a  division  of the  Association.  For
example,  the  acquired  savings  institution  could  retain its own  directors,
officers and  corporate  name as well as having  representation  on the Board of
Directors of the Holding Company.  As of the date hereof,  there are no plans or
understandings regarding the acquisition of any other institutions.

         The Board of Directors of the Association  also believes that a holding
company  structure  can  facilitate  the  diversification  of the  Association's
business  activities.  While the potential for diversification will be maximized
if a unitary holding company structure is utilized because the types of business
activities  permitted to a unitary  holding  company are broader than those of a
multiple holding company, either type of holding company may engage in a broader
range of activities than may a thrift institution directly. Currently, there are
no plans that the Holding Company engage in any material  activities  apart from
holding the shares of the  Association  and investing the remaining net proceeds
from the sale of Common Stock in the Conversion.

         The preferred stock and additional  common stock of the Holding Company
being authorized in the Conversion will be available for future acquisitions and
for issuance and sale to raise  additional  equity  capital,  generally  without
stockholder  approval,  but subject to market  conditions.  Although the Holding
Company  currently  has no plans  with  respect  to future  issuances  of equity
securities,  the more  flexible  operating  structure  provided  by the  Holding
Company and the stock form of ownership is expected to assist the Association in
competing more aggressively  with other financial  institutions in its principal
market area.

         The Conversion will structure the Association in the stock form used in
the United States by all commercial banks, most major business  corporations and
an increasing  number of savings  institutions.  The Conversion  will permit the
Association's  members to become  stockholders of the Holding  Company,  thereby
allowing  members  to own  stock in the  financial  organization  in which  they
maintain deposit accounts or with which they have a borrowing relationship. Such
ownership should encourage members to promote the Association to others, thereby
further contributing to the Association's earnings potential.

         The  Association  is also expected to benefit from its  management  and
employees  owning  stock,  because  stock  ownership  is viewed as an  effective
performance  incentive and a means of  attracting,  retaining  and  compensating
personnel.

Effects  of  Conversion  to  Stock  Form  on  Depositors  and  Borrowers  of the
Association

         Voting Rights.  Deposit  account  holders will have no voting rights in
the converted  Association or the Holding Company and will therefore not be able
to elect  directors of either entity or to control their  affairs.  These rights
are  currently   accorded  to  deposit   account  holders  with  regard  to  the
Association.  Subsequent to Conversion, voting rights will be vested exclusively
in the Holding Company as the sole stockholder of the

                                       82

<PAGE>



Association. Voting rights as to the Holding Company will be held exclusively by
its  stockholders.  Each  purchaser  of Holding  Company  Common  Stock shall be
entitled  to  vote  on any  matters  to be  considered  by the  Holding  Company
stockholders.  A  stockholder  will be  entitled  to one vote for each  share of
Common Stock owned, subject to certain limitations  applicable to holders of 10%
or more of the shares of the Common Stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock."

         Deposit  Accounts  and Loans.  The general  terms of the  Association's
deposit accounts,  the balances of the individual accounts and the existing FDIC
insurance  coverage  will not be affected by the  Conversion.  Furthermore,  the
Conversion will not affect the loan accounts, the balances of these accounts, or
the obligations of the borrowers under their individual contractual arrangements
with the Association.

         Tax  Effects.  The  Association  has  received an opinion  from Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.  with regard to federal income taxation,  and an opinion
from Wooden & Benson,  Chartered with regard to Maryland taxation, to the effect
that the adoption and  implementation of the Plan of Conversion set forth herein
will not be taxable for federal or Maryland tax purposes to the  Association  or
the Holding Company. See "- Income Tax Consequences."

         Liquidation  Rights. The Association has no plans to liquidate,  either
before or subsequent  to the  completion of the  Conversion.  However,  if there
should  ever be a  complete  liquidation,  either  before  or after  Conversion,
deposit account holders would receive the protection of insurance by the FDIC up
to  applicable  limits.  Subject  thereto,  liquidation  rights before and after
Conversion would be as follows:

         Liquidation  Rights in Present Mutual  Institution.  In addition to the
protection of FDIC insurance up to applicable limits, in the event of a complete
liquidation  of  the  Association,  each  holder  of a  deposit  account  in the
Association  in its present  mutual form would receive his or her pro rata share
of any  assets  of the  Association  remaining  after  payment  of claims of all
creditors  (including  the  claims  of  all  depositors  in  the  amount  of the
withdrawal  value of  their  accounts).  Such  holder's  pro rata  share of such
remaining  assets, if any, would be in the same proportion of such assets as the
balance  in his or her  deposit  account  was to the  aggregate  balance  in all
deposit accounts in the Association at the time of liquidation.

         Liquidation Rights in Proposed Converted Institution. After Conversion,
each  deposit  account  holder,  in the event of a complete  liquidation  of the
Association,  would have a claim of the same  general  priority as the claims of
all other general  creditors of the Association in addition to the protection of
FDIC insurance up to applicable  limits.  Therefore,  except as described below,
the deposit account  holder's claim would be solely in the amount of the balance
in his or her deposit  account plus accrued  interest.  The holder would have no
interest in the assets of the Association above that amount.

         The Plan of Conversion  provides that there shall be established,  upon
the  completion  of the  Conversion,  a special  "liquidation  account"  for the
benefit of Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders
(i.e.,  depositors  at March 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997) in an amount equal
to the net worth of the  Association  as of the date of its latest  statement of
financial  condition  contained in the final prospectus relating to the sales of
shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion.  Each Eligible Account
Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest
in such liquidation  account for each deposit account held in the Association on
the  applicable  record date.  A deposit  account  holder's  interest as to each
deposit account would be in the same proportion of the total liquidation account
as the balance in his or her account on the  applicable  record date, was to the
aggregate  balance in all deposit  accounts of Eligible  Account  Holders and/or
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders on such dates.  For deposit  accounts in
existence on both dates separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of
the qualifying deposits in such deposit accounts on such record dates.  However,
if  the  amount  in the  deposit  account  on any  annual  closing  date  of the
Association is less than the lowest amount in such account on March 31, 1996 or

                                       83

<PAGE>



September  30,  1997 and on any  subsequent  closing  date (each  March 31st and
September 30th), then the account holder's interest in this special  liquidation
account would be reduced by an amount  proportionate to any such reduction,  and
the account holder's  interest would cease to exist if such deposit account were
closed.

         In addition,  the  interest in the special  liquidation  account  would
never be increased  despite any increase in the balance of the account  holders'
related accounts after Conversion, and could only decrease.

         Any assets  remaining  after the above  liquidation  rights of Eligible
Account Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders were satisfied would
be  distributed  to  the  Holding  Company  as  the  sole   stockholder  of  the
Association.

         No merger,  consolidation,  purchase of bulk assets with  assumption of
deposit  accounts and other  liabilities,  or similar  transaction,  whether the
Association,  as converted, or another SAIF-insured institution is the surviving
institution, is deemed to be a complete liquidation for purposes of distribution
of the liquidation account and, in any such transaction, the liquidation account
would be assumed to the full extent authorized by regulations of the OTS as then
in effect. The OTS has stated that the consummation of a transaction of the type
described  in the  preceding  sentence  in which the  surviving  entity is not a
SAIF-insured  institution would be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine
whether the transaction  should  constitute a "complete  liquidation"  requiring
distribution of any then remaining balance in the liquidation account. While the
Association  believes that such a transaction  should not  constitute a complete
liquidation,  there can be no  assurance  that the OTS will not adopt a contrary
position.

         Common Stock. For information as to the  characteristics  of the Common
Stock  to  be  issued  under  the  Plan  of  Conversion,   see  "Dividends"  and
"Description of Capital Stock." Common Stock issued under the Plan of Conversion
cannot, and will not, be insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

         The  Association  will continue,  immediately  after  completion of the
Conversion,  to provide its services to depositors and borrowers pursuant to its
existing policies and will maintain the existing management and employees of the
Association.  Other than for payment of expenses incident to the Conversion,  no
assets of the Association will be distributed in the Conversion. Wyman Park will
continue  to be a member  of the FHLB  System,  and its  deposit  accounts  will
continue to be insured by the FDIC.  The affairs of Wyman Park will  continue to
be directed by the existing Board of Directors and management.

Offering of Holding Company Common Stock

         Under the Plan of Conversion,  805,000 shares of Holding Company Common
Stock will be offered for sale, subject to certain restrictions described below,
initially  through  a  Subscription  Offering.  Federal  conversion  regulations
require,  with certain  exceptions,  that at least the minimum  number of shares
offered in a conversion be sold in order for the conversion to become effective.

         The  Subscription  and  Community  Offering  will expire at 12:00 noon,
Lutherville,  Maryland  time,  on _______,  1997 (the  "Subscription  Expiration
Date") unless extended by the Association and the Holding  Company.  Regulations
of the OTS  require  that all  shares to be offered  in the  Conversion  be sold
within a period ending not more than 45 days after the  Subscription  Expiration
Date (or such longer period as may be approved by the OTS) or, despite  approval
of the Plan of Conversion by members,  the  Conversion  will not be effected and
Wyman Park will remain in mutual form.  This period expires on _________,  1997,
unless extended with the approval of the OTS. If the  Subscription and Community
Offering is extended beyond _________, 1997, all subscribers will have the right
to modify or rescind their  subscriptions and to have their  subscription  funds
returned  promptly  with  interest.  In the  event  that the  Conversion  is not
effected, all

                                       84

<PAGE>



funds submitted and not previously  refunded  pursuant to the  Subscription  and
Community Offering will be promptly refunded to subscribers with interest at the
Association's  current passbook rate, and all withdrawal  authorizations will be
terminated.

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued

         Federal  regulations  require that the aggregate  purchase price of the
securities of a thrift  institution  sold in connection with its conversion must
be based on an appraised  aggregate market value of the institution as converted
(i.e., taking into account the expected receipt of proceeds from the sale of the
securities  in the  conversion),  as  determined  by an  independent  valuation.
Ferguson,  which is  experienced  in the  valuation  and  appraisal  of business
entities,  including thrift institutions involved in the conversion process, was
retained by the  Association  to prepare an appraisal of the estimated pro forma
market value of the Association and the Holding Company upon Conversion.

         Ferguson will receive a fee of approximately $12,000 for its appraisal.
The  Association  has agreed to indemnify  Ferguson under certain  circumstances
against  liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) arising out of, related
to, or based upon the Conversion.

         Ferguson has prepared an  appraisal of the  estimated  pro forma market
value of the Association as converted. The Ferguson appraisal concluded that, at
________, 1997, an appropriate range for the estimated pro forma market value of
the  Association  and the Holding  Company was from a minimum of $5,950,000 to a
maximum of $8,050,000  with a midpoint of  $7,000,000.  Assuming that the shares
are sold at $10.00 per share in the Conversion,  the estimated  number of shares
to be issued in the  Conversion  is expected to be between  595,000 and 805,000.
The Purchase  Price of $10.00 was  determined by discussion  among the Boards of
Directors of the  Association,  the Holding  Company and  Ferguson,  taking into
account,  among other factors, (i) the requirement under OTS regulation that the
Common Stock be offered in a manner that would  achieve the widest  distribution
of shares and (ii) liquidity in the Common Stock subsequent to the Conversion.

         The appraisal  involved a  comparative  evaluation of the operating and
financial statistics of the Association with those of other thrift institutions.
The appraisal also took into account such other factors as the market for thrift
institution stocks generally,  prevailing economic  conditions,  both nationally
and in  Maryland  which  affect  the  operations  of  thrift  institutions,  the
competitive  environment within which the Association operates and the effect of
the  Association  becoming a  subsidiary  of the  Holding  Company.  No detailed
individual  analysis of the separate components of the Holding Company's and the
Association's  assets and  liabilities  was  performed  in  connection  with the
evaluation.  The Plan of Conversion  requires that all of the shares  subscribed
for in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offering be sold at the same price per
share.  The  Board  of  Directors  reviewed  and  discussed  with  Ferguson  the
appraisal,  including the methodology and the appropriateness of the assumptions
utilized and determined that in its opinion the Appraisal was not  unreasonable.
The  Estimated  Valuation  Range may be amended  with the approval of the OTS in
connection with changes in the financial  condition or operating  results of the
Association or market conditions generally.  As described below, an amendment to
the  Estimated  Valuation  Range would not be made without a  resolicitation  of
subscriptions and/or proxies except in limited circumstances.

         If, upon  completion of the  Subscription  and Community  Offering,  at
least the minimum number of shares are subscribed  for,  Ferguson,  after taking
into account  factors  similar to those  involved in its prior  Appraisal,  will
determine its estimate of the pro forma market value of the  Association and the
Holding  Company  upon  Conversion,  as of the  close  of the  Subscription  and
Community Offering.

         If, based on the estimate of Ferguson,  the  aggregate pro forma market
value is not within the Estimated Valuation Range, Ferguson, upon the consent of
the OTS, will determine a new Estimated Valuation

                                       85

<PAGE>



Range ("Amended  Valuation  Range").  If the aggregate pro forma market value of
the  Association  as  converted  and the Holding  Company has  increased  in the
Amended  Valuation Range to an amount that does not exceed $9,257,500 (i.e., 15%
above the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range),  then the number of shares
to be issued may be increased to  accommodate  such  increase in value without a
resolicitation  of subscriptions  and/or proxies.  In such event the Association
and the Holding Company do not intend to resolicit  subscriptions and/or proxies
unless  the  Association   and  the  Holding   Company  then  determine,   after
consultation  with  the  OTS,  that  circumstances   otherwise  require  such  a
resolicitation. If, however, the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding
Company and the Association,  as converted, at that time is less than $5,950,000
or more than $9,257,500,  a resolicitation of subscribers  and/or proxies may be
made,  the Plan of Conversion may be terminated or such other actions as the OTS
may permit may be taken. In the event that upon  completion of the  Subscription
and Community  Offering,  the pro forma market value of the Holding  Company and
Association,  as converted,  is below  $5,950,000 or above $9,257,500 (15% above
the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation  Range),  the Holding Company intends to
file the  revised  appraisal  with the SEC by  post-effective  amendment  to its
Registration  Statement on Form SB-2. See "Additional  Information." If the Plan
of Conversion is terminated,  all funds would be returned promptly with interest
at the rate of the  Association's  current  passbook  rate,  and  holds on funds
authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts would be released. If there is a
resolicitation  of  subscriptions,  subscribers will be given the opportunity to
cancel or change  their  subscriptions  and to the extent  subscriptions  are so
canceled or reduced,  funds will be returned with interest at the  Association's
current passbook savings rate, and holds on funds authorized for withdrawal from
deposit accounts will be released or reduced.  Unless there is a resolicitation,
stock subscriptions  received by the Holding Company and the Association may not
be withdrawn by the subscriber  and, if accepted by the Holding  Company and the
Association,  are final.  If the Conversion is not completed prior to _________,
1999 (two years after the date of the Special  Meeting),  the Plan of Conversion
will automatically terminate.

         Any  increase  in the total  number  of  shares  of Common  Stock to be
offered  in the  Conversion  will  dilute a  subscriber's  percentage  ownership
interest  and will  reduce the pro forma net income and net worth on a per share
basis.  A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion  will
increase a subscriber's  proportionate ownership interest and will increase both
pro forma net income and net worth on a per share  basis while  decreasing  that
amount on an aggregate basis.

         No sale of the shares will take place unless,  prior thereto,  Ferguson
confirms to the OTS that,  to the best of  Ferguson's  knowledge  and  judgment,
nothing of a material nature has occurred which would cause Ferguson to conclude
that the actual Purchase Price on an aggregate  basis is  incompatible  with its
estimate of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Holding  Company and the
Association as converted at the time of the sale. If, however,  the facts do not
justify such a statement,  the Subscription and Community Offering or other sale
may be canceled, or a new Estimated Valuation Range set and a new offering held.

         In  preparing  its  valuation  of the pro  forma  market  value  of the
Association  and the Holding Company upon  Conversion,  Ferguson relied upon and
assumed  the  accuracy  and   completeness  of  all  financial  and  statistical
information  provided by the Association and the Holding Company.  Ferguson also
considered  information  based upon other  publicly  available  sources which it
believes are  reliable.  However,  Ferguson  does not guarantee the accuracy and
completeness of such information and did not independently  verify the financial
statements and other data provided by the Association and the Holding Company or
independently value the assets or liabilities of the Association and the Holding
Company.  The appraisal is not intended to be, and must not be interpreted as, a
recommendation  of any kind as to the  advisability  of  voting to  approve  the
Conversion or of  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock.  The appraisal  considers
Wyman Park and the  Holding  Company  only as going  concerns  and should not be
considered  as any  indication  of the  liquidation  value of Wyman  Park or the
Holding Company.  Moreover,  the appraisal is necessarily  based on many factors
which  change  from time to time.  There can be no  assurance  that  persons who
purchase  shares in the Conversion will be able to sell such shares at prices at
or above the Purchase Price.

                                       86

<PAGE>



Subscription Offering

         In accordance with OTS regulations, nontransferable Subscription Rights
have been granted under the Plan of  Conversion to the following  persons in the
following  order of priority:  (1) Eligible  Account  Holders  (deposit  account
holders of the  Association  as of March 31, 1996;  (2)  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders (deposit account holders of the
Association as of September 30, 1997; (4) Other Members  (certain  borrowers and
depositors  of  the   Association,   other  than  Eligible  Account  Holders  or
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders at the close of business on  _________,
1997,  the  voting  record  date for the  Special  Meeting);  and (5)  officers,
directors and employees of the Association.  All subscriptions  received will be
subject to the  availability of Holding Company Common Stock after  satisfaction
of all  subscriptions  of all persons  having prior  rights in the  Subscription
Offering,  and to the maximum and minimum purchase  limitations set forth in the
Plan of Conversion. The preference categories are more fully described below.

         Category  No. 1 is  reserved  for the  Association's  Eligible  Account
Holders.  Subscription  Rights to purchase  shares under this  category  will be
allocated  among  Eligible  Account  Holders to permit  each such  depositor  to
purchase shares in an amount equal to the greater of $100,000 of Common Stock or
one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total shares offered in the  Subscription
and Community Offering,  or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole
number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of Common Stock to be
issued by a fraction  of which the  numerator  is the  amount of the  qualifying
deposits of the Eligible  Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount
of the qualifying  deposits of all Eligible  Account Holders in the Association,
in each case on the  Eligibility  Record Date,  subject to the overall  purchase
limitation  and  exclusive  of shares  issued  pursuant  to an  increase  in the
Estimated  Valuation Range of up to 15% after  satisfying the  subscriptions  of
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans. To the extent shares are  oversubscribed  in this
category,  shares shall be allocated among subscribing  Eligible Account Holders
to permit each such depositor,  to the extent possible,  to purchase a number of
shares sufficient to make his total allocations equal 100 shares. Any shares not
so allocated shall be allocated among the subscribing  Eligible  Account Holders
pro rata in the same proportion that each such subscriber's  Qualifying Deposit,
as defined in the Plan of Conversion,  bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of
all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

         Category  No. 2 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase up to 10% of the total amount of shares
of Common Stock issued in the  Subscription  and Community  Offering on a second
priority basis. However,  such plans shall not, in the aggregate,  purchase more
than 10% of the  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  issued.  The ESOP  intends  to
purchase a total of 8% of the Common Stock issued in the  Conversion  under this
category.  Subscription  Rights  received  pursuant  to this  category  shall be
subordinated  to all rights  received  by Eligible  Account  Holders to purchase
shares pursuant to Category No. 1; provided,  however,  that notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan of Conversion to the contrary,  the Tax-Qualified Employee
Plans shall have first priority Subscription Rights to the extent that the total
number of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds the maximum of
the Estimated Valuation Range.

         Category No. 3 is reserved for the Association's  Supplemental Eligible
Account Holders. Subscription Rights to purchase shares under this category will
be allocated  among  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders to permit each such
depositor  to purchase  shares in an amount  equal to the  greater of  $100,000,
one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the total shares of Common Stock  offered in
the Conversion,  or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number)
obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares of Common Stock to be issued
by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying  deposit of
the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount
of the qualifying  deposit of the  Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders in the
converting Association in each case on December 31, 1996 (the

                                       87

<PAGE>



"Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date"),  subject  to  the  overall  purchase
limitation  after  satisfying the  subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders and
Tax Qualified  Employee Plans. In the event of an  oversubscription  for shares,
the  shares  available  shall be  allocated  first to  permit  each  subscribing
Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder,  to the extent  possible,  to purchase a
number of shares  sufficient to make his total allocation  (including the number
of shares,  if any,  allocated in  accordance  with Category No. 1) equal to 100
shares,  and thereafter  among each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible Account
Holder pro rata in the same proportion that his Qualifying  Deposit bears to the
total  Qualifying  Deposits of all  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

         Category No. 4 provides,  to the extent that shares are then  available
after satisfying the  subscriptions  of Eligible Account Holders,  Tax-Qualified
Employee Plans and Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders,  for the issuance of
Subscription  Rights to Other Members to purchase shares equal to the greater of
$100,000 of Common Stock or one-tenth of one percent  (.10%) of the total amount
of shares of Common Stock offered in the Subscription and Community Offering. In
the event of an  oversubscription,  the available  shares will be allocated on a
pro rata  basis in the same  proportion  as a  subscriber's  total  votes on the
Voting  Record  Date for the  Special  Meeting  bears to the total  votes of all
subscribing Other Members on such date.

         Each  depositor  (including  IRA and Keogh  account  beneficiaries)  is
entitled  at the  Special  Meeting to cast one vote for each $100,  or  fraction
thereof,  of the aggregate  withdrawal value of all of such depositor's  savings
accounts in the  Association  as of the  applicable  voting record date, up to a
maximum of 1,000 votes. Each borrower member of the Association as of the Voting
Record Date will be entitled to cast one vote as a borrower member.

         Category  No. 5 provides  for the  issuance of  Subscription  Rights to
officers, directors and employees of the Association, to purchase up to $100,000
of Common Stock to the extent that shares are  available  after  satisfying  the
subscriptions  of eligible  subscribers in preference  Categories 1, 2, 3 and 4.
The total number of shares which may be  purchased  under this  Category may not
exceed 24% of the total number of shares sold in the Conversion. In the event of
an oversubscription,  the available shares will be allocated on a pro rata basis
in the same  proportion  that orders of each person bear to the total  orders of
all subscribers in this Category.

Community Offering

         To  the  extent  that  shares  remain   available  for  purchase  after
satisfaction  of all  subscriptions  received and  accepted in the  Subscription
Offering,  the  Association  may offer  shares  pursuant  to the Plan to certain
members of the general public in the Community  Offering with a preference given
to natural persons  residing in Baltimore and Anne Arundel  Counties,  Maryland.
Any excess of shares  available  will be  available  for purchase by the general
public in such a manner as to promote a wide  distribution  of the Common Stock.
Finally, depending on market conditions, the Association may offer shares to the
general  public in a  Syndicated  Community  Offering  on a best  efforts  basis
through a selected dealer arrangement.

         The  opportunity  to  subscribe  for  shares  of  Common  Stock  in the
Community  Offering  (including  a  Syndicated  Community  Offering,  if any) is
subject to the right of the Association and the Holding  Company,  in their sole
discretion,  to accept or reject any such  orders in whole or in part  either at
the  time  of  receipt  of an  order  or as soon as  practicable  following  the
Subscription  Expiration Date. Regulations of the OTS require that all shares to
be offered in the  Conversion  be sold  within a period  ending not more than 45
days after the  Subscription  Expiration  Date (or such longer  period as may be
approved by the OTS).  This period expires on May 30, 1997 unless  extended with
the approval of the OTS. In addition, if the Subscription and Community Offering
is extended  beyond  _________,  1997 all  subscribers  will be resolicited  and
notified of their rights to confirm,  modify or rescind their  subscriptions and
to have their  subscription  funds returned  promptly with interest.  No person,
together with associates of and persons acting in concert with such

                                       88

<PAGE>



person,  may  purchase  more  than  $100,000  of Common  Stock in the  Community
Offering.  Subject to the foregoing,  in the event of an oversubscription in the
Community  Offering,  shares will be allocated  first to cover orders of natural
persons residing in Shelby County,  next to cover orders of other persons (whose
order is  accepted  by the  Association)  so that such  person may receive up to
1,000 shares and  thereafter,  to the extent shares remain  available,  on a pro
rata basis in the same  proportion  that unfilled orders of each person bears to
the total unfilled orders of all persons.

Additional Purchase Restrictions

         In addition to the  purchase  limitations  for each  priority  category
described  above under  "Subscription  Offering" and for purchases in the Public
Offering, the Plan also provides for certain additional limitations to be placed
upon the aggregate purchase of shares in the Conversion. Specifically, no person
(other than a Tax-  Qualified  Employee  Plan or certain  large  depositors)  by
himself  or  herself or with an  associate,  and no group of  persons  acting in
concert or persons on a single account,  may subscribe for or purchase more than
$100,000  of Common  Stock  offered  in the  Conversion  based on the  Estimated
Valuation  Range,  without  regard to an  increase in the number of shares to be
issued.  For  purposes of this  limitation,  an  associate  of a person does not
include a  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan or Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee Plan in
which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or
in a similar  fiduciary  capacity.  Moreover,  for  purposes of this  paragraph,
shares held by one or more Tax  Qualified or Non-Tax  Qualified  Employee  Plans
attributed to a person shall not be aggregated with shares purchased directly by
or otherwise attributable to that person except for that portion of a plan which
is  self-directed  by a person.  See "-Stock  Pricing and Number of Shares to be
Issued"  regarding  potential  changes in Subscription  Rights in the event of a
decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the  Conversion.  Officers  and
directors and their associates may not purchase, in the aggregate, more than 34%
of the  shares to be sold in the  Conversion.  For  purposes  of the  Plan,  the
members of the Board of Directors are not deemed to be acting in concert  solely
by reason  of their  Board  membership.  For  purposes  of this  limitation,  an
associate of an officer or director  does not include a  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plan. Moreover,  any shares attributable to the officers and directors and their
associates,  but held by a Tax- Qualified Employee Plan (other than that portion
of a plan which is  self-directed)  shall not be  included  in  calculating  the
number of shares which may be purchased under the limitations in this paragraph.
Shares  purchased  by  employees  who  are  not  officers  or  directors  of the
Association,  or their associates,  are not subject to this limitation. The term
"associate" is used above to indicate any of the following  relationships with a
person:  (i) any corporation or organization  (other than the Holding Company or
the  Association or a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Holding  Company or the
Association)  of which a person is an  officer or  partner  or is,  directly  or
indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity security;
(ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial
interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar  fiduciary
capacity;  and (iii) any  relative or spouse of such  person or any  relative of
such spouse who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer
of the  Holding  Company or the  Association  or any  subsidiary  of the Holding
Company or the Association.

         The Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association,  in
their sole discretion, may increase the maximum purchase limitations referred to
above up to 9.99% of the total  shares sold in the  Subscription  and  Community
Offering,  provided  that the  percentage by which each such order exceeds 5% of
the shares being offered in the  Subscription  and Community  Offering shall not
exceed,  in the aggregate,  10% of the shares being offered in the  Subscription
and  Community  Offering.  Requests  to  purchase  additional  shares of Holding
Company  Common  Stock under this  provision  will be allocated by the Boards of
Directors on a pro rata basis giving  priority in  accordance  with the priority
rights set forth above. Depending on market and financial conditions, the Boards
of Directors of the Holding  Company and the  Association,  with the approval of
the OTS and without  further  approval of the  members,  may increase any of the
above purchase limitations or decrease the maximum purchase limitation to as low
as 1% of the shares of Common Stock offered in the Conversion.

                                       89

<PAGE>



         To the extent that shares are available, each subscriber must subscribe
for a minimum of 25 shares.  In computing  the number of shares to be allocated,
all numbers will be rounded down to the next whole number.

         Common Stock  purchased in the Conversion  will be freely  transferable
except  for  shares  purchased  by  executive  officers  and  directors  of  the
Association  or  the  Holding  Company.  See  "-  Restrictions  on  Transfer  of
Subscription Rights and Shares."

Marketing Arrangements

         Wyman Park and the Holding  Company have retained  Trident  Securities,
which is a broker-dealer  registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and a member of the NASD, to act as selling agent and to advise and consult with
respect  to the  distribution  of  shares  in  the  Subscription  and  Community
Offering.  Trident  Securities has no obligation to purchase the Common Stock in
the  Conversion.  Trident  Securities  will  assist  Wyman Park and the  Holding
Company in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offering  with respect to, but not
limited to, the  following:  (1) training and educating  Wyman Park's  employees
regarding the mechanics and regulatory  requirements of the Stock Conversion and
offering  process;  (2) conducting  informational  meetings for  subscribers and
other potential purchasers; (3) keeping records of all stock subscriptions;  (4)
organizing  and  staffing  the  Stock  Information  Center;  and  (5)  otherwise
assisting in the sale of stock in the Subscription and Community  Offering.  For
their  services,  Trident  Securities  will  receive  (i) a fee of  1.85% of the
aggregate  dollar  amount  of  stock  sold  in the  Subscription  and  Community
Offering,  excluding  purchases  by  directors,  officers,  employees  and their
immediate  family  members,  and employee  stock  ownership and benefit plans to
investors  who  reside  in the  State  of  Maryland;  (ii) a fee of 1.40% of the
aggregate  dollar  amount  of  stock  sold  in the  Subscription  and  Community
Offering,  excluding  purchases  by  directors,  officers,  employees  and their
immediate  family  members,  and employee  stock  ownership and benefit plans to
investors  who  reside   outside  the  State  of  Maryland;   (iii)   reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses  not to exceed  $12,000;  and (iv) fees and expenses for
Trident Securities' counsel (not to exceed $34,000). For purposes of calculating
Trident  Securities  fee,  it is  assumed  that the  amount of stock sold in the
Conversion  will not exceed the midpoint of the  appraisal  value of the Holding
Company.

         The Holding Company has agreed to indemnify Trident  Securities against
certain  claims  or  liabilities,   including  certain   liabilities  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  including  indemnification  for  damages
arising from material misstatements or material omissions based upon information
supplied by the Holding Company or the Association.

         In addition,  directors and executive  officers of the Holding  Company
and the Association, may to a limited extent, participate in the solicitation of
offers  to  purchase  Common  Stock.  Other  employees  of the  Association  may
participate  in  the  Subscription  and  Community  Offering  in  administrative
capacities,  providing  clerical  work  in  effecting  a  sales  transaction  or
answering  questions of a potential  purchaser  provided that the content of the
employee's  responses is limited to  information  contained in the Prospectus or
other  offering  document.  Other  questions of prospective  purchasers  will be
directed  to  registered   representatives.   Such  other  employees  have  been
instructed  not to solicit  offers to purchase  Common  Stock or provide  advice
regarding  the purchase of Common  Stock.  Sales of Common  Stock by  directors,
executive  officers and registered  representatives  will be made from the Stock
Information  Center.  The  Holding  Company  will rely on Rule  3a4-1  under the
Exchange  Act,  and  sales  of  Common  Stock  will  be  conducted   within  the
requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to
participate in the sale of Common Stock. No officer, director or employee of the
Holding  Company or  Association  will be  compensated  in  connection  with his
participation by the payment of commissions or other  remuneration  based either
directly or indirectly on the transactions in the Common Stock.


                                       90

<PAGE>



Method of Payment for Subscriptions

         To purchase  shares in the  Subscription  and  Community  Offering,  an
executed original Order Form,  including the  certification  form (facsimile and
photocopies  will not be  accepted)  with the  required  payment  for each share
subscribed  for,  or with  appropriate  authorization  for  withdrawal  from the
subscriber's  deposit  account  at  the  Association  (which  may  be  given  by
completing the  appropriate  blanks in the order form),  must be received by the
Holding  Company at an office of the  Association  by 12:00  noon,  Lutherville,
Maryland time on __________, 1997, the Subscription Expiration Date. Order Forms
which are not  received by such time or are executed  defectively  or altered or
are received without full payment (or appropriate  withdrawal  instructions) are
not required to be accepted.

         Payment  for  subscriptions  may be made  (i) in cash if  delivered  in
person at the  office of the  Association,  (ii) by check,  bank  draft or money
order or (iii) by authorization  of withdrawal from deposit accounts  maintained
with the  Association.  Interest will be paid on payments  made by cash,  check,
bank  draft or money  order,  whether  or not the  Conversion  is  completed  or
terminated, at the regular passbook rate of ___% per annum from the date payment
is received until the completion or termination of the Conversion. If payment is
made by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts,  the funds authorized
to be withdrawn from a deposit  account will continue to accrue  interest at the
contractual rates until completion or termination of the Conversion,  but a hold
will be placed on such funds,  thereby making them  unavailable to the depositor
until completion or termination of the Conversion.  Under no circumstances  will
the Association accept wire transfers for payment of subscription orders.

         If a subscriber  authorizes  the  Association to withdraw the amount of
the purchase price from his certificate  account,  the Association will do so as
of the effective date of Conversion.  The Association  will waive any applicable
penalties  for early  withdrawal  from  certificate  accounts.  If the remaining
balance in a certificate account is reduced below the applicable minimum balance
requirement  at the time  that the  funds  actually  are  transferred  under the
authorization, the rate paid on the remaining balance of the certificate account
will earn interest at the then-current passbook rate.

         If the ESOP subscribes for shares during the Subscription Offering, the
ESOP will not be  required to pay for the shares  subscribed  for at the time it
subscribes,  but rather,  may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for
at the Purchase Price upon  consummation of the Conversion,  provided that there
is in force from the time of its subscription  until such time a loan commitment
to lend to the ESOP, at such time,  the aggregate  Purchase  Price of the shares
for which it subscribed.

         Certificates  representing  shares of Common  Stock  purchased  will be
mailed to  purchasers  at the last  address  of such  persons  appearing  on the
records of the Holding Company,  or to such other address as may be specified in
properly completed order forms, as soon as practicable following consummation of
the  sale  of  all  shares  of  Common  Stock.  Any  certificates   returned  as
undeliverable will be disposed of in accordance with applicable law.

         To ensure that each  purchaser  receives a prospectus at least 48 hours
prior to the Expiration  Date in accordance  with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange
Act, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or
hand  delivered  any later than two days prior to such  date.  Execution  of the
order form will  confirm  receipt or delivery in  accordance  with Rule  15c2-8.
Order forms will only be distributed with a prospectus. The Holding Company will
accept for  processing  only orders  submitted on original  order forms with the
form of  certification.  Photocopies  or  facsimile  copies  of  order  forms or
certifications  will not be accepted.  Payment by cash, check, money order, bank
draft or debit  authorization  to an existing  account at the  Association  must
accompany the order form. No wire transfers will be accepted.


                                       91

<PAGE>



         In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members  receive  their stock  purchase  priorities,
depositors as of the Eligibility  Record Date (March 31, 1996), the Supplemental
Eligibility  Record Date  (September  30,  1997)  and/or the Voting  Record Date
(__________,  1997) must list all  accounts  on the stock  order form giving all
names on each
account and the account number as of the applicable record date.

         In addition to the foregoing,  if shares are offered  through  selected
dealers in the Community Offering, a purchaser may pay for his shares with funds
held by or deposited  with a selected  dealer.  If an order form is executed and
forwarded to the  selected  dealer or if the selected  dealer is  authorized  to
execute the order form on behalf of a purchaser, the selected dealer is required
to forward  the order form and funds to the  Holding  Company  for  deposit in a
segregated  account at the  Association  on or before noon of the  business  day
following  receipt  of the order  form or  execution  of the  order  form by the
selected  dealer.  Alternatively,  selected  dealers may solicit  indications of
interest from their customers and thereafter seek their confirmation as to their
intent  to  purchase.  Those  indicating  an intent to  purchase  shall  forward
executed order forms and  certifications  to their selected  dealer or authorize
the selected dealer to execute such forms.  The selected dealer will acknowledge
receipt of the order to its  customer in writing on the  following  business day
and will  debit such  customer's  account  on the third  business  day after the
customer  has  confirmed  his intent to purchase  (the  "debit  date") and on or
before noon of the next  business day  following  the debit date will send order
forms and funds to the Holding  Company for deposit in a  segregated  account at
the Association.  If such alternative  procedure is employed,  purchasers' funds
are not required to be in their  accounts with selected  dealers until the debit
date.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

         Prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Conversion,   the  OTS  conversion
regulations  prohibit  any  person  with  Subscription  Rights,   including  the
Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders and Other  Members of the  Association,  from  transferring  or
entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial
ownership  of the  Subscription  Rights  issued  under the Plan or the shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon their exercise.  Such rights may be executed only
by the person to whom they are  granted  and only for his  account.  Each person
exercising Subscription Rights will be required to certify that he is purchasing
shares solely for his own account and that he has no agreement or  understanding
regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any
person from offering or making an  announcement of an offer or intent to make an
offer to  purchase  Subscription  Rights or shares of Common  Stock prior to the
completion of the Conversion.

         The  Association  and the Holding  Company may pursue any and all legal
and  equitable  remedies  in the event  they  become  aware of the  transfer  of
Subscription  Rights  and will not honor  orders  known by them to  involve  the
transfer of such rights.

         Except as to directors and executive  officers of the  Association  and
the Holding  Company,  the shares of Common Stock sold in the Conversion will be
freely transferable.  Shares purchased by directors, executive officers or their
associates  in the  Conversion  shall be subject to the  restrictions  that said
shares  shall not be sold  during the period of one year  following  the date of
purchase,  except  in the event of the  death of the  stockholder.  Accordingly,
stock  certificates  issued  by the  Holding  Company  to  directors,  executive
officers and associates  shall bear a legend giving  appropriate  notice of such
restriction  and,  in  addition,  the  Holding  Company  will  give  appropriate
instructions to the transfer agent for the Holding  Company's  Common Stock with
respect to the applicable  restriction  upon transfer of any restricted  shares.
Any shares issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise,
to holders of restricted  stock,  shall be subject to the same restrictions that
may apply to such restricted stock. Holding Company Common Stock (like the stock
of most companies) is subject to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"). Accordingly, the Holding

                                       92

<PAGE>



Company's  Common  Stock  may be  offered  and  sold  only  in  compliance  with
registration   requirements   or  pursuant  to  an  applicable   exemption  from
registration.

         Holding  Company's  Common Stock  received in the Conversion by persons
who  are  not  "affiliates"  of  the  Holding  Company  may  be  resold  without
registration.  Shares received by affiliates of the Holding  Company  (primarily
the directors,  officers and principal stockholders of the Holding Company) will
be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Rule
144 generally  requires  that there be publicly  available  certain  information
concerning  the Holding  Company,  and that sales  thereunder be made in routine
brokerage  transactions or through a market maker. If the conditions of Rule 144
are satisfied, each affiliate (or group of persons acting in concert with one or
more affiliates) is entitled to sell in the public market, without registration,
in any three-month  period, a number of shares which does not exceed the greater
of (i) 1% of the number of outstanding  shares of Holding Company stock, or (ii)
if the stock is  admitted  to  trading  on a  national  securities  exchange  or
reported through the automated quotation system of a registered securities bank,
the average weekly  reported  volume of trading during the four weeks  preceding
the sale.

Participation by the Board and Executive Officers

         The directors and executive officers of Wyman Park have indicated their
intention  to  purchase in the  Conversion  an  aggregate  of $600,000 of Common
Stock,  equal to 10.1%,  8.6%, 7.5% or 6.5% of the number of shares to be issued
in the Subscription and Community Offering,  at the minimum,  midpoint,  maximum
and 15% above the maximum of the Estimated  Valuation Range,  respectively.  The
following table sets forth information  regarding  Subscription Rights to Common
Stock  intended to be  exercised by each of the  directors  of the  Association,
including members of their immediate family and their IRAs, and by all directors
and  executive  officers as a group.  The  following  table assumes that 805,000
shares is the  maximum and 700,000 is the  midpoint of the  Estimated  Valuation
Range,  of Common Stock are issued at the Purchase Price of $10.00 per share and
that sufficient shares will be available to satisfy the subscriptions indicated.
The table does not include shares to be purchased through the ESOP (8% of shares
issued in the Conversion).


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Number of
                                                         Aggregate       Shares at      Percent of
                                                          Purchase         $10.00        Shares at
     Name                                Title             Price         per Share       Midpoint
     ----                                -----             -----         ---------       --------
<S>                             <C>                     <C>            <C>                <C>    
Ernest A. Moretti............... President, Chief
                                 Executive Officer
                                 and Director            $100,000        10,000             1.4%
Allan B. Heaver................. Chairman of the Board     70,000         7,000             1.0
H. Douglas Huether.............. Director                  75,000         7,500             1.1
John K. White................... Director                  50,000         5,000              .7
John R. Beever.................. Director                  70,000         7,000             1.0
Albert M. Copp.................. Director                  50,000         5,000              .7
Gilbert D. Marsiglia, Sr. ...... Director                  35,000         3,500              .5
Jay H. Salkin................... Director                 100,000        10,000             1.4
G. Scott Barhight............... Director                  50,000         5,000              .7
All directors and officers
   as a group (13 persons)......                         $650,000        65,000             9.3
</TABLE>


Risk of Delayed Offering

         The  completion  of  the  sale  of  all  unsubscribed   shares  in  the
Subscription and Community Offering will depend, in part, upon the Association's
operating results and market conditions at the time of the

                                       93

<PAGE>



Subscription and Community  Offering.  Under the Plan of Conversion,  all shares
offered in the Conversion must be sold within a period ending 24 months from the
date of the Special  Meeting.  While the  Association  and the  Holding  Company
anticipate  completing the sale of shares offered in the Conversion  within this
period, if the Board of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company are
of the opinion  that  economic  conditions  generally or the market for publicly
traded  thrift  institution  stocks  make  undesirable  a sale  of  the  Holding
Company's  Common Stock,  then the  Subscription  and Community  Offering may be
delayed until such conditions improve.

         A  material  delay in the  completion  of the sale of all  unsubscribed
shares in the  Subscription  and Community  Offering may result in a significant
increase in the costs of completing the Conversion.  Significant  changes in the
Association's  operations and financial condition, the aggregate market value of
the shares to be issued in the  Conversion  and general  market  conditions  may
occur during such material delay. In the event the Conversion is not consummated
within  24  months  after  the  date of the  Special  Meeting  of  Members,  the
Association  would  charge  accrued  Conversion  costs  to then  current  period
operations.

Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

         All  interpretations  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion,  as  well  as  the
completeness and validity of order forms and stock order and account  withdrawal
authorizations, will be made by the Association and the Holding Company and will
be final, subject to the authority of the OTS and the requirements of applicable
law. The Plan of Conversion  provides that, if deemed  necessary or desirable by
the Boards of Directors of the Association and the Holding Company,  the Plan of
Conversion may be substantively amended (including an amendment to eliminate the
formation  of the Holding  Company as part of the  Conversion)  by the Boards of
Directors of the  Association and the Holding  Company,  as a result of comments
from  regulatory  authorities or otherwise,  at any time with the concurrence of
the OTS. In the event the Plan of Conversion  is  substantially  amended,  other
than a change in the  maximum  purchase  limits set forth  herein,  the  Holding
Company intends to notify subscribers of the change and to permit subscribers to
modify or cancel their  subscriptions.  The Plan of Conversion will terminate if
the sale of all shares is not  completed  within 24 months after the date of the
Special  Meeting of Members.  The Plan of  Conversion  may be  terminated by the
Boards  of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  and the  Association  with  the
concurrence  of the OTS,  at any  time.  A  specific  resolution  approved  by a
two-thirds  vote of the  Boards of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  and the
Association  would be required to terminate the Plan of Conversion  prior to the
end of such 24-month period.

Restrictions on Repurchase of Stock

         For a period of three years following  Conversion,  the Holding Company
may not  repurchase  any shares of its capital  stock,  except in the case of an
offer to  repurchase on a pro rata basis made to all holders of capital stock of
the Holding  Company.  Any such offer shall be subject to the prior  approval of
the OTS.  Furthermore,  the Holding  Company may not repurchase any of its stock
(i) if the  result  thereof  would be to reduce  the  regulatory  capital of the
Association  below  the  amount  required  for  the  liquidation  account  to be
established  pursuant to OTS  regulations and (ii) except in compliance with the
requirements of the OTS' capital distribution rule.

         The above  limitations  are subject to the OTS  conversion  rules which
generally  provide that the Holding  Company may  repurchase  its capital  stock
provided (i) no  repurchases  occur  within one year  following  the  Conversion
(subject to certain  exceptions),  (ii) repurchases  during the second and third
year after conversion are part of an open market stock  repurchase  program that
does  not  allow  for a  repurchase  of more  than 5% of the  Holding  Company's
outstanding capital stock during a 12-month period, (iii) the repurchases do not
cause the Association to become  undercapitalized,  and (iv) the Holding Company
provides  notice  to the OTS at lease 10 days  prior  to the  commencement  of a
repurchase program and the OTS does not object to such regulations.

                                       94

<PAGE>



In addition,  the above limitations do not preclude repurchases of capital stock
by the Holding Company in the event applicable  federal  regulatory  limitations
are subsequently liberalized.

Income Tax Consequences

         Consummation  of the  Conversion  is expressly  conditioned  upon prior
receipt  by the  Association  of either a ruling  from the IRS or an  opinion of
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to federal taxation, and an opinion
of Wooden & Benson,  Chartered with respect to Maryland taxation,  to the effect
that  consummation  of the  Conversion  will  not be  taxable  to the  converted
Association  or the Holding  Company.  The full text of the  Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  opinion,  the Ferguson Letter and the Wooden & Benson,  Chartered
opinion,  which  opinions  are  summarized  herein,  were  filed with the SEC as
exhibits to the  Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement  on Form SB-2.  See
"Additional Information."

         An opinion  which is  summarized  below has been  received from Silver,
Freedman  &  Taff,  L.L.P.  with  respect  to  the  proposed  Conversion  of the
Association  to the stock form.  The  Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  opinion
states that (i) the Conversion  will qualify as a  reorganization  under Section
368(a)(1)(F)  of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and no gain or
loss will be  recognized  to the  Association  in either its mutual  form or its
stock form by reason of the  proposed  Conversion,  (ii) no gain or loss will be
recognized  to the  Association  in its stock form upon the receipt of money and
other  property,  if  any,  from  the  Holding  Company  for  the  stock  of the
Association;  and no gain or loss will be recognized to the Holding Company upon
the receipt of money for Common Stock of the Holding  Company;  (iii) the assets
of the  Association  in either  its  mutual or its stock form will have the same
basis before and after the Conversion;  (iv) the holding period of the assets of
the  Association  in its stock form will  include  the period  during  which the
assets were held by the Association in its mutual form prior to Conversion;  (v)
gain, if any, will be realized by the  depositors  of the  Association  upon the
constructive   issuance  to  them  of  withdrawable   deposit  accounts  of  the
Association in its stock form,  nontransferable  subscription rights to purchase
Holding Company Common Stock and/or  interests in the  Liquidation  Account (any
such gain will be  recognized by such  depositors,  but only in an amount not in
excess of the fair  market  value of the  subscription  rights  and  Liquidation
Account  interests  received);  (vi) the basis of the account  holder's  savings
accounts in the  Association  after the Conversion will be the same as the basis
of his or her savings accounts in the Association prior to the Conversion; (vii)
the basis of each  account  holder's  interest  in the  Liquidation  Account  is
assumed to be zero; (viii) based on the Ferguson Letter, as hereinafter defined,
the basis of the subscription rights will be zero; (ix) the basis of the Holding
Company Common Stock to its stockholders will be the purchase price thereof; (x)
a stockholder's holding period for Holding Company Common Stock acquired through
the  exercise  of  subscription  rights  shall  begin on the  date on which  the
subscription  rights are  exercised  and the holding  period for the  Conversion
Stock purchased in the Subscription and Community  Offering will commence on the
date following the date on which such stock is purchased;  (xi) the  Association
in its stock form will succeed to and take into account the earnings and profits
or deficit in earnings and profits,  of the Association,  in its mutual form, as
of the date of Conversion; (xii) the Association,  immediately after Conversion,
will  succeed to and take into  account  the bad debt  reserve  accounts  of the
Association,  in  mutual  form,  and the bad debt  reserves  will  have the same
character in the hands of the Association  after  Conversion as if no Conversion
had occurred;  and (xiii) the creation of the  Liquidation  Account will have no
effect on the  Association's  taxable income,  deductions or addition to reserve
for bad debts either in its mutual or stock form.

         The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based, among other
things,  on certain  assumptions,  including the  assumptions  that the exercise
price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock will
be approximately equal to the fair market value of that stock at the time of the
completion of the proposed Conversion.  With respect to the Subscription Rights,
the  Association  will receive a letter from  Ferguson (the  "Ferguson  Letter")
which, based on certain assumptions,  will conclude that the Subscription Rights
to be  received by  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders and

                                       95

<PAGE>



other  eligible  subscribers  do not  have  any  economic  value  at the time of
distribution or at the time the  Subscription  Rights are exercised,  whether or
not a Public Offering takes place.

         The  Association  has also  received  an opinion of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P. to the effect that, based in part on the Ferguson  Letter:  (i) no
taxable  income will be realized by  depositors  as a result of the  exercise of
non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Holding  Company
Common Stock at fair market value;  (ii) no taxable income will be recognized by
borrowers,  directors,  officers and employees of the Association on the receipt
or exercise of Subscription  Rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common
Stock at fair market value;  and (iii) no taxable income will be realized by the
Association  or  Holding  Company  on the  issuance  of  Subscription  Rights to
eligible  subscribers to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at fair
market value.

         Notwithstanding  the Ferguson Letter,  if the  Subscription  Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value and are deemed a distribution of
property,  it is Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.'s opinion that gain or income
will be recognized by various recipients of the Subscription  Rights (in certain
cases,  whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Association  and/or the
Holding Company may be taxable on the distribution of the  Subscription  Rights.
In any event,  all  recipients  are  encouraged  to  consult  with their own tax
advisors as to the tax consequences which may result.

         With  respect to Maryland  taxation,  the  Association  has received an
opinion  from Wooden & Benson,  Chartered  to the effect that the  Maryland  tax
consequences  to the  Association,  in its  mutual or stock  form,  the  Holding
Company,  eligible  account  holders,  parties  receiving  subscription  rights,
parties  purchasing  conversion  stock,  and other parties  participating in the
Conversion  will be the same as the federal  income tax  consequences  described
above.

         Unlike a private  letter  ruling,  the  opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  and Wooden & Benson,  Chartered,  as well as the Ferguson Letter,
have no binding  effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be given that
the  conclusions  reached in any of those opinions would be sustained by a court
if contested by the IRS or the Maryland State tax authorities.


                    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF STOCK AND
                      RELATED TAKEOVER DEFENSIVE PROVISIONS


         Although  the Boards of Directors  of the  Association  and the Holding
Company are not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain  control of the
Holding Company after  Conversion,  the Board of Directors,  as discussed below,
believes that it is  appropriate  to include  certain  provisions as part of the
Holding  Company's  certificate of incorporation to protect the interests of the
Holding Company and its stockholders from takeovers which the Board of Directors
of the Holding  Company  might  conclude  are not in the best  interests  of the
Association, the Holding Company or the Holding Company's stockholders.

         The following discussion is a general summary of material provisions of
the Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation and bylaws and certain other
regulatory provisions which may be deemed to have an "anti-takeover" effect. The
following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and,
with respect to provisions  contained in the Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  and bylaws and the  Association's  proposed federal stock charter
and bylaws,  reference  should be made in each case to the document in question,
each of which is part of the Association's Conversion Application filed with the
OTS and the Holding  Company's  Registration  Statement  filed with the SEC. See
"Additional Information."


                                       96

<PAGE>



Provisions of the Holding Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

         Directors.  Certain provisions of the Holding Company's  certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the Board of
Directors.  The Holding Company's certificate of incorporation provides that the
Board of  Directors of the Holding  Company will be divided into three  classes,
with directors in each class elected for three-year  staggered  terms except for
the initial directors.  Thus, assuming a Board of nine directors,  it would take
two annual  elections to replace a majority of the Holding  Company's Board. The
Holding  Company's bylaws provide that the size of the Board of Directors may be
in creased or decreased  only by a majority vote of the whole Board or by a vote
of 80% of the  shares  eligible  to be voted at a duly  constituted  meeting  of
stockholders  called for such purpose.  The bylaws also provide that any vacancy
occurring in the Board of Directors,  including a vacancy created by an increase
in the number of  directors,  shall be filled for the remainder of the unexpired
term by a majority vote of the  directors  then in office.  Finally,  the bylaws
impose  certain  notice and  information  requirements  in  connection  with the
nomination by  stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors
or the  proposal  by  stockholders  of  business  to be acted  upon at an annual
meeting of stockholders.

         The certificate of  incorporation  provides that a director may only be
removed for cause by the affirmative vote of 80% of the shares eligible to vote.

         Restrictions   on  Call  of  Special   Meetings.   The  certificate  of
incorporation  of the  Holding  Company  provides  that  a  special  meeting  of
stockholders  may be  called  only  pursuant  to a  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors and for only such business as directed by the Board.  Stockholders are
not authorized to call a special meeting.

         Absence of Cumulative  Voting.  The Holding  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation  does not provide for cumulative  voting rights in the election of
directors.

         Authorization  of Preferred  Stock. The certificate of incorporation of
the Holding Company  authorizes  500,000 shares of serial preferred stock,  $.01
par value.  The Holding Company is authorized to issue preferred stock from time
to time in one or more series  subject to applicable  provisions of law, and the
Board of Directors is authorized to fix the  designations,  powers,  preferences
and relative  participating,  optional and other special  rights of such shares,
including  voting  rights  (which could be multiple or as a separate  class) and
conversion  rights.  In the event of a proposed  merger,  tender  offer or other
attempt to gain control of the Holding  Company that the Board of Directors does
not approve,  it might be possible  for the Board of Directors to authorize  the
issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and  preferences  that would
impede the completion of such a transaction.  An effect of the possible issuance
of preferred stock,  therefore,  may be to deter a future takeover attempt.  The
Board of Directors  has no present plans or  understandings  for the issuance of
any preferred  stock and does not intend to issue any preferred  stock except on
terms which the Board deems to be in the best  interests of the Holding  Company
and its stockholders.

         Limitation on Voting Rights.  The certificate of  incorporation  of the
Holding  Company  provides  that in no  event  shall  any  record  owner  of any
outstanding Common Stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by
a person who beneficially  owns in excess of 10% of the then outstanding  shares
of Common  Stock (the  "Limit"),  be entitled or  permitted  to have any vote in
respect of the shares  held in excess of the Limit.  This  limitation  would not
inhibit any person from  soliciting  (or voting)  proxies from other  beneficial
owners  for more  than 10% of the  Common  Stock or from  voting  such  proxies.
Beneficial  ownership is to be determined  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General
Rules and  Regulations  of the Exchange  Act, and in any event  includes  shares
beneficially owned by any affiliate of such person,  shares which such person or
his affiliates (as defined in the certificate of  incorporation)  have the right
to acquire  upon the exercise of  conversion  rights or options and shares as to
which such person and his affiliates  have or share  investment or voting power.
Directors and

                                       97

<PAGE>



officers  of the  Holding  Company by reason of their  acting in such  capacity,
shall not be deemed to  beneficially  own any shares owned by any other director
or officer.  This  provision will be enforced by the Board of Directors to limit
the voting rights of persons  beneficially owning more than 10% of the stock and
thus could be  utilized  in a proxy  contest or other  solicitation  to defeat a
proposal that is desired by a majority of the stockholders.

         Procedures for Certain  Business  Combinations.  The Holding  Company's
certificate  of  incorporation   requires  that  certain  business  combinations
(including transactions initiated by management) between the Holding Company (or
any majority-owned  subsidiary thereof) and a 10% or more stockholder either (i)
be approved by at least 80% of the total number of  outstanding  voting  shares,
voting as a single class, of the Holding Company, (ii) be approved by two-thirds
of the continuing  Board of Directors  (i.e.,  persons  serving prior to the 10%
stockholder  becoming such) or (iii) involve  consideration  per share generally
equal to that paid by such 10% stockholder when it acquired its block of stock.

         It should be noted that since the Board and executive  officers  intend
to purchase  approximately  $600,000 of the shares offered in the Conversion and
may  control the voting of  additional  shares  through the ESOP,  the Board and
management  may be able to block the approval of  combinations  requiring an 80%
vote  even  where  a  majority  of  the   stockholders   vote  to  approve  such
combinations.

         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the
Holding Company's  certificate of incorporation  must be approved by the Holding
Company's Board of Directors and also by a majority of the outstanding shares of
the Holding Company's voting stock, provided, however, that approval by at least
80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required for certain provisions
(i.e., provisions re lating to number,  classification,  election and removal of
directors;  amendment of bylaws; call of special stockholder meetings; offers to
acquire  and  acquisitions  of control;  director  liability;  certain  business
combinations; power of indemnification; and amendments to provisions relating to
the foregoing in the certificate of incorporation).

         The bylaws may be amended by a majority  vote of the Board of Directors
or the affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted
at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders.

         Purpose  and  Takeover  Defensive  Effects  of  the  Holding  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws.  The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Association  believes that the provisions  described  above are prudent and will
reduce the Holding  Company's  vulnerability  to takeover  attempts  and certain
other transactions which have not been negotiated with and approved by its Board
of Directors.  These  provisions will also assist the Association in the orderly
deployment of the Conversion  proceeds into productive assets during the initial
period after the Conversion.  The Board of Directors  believes these  provisions
are in the best interest of the  Association  and of the Holding Company and its
stockholders.  In the judgment of the Board of Directors, the Holding Com pany's
Board will be in the best  position to  determine  the true value of the Holding
Company and to negotiate more  effectively for what may be in the best interests
of its stockholders.  Accordingly, the Board of Directors believes that it is in
the best  interests  of the Holding  Company and its  stockholders  to encourage
potential  acquirors  to negotiate  directly  with the Board of Directors of the
Holding Company and that these  provisions will encourage such  negotiations and
discourage  hostile  takeover  attempts.  It is also  the  view of the  Board of
Directors that these provisions  should not discourage  persons from proposing a
merger  or other  transaction  at  prices  reflective  of the true  value of the
Holding Company and which is in the best interests of all stockholders.

         Attempts  to  take  over  financial   institutions  and  their  holding
companies have recently become increasingly common. Takeover attempts which have
not been  negotiated  with and  approved  by the Board of  Directors  present to
stockholders  the risk of a takeover on terms which may be less  favorable  than
might otherwise be available.  A transaction which is negotiated and approved by
the Board of Directors, on the other

                                       98

<PAGE>



hand,  can be carefully  planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to
obtain  maximum  value for the Holding  Company and its  stockholders,  with due
consideration  given to  matters  such as the  management  and  business  of the
acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of the Holding Company's
assets.

         An unsolicited takeover proposal can seriously disrupt the business and
management of a corporation and cause it great expense.  Although a tender offer
or  other  takeover  attempt  may be made at a price  substantially  above  then
current  market price,  such offers are sometimes  made for less than all of the
outstanding  shares  of a  target  company.  As a  result,  stockholders  may be
presented with the alternative of partially  liqui dating their  investment at a
time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise
which is under different  management and whose  objectives may not be similar to
those of the remaining  stockholders.  The concentration of control, which could
result from a tender  offer or other  takeover  attempt,  could also deprive the
Holding Company's  remaining  stockholders of the benefits of certain protective
provisions of the Exchange Act, if the number of beneficial  owners becomes less
than the 300 required for Exchange Act registration.

         Despite the belief of the Association and the Holding Company as to the
benefits  to  stockholders  of  these   provisions  of  the  Holding   Company's
certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws,  these  provisions may also have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover  attempt which would not be approved by
the Holding  Company's Board,  but pursuant to which  stockholders may receive a
substantial  premium for their  shares over then  current  market  prices.  As a
result,  stockholders  who might desire to participate in such a transaction may
not have any  opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also render the removal
of the Holding  Company's  Board of Directors and of management  more difficult.
The Board will enforce the voting limitation  provisions of the charter in proxy
solicitations and accordingly could utilize these provisions to defeat proposals
that are favored by a majority of the  stockholders.  The Boards of Directors of
the  Association  and the Holding  Company,  however,  have  concluded  that the
potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.

         Pursuant to  applicable  law,  at any annual or special  meeting of its
stockholders  after the  Conversion,  the Holding  Company may adopt  additional
charter provisions regarding the acquisition of its equity securities that would
be permitted to a Delaware corporation.  The Holding Company and the Association
do not presently  intend to propose the adoption of further  restrictions on the
acquisition of the Holding Company's equity securi ties.

Other Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock

         Delaware  Anti-Takeover  Statute.  The State of  Delaware  has  enacted
legislation  which  provides that subject to certain  exceptions a publicly held
Delaware  corporation  may  not  engage  in any  business  combination  with  an
"interested  stockholder"  for three  years  after  such  stockholder  became an
interested  stockholder,  unless, among other things, the interested stockholder
acquired at least 85% of the corporation's  voting stock in the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. This legislation
generally defines "interested stockholder" as any person or entity that owns 15%
or more of the  corporation's  voting stock. The term "business  combination" is
defined  broadly  to cover a wide  range of  corporate  transactions,  including
mergers, sales of assets, issuances of stock, transactions with subsidiaries and
the receipt of disproportionate financial benefits. Under certain circumstances,
either  the  board  of  directors  or  both  the  board  and  two-thirds  of the
stockholders  other than the acquiror may approve a given  business  combination
and thereby exempt the corporation from the operation of the statute.

         However,   these   statutory   provisions  do  not  apply  to  Delaware
corporations  with  fewer than 2,000  stockholders  or which do not have  voting
stock listed on a national  exchange or listed for  quotation  with a registered
national securities association. The Holding Company's common stock has not been
approved for listing on a national  exchange or for quotation  with a registered
national securities association.

                                       99

<PAGE>




         Federal Regulation.  A federal regulation prohibits any person prior to
the completion of a conversion from transferring, or entering into any agreement
or  understanding  to  transfer,  the  legal  or  beneficial  ownership  of  the
subscription  rights issued under a plan of conversion or the stock to be issued
upon their  exercise.  This  regulation  also  prohibits any person prior to the
completion of a conversion from offering,  or making an announcement of an offer
or intent to make an offer, to purchase such  subscription  rights or stock. For
three years following conversion,  this regulation prohibits any person, without
the prior approval of the OTS, from acquiring or making an offer to acquire more
than 10% of the stock of any converted savings institution if such person is, or
after  consummation of such  acquisition  would be, the beneficial owner of more
than 10% of such stock.  In the event that any person,  directly or  indirectly,
violates this regulation,  the securities  beneficially  owned by such person in
excess of 10% may not be counted as shares entitled to vote and may not be voted
by any  person  or  counted  as  voting  shares in  connection  with any  matter
submitted to a vote of stockholders. Like the charter provisions outlined above,
these federal  regulations can make a change in control more difficult,  even if
desired by the holders of the majority of the shares of the stock.  The Board of
Directors  reserves  the  right to ask the OTS or other  federal  regulators  to
enforce these  restrictions  against  persons  seeking to obtain  control of the
Company,  whether in a proxy solicitation or otherwise.  The policy of the Board
is that these legal  restrictions  must be  observed  in every  case,  including
instances  in which an  acquisition  of control  of the  Company is favored by a
majority of the stockholders.

         Federal law provides that no company, "directly or indirectly or acting
in concert with one or more  persons,  or through one or more  subsidiaries,  or
through  one  or  more   transactions,"  may  acquire  "control"  of  a  savings
association  at any time  without the prior  approval  of the OTS. In  addition,
federal  regulations  require  that,  prior to  obtaining  control  of a savings
association,  a person, other than a company, must give 60 days' prior notice to
the OTS and have received no OTS objection to such  acquisition of control.  Any
company that acquires such control becomes a "savings and loan holding  company"
subject  to  registration,  examination  and  regulation  as a savings  and loan
holding  company.  Under  federal  law (as well as the  regulations  referred to
below) the term "savings  association"  includes  state and federally  chartered
SAIF-insured  institutions and federally  chartered savings banks whose accounts
are insured by the SAIF and holding companies thereof.

         Control,  as defined  under  federal law, in general  means  ownership,
control  of or holding  irrevocable  proxies  representing  more than 25% of any
class of voting stock,  control in any manner of the election of a majority of a
savings association's directors, or a determination by the OTS that the acquiror
has the power to direct,  or directly or  indirectly  to exercise a  controlling
influence  over, the management or policies of the  institution.  Acquisition of
more than 10% of any  class of a  savings  association's  voting  stock,  if the
acquiror also is subject to any one of eight  "control  factors,"  constitutes a
rebuttable determination of control under the regulations.  Such control factors
include  the  acquiror   being  one  of  the  two  largest   stockholders.   The
determination  of control may be rebutted by submission to the OTS, prior to the
acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to
such  determination,  of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which
would support a finding that no control  relationship  will exist and containing
certain  undertakings.  The regulations  provide that persons or companies which
acquire  beneficial  ownership  exceeding  10% or more of any class of a savings
association's  stock must file with the OTS a  certification  that the holder is
not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination
of control and will take no action  which  would  result in a  determination  or
rebuttable  determination  of control without prior notice to or approval of the
OTS, as applicable.



                                       100

<PAGE>



                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


Holding Company Capital Stock

         The 3.0  million  shares of capital  stock  authorized  by the  Holding
Company certificate of incorporation are divided into two classes, consisting of
2.5 million shares of Common Stock (par value $.01 per share) and 500,000 shares
of serial  preferred  stock (par  value $.01 per  share).  The  Holding  Company
currently expects to issue between 595,000 and 805,000 shares of Common Stock in
the Conversion and no shares of serial  preferred stock. The aggregate par value
of the issued shares will  constitute the capital account of the Holding Company
on a consolidated  basis.  Upon payment of the Purchase Price, all shares issued
in the Conversion will be duly  authorized,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  The
balance of the Purchase Price of Common Stock, less expenses of Conversion, will
be reflected as paid-in capital on a consolidated basis. See "Capitalization."

         Each share of the Common Stock will have the same  relative  rights and
will be identical in all respects with each other share of the Common Stock. The
Common Stock of the Holding  Company will  represent  non-withdrawable  capital,
will not be of an insurable type and will not be insured by the FDIC.

         Under  Delaware  law,  the  holders  of the Common  Stock will  possess
exclusive voting power in the Holding Company. Each stockholder will be entitled
to one vote for each  share  held on all  matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,
subject to the limitation discussed under "Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock
and Related Takeover Defensive  Provisions - Provisions of the Holding Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws  Limitation on Voting  Rights." If the
Holding Company issues preferred stock subsequent to the Conversion,  holders of
the preferred stock may also possess voting powers.

         Liquidation  or   Dissolution.   In  the  event  of  any   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Association,  the Holding Company,  as the sole
holder of the  Association's  capital stock would be entitled to receive,  after
payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Association
(including  all  deposit  accounts  and  accrued  interest  thereon)  and  after
distribution of the balance in the special  liquidation  account to Eligible and
Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders, all assets of the Association  available
for distribution. In the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Holding  Company,  the holders of its Common Stock would be entitled to receive,
after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities,  all of
the  assets  of  the  Holding  Company  available  for  distribution.  See  "The
Conversion - Effects of Conversion to Stock Form on Depositors  and Borrowers of
the Association." If preferred stock is issued subsequent to the Conversion, the
holders  thereof  may have a priority  over the  holders of Common  Stock in the
event of liquidation or dissolution.

         No Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the Common Stock will not be entitled
to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued.  The Common
Stock will not be  subject  to call for  redemption,  and,  upon  receipt by the
Holding  Company of the full Purchase Price  therefor,  each share of the Common
Stock will be fully paid and nonassessable.

         Preferred  Stock.  After  Conversion,  the  Board of  Directors  of the
Holding Company will be authorized to issue preferred stock in series and to fix
and  state  the  voting   powers,   designations,   preferences   and  relative,
participating,  optional  or other  special  rights  of the  shares of each such
series and the qualifications,  limitations and restrictions thereof.  Preferred
stock may rank  prior to the Common  Stock as to  dividend  rights,  liquidation
preferences, or both, and may have full or limited voting rights. The holders of
preferred  stock will be  entitled to vote as a separate  class or series  under
certain circumstances,  regardless of any other voting rights which such holders
may have.

                                       101

<PAGE>



         Except as discussed above, the Holding Company has no present plans for
the  issuance of the  additional  authorized  shares of Common  Stock or for the
issuance of any shares of preferred  stock.  In the future,  the  authorized but
unissued and  unreserved  shares of Common  Stock will be available  for general
corporate  purposes,  including  but not limited to  possible  issuance as stock
dividends  or stock  splits,  in future  mergers or  acquisitions,  under a cash
dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan, in a future underwritten or other
public  offering,  or under a stock based  employee  plan.  The  authorized  but
unissued  shares of preferred  stock will similarly be available for issuance in
future mergers or  acquisitions,  in a future  underwritten  public  offering or
private placement or for other general corporate  purposes.  Except as described
above  or as  otherwise  required  to  approve  the  transaction  in  which  the
additional  authorized  shares of common stock or authorized shares of preferred
stock would be issued, no stockholder approval will be required for the issuance
of these  shares.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company,
without  stockholder  approval,  can  issue  preferred  stock  with  voting  and
conversion  rights which could adversely  affect the voting power of the holders
of Common Stock.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  See  "Restrictions  on Acquisitions of
Stock and Related  Takeover  Defensive  Provisions" for a description of certain
provisions of the Holding  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws
which  may  affect  the  ability  of  the  Holding  Company's   stockholders  to
participate in certain  transactions  relating to acquisitions of control of the
Holding Company.

         Dividends.  The Holding  Company's  Board of  Directors  may consider a
policy of paying cash  dividends on the Common Stock in the future.  No decision
has been made,  however,  as to the amount or timing of such dividends,  if any.
The declaration and payment of dividends are subject to, among other things, the
Holding  Company's then current and projected  consolidated  operating  results,
financial  condition,  regulatory  restrictions,  future  growth plans and other
factors the Board deems relevant.  Therefore, no assurance can be given that any
dividends will be declared.

         The  ability  of the  Holding  Company  to pay  cash  dividends  to its
stockholders will be dependent,  in part, upon the ability of the Association to
pay  dividends  to the  Holding  Company.  OTS  regulations  do not  permit  the
Association to declare or pay a cash dividend on its stock or repurchase  shares
of its stock if the effect thereof would be to cause its  regulatory  capital to
be reduced  below the amount  required  for the  liquidation  account or to meet
applicable regulatory capital requirements.

         Delaware law generally  limits  dividends of the Holding  Company to an
amount  equal to the excess of its net assets  over its  paid-in  capital or, if
there is no such excess,  to its net  earnings  for the current and  immediately
preceding fiscal year. In addition,  as the Holding Company does not anticipate,
for the immediate  future,  engaging in  activities  other than (i) investing in
cash,  short-term  securities  and  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities
similar to those  invested in by the  Association  and (ii) holding the stock of
Wyman Park, the Holding Company's  ability to pay dividends will be limited,  in
part, by the Association's ability to pay dividends, as set forth above.

         Earnings  appropriated to the Association's  "Excess" bad debt reserves
and deducted for federal income tax purposes  cannot be used by the  Association
to pay cash dividends to the Holding Company  without adverse tax  consequences.
See "Regulation - Federal and State Taxation."


                                  LEGAL MATTERS


         The  legality  of  the  Common   Stock  and  the  federal   income  tax
consequences of the Conversion will be passed upon for Wyman Park by the firm of
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. (a limited liability partnership

                                       102

<PAGE>


including professional corporations), 1100 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC
20005. Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has consented to the references herein to
its opinions.  The Maryland tax  consequences  of the Conversion  will be passed
upon by Wooden & Benson, Chartered.  Wooden & Benson, Chartered has consented to
references herein to its opinion. Trident Securities,  Inc. has been represented
in the Conversion by Luse Lehman Gorman Pomerenk & Schick P.C.,  Washington,  DC
20005.


                                     EXPERTS


         The financial statements of Wyman Park as of June 30, 1997 and 1996 and
for each of the two years in the period ended June 30,  1997,  appearing in this
Prospectus  and  Registration  Statement  have been  audited by Wooden & Benson,
Chartered,  independent  auditors,  as  set  forth  in  their  report  appearing
elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance
upon such report given upon the  authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.

         Ferguson has  consented to the  inclusion  herein of the summary of its
appraisal  report  to  the  Association  setting  forth  its  opinion  as to the
estimated pro forma market value of the Holding  Company and the  Association as
converted  and to the reference to its opinion that  Subscription  Rights do not
have any economic value.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


         The  Holding  Company has filed with the SEC a  registration  statement
under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with respect to the Common Stock
offered  hereby.  As permitted  by the rules and  regulations  of the SEC,  this
Prospectus does not contain all the  information  set forth in the  registration
statement.  Such  information  can be  examined  without  charge  at the  public
reference facilities of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,
DC 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the SEC at prescribed
rates.  The  statements  contained  herein as to the contents of any contract or
other  document  filed as an  exhibit  to the  registration  statement  are,  of
necessity,  brief descriptions  thereof of the material aspects of such contract
or other  document;  each such  statement  is  qualified  by  reference  to such
contract or document.

         The  Association  has filed an Application  for Conversion with the OTS
with respect to the  Conversion.  Pursuant to the rules and  regulations  of the
OTS, this Prospectus omits certain  information  contained in that  Application.
The  Application  may be examined at the  principal  offices of the OTS,  1700 G
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552 and at the Southeast Regional Office of the
OTS, 1475 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30309, without charge.

         In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register
the Common Stock with the SEC under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and, upon
such registration,  the Holding Company and the holders of its Common Stock will
become  subject to the proxy  solicitation  rules,  reporting  requirements  and
restrictions  on stock  purchases and sales by  directors,  officers and greater
than 10%  stockholders,  the annual and  periodic  reporting  and certain  other
requirements  of the  Exchange  Act.  Under the Plan,  the  Holding  Company has
undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least
three years following the Conversion.

         A copy of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Holding
Company are available without charge from the Association.



                                       103

<PAGE>


                        WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                                                                            Page

Independent Auditors' Report............................................... F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at June 30,
 1997 and 1996............................................................. F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
 June 30, 1997 and 1996....................................................  28

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the
Years Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996......................................... F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
 Years Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996........................................ F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................. F-6


                                    # # # # #


           All schedules are omitted because the required information
                     is not applicable or is included in the
              Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

              Financial Statements of the Holding Company have not
              been provided because Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.
                  has not conducted any operations to date and
                            has not been capitalized.


                                       F-1

<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                          Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors
Wyman Park Federal Savings and Loan
  Association and Subsidiary
Lutherville, Maryland


     We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial
condition of Wyman Park Federal  Savings and Loan  Association and Subsidiary as
of June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial  statements are
the  responsibility of the Association's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Wyman Park Federal  Savings and Loan  Association  and Subsidiary as of June 30,
1997 and 1996, and the  consolidated  results of their operations and their cash
flows for the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


/s/Wooden & Benson

July 18, 1997
Baltimore, Maryland








                                       F-2

<PAGE>

                 WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                             JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          1997           1996
                                                                      -----------    -----------
                               Assets

<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>        
Cash and noninterest bearing deposits                                 $   461,268    $    40,139
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks                                1,092,682      3,482,926
Federal funds sold                                                        823,142      2,278,181
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total cash and cash equivalents (Notes 1 and 12)                        2,377,092      5,801,246
Loans receivable, net (Notes 1, 4 and 12)                              55,188,566     53,243,580
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity at amortized cost, fair
   value of $360,666 (1997) and $428,502 (1996) (Notes 1, 3 and 12)       356,187        424,009
Investment securities available-for-sale at fair value, amortized
   cost of $3,000,000 (1997 and 1996) (Notes 1, 3 and 12)               2,992,500      2,964,375
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock, at cost (Notes 2 and 12)         509,900        509,900
Accrued interest receivable (Note 5)                                      337,394        349,477
Ground rents owned, at cost (Note 12)                                     129,108        130,129
Property and equipment, net (Notes 1 and 6)                               203,319        259,045
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                          88,764        100,715
Federal and state income taxes receivable                                      --         83,632
Deferred tax asset (Notes 1 and 8)                                         58,506             --
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total assets                                                          $62,241,336    $63,866,108
                                                                      ===========    ===========
                       Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities
    Demand deposits                                                   $ 5,892,975    $ 5,710,113
    Money market and NOW accounts                                       9,960,827      9,793,334
    Time deposits                                                      40,241,530     42,367,177
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total deposits (Notes 7 and 12)                                        56,095,332     57,870,624
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes, insurance
        and ground rents (Note 12)                                      1,240,877      1,206,553
    Accrued interest payable on savings deposits                           18,994         20,874
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                120,151        142,963
    Federal and State income taxes payable                                 16,163             --
    Deferred income taxes (Notes 1 and 8)                                      --         26,310
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total liabilities                                                      57,491,517     59,267,324
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 8 and 12)                              --             --
Equity
  Retained earnings, substantially restricted (Notes 8 and 11)          4,754,419      4,620,614
  Unrealized losses on available for sale securities (Notes 1 and 3)       (4,600)       (21,830)
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total equity                                                            4,749,819      4,598,784
                                                                      -----------    -----------
Total liabilities and equity                                          $62,241,336    $63,866,108
                                                                      ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes to financial  statements  are an integral part of these
statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>


                 WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996



                                                  Unrealized Losses
                                      Retained    on Available For
                                       Income      Sale Securities      Total
                                      --------    -----------------   ----------
Balance at June 30, 1995             $4,326,497       $(49,005)       $4,277,492

Net income                              294,117             --           294,117

Adjustment to unrealized holding
gains (losses) - debt and equity
securities                                   --         27,175            27,175
                                     ----------       --------        ----------

Balance at June 30, 1996              4,620,614        (21,830)        4,598,784

Net income                              133,805             --           133,805

Adjustment to unrealized holding
gains (losses) - debt and equity
securities                                   --         17,230            17,230
                                     ----------       --------        ----------

Balance at June 30, 1997             $4,754,419       $ (4,600)       $4,749,819
                                     ==========       ========        ==========

The  accompanying  notes to financial  statements  are an integral part of these
statements.


                                       F-4

<PAGE>


                 WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         1997           1996
                                                                     -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>        
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income                                                         $   133,805    $   294,117
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
     cash provided by operating activities
     Depreciation and amortization                                        59,693         60,823
     Deferred income tax provision (benefit)                             (95,712)        74,272
     Provision for loan losses                                           145,000         25,000
     Amortization of loan fees, premiums and discounts, net              (88,311)       (92,855)
     Loss on disposal of property and equipment                            5,730             --
     Gain on sales of loans receivable                                    (5,816)       (19,888)
     Decrease in accrued interest receivable                              12,083         18,819
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets             10,140        (24,324)
     Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities       (22,812)        10,857
     Decrease in federal and state income taxes receivable                83,632         24,426
     Increase in federal and state income taxes payable                   16,163             --
     Decrease in accrued interest payable on savings deposits             (1,880)          (799)
     Other                                                                    --          1,457
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                251,715        371,905
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Purchases of investment securities                                  (1,000,000)    (1,000,000)
  Sales and maturities of investment securities                        1,000,000      4,000,000
  Net (increase) decrease in loans receivable                         (3,290,858)       256,299
  Sales of loans receivable                                            1,295,000        989,500
  Mortgage-backed securities principal repayments                         67,822         96,004
  Purchases of property and equipment                                     (9,697)        (9,032)
  Sale of ground rents owned                                               1,021            822
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by (used in ) investing activities                  (1,936,712)     4,333,593
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Net decrease in savings deposits                                    (1,773,481)      (603,855)
  Increase (decrease) in advance payments by borrowers for
    taxes, insurance and ground rents                                     34,324       (145,970)
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Net cash used in financing activities                                 (1,739,157)      (749,825)
                                                                     -----------    -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                  (3,424,154)     3,955,673
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                         5,801,246      1,845,573
                                                                     -----------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                             $ 2,377,092    $ 5,801,246
                                                                     ===========    ===========
Supplemental information
  Interest paid on savings deposits and borrowed funds               $ 2,751,421    $ 3,074,082
                                                                     ===========    ===========

  Income taxes paid                                                  $    82,805    $    62,421
                                                                     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes to financial  statements  are an integral part of these
statements.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>

                 WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1997


Note 1 -- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
          ------------------------------------------

          Principals of Consolidation

               The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements for the year
          ended June 30,  1997  include  the  Association  and its  wholly-owned
          subsidiary,   W.P.   Financial  Corp.  All  significant   intercompany
          transactions  have been  eliminated.  Prior to the year ended June 30,
          1997, W.P. Financial Corp. was inactive.

          Nature of Operations

               The Association  operates as a thrift institution taking deposits
          from  the  general  public  and  using  those  funds to  promote  home
          ownership  by  making  real  estate  loans in its  service  area.  The
          Association also engages in other forms of lending and investments. As
          such,  the  Association is subject to the inherent risk that borrowers
          will default and properties or other collateral will not be sufficient
          to recover the loan balance.  The Association's sound lending policies
          have mitigated this risk and losses from loans have been minimal.  The
          Association  is also  subject  to the  risk  that  severe  changes  in
          prevailing  interest  rates could  cause  impairment  of its  earnings
          capability and the fair value of its net assets. However, management's
          operating  strategies  combined with a relatively stable interest rate
          environment  since the  mid-1980's,  has  resulted in the  Association
          being profitable and increasing its capital position.

          Basis of Presentation

               The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
          generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make
          estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
          and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
          the date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
          revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
          differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly
          susceptible  to  significant  change  in the near  term  relate to the
          determination  of the  allowance  for loan losses and the valuation of
          investments in real estate.  In connection with these  determinations,
          management obtains independent  appraisals for significant  properties
          and prepares net realizable value analyses as appropriate.

               Management  believes that the  allowances for losses on loans and
          investments  in  real  estate  are  adequate.  While  management  uses
          available  information to recognize losses on loans and investments in
          real estate, future additions to the allowances may be necessary based
          on  changes  in  economic  conditions,  particularly  in the  State of
          Maryland.  In addition,  various regulatory  agencies,  as an integral
          part  of  their   examination   process,   periodically   review   the
          Association's allowances for losses on

                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997


Note 1 --  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Continued
           ------------------------------------------

          Basis of Presentation - Continued

          loans and  investments  in real estate.  Such agencies may require the
          Association to recognize  additions to the  allowances  based on their
          judgments  about  information  available  to them at the time of their
          examination.

          Investment Securities and Mortgage-Backed Securities

               The Association's  debt and equity securities are classified into
          two categories.  Debt securities that the Association has the positive
          intent  and   ability  to  hold  to   maturity   are   classified   as
          held-to-maturity  and recorded at amortized  cost. Debt securities not
          classified  as  held-to-maturity  and equity  securities  with readily
          determinable  fair values are  considered  available-for-sale  and are
          reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from
          earnings  and reported as a separate  component  of retained  earnings
          (net of tax effects).  The  Association  does not invest in securities
          for trading  purposes.  Fair value is  determined  based on bid prices
          published in financial  newspapers  or bid  quotations  received  from
          securities dealers.

               Premiums  and   discounts  on  investment   and   mortgage-backed
          securities  are amortized  over the term of the security using methods
          which  approximate  the  interest  method.  Gain  or  loss  on sale of
          investments  available-for-sale  is reflected in income at the time of
          sale using the specific identification method.

          Property and Equipment

               Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at cost less  accumulated
          depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and  amortization  are
          accumulated using the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful
          lives of the assets.  Additions and improvements are capitalized,  and
          charges for repairs and  maintenance  are expensed when incurred.  The
          related  cost  and  accumulated   depreciation  or  amortization   are
          eliminated  from the accounts when an asset is sold or retired and the
          resultant gain or loss is credited or charged to income.

          Income Taxes

               Deferred  income  taxes  result  primarily  because of  temporary
          differences resulting from recognizing loan origination fees and costs
          in different periods for financial  reporting  purposes and income tax
          purposes  prior to January 1, 1994,  depreciation  methods,  loan loss
          recognition,  Federal  Home Loan Bank (FHLB)  stock  dividends,  and a
          deferred compensation agreement. The Association changed its method of
          accounting  for loan  origination  fees and costs for tax purposes for
          all  transactions  occurring  on or after July 1, 1994 to conform with
          the method utilized for financial reporting purposes.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997


Note 1 -- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Continued
          ------------------------------------------

          Loan Fees

               Origination and commitment fees and direct  origination costs are
          deferred  and  amortized to income over the  contractual  lives of the
          related loans using the interest method. Under certain  circumstances,
          commitment  fees are  recognized  over the  commitment  period or upon
          expiration of the commitment.  Unamortized loan fees are recognized in
          income when the related loans are sold or prepaid.

               Origination and commitment fees and direct  origination  costs on
          loans  originated  for sale are deferred and recognized as a component
          of gain or loss at the time of sale.

          Provision for Loan Losses

               The provision for loan losses is determined based on management's
          review of the loan portfolio and analyses of the borrowers' ability to
          repay, past collection experience,  risk characteristics of individual
          loans or groups of similar loans and  underlying  collateral,  current
          and prospective economic conditions and status of nonperforming loans.
          Loans or portions  thereof are  charged-off  when  considered,  in the
          opinion of management, uncollectible.

               Interest on potential  problem  loans is not accrued when, in the
          opinion of management, the full collection of principal or interest is
          in doubt. Any interest ultimately  collected on such loans is recorded
          in income in the period of recovery.

               In October, 1994, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 114 "Accounting
          by Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan" was amended by Statement No.
          118  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan  -  Income
          Recognition  and  Disclosures"  (collectively  referred to as SFAS No.
          114).  SFAS No. 114 is  effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
          December 15, 1994. The Statement addresses the accounting by creditors
          for  impairment of certain loans.  It is generally  applicable for all
          loans except large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans that are
          collectively evaluated for impairment,  including residential mortgage
          loans and  consumer  installment  loans.  It also applies to all loans
          that are  restructured  in a troubled debt  restructuring  involving a
          modification  of  terms.  However,  if a loan  was  restructured  in a
          troubled debt  restructuring  involving a modification of terms before
          the effective  date of this  Statement and it is not impaired based on
          the terms  specified by the  restructuring  agreement,  a creditor may
          continue to account for the loan in accordance  with the provisions of
          Statement No. 15, "Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings"  prior
          to its amendment by this Statement.

                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997


Note 1 --  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Continued
           ------------------------------------------

          Provision for Loan Losses -- Continued

               SFAS No. 114 requires  that impaired  loans be measured  based on
          the present  value of expected  future  cash flows  discounted  at the
          loan's effective  interest rates, or at the loan's  observable  market
          price or the fair value of the  collateral  if the loan is  collateral
          dependent.  A loan is  considered  impaired  when,  based  on  current
          information and events,  it is probable that a creditor will be unable
          to collect all amounts due according to the  contractual  terms of the
          loan agreement. The Association adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 114
          on July 1,  1995.  Adoption  of the  Statement  had no  impact  on the
          Association's  financial  condition or results of its operations as of
          and for the year ended June 30, 1996.

          Foreclosed Real Estate

               Real estate acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at
          the lower of cost or  estimated  fair value,  less  estimated  selling
          costs.  Management  periodically  evaluates the carrying value of real
          estate owned and  establishes  a valuation  allowance  for declines in
          fair value, less estimated selling costs, below the initially recorded
          value.  Costs relating to holding such real estate are charged against
          income in the current  period,  while costs relating to improving such
          real estate are capitalized until a saleable condition is reached.

          Statements of Cash Flows

               For purposes of the  statements  of cash flows,  the  Association
          considers all highly  liquid  investments  with  maturities at date of
          purchase  of  three  months  or  less  to be  cash  equivalents.  Cash
          equivalents  consist of  interest-bearing  deposits and federal  funds
          sold.

Note 2 -- Insurance of Savings Accounts and Related Matters
          -------------------------------------------------

               The Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  through the Savings
          Association  Insurance Fund, insures deposits of account holders up to
          $100,000.  The Association  pays an annual premium to provide for this
          insurance.  The  Association is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank
          System and is required to maintain an  investment  in the stock of the
          Federal  Home Loan Bank of Atlanta  equal to at least 1% of the unpaid
          principal balances of its residential mortgage loans, .3% of its total
          assets or 5% of its outstanding  advances from the bank,  whichever is
          greater.  Purchases and sales of stock are made directly with the bank
          at par value.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 3 -- Investment Securities
          ---------------------

               Investment securities are summarized as follows:

                                               Gross        Gross
                                Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized      Fair
                                   Cost        Gains       Losses       Value
                                ----------  ----------   ----------   ----------
Available-for-Sale Securities:
  June 30, 1997
    U.S. government and
      agency securities         $3,000,000      $  --      $ (7,500)  $2,992,500

  June 30, 1996
    U.S. government and
      agency securities          3,000,000         --       (35,625)   2,964,375

Held-to-Maturity Securities:
  June 30, 1997
    Mortgage-backed securities     356,187      4,479            --      360,666

  June 30, 1996
    Mortgage-backed securities     424,009      4,493            --      428,502

               The  scheduled  maturities  of  securities  held-to-maturity  and
          securities (other than equity securities)  available-for-sale  at June
          30, 1997, were as follows:

                                Held-to-Maturity          Available-for-Sale
                             ----------------------    -------------------------
                             Amortized    Estimated     Amortized      Estimated
                               Cost      Fair Value       Cost        Fair Value
                             ---------   ----------    ----------     ----------
Due in one year or less      $     --     $     --     $       --     $       --
Due from one to five years         --           --      3,000,000      2,992,500
Mortgage-backed securities    356,187      360,666             --             --
                             --------     --------     ----------     ----------
                             $356,187     $360,666     $3,000,000     $2,992,500
                             ========     ========     ==========     ==========

               There  were no sales of  investment  securities  during the years
          ended June 30, 1997 and 1996.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997


Note 4 -- Loans Receivable
          ----------------

               Substantially  all  of the  Association's  loans  receivable  are
          mortgage  loans  secured by  residential  and  commercial  real estate
          properties  located in the State of Maryland.  Loans are extended only
          after  evaluation by management  of  customers'  creditworthiness  and
          other  relevant  factors  on a  case-by-case  basis.  The  Association
          generally  does not lend  more  than 90% of the  appraised  value of a
          property  and  requires  private  mortgage  insurance  on  residential
          mortgages with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80%. In addition, the
          Association  generally  obtains personal  guarantees of repayment from
          borrowers and/or others for construction,  commercial and multi-family
          residential  loans and  disburses  the  proceeds of  construction  and
          similar loans only as work progresses on the related projects.

               Residential lending is generally  considered to involve less risk
          than other  forms of lending,  although  payment  experience  on these
          loans is dependent to some extent on economic and market conditions in
          the  Association's  primary lending area.  Commercial and construction
          loan  repayments  are  generally  dependent on the  operations  of the
          related  properties  or the  financial  condition  of its  borrower or
          guarantor. Accordingly,  repayment of such loans can be susceptible to
          adverse conditions in the real estate market and the regional economy.

               Loans receivable are summarized as follows at June 30:

                                                       1997            1996
                                                   -----------     -----------
Loans secured by first mortgages on real estate:
  Residential                                      $46,532,633     $45,763,895
  FHA insured and VA guaranteed                         23,273          33,258
  Commercial                                         5,806,328       4,447,535
  Construction loans                                   150,000         270,000
                                                   -----------     -----------
Total first mortgage loans                          52,512,234      50,514,688
Home equity lines-of-credit                          3,183,895       3,189,104
Home improvement loans                                  16,358             124
Loans secured by savings deposits                      175,898         137,553
                                                   -----------     -----------
                                                    55,888,385      53,841,469
Less: Undisbursed portion of loans in process        (231,000)        (270,000)
  Unearned loan fees, net                            (198,819)        (202,889)
  Allowance for loan losses                          (270,000)        (125,000)
                                                   -----------     -----------
Loans receivable, net                              $55,188,566     $53,243,580
                                                   ===========     ===========
Average annual yield on loans receivable for the
  years ended June 30                                     7.88%           7.84%
                                                          ====            ====


                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997


Note 4 -- Loans Receivable -- Continued
          ----------------

               The  following is a summary of  nonperforming  loans and troubled
          debt restructuring as of June 30:

                                                      1997          1996
                                                    --------      --------
Nonaccrual loans                                    $176,349      $ 27,359
Troubled debt restructuring                               --            --
                                                    --------      --------
   Total nonperforming loans and troubled debt
      restructuring                                 $176,349      $ 27,359
                                                    ========      ========

               The contractual  amount of interest that would have been recorded
          on the above nonaccrual and troubled debt restructuring  loans at June
          30, 1997 and 1996 was $4,472 and $3,480, respectively. Actual interest
          income recorded on such loans was $14,492 in 1997,  $2,566 in 1996 and
          $17,498 in 1995.

               The  Association,   through  its  normal  asset  review  process,
          classifies certain loans which management believes involve a degree of
          risk  warranting  additional  attention.   These  classifications  are
          special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss. Not included above in
          nonperforming  and restructured  loans was $178,260 and $270,387 which
          was  classified  as  special  mention  at  June  30,  1997  and  1996,
          respectively.

               Changes in the  allowance  for losses on loans are  summarized as
          follows for the years ended June 30:

                                                 1997          1996
                                               --------      --------
          Balance at beginning of year         $125,000      $100,000
          Provision for loan losses             145,000        25,000
          Charge-offs                                --            -- 
                                              ---------      --------
          Balance at end of year               $270,000      $125,000
                                               ========      ========

               Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers,
          provided  that  terms  and  conditions   established  in  the  related
          contracts are met. At June 30, 1997 the Association had commitments to
          originate  first  mortgage loans on real estate and home equity loans,
          exclusive  of  undisbursed   loan  funds,  of  $1,821,100,   of  which
          $1,225,800  carry a fixed rate based on the market rate at the date of
          commitment and $595,300 carry a variable rate of interest.

               The  Association  also had commitments to loan funds under unused
          home-equity lines of credit aggregating approximately $5,464,623. Such
          commitments carry a floating rate of interest.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 4 -- Loans Receivable -- Continued
          ----------------

               Commitments for mortgage loans generally expire within six months
          and such loans and other  commitments  are generally  funded from loan
          principal  repayments,  excess liquidity and savings  deposits.  Since
          certain of the  commitments may expire without being drawn upon or may
          not be  utilized,  the total  commitment  amounts  do not  necessarily
          represent future cash requirements.

               Substantially all of the Association's outstanding commitments at
          June 30, 1997 are for loans which would be secured by real estate with
          appraised   values   in  excess  of  the   commitment   amounts.   The
          Association's  exposure to credit loss under  these  contracts  in the
          event of  non-performance  by the  other  parties,  assuming  that the
          collateral  proves to be of no value, is represented by the commitment
          amounts.

               Loans  serviced  for  others,  which  are  not  included  in  the
          Association's assets, were approximately  $2,338,256 and $1,490,408 at
          June 30,  1997  and  1996,  respectively.  A fee is  charged  for such
          servicing based on the unpaid principal balances.

               In the normal course of business,  loans are made to officers and
          directors of the Association and their related interests.  These loans
          are consistent  with sound banking  practices,  are within  regulatory
          lending  limitations  and do not  involve  more  than  normal  risk of
          collectibility.  Transactions  in these  loans  (omitting  loans which
          aggregate  less than  $60,000  per officer or  director)  for the year
          ended June 30, 1997 are summarized as follows:


                    Balance at June 30, 1996          $391,775
                    New loans                           89,524
                    Repayments                         (57,583)
                                                      --------
                    Balance at June 30, 1997          $423,716
                                                      ========

Note 5 -- Accrued Interest Receivable
          ---------------------------

               Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows at June 30:

                                              1997           1996
                                            --------       --------
          Loans receivable                  $269,162       $272,329
          Mortgage-backed securities           4,360          5,045
          Investment securities               57,688         58,523
          Other                                6,184         13,580
                                            --------       --------
                                            $337,394       $349,477
                                            ========       ========

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 6 -- Property and Equipment
          ----------------------

               Property and equipment are summarized as follows at June 30:

                                                                     Estimated
                                             1997        1996      Useful Lives
                                           --------    --------    ------------

     Buildings and improvements            $357,668    $357,668       23 years
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment      308,110     368,030     3-20 years
     Leasehold improvements                  75,220      73,441     5-10 years
                                           --------    --------
       Total at cost                        740,998     799,139
     Less accumulated depreciation and
       amortization                         537,679     540,094
                                           --------    --------
       Property and equipment, net         $203,319    $259,045
                                           ========    ========

               The provision  for  depreciation  charged to  operations  for the
          years  ended June 30, 1997 and 1996  amounted to $59,693 and  $60,823,
          respectively. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over
          the estimated useful life.

               The Association is obligated under long-term operating leases for
          its branch  offices.  These  leases  expire at various  dates to 2002,
          subject to renewal  options.  The  approximate  future  minimum rental
          payments under these leases at June 30, 1997 are as follows:

                        Due in Year
                       Ended June 30,
                       --------------
                            1998                 $ 37,896
                            1999                   37,896
                            2000                   37,896
                            2001                   37,896
                            2002                   28,390
                     Subsequent to 2002            21,600
                                                 --------
                           Total                 $201,574
                                                 ========

               Rent expense was $37,906 and $37,288 for the years ended June 30,
          1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 7 -- Deposits
          --------

               Time deposits are summarized as follows at June 30:

                                                1997                1996
                                         ------------------  ------------------
                                           Amount       %      Amount       %
                                         -----------  -----  -----------  -----
Contractual maturity of certificate
  accounts from June 30:
    Under 12 months                      $20,255,689   50.3  $25,374,796   59.9
    12 to 24 months                        8,026,606   20.0    6,940,432   16.4
    24 to 36 months                        6,013,397   15.0    3,533,550    8.3
    36 to 48 months                        1,107,957    2.8    5,376,465   12.7
    48 to 60 months                        4,802,948   11.9    1,071,780    2.5
    Over 60 months                            34,933    0.0       70,154    0.2
                                         -----------  -----  -----------  -----
                                         $40,241,530  100.0  $42,367,177  100.0
                                         ===========  =====  ===========  =====
Average annual rate on savings deposits
  for the year ended June 30                           4.94%               5.31%
                                                       ====                ====

               Interest  expense on savings  deposits  consists of the following
          for the years ended June 30:

                                         1997            1996
                                      ----------      ----------
          Certificates                $2,267,188      $2,570,023
          Passbook                       173,461         178,314
          NOW and money market           308,892         316,465
                                      ----------      ----------
                                      $2,749,541      $3,064,802

               As of June 30,  1997  and  1996,  the  Association  had  customer
          deposits in savings  accounts  of  $100,000  or more of  approximately
          $5,680,377 and $5,166,170, respectively.

Note 8 -- Income Taxes
          ------------

               The provision for income taxes  consists of the following for the
          years ended June 30:

                                               1997           1996
                                             --------       --------
               Current:
                  Federal                    $149,745       $ 70,025
                  State                        32,855         16,822
                                             --------       --------
                                              182,600         86,847
                                             --------       --------
               Deferred:
                  Federal                     (78,364)        60,539
                  State                       (17,348)        13,733
                                             --------       --------
                                              (95,712)        74,272
                                             --------       --------
               Provision for income taxes    $ 86,888       $161,119
                                             ========       ========

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 8 -- Income Taxes -- Continued
          ------------

               The net deferred tax asset  (liability) at June 30, 1997 and 1996
          consists  of total  deferred  tax  assets of  $175,506  and  $143,808,
          respectively,  and deferred tax  liabilities of $117,000 and $170,118,
          respectively.  The tax effects of  temporary  differences  between the
          financial  reporting  and income  tax basis of assets and  liabilities
          relate to the following at June 30:

                                                         1997         1996
                                                       --------     --------
          Interest and fees on loans                   $ 51,392     $ 63,437
          Allowance for losses on loans                 104,274       47,288
          Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends        (80,684)     (79,033)
          Deferred compensation                          16,940       19,288
          Unrealized loss on investment securities        2,900       13,795
          Tax bad debt reserve                          (11,897)     (29,263)
          Other                                         (24,419)     (61,822)
                                                       --------     --------
                                                       $ 58,506     $(26,310)
                                                       ========     ========

               No valuation allowance has been provided against the net deferred
          tax  asset at June 30,  1997  because  the  amount  could be  realized
          through a carryback against taxable income of prior years.

               A  reconciliation  between the provision for income taxes and the
          amount  computed by  multiplying  income  before  provision for income
          taxes by the  statutory  Federal  income tax rate of 34% is as follows
          for the years ended June 30:

                                                    1997          1996
                                                  --------      --------
          Tax provision at statutory rate         $ 75,036      $154,780
          State income taxes, net of Federal
             income tax benefit                     10,235        20,166
          Other                                      1,617       (13,827)
                                                  --------      --------
                                                  $ 86,888      $161,119
                                                  ========      ========

               Before 1996, the  Association was able to use the most beneficial
          of either the  percentage of income  method or an  experience  method,
          similar  to that  used  by  commercial  banks,  to  determine  its tax
          deduction  for bad debts  under  Section 593 of the  Internal  Revenue
          Code. Under  provisions of the Small Business  Protection Act of 1996,
          Section 593 was repealed.  The new law also  provided that  cumulative
          bad debt  deductions  taken  after  1987  (the base  year)  were to be
          recaptured as taxable income over a six-year period beginning in 1996.
          It further provided that the first  installment of the recapture could
          be deferred for up to two years if a residential  lending test is met.
          The  Association  did not meet  this test in the year  ended  June 30,
          1997.  There  was no  material  adverse  effect  on the  Association's
          financial position or results of

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 8 -- Income Taxes -- Continued
          ------------

          operations as a result of the new law. The Association  qualifies as a
          small bank  eligible  to use the bank  experience  method for bad debt
          deductions. However, the deductions under this method are not expected
          to be as beneficial for  determining  the current tax provision as the
          method previously allowed.

               Retained   earnings  at  June  30,  1997  include   approximately
          $1,777,000  for  which  no  deferred  income  tax  liability  has been
          recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad-debt
          deductions  for tax purposes  only.  Reduction of amounts so allocated
          for purposes  other than tax bad-debt  losses or  adjustments  arising
          from  carryback of net  operating  losses would create  income for tax
          purposes  only,  which would be subject to the then current  corporate
          income tax rate. The unrecorded  deferred  income tax liability on the
          above amount is approximately $686,000.

Note 9 -- Pension Plan
          ------------

               Substantially  all employees of the Association are  participants
          in  the  Financial  Institutions  Retirement  Fund,  a  multi-employer
          non-contributory  defined  benefit  pension plan.  Pension  expense in
          connection  with the Financial  Institutions  Retirement Fund reflects
          the Association's  required annual  contribution to the Fund.  Pension
          expense  for the years  ended June 30,  1997 and 1996 was  $17,652 and
          $28,410, respectively.

Note 10 -- Accounting Pronouncements With Future Effective Dates
           -----------------------------------------------------

               SFAS  No.  125,   "Accounting  for  Transfers  and  Servicing  of
          Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities"  was issued in
          June 1996. This statement  provides that transfers of financial assets
          be recognized as sales only when certain specified criteria related to
          the  transferor  surrendering  control of the  assets  are met.  These
          criteria are more restrictive than under previous  generally  accepted
          accounting  principles.  The  provisions of this statement will affect
          the  accounting  for certain  transactions  commonly  entered  into by
          community  financial   institutions  such  as  repurchase  agreements,
          bankers   acceptances  and  participation   loans.  The  statement  is
          effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 1996 and is to
          be applied prospectively.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 10 -- Accounting Pronouncements With Future Effective Dates -- Continued
           -----------------------------------------------------

               SFAS  No.  127,  "Deferral  of  the  Effective  Date  of  Certain
          Provisions  of FASB  Statement  No. 125" was issued in December  1996.
          This statement  defers,  for one year, the effective date of Statement
          No. 125 for repurchase agreements, dollar-roll, securities lending and
          similar transactions.

               The effect on the Association's financial position and results of
          operations of implementing Statement No. 125 in 1997 was not material.

               SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" was issued in June
          1997. This statement requires that  comprehensive  income - made up of
          all revenues,  expenses,  gains and losses - be reported and displayed
          in an entity's  financial  statements  with the same prominence as its
          other  financial  statements.  Currently,  the only item that would be
          presented as a component  of the  Association's  comprehensive  income
          which is not also a component  of its net income is the change  during
          the year in unrealized gain or loss on available for sale  securities.
          The statement,  which is effective for years  beginning after December
          15, 1997, will not affect the Association's  financial position or its
          results of operations.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 11 -- Regulatory Matters
           ------------------

               The  Association  is  subject  to  various   regulatory   capital
          requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to
          meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory,  and
          possibly additional discretionary,  actions by the regulators that, if
          undertaken,  could have a direct material effect on the  Association's
          financial  statements.  Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the
          regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action,  the Association
          must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative
          measures  of  the  Association's  assets,  liabilities,   and  certain
          off-balance-sheet  items as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting
          practices.  The Association's  capital amounts and classifications are
          also  subject  to  qualitative   judgments  by  the  regulators  about
          components, risk weightings, and other factors.

               Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital
          adequacy  require  the  Association  to maintain  minimum  amounts and
          ratios (set forth in the table  below) of total and Tier I capital (as
          defined in the regulations) and risk-weighted assets (as defined), and
          of Tier I  capital  (as  defined)  to  average  assets  (as  defined).
          Management  believes,  as of June 30, 1997, that the Association meets
          all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

               As of June 30, 1997, the most recent notification from the Office
          of Thrift Supervision  categorized the Association as well capitalized
          under the regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be
          categorized as well  capitalized the Association must maintain minimum
          total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set
          forth in the  table.  There are no  conditions  or events  since  that
          notification  that management  believes have changed the Associations'
          category. The Association's actual capital amounts and ratios are also
          presented in the table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               To be Well
                                                                                            Capitalized Under
                                                                        For Capital         Prompt Corrective
                                                   Actual            Adequacy Purposes      Action Provisions
                                            --------------------    -------------------    -------------------
                                              Amount      Ratio       Amount      Ratio      Amount      Ratio
                                            ----------    ------    ----------    -----    ----------    -----
<S>                                         <C>           <C>       <C>             <C>    <C>            <C>
As of June 30, 1997:
  Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)   $5,024,419    14.63%    $2,747,520      8%     $3,434,400     10%
  Tier I Capital (to Risk
    Weighted Assets)                         4,754,419    13.84%     1,373,760      4%      2,060,640      6%
  Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)         4,754,419     7.73%     2,461,062      4%      3,076,328      5%
As of June 30, 1996
  Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)    4,745,614    14.33%     2,649,760      8%      3,312,200     10%
  Tier I Capital (to Risk
    Weighted Assets)                         4,620,614    13.95%     1,324,880      4%      1,987,320      6%
  Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)         4,620,614     7.25%     2,548,844      4%      3,186,055      5%
</TABLE>


                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 11 -- Regulatory Matters -- Continued
           ------------------

               The  Association  also  exceeds  the  minimum  capital  standards
          required by the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  its primary regulator,
          as follows:

                                      Actual     Required Minimum    Excess
                                    ----------   ----------------  ----------
          As of June 30, 1997:
             Tangible capital       $4,754,419     $   934,000     $3,820,419
             Core capital            4,754,419       1,867,000      2,887,419
             Risk-based capital      5,024,419       2,748,000      2,276,419

          As of June 30, 1996:
             Tangible capital        4,620,614         958,000      3,662,614
             Core capital            4,620,614       1,916,000      2,704,614
             Risk-based capital      4,745,614       2,650,000      2,095,614

               The Economic  Growth and  Regulatory  Paperwork  Reduction Act of
          1996 was signed into law on September 30, 1996. One major provision of
          the act was that  institutions such as the Bank, with deposits insured
          by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation's  Savings  Association
          Insurance Fund (SAIF), were assessed a one time charge to recapitalize
          the  SAIF.  Subsequent  regulations  established  the  amount  of this
          assessment at .657% of the institution's  insured deposits as of March
          31,  1995.  The  law  also  provided  that  the  assessment  would  be
          deductible for tax purposes in the year it was paid. The Bank paid its
          one-time  assessment in the amount of $382,726 in November 1996. It is
          anticipated that future deposit  insurance  premiums will be less than
          those paid in the past because of the one-time  assessment  making the
          SAIF solvent.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                       WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  JUNE 30, 1997

Note 11 -- Regulatory Matters -- Continued
           ------------------

               The act  also  allows  for a  merger  of the  SAIF  with the Bank
          Insurance Fund as of January 1, 1999 if no savings  institutions exist
          at that time.  Consequently,  the Bank may be  required  to change its
          charter to a national bank or state chartered bank before that date.

Note 12 -- Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
           -----------------------------------------------------

               The following  methods and assumptions  were used to estimate the
          fair  value of each  class of  financial  instruments  for which it is
          practicable to estimate that value:

               Cash and  Cash  Equivalents  -- For  cash,  non-interest  bearing
               deposits,  variable rate interest-bearing deposits in other banks
               and  federal  funds sold,  the  carrying  amount is a  reasonable
               estimate of fair value.

               Securities -- For  marketable  securities  available for sale and
               mortgage-backed  securities,  fair  values  are  based on  quoted
               market prices or dealer quotes.

               Loans  Receivable -- For fixed rate residential  mortgages,  fair
               value is based on  computed  present  value of cash  flows  using
               weighted  average term to maturity  and weighted  average rate of
               the  Association's   portfolio.  For  variable  rate  loans,  the
               carrying amount is considered a reliable estimate of fair value.

               Ground  Rents -- The fair value of ground  rents is  estimated by
               management  based  on  anticipated  realization  in  the  current
               market.

               Federal Home Loan Bank Stock -- Because of the limited  nature of
               the  market  for  this  instrument,  the  carrying  amount  is  a
               reasonable estimate of fair value.

               Deposit Liabilities -- The fair value of demand deposits, savings
               accounts and advance  payments by borrowers for taxes,  insurance
               and ground rents is the amount payable on demand at the reporting
               date.  The  fair  value  for  certificate  accounts,  is based on
               computed  present  value of cash flows using the rates  currently
               offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

               Commitments -- For  commitments  to originate  loans and purchase
               loans and  mortgage-backed  securities,  fair value considers the
               differences   between   current  levels  of  interest  rates  and
               committed rates if any.

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 12 -- Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments -- Continued
           -----------------------------------------------------

               The  estimated  fair  values  of  the   Association's   financial
          instruments as of June 30 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997                          1996            
                                       --------------------------    --------------------------
                                         Carrying                      Carrying                
                                          Amount       Fair Value       Amount       Fair Value
                                       -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Financial Assets                       
  Cash and cash equivalents            $ 2,377,092    $ 2,377,092    $ 5,801,246    $ 5,801,246
  Investments securities available
    for sale                             2,992,500      2,992,500      2,964,375      2,964,375
  Mortgage-backed securities               356,187        360,666        424,009        428,502
  Loans receivable                      55,458,566                    53,368,580
    Less: allowance for loan losses        270,000                       125,000
                                       -----------                   -----------
                                        55,188,566     56,052,888     53,243,580     53,886,140
  Ground rents                             129,108         77,465        130,129         78,077
  Federal Home Loan Bank stock             509,900        509,900        509,900        509,900

Financial Liabilities
  Savings deposits                      56,095,332     56,485,590     57,870,624      58,426,486
  Advance payments by borrowers
    for taxes, insurance and ground
    rents                                1,240,877      1,240,877      1,206,553       1,206,553

Loan commitments                         7,285,723      7,285,723      6,792,764       6,792,764
</TABLE>

Note 13 -- Plan of Conversion
           ------------------

               On June 18,  1997,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a plan of
          conversion  which provides for (i) the  conversion of the  Association
          from a federally  chartered  mutual savings and loan  association to a
          federally chartered stock savings and loan association, the "Converted
          Association,"  and (ii) the concurrent  formation of a holding company
          for the Converted Association, the "Holding Company."

               The  Association's  plan of  conversion  provides  for an initial
          issuance of shares of capital stock to be offered to eligible members,
          employees  and  officers  of the  Association  at a price  based on an
          appraisal by an independent  appraisal  firm. Any shares not purchased
          by eligible  members may be sold at the discretion of the  Association
          to the public.

               Costs, including underwriting  discounts, if any, to complete the
          conversion  are expected to be deferred and deducted from the proceeds
          from the sale of capital stock.  If the conversion does not take place
          all  costs  incurred  will  be  charged  to  expense.  Deferred  costs
          aggregated $32,720 at June 30, 1997.

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                      WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN
                           ASSOCIATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                             Lutherville, Maryland

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1997

Note 13 -- Plan of Conversion - Continued
           ------------------

               For the purpose of granting eligible members of the Association a
          priority in the event of future liquidation,  the Association will, at
          the time of conversion,  establish a liquidation  account equal to its
          retained income as of the date of the latest consolidated statement of
          financial condition used in the final conversion offering circular. In
          the event of future  liquidation of the Association  (and only in such
          an  event),  an  eligible  deposit  account  holder who  continues  to
          maintain  his deposit  account  shall be entitled to receive a prorata
          distribution  from the  liquidation  account,  based on such  holder's
          proportionate  amount  of the  total  current  adjusted  balances  for
          deposit accounts then held by all eligible account holders, before any
          liquidation  distribution  may be made with respect to capital  stock.
          After the conversion, no dividends may be paid to stockholders if such
          dividends  reduce retained income of the Association  below the amount
          required for the liquidation account.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>


         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representations  in connection  with this offering other than those contained in
this   Prospectus   and,  if  given  or  made,   such  other   information   and
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Holding
Company.  Neither the delivery of this  Prospectus  nor any sale made  hereunder
shall,  under any  circumstances,  create any implication that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Holding  Company  since the date hereof or that the
information  contained  herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an
offer to buy any  securities  other than the  registered  securities to which it
relates.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation
of a offer to buy such securities in any circumstances or jurisdictions in which
such offer or solicitation is unlawful.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Prospectus Summary...................................
Selected Consolidated Financial Information..........
Risk Factors.........................................
Use of Proceeds......................................
Dividends............................................
Market for Common Stock..............................
Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.......................
Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association........
Pro Forma Data.......................................
Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Analysis................
Capitalization.......................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......
Business.............................................
Regulation...........................................
Management...........................................
The Conversion.......................................
Restrictions on Acquisitions of Stock and
 Related Takeover Defensive Provisions...............
Description of Capital Stock.........................
Legal Matters........................................
Experts..............................................
Additional Information...............................
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...........



     Until the later of  ________,  1997 or 25 days  after  commencement  of the
Offering  all  dealers  effecting  transactions  in the  registered  securities,
whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required to deliver a
prospectus.  This is in  addition  to the  obligation  of  dealers  to deliver a
prospectus  when  acting  as  underwriters  and with  respect  to  their  unsold
allotments or subscriptions.



                                   [ ] Shares


                                     [LOGO]


                                   WYMAN PARK
                              BANCORPORATION, INC.


                          (Proposed Holding Company for
                           Wyman Park Federal Savings
                               & Loan Association)


                                  Common Stock


                                   Prospectus


                            Trident Securities, Inc.


                                __________, 1997


<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers
- ---------------------------------------------------

         Article Eleventh of the Holding Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
provides for  indemnification  of directors and officers of the Holding  Company
against any and all liabilities,  judgments,  fines and reasonable  settlements,
costs,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees  incurred in any actual,  threatened  or
potential proceeding,  except to the extent that such indemnification is limited
by  Delaware  law and such law cannot be varied by  contract  or bylaw.  Article
Eleventh  also  provides for the  authority to purchase  insurance  with respect
thereto.

         Section  145 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware
authorizes a  corporation's  Board of Directors to grant indemnity under certain
circumstances  to directors and  officers,  when made, or threatened to be made,
parties to certain  proceedings  by reason of such status with the  corporation,
against judgments,  fines, settlements and expenses,  including attorneys' fees.
In addition, under certain circumstances such persons may be indemnified against
expenses  actually and  reasonably  incurred in defense of a proceeding by or on
behalf  of  the  corporation.   Similarly,   the   corporation,   under  certain
circumstances,  is  authorized  to  indemnify  directors  and  officers of other
corporations  or  enterprises  who are  serving  as such at the  request  of the
corporation,  when such persons are made, or  threatened to be made,  parties to
certain  proceedings  by  reason  of  such  status,  against  judgments,  fines,
settlements  and  expenses,   including   attorneys'  fees;  and  under  certain
circumstances,  such persons may be indemnified  against  expenses  actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a proceeding
by or in the right of such other corporation or enterprise.  Indemnification  is
permitted

Item 25.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
- -----------------------------------------------------

         Set forth  below is an  estimate  of the  amount  of fees and  expenses
(other than underwriting discounts and commissions) to be incurred in connection
with the issuance of the shares.

Counsel fees and expenses ...................................           $ 75,000
Accounting fees and expenses ................................             30,000
Appraisal and business plan  preparation
  fees and expenses .........................................             24,000
Conversion Agent fees and expenses ..........................              8,000
Underwriting fees(1) (including financial
   advisory fee and expenses) ...............................            125,911
Underwriter's counsel fees and expenses .....................             40,000
Printing, postage and mailing ...............................             50,000
Registration and Filing Fees ................................             25,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses ..................................              6,000
Stock Transfer Agent and Certificates .......................              7,500
Other expenses(1) ...........................................             36,460
                                                                        --------
     TOTAL ..................................................           $427,871
                                                                        ========
- -------------

(1)  Based on maximum of Estimated Valuation Range.


<PAGE>



where such person (i) was acting in good  faith;  (ii) was acting in a manner he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
corporation  or other  corporation  or enterprise,  as  appropriate;  (iii) with
respect to a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful; and (iv) was not adjudged to be liable to the corporation or other
corporation  or enterprise  (unless the court where the  proceeding  was brought
determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity).

         Unless ordered by a court, indemnification may be made only following a
determination that such  indemnification is permissible because the person being
indemnified has met the requisite standard of conduct. Such determination may be
made (i) by the Board of Directors of the Holding  Company by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to such proceeding;  or
(ii) if such a quorum  cannot be  obtained  or the  quorum so  directs,  then by
independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iii) by the stockholders.

         Section 145 also permits expenses incurred by directors and officers in
defending a  proceeding  to be paid by the  corporation  in advance of the final
disposition  of such  proceedings  upon the  receipt  of an  undertaking  by the
director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately  determined that he
is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.

Item 26.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
- -------------------------------------------------

         The Registrant is newly incorporated,  solely for the purpose of acting
as the holding  company of the Wyman Park  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association,
pursuant to the Plan of Conversion (filed as Exhibit 2 herein),  and no sales of
its securities have occurred to date.


<PAGE>



Item 27.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
- ----------------------------------------------------
(a) Exhibits:

1.1  Letter Agreement regarding management, marketing and consulting services*

1.2  Form of Agency Agreement*

2    Plan of Conversion

3.1  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Holding  Company

3.2  Bylaws of the Holding Company

3.3  Charter of Association in stock form

3.4  Bylaws of  Association  in stock  form 4 Form of Stock  Certificate  of the
     Holding Company

5    Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  with  Respect to  Legality of
     Stock

8.1  Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P. with respect to Federal income
     tax consequences of the Stock Conversion

8.2  Opinion of Wooden & Benson  Chartered  with respect to Maryland  income tax
     consequences of the Stock Conversion

10.1 Letter Agreement regarding Appraisal Services and Business Plan 
     Preparation*

10.2 Employee Stock Ownership Plan

10.3 Directors Retirement Plan*

22   Subsidiaries

24.1 Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.

24.2 Consent of Wooden & Benson Chartered

24.3 Consent of Ferguson & Company

25   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

99.1 Appraisal

99.2 Proxy  Statement  and form of proxy to be  furnished  to the  Association's
     account holders

99.3 Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions*

99.4 Certification

99.5 Question and Answer Brochure*

99.6 Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials*

99.7 Letter of Appraiser with respect to Subscription Rights*


- -----------

*  To be filed  supplementally or by amendment.



<PAGE>



Item 28.  Undertakings
- ----------------------

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

          (i)   To include any  Prospectus required  by Section  10(a)(3) of the
                Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii)  To reflect in the Prospectus  any facts or events  arising after
                the  effective date of the  Registration  Statement (or the most
                recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,  individually or
                in  the  aggregate,  represent  a  fundamental   change  in  the
                information set forth in the Registration Statement; and

          (iii) To include any material information  with respect to the plan of
                distribution  not  previously   disclosed  in  the  Registration
                Statement or any  material  change  to such  information  in the
                Registration Statement.

         (2) That,  for the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,   or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and it will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

         (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
this  Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of  prospectus  filed by the  Registrant  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this  Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.



<PAGE>



         (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new  Registration  Statement  relating to the securities
offered  therein,  and the  offering  of such  securities  at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  of filing on Form SB-2 and  authorized  this  Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  in the  City  of
Lutherville, State of Maryland, on September 22, 1997.


                                            WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.



                                          By:  /s/ Ernest A. Moretti
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Ernest A. Moretti, President and
                                               Chief Executive Officer
                                               (Duly Authorized Representative)


         KNOW  ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature
appears  below  constitutes  and appoints  Ernest A. Moretti his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact   and   agents,   with   full   power  of   substitution   and
re-substitution,  for him  and in his  name,  place  and  stead,  in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and all  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission,  granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and  authority  to do and  perform  each and every act and thing  requisite  and
necessary to be done,  as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person,  hereby  ratifying and confirming all said  attorneys-in-fact  and
agents or their substitutes or substitute may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.



<PAGE>




/s/ Ernest A. Moretti                             /s/ Ronald W. Robinson
- -------------------------------------             ------------------------------
Ernest A. Moretti, Director,                      Ronald W. Robinson,
President and Chief Executive Officer             Chief Financial Officer
(Chief Operating Officer)                         (Principal Financial Officer)





/s/ Allan B. Heaver                               /s/ H. Douglas Huether
- --------------------------------------            ------------------------------
Allan B. Heaver, Chairman of the Board            H. Dougals Huether, Director




/s/ John K. White                                 /s/ John R. Beever
- --------------------------------------            ------------------------------
John T. White, Director                           John R. Beever, Director




/s/ Albert M. Copp                                /s/ Gilbert D. Marsiglia, Sr.
- --------------------------------------            ------------------------------
Albert M. Copp, Director                          Gilbert D. Marsiglia, Director




/s/ Jay H. Salkin                                 /s/ G. Scott Barhight
- --------------------------------------            ------------------------------
Jay H. Salkin, Director                           G. Scott Barhight, Director




<PAGE>



   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 22, 1997
                                                   Registration No. 333-________

================================================================================






                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549



                                   ----------


                                    EXHIBITS

                                       TO

                                    FORM SB-2

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



                                   ----------





                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.
                              11 West Ridgely Road
                           Lutherville, Maryland 21094




================================================================================

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX




Exhibits:
- ---------

1.1  Letter Agreement regarding management, marketing and consulting services*

1.2  Form of Agency Agreement*

2    Plan of Conversion

3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Holding Company

3.2  Bylaws of the Holding Company

3.3  Charter of Association in stock form

3.4  Bylaws of Association in stock form

4    Form of Stock Certificate of the Holding Company

5    Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.  with  Respect to  Legality of
     Stock

8.1  Opinion of Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P. with respect to Federal income
     tax consequences of the Stock Conversion

8.2  Opinion of Wooden & Benson  Chartered  with respect to Maryland  income tax
     consequences of the Stock Conversion

10.1 Employment Agreement with Ernest A. Moretti

10.2 Letter   Agreement   regarding   Appraisal   Services  and  Business   Plan
     Preparation*

10.3 Employee Stock Ownership Plan

22   Subsidiaries

24.1 Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.

24.2 Consent of Wooden & Benson Chartered

24.3 Consent of Ferguson & Company

25   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

99.1 Appraisal*

99.2 Proxy  Statement  and form of proxy to be  furnished  to the  Association's
     account holders

99.3 Stock Order Form and Order Form Instructions*

99.4 Certification

99.5 Question and Answer Brochure*

99.6 Advertising, Training and Community Informational Meeting Materials*

99.7 Letter of Appraiser with respect to Subscription Rights*


- ------------
*  To be filed  supplementally or by amendment.







                                    EXHIBIT 2

                               PLAN OF CONVERSION



<PAGE>



                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                              Lutherville, Maryland

                               PLAN OF CONVERSION

                    From Mutual to Stock Form of Organization


   I.    GENERAL

         On June 18, 1997, the Board of Directors of Wyman Park Federal  Savings
& Loan Association (the "Association")  adopted a Plan of Conversion whereby the
Association would convert from a federal mutual savings institution to a federal
stock savings institution  pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the OTS. The
Plan includes, as part of the conversion,  the concurrent formation of a holding
company.  The new  holding  company is proposed  to be  chartered  as a Delaware
corporation   under  the  name  to  be   selected.   The  Plan   provides   that
non-transferable  subscription  rights to purchase  Holding  Company  Conversion
Stock  will be offered  first to  Eligible  Account  Holders of record as of the
Eligibility Record Date, then to the Association's Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,
then to Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders of record as of the Supplemental
Eligibility Record Date, then to Other Members, and then to directors,  officers
and  employees.  Concurrently  with, at any time during,  or promptly  after the
Subscription  Offering,  and on a  lowest  priority  basis,  an  opportunity  to
subscribe  may also be  offered  to the  general  public  in a Direct  Community
Offering.  The price of the Holding Company  Conversion Stock will be based upon
an independent  appraisal of the  Association and will reflect its estimated pro
forma market value, as converted.  It is the desire of the Board of Directors of
the  Association to attract new capital to the  Association in order to increase
its  capital,  support  future  savings  growth and increase the amount of funds
available for residential and other mortgage lending. The Converted  Association
is also expected to benefit from its  management  and other  personnel  having a
stock ownership in its business, since stock ownership is viewed as an effective
performance  incentive and a means of  attracting,  retaining  and  compensating
management and other personnel. No change will be made in the Board of Directors
or management as a result of the Conversion.

  II.    DEFINITIONS

         Acting in Concert:  The term  "acting in  concert"  shall have the same
meaning given it in ss.574.2(c) of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

         Actual Subscription Price: The price per share,  determined as provided
in Section V of the Plan, at which Holding Company Conversion Stock will be sold
in the Subscription Offering.

         Affiliate:  An  "affiliate"  of,  or  a  Person  "affiliated"  with,  a
specified Person, is a Person that directly,  or indirectly  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls,  or is controlled by or is under common control with,
the Person specified.

         Associate:  The term "associate,"  when used to indicate a relationship
with  any  Person,  means  (i)  any  corporation or organization (other than the
Holding Company, the Association or

                                        1

<PAGE>



a  majority-owned  subsidiary of the Holding Company) of which such Person is an
officer or partner or is,  directly or indirectly,  the beneficial  owner of ten
percent  or more of any  class of  equity  securities,  (ii) any  trust or other
estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which
such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity,  and (iii) any
relative or spouse of such Person,  or any relative of such spouse,  who has the
same home as such Person or who is a director or officer of the Holding  Company
or the Association or any subsidiary of the Holding Company; provided,  however,
that any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-  Qualified  Employee Plan shall not be deemed
to be an  associate  of any  director or officer of the  Holding  Company or the
Association, to the extent provided in Section V hereof.

         Association:  Wyman  Park  Federal  Savings & Loan Association, or such
other name as the institution may adopt.

         Conversion:  Change of the Association's  charter and bylaws to federal
stock  charter  and  bylaws;  sale by the  Holding  Company of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock;  and  issuance  and  sale  by the  Converted  Association  of
Converted  Association Common Stock to the Holding Company,  all as provided for
in the Plan.

         Converted   Association:  The   federally   chartered   stock   savings
institution resulting from the  Conversion of the Association in accordance with
the Plan.

         Deposit Account:  Any  withdrawable or repurchasable account or deposit
in the Association.

         Direct  Community  Offering:  The offering to the general public of any
unsubscribed shares which may be effected as provided in Section V hereof.

         Eligibility Record Date:  The close of business on March 31, 1996.

         Eligible  Account  Holder:  Any  Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in
the Association on the Eligibility Record Date.

         Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         Holding  Company:  A  Delaware  corporation,  the name of which will be
determined,  which  upon  completion  of  the  Conversion  will  own  all of the
outstanding common stock of the Converted Association.

         Holding Company  Conversion  Stock:  Shares of common stock,  par value
$.01 per share,  to be issued and sold by the  Holding  Company as a part of the
Conversion;  provided,  however,  that for purposes of calculating  Subscription
Rights and maximum purchase limitations under the Plan, references to the number
of shares of  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  shall  refer to the number of
shares offered in the Subscription Offering.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         Market  Maker:  A dealer  (i.e.,  any Person who  engages  directly  or
indirectly  as agent,  broker or principal in the business of offering,  buying,
selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person)
who, with respect to a particular  security,  (i) regularly publishes bona fide,
competitive  bid and offer  quotations  in a recognized  inter-dealer  quotation
system;  or (ii) furnishes  bona fide  competitive  bid and offer  quotations on
request;  and  (iii) is  ready,  willing,  and able to  effect  transactions  in
reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

         Maximum  Subscription  Price:  The  price  per share of Holding Company
Conversion  Stock  to  be  paid  initially  by  subscribers  in the Subscription
Offering.

         Member:  Any  Person  or  entity  that  qualifies  as  a  member of the
Association pursuant to its charter and bylaws.

         Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan:  Any defined  benefit plan or defined
contribution plan of the Association or the Holding Company, such as an employee
stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which
with its related trust does not meet the  requirements  to be "qualified"  under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         OTS:  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the Treasury.

         Officer:  An  executive  officer  of  the   Holding   Company   or  the
Association,  including  the  Chairman  of  the Board, President, Executive Vice
Presidents,  Senior  Vice  Presidents in charge of principal business functions,
Secretary and Treasurer.

         Order Forms:  Forms to be used in the Subscription Offering to exercise
Subscription Rights.

         Other Members:  Members of the Association, other than Eligible Account
Holders, Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
as of the Voting Record Date.

         Person:  An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint-stock company,  a trust,  any unincorporated organization, or a government
or political subdivision thereof.

         Plan:  This  Plan  of  Conversion  of  the  Association,  including any
amendment approved as provided in this Plan.

         Qualifying Deposit: The aggregate balance of each Deposit Account of an
Eligible  Account  Holder as of the Eligibility Record Date or of a Supplemental
Eligible Account Holder as of the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         SAIF:  Savings Association Insurance Fund.

         SEC:  Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         Special Meeting:  The Special Meeting of Members called for the purpose
of considering and voting upon the Plan of Conversion.

         Subscription  Offering:  The  offering  of  shares  of  Holding Company
Conversion  Stock  for  subscription  and  purchase pursuant to Section V of the
Plan.

         Subscription Rights:  Non-transferable, non-negotiable, personal rights
of the  Association's  Eligible  Account  Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,  Other Members,  and directors,  Officers
and employees to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the
Subscription Offering.

         Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date:  The  last day of the calendar
quarter preceding approval of the Plan by the OTS.

         Supplemental  Eligible Account Holder:  Any person holding a Qualifying
Deposit  in the  Association  (other  than an  officer  or  director  and  their
associates) on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

         Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans:  Any  defined  benefit  plan or defined
contribution plan of the Association or the Holding Company, such as an employee
stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which
with its related trust meets the  requirements  to be "qualified"  under Section
401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         Voting Record Date:   The  date  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in
accordance with federal regulations for determining  Members eligible to vote at
the Special Meeting.

 III.    STEPS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF PLAN OF CONVERSION TO THE MEMBERS FOR
         APPROVAL

         Prior  to  submission  of the Plan of  Conversion  to its  Members  for
approval,  the Association must receive from the OTS approval of the Application
for Approval of Conversion to convert to the federal stock form of organization.
The following steps must be taken prior to such regulatory approval:

                  A. The  Board of  Directors  shall  adopt the Plan by not less
         than a two-thirds vote.

                  B. The Association shall notify its Members of the adoption of
         the Plan by  publishing  a statement  in a  newspaper  having a general
         circulation  in each  community in which the  Association  maintains an
         office.

                  C. Copies of the Plan adopted by the Board of Directors  shall
         be made available for inspection at each office of the Association.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  D. The  Association  will promptly  cause an  Application  for
         Approval of  Conversion  on Form AC to be  prepared  and filed with the
         OTS, an  Application  on Form H-(e)1 (or other  applicable  form) to be
         prepared  and filed with the OTS and a  Registration  Statement on Form
         S-1 to be prepared and filed with the SEC.

                  E.  Upon  receipt  of  notice  from  the  OTS  to do  so,  the
         Association  shall notify its Members that it has filed the Application
         for Approval of Conversion by posting notice in each of its offices and
         by publishing notice in a newspaper having general  circulation in each
         community in which the Association maintains an office.

  IV.    CONVERSION PROCEDURE

         Following  approval  of the  application  by the OTS,  the Plan will be
submitted  to a vote of the  Members  at the  Special  Meeting.  If the  Plan is
approved by Members  holding a majority of the total number of votes entitled to
be cast at the Special  Meeting,  the Association  will take all other necessary
steps pursuant to applicable  laws and regulations to convert to a federal stock
savings  institution as part of a concurrent  holding company formation pursuant
to the terms of the Plan.

         The Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be offered for sale in the
Subscription  Offering at the  Maximum  Subscription  Price to Eligible  Account
Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders,
Other Members and directors, Officers and employees of the Association, prior to
or within 45 days after the date of the Special  Meeting.  The Association  may,
either concurrently with, at any time during, or promptly after the Subscription
Offering,  also  offer  the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  to and  accept
subscriptions from other Persons in a Direct Community  Offering;  provided that
the  Association's  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, Other Members and directors, Officers and
employees  shall have the  priority  rights to  subscribe  for  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock set forth in  Section V of this  Plan.  However,  the  Holding
Company and the  Association  may delay  commencing  the  Subscription  Offering
beyond such 45 day period in the event there exist  unforeseen  material adverse
market or financial conditions.  If the Subscription Offering commences prior to
the Special Meeting,  subscriptions  will be accepted subject to the approval of
the Plan at the Special Meeting.

         The period for the Subscription  Offering and Direct Community Offering
will be not less  than 20 days  nor more  than 45 days  unless  extended  by the
Association.   In  connection  with  such  extensions,   subscribers  and  other
purchasers   will  be  permitted  to   increase,   decrease  or  rescind   their
subscriptions  or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS in approving
the  extensions.  Completion  of the  sale  of all  shares  of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock is  required  within 24 months  after the date of the  Special
Meeting.


                                        5

<PAGE>



   V.    STOCK OFFERING

         A.  Total  Number  of  Shares  and  Purchase  Price  of Holding Company
         Conversion Stock

         The total number of shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock to be
issued and sold in the  Conversion  will be determined  jointly by the Boards of
Directors of the Holding Company and the Association  prior to the  commencement
of the Subscription Offering, subject to adjustment if necessitated by market or
financial  conditions prior to consummation of the Conversion.  The total number
of shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock shall also be subject to increase
in connection with any  oversubscriptions in the Subscription Offering or Direct
Community Offering.

         The aggregate price for which all shares of Holding Company  Conversion
Stock will be sold will be based on an  independent  appraisal of the  estimated
total  pro  forma  market  value  of  the  Holding  Company  and  the  Converted
Association. Such appraisal shall be performed in accordance with OTS guidelines
and will be updated as appropriate under or required by applicable regulations.

         The  appraisal  will be made by an  independent  investment  banking or
financial  consulting  firm  experienced  in  the  area  of  thrift  institution
appraisals.  The appraisal will include,  among other things, an analysis of the
historical  and pro  forma  operating  results  and net  worth of the  Converted
Association and a comparison of the Holding Company,  the Converted  Association
and the Holding Company Conversion Stock with comparable thrift institutions and
holding companies and their respective outstanding capital stocks.

         Based upon the  independent  appraisal,  the Boards of Directors of the
Holding  Company and the Association  will jointly fix the Maximum  Subscription
Price.

         The  Actual  Subscription  Price  for  each  share of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock  will  be  determined  by  dividing  the  estimated  appraised
aggregate  pro forma  market  value of the  Holding  Company  and the  Converted
Association,  based on the  independent  appraisal as updated upon completion of
the Subscription Offering or other sale of all of the Holding Company Conversion
Stock, by the total number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock to be
issued and sold by the Holding Company upon Conversion. Such appraisal will then
be expressed in terms of a specific  aggregate  dollar  amount  rather than as a
range.

         B.  Subscription Rights

         Non-transferable  Subscription Rights to purchase shares will be issued
without payment  therefor to Eligible Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee
Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders,  Other Members and  directors,
Officers and employees of the Association as set forth below.


                                        6

<PAGE>



                  1.  Preference Category No. 1:  Eligible Account Holders

                  Each Eligible  Account  Holder shall receive  non-transferable
         Subscription   Rights  to  subscribe  for  shares  of  Holding  Company
         Conversion  Stock  in an  amount  equal  to the  greater  of  $100,000,
         one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total offering of shares,  or 15
         times the product  (rounded down to the next whole number)  obtained by
         multiplying  the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by
         a  fraction  of which the  numerator  is the  amount of the  qualifying
         deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total
         amount of qualifying  deposits of all Eligible  Account  Holders in the
         converting  Association in each case on the Eligibility Record Date. If
         sufficient shares are not available, shares shall be allocated first to
         permit  each  subscribing  Eligible  Account  Holder to purchase to the
         extent  possible  100 shares,  and  thereafter  among each  subscribing
         Eligible  Account  Holder  pro  rata in the  same  proportion  that his
         Qualifying  Deposit  bears  to the  total  Qualifying  Deposits  of all
         subscribing   Eligible  Account  Holders  whose  subscriptions   remain
         unsatisfied.

                  Non-transferable   Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  Holding
         Company  Conversion  Stock  received by  directors  and Officers of the
         Association and their Associates,  based on their increased deposits in
         the Association in the one year period preceding the Eligibility Record
         Date,  shall be subordinated to all other  subscriptions  involving the
         exercise of  non-transferable  Subscription  Rights of Eligible Account
         Holders.

                  2.  Preference Category No. 2:  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

                  Each Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan shall be entitled to receive
         non-transferable  Subscription  Rights  to  purchase  up to  10% of the
         shares of Holding Company Conversion Stock,  provided that singly or in
         the  aggregate  such plans (other than that portion of such plans which
         is self-directed) shall not purchase more than 10% of the shares of the
         Holding Company Conversion Stock. Subscription Rights received pursuant
         to this  Category  shall be  subordinated  to all  rights  received  by
         Eligible Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to Category No. 1;
         provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any other provision of this
         Plan to the contrary,  the  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans shall have a
         first priority  Subscription  Right to the extent that the total number
         of shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock sold in the Conversion
         exceeds  the  maximum  of  the  appraisal  range  as set  forth  in the
         subscription prospectus.

                  3.  Preference Category  No. 3:  Supplemental Eligible Account
                  Holders

                  Each  Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holder  shall  receive
         non-transferable Subscription Rights to subscribe for shares of Holding
         Company Conversion Stock in an amount equal to the greater of $100,000,
         one-tenth of one percent (.10%) of the total offering of shares,  or 15
         times the product  (rounded down to the next whole number)  obtained by
         multiplying  the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by
         a  fraction  of which the  numerator  is the  amount of the  qualifying
         deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator
         is the total amount of qualifying deposits of

                                        7

<PAGE>



         all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the converting Association
         in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

                  Subscription  Rights received  pursuant to this category shall
         be subordinated to all Subscription Rights received by Eligible Account
         Holders and  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans pursuant to Category Nos. 1
         and 2 above.

                  Any  non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to purchase shares
         received by an Eligible  Account Holder in accordance with Category No.
         1 shall  reduce to the extent  thereof  the  Subscription  Rights to be
         distributed to such person pursuant to this Category.

                  In the  event of an  oversubscription  for  shares  under  the
         provisions  of  this  subparagraph,   the  shares  available  shall  be
         allocated  first  to  permit  each  subscribing  Supplemental  Eligible
         Account Holder to the extent  possible,  to purchase a number of shares
         sufficient  to make his  total  allocation  (including  the  number  of
         shares,  if any,  allocated in accordance with Category No. 1) equal to
         100 shares, and thereafter among each subscribing Supplemental Eligible
         Account  Holder  pro rata in the same  proportion  that his  Qualifying
         Deposit  bears to the  total  Qualifying  Deposits  of all  subscribing
         Supplemental   Eligible  Account  Holders  whose  subscriptions  remain
         unsatisfied.

                  4.  Preference Category No. 4:  Other Members

                  Each Other Member shall receive non-transferable  Subscription
         Rights to  subscribe  for shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock
         remaining  after  satisfying  the  subscriptions   provided  for  under
         Category Nos. 1 through 3 above, subject to the following conditions:

                           a. Each Other  Member  shall be entitled to subscribe
                  for an amount of shares  equal to the  greater of  $100,000 or
                  one-tenth  of one  percent  (.10%)  of the total  offering  of
                  shares of common stock in the  Conversion,  to the extent that
                  Holding Company Conversion Stock is available.

                           b. In the  event of an  oversubscription  for  shares
                  under  the  provisions  of  this   subparagraph,   the  shares
                  available  shall be  allocated  among  the  subscribing  Other
                  Members  pro rata in the same  proportion  that his  number of
                  votes on the Voting  Record Date bears to the total  number of
                  votes  on the  Voting  Record  Date of all  subscribing  Other
                  Members on such date. Such number of votes shall be determined
                  based on the Association's mutual charter and bylaws in effect
                  on the date of approval by members of this Plan of Conversion.

                  5.  Preference  Category  No.  5:    Directors,  Officers  and
                  Employees

                  Each director,  Officer and employee of the  Association as of
         the date of the  commencement  of the  Subscription  Offering  shall be
         entitled to receive  non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to purchase
         shares of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to the

                                        8

<PAGE>



         extent that shares are available after satisfying  subscriptions  under
         Category  Nos.  1 through 4 above.  The shares  which may be  purchased
         under this Category are subject to the following conditions:

                           a. The total  number of shares which may be purchased
                  under this Category may not exceed 24% of the number of shares
                  of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

                           b.  The  maximum   amount  of  shares  which  may  be
                  purchased  under this  Category  by any Person is  $100,000 of
                  Holding  Company   Conversion   Stock.  In  the  event  of  an
                  oversubscription  for  shares  under  the  provisions  of this
                  subparagraph, the shares available shall be allocated pro rata
                  among all subscribers in this Category.

         C.  Direct Community Offering

                  Any shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock not subscribed
         for in the  Subscription  Offering  may be offered for sale in a Direct
         Community  Offering.  This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed
         shares  directly  to the  general  public  with a  preference  to those
         natural persons  residing in any county in which the Association has an
         office. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall be for a period of
         not less  than 20 days nor more  than 45 days  unless  extended  by the
         Holding Company and the  Association,  and shall commence  concurrently
         with, during or promptly after the Subscription  Offering. The purchase
         price per share to the general  public in a Direct  Community  Offering
         shall be the same as the Actual Subscription Price. The Holding Company
         Conversion  Stock  will be  offered  and sold in the  Direct  Community
         Offering,  in  accordance  with OTS  regulations,  so as to achieve the
         widest  distribution  of the Holding Company  Conversion  Stock. In the
         event that the number of shares  subscribed for under this Section V.C.
         exceeds  the number of  available  shares,  will be  allocated  (to the
         extent  shares  remain  available)  first to cover  orders  of  natural
         persons  residing in any county in which the Association has an office,
         then to cover the orders of any other person  subscribing for shares in
         the  Community  Offering  so that each such  person may  receive  1,000
         shares,  and  thereafter,  on a pro rata basis to such persons based on
         the amount of their respective subscriptions.

                  Securities  dealers  may  also be  used  to sell  unsubscribed
         shares. Commissions, fees and expenses of securities dealers in selling
         unsubscribed  shares shall be paid by the Association.  The Association
         may pay a reasonable  consulting  fee to investment  banking firms that
         provided  assistance and advice in connection with the Direct Community
         Offering.

                  The  Association  and  the  Holding  Company,  in  their  sole
         discretion,  may reject  subscriptions,  in whole or in part,  received
         from any Person under this Section V.C.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                  If purchasers cannot be found for an insignificant  residue of
         unsubscribed   shares  from  the   general   public,   other   purchase
         arrangements will be made by the Board of Directors of the Association,
         if possible.  Such other purchase  arrangements  will be subject to the
         approval  of the  OTS and  may  provide  for  purchases  by  directors,
         officers,   their  Associates  and  other  persons  in  excess  of  the
         limitations  provided  in  this  Section  V.  If  such  other  purchase
         arrangements cannot be made, the Plan will terminate.

         D.  Additional Limitations  Upon Purchases of Shares of Holding Company
             Conversion Stock

         The following additional  limitations shall be imposed on all purchases
of Holding Company Conversion Stock in the Conversion:

                  1. No Person,  by himself or herself,  or with an Associate or
         group of Persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe for or purchase in
         the Conversion an amount of shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock
         which exceeds  $100,000 of Holding Company  Conversion Stock offered in
         the  Conversion   based  on  the  appraisal   range  contained  in  the
         Association's  subscription  prospectus  (exclusive  of any  additional
         shares that may be offered  pursuant  to an increase in such  appraisal
         range not requiring a resolicitation  of subscribers).  For purposes of
         this   paragraph,   an  Associate  of  a  Person  does  not  include  a
         Tax-Qualified  or  Non-Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan in which the person
         has a  substantial  beneficial  interest or serves as a trustee or in a
         similar fiduciary capacity.  Moreover,  for purposes of this paragraph,
         shares held by one or more Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax- Qualified Employee
         Plans  attributed  to a Person  shall  not be  aggregated  with  shares
         purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to that Person.

                  2.  Directors  and  Officers  and  their  Associates  may  not
         purchase in all  categories in the Conversion an aggregate of more than
         34% of the  Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock.  For  purposes of this
         paragraph, an Associate of a Person does not include any Tax- Qualified
         Employee Plan.  Moreover,  any shares  attributable to the Officers and
         directors and their Associates,  but held by one or more  Tax-Qualified
         Employee  Plans  shall not be  included  in  calculating  the number of
         shares which may be purchased under the limitation in this paragraph.

                  3. The minimum number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion
         Stock  that may be  purchased  by any  Person in the  Conversion  is 25
         shares, provided sufficient shares are available.

                  4. The Boards of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  and the
         Association  may,  in  their  sole  discretion,  increase  the  maximum
         purchase  limitation referred to in subparagraph 1. herein up to 9.99%,
         provided  that  orders for  shares  exceeding  5% of the  shares  being
         offered  in  the  Subscription   Offering  shall  not  exceed,  in  the
         aggregate,  10%  of  the  shares  being  offered  in  the  Subscription
         Offering.  Requests to purchase  additional  shares of Holding  Company
         Conversion Stock under this provision will be allocated by the Boards

                                       10

<PAGE>



         of Directors on a pro rata basis giving priority in accordance with the
         priority rights set forth in this Section V.

         Depending upon market and financial conditions, the Boards of Directors
of the Holding  Company and the  Association,  with the  approval of the OTS and
without  further  approval of the  Members,  may increase or decrease any of the
above purchase limitations.

         For  purposes of this Section V, the  directors of the Holding  Company
and the  Association  shall not be deemed to be  Associates or a group acting in
concert solely as a result of their serving in such capacities.

         Each  Person  purchasing   Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  in  the
Conversion  shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with
the above purchase limitations.

         E. Restrictions and Other Characteristics of Holding Company Conversion
            Stock Being Sold

                  1. Transferability. Holding Company Conversion Stock purchased
         by Persons other than directors and Officers of the Holding  Company or
         the  Association  will  be  transferable  without  restriction.  Shares
         purchased  by  directors  or  Officers  shall not be sold or  otherwise
         disposed  of for  value  for a  period  of one  year  from  the date of
         Conversion, except for any disposition of such shares (i) following the
         death of the original purchaser,  or (ii) resulting from an exchange of
         securities  in a  merger  or  acquisition  approved  by the  applicable
         regulatory authorities.  Any transfers that could result in a change of
         control  of the  Association  or the  Holding  Company or result in the
         ownership  by any Person or group acting in concert of more than 10% of
         any  class  of  the  Association's  or  the  Holding  Company's  equity
         securities are subject to the prior approval of the OTS.

                  The  certificates   representing  shares  of  Holding  Company
         Conversion  Stock issued to directors and Officers  shall bear a legend
         giving appropriate  notice of the one year holding period  restriction.
         Appropriate  instructions shall be given to the transfer agent for such
         stock  with  respect to the  applicable  restrictions  relating  to the
         transfer of restricted stock. Any shares of common stock of the Holding
         Company  subsequently  issued  as a stock  dividend,  stock  split,  or
         otherwise,  with respect to any such restricted stock, shall be subject
         to  the  same  holding  period  restrictions  for  Holding  Company  or
         Association  directors  and Officers as may be then  applicable to such
         restricted stock.

                  No  director  or  Officer  of the  Holding  Company  or of the
         Association, or Associate of such a director or Officer, shall purchase
         any  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Holding  Company for a
         period  of three  years  following  the  Conversion  without  the prior
         written  approval  of the  OTS,  except  through  a  broker  or  dealer
         registered with the SEC or in a "negotiated transaction" involving more
         than one percent of the then-outstanding  shares of common stock of the
         Holding  Company.  As used herein,  the term  "negotiated  transaction"
         means a transaction  in which the  securities are offered and the terms
         and  arrangements  relating to any sale are  arrived at through  direct
         communications between

                                       11

<PAGE>



         the seller or any Person  acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his
         investment representative.  The term "investment  representative" shall
         mean  a  professional  investment  advisor  acting  as  agent  for  the
         purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the
         seller in connection with the transaction.

                  2. Repurchase and Dividend Rights. For a period of three years
         following  Conversion,  the Converted  Association shall not repurchase
         any  shares  of its  capital  stock,  except in the case of an offer to
         repurchase  on a pro rata basis made to all holders of capital stock of
         the Converted Association. Any such offer shall be subject to the prior
         approval of the OTS. A repurchase  of  qualifying  shares of a director
         shall not be deemed to be a  repurchase  for  purposes of this  Section
         V.E.2.

                  Present   regulations   also   provide   that  the   Converted
         Association may not declare or pay a cash dividend on or repurchase any
         of  its  stock  (i)  if the  result  thereof  would  be to  reduce  the
         regulatory  capital  of the  Converted  Association  below  the  amount
         required  for the  liquidation  account to be  established  pursuant to
         Section XIII hereof, and (ii) except in compliance with requirements of
         Section 563.134 of the Rules and Regulations of the OTS.

                  The above  limitations are subject to Section  563b.3(g)(3) of
         the Rules and Regulations of the OTS, which generally provides that the
         Converted  Association may repurchase its capital stock provided (i) no
         repurchases   occur  within  one  year   following   conversion,   (ii)
         repurchases  during the second and third year after conversion are part
         of an open market  stock  repurchase  program that does not allow for a
         repurchase  of more than 5% of the  Association's  outstanding  capital
         stock during a  twelve-month  period  without OTS  approval,  (iii) the
         repurchases do not cause the  Association  to become  undercapitalized,
         and (iv) the  Association  provides  notice to the OTS at least 10 days
         prior to the commencement of a repurchase  program and the OTS does not
         object. In addition,  the above limitations shall not preclude payments
         of  dividends  or   repurchases  of  capital  stock  by  the  Converted
         Association in the event applicable federal regulatory  limitations are
         liberalized subsequent to OTS approval of the Plan.

                  3.  Voting  Rights.  After  Conversion,   holders  of  deposit
         accounts will not have voting rights in the  Converted  Association  or
         the  Holding  Company.  Exclusive  voting  rights  as to the  Converted
         Association  will  be  vested  in the  Holding  Company,  as  the  sole
         stockholder  of the  Converted  Association.  Voting  rights  as to the
         Holding Company will be held exclusively by its stockholders.

         F.  Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

                  1. If the Subscription  Offering occurs  concurrently with the
         solicitation  of proxies  for the  Special  Meeting,  the  subscription
         prospectus and Order Form may be sent to each Eligible  Account Holder,
         Tax-Qualified  Employee Plan,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holder,
         Other Member,  and  director,  Officer and employee at their last known
         address  as shown  on the  records  of the  Association.  However,  the
         Association may, and if the Subscription  Offering  commences after the
         Special Meeting the Association shall, furnish

                                       12

<PAGE>



         a subscription  prospectus  and  Order  Form only to  Eligible  Account
         Holders,  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,  Supplemental Eligible Account
         Holders, Other Members, and directors,  Officers and employees who have
         returned  to  the   Association  by  a  specified  date  prior  to  the
         commencement of the Subscription  Offering a post card or other written
         communication  requesting a subscription  prospectus and Order Form. In
         such event, the Association  shall provide a postage-paid post card for
         this purpose and make appropriate disclosure in its proxy statement for
         the  solicitation  of proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting and/or
         letter sent in lieu of the proxy  statement to those  Eligible  Account
         Holders,  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account
         Holders who are not Members on the Voting Record Date.

                  2.  Each  Order  Form will be  preceded  or  accompanied  by a
         subscription   prospectus   describing  the  Holding  Company  and  the
         Converted  Association  and the  shares of Holding  Company  Conversion
         Stock  being  offered  for   subscription   and  containing  all  other
         information  required  by the OTS or the  SEC or  necessary  to  enable
         Persons to make informed investment decisions regarding the purchase of
         Holding Company Conversion Stock.

                  3. The Order Forms (or accompanying instructions) used for the
         Subscription Offering will contain, among other things, the following:

                              (i)  A clear  and  intelligible explanation of the
                  Subscription Rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Account
                  Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible
                  Account Holders,  Other Members,  and directors,  Officers and
                  employees;

                             (ii) A  specified  expiration  date by which  Order
                  Forms  must  be  returned  to  and  actually  received  by the
                  Association or its  representative  for purposes of exercising
                  Subscription  Rights, which date will be not less than 20 days
                  after the Order Forms are mailed by the Association;

                            (iii)  The Maximum Subscription Price to be paid for
                  each share subscribed for when the Order Form is returned;

                             (iv) A  statement  that 25  shares  is the  minimum
                  number of shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock that may
                  be subscribed for under the Plan;

                              (v)  A  specifically  designated  blank  space for
                  indicating the number of shares being subscribed for;

                             (vi) A set of  detailed  instructions  as to how to
                  complete  the  Order  Form  including  a  statement  as to the
                  available  alternative methods of payment for the shares being
                  subscribed for;


                                       13

<PAGE>



                           (vii) Specifically designated blank spaces for dating
                  and signing the Order Form;

                           (viii)  An  acknowledgement  that  the subscriber has
                  received the subscription prospectus;

                             (ix) A statement of the  consequences of failing to
                  properly  complete  and return  the Order  Form,  including  a
                  statement  that the  Subscription  Rights  will  expire on the
                  expiration  date  specified  on the  Order  Form  unless  such
                  expiration  date is extended  by the  Holding  Company and the
                  Association, and that the Subscription Rights may be exercised
                  only by  delivering  the Order Form,  properly  completed  and
                  executed,  to the  Association  or its  representative  by the
                  expiration date, together with required payment of the Maximum
                  Subscription   Price  for  all  shares  of   Holding   Company
                  Conversion Stock subscribed for;

                              (x) A statement that the  Subscription  Rights are
                  non-transferable  and  that  all  shares  of  Holding  Company
                  Conversion  Stock subscribed for upon exercise of Subscription
                  Rights must be  purchased  on behalf of the Person  exercising
                  the Subscription Rights for his own account; and

                             (xi)  A  statement  that,   after  receipt  by  the
                  Association or its  representative,  a subscription may not be
                  modified,  withdrawn  or  canceled  without the consent of the
                  Association.

         G.  Method of Payment

         Payment for all shares of Holding Company  Conversion  Stock subscribed
for, computed on the basis of the Maximum Subscription Price, must accompany all
completed Order Forms.  Payment may be made in cash (if presented in Person), by
check or money  order,  or,  if the  subscriber  has a  Deposit  Account  in the
Association  (including a certificate of deposit),  the subscriber may authorize
the Association to charge the subscriber's account.

         If a  subscriber  authorizes  the  Association  to  charge  his  or her
account,  the funds will continue to earn  interest,  but may not be used by the
subscriber until all Holding Company  Conversion Stock has been sold or the Plan
of Conversion is terminated,  whichever is earlier.  The Association  will allow
subscribers to purchase shares by withdrawing  funds from  certificate  accounts
without the  assessment  of early  withdrawal  penalties  with the  exception of
prepaid  interest  in the  form of  promotional  gifts.  In the  case  of  early
withdrawal of only a portion of such account,  the  certificate  evidencing such
account shall be canceled if the  remaining  balance of the account is less than
the applicable minimum balance requirement, in which event the remaining balance
will earn  interest at the passbook  rate.  This waiver of the early  withdrawal
penalty is applicable  only to withdrawals  made in connection with the purchase
of Holding Company Conversion Stock under the Plan of Conversion.  Interest will
also be paid,  at not less than the  then-current  passbook  rate, on all orders
paid in cash, by check or money order,  from the date payment is received  until
consummation of the Conversion. Payments made in cash, by check or

                                       14

<PAGE>



money  order  will be placed by the  Association  in an escrow or other  account
established specifically for this purpose.

         In the event of an  unfilled  amount  of any  subscription  order,  the
Converted  Association will make an appropriate  refund or cancel an appropriate
portion of the  related  withdrawal  authorization,  after  consummation  of the
Conversion,  including any difference between the Maximum Subscription Price and
the Actual  Subscription  Price  (unless  subscribers  are afforded the right to
apply such  difference to the purchase of additional  whole shares).  If for any
reason the Conversion is not consummated,  purchasers will have refunded to them
all payments made and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case
of subscription payments authorized from accounts at the Association.

         If any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
subscribe for shares during the  Subscription  Offering,  such plans will not be
required to pay for the shares  subscribed for at the time they  subscribe,  but
may pay for such shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock subscribed for upon
consummation of the Conversion.  In the event that,  after the completion of the
Subscription  Offering, the amount of shares to be issued is increased above the
maximum of the appraisal  range  included in the  subscription  prospectus,  the
Tax-Qualified and Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be entitled to increase
their  subscriptions  by a percentage  equal to the  percentage  increase in the
amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the appraisal  range provided
that such  subscriptions  shall  continue to be subject to  applicable  purchase
limits and stock allocation procedures.

         H.  Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Forms; Insufficient Payment

         The Boards of  Directors  of the Holding  Company  and the  Association
shall have the absolute  right,  in their sole  discretion,  to reject any Order
Form,  including but not limited to, any Order Forms which (i) are not delivered
or are returned by the United States Postal Service (or the addressee  cannot be
located);  (ii) are not received back by the Association or its  representative,
or are  received  after  the  termination  date  specified  thereon;  (iii)  are
defectively  completed  or  executed;  (iv)  are not  accompanied  by the  total
required  payment for the shares of Holding Company  Conversion Stock subscribed
for (including cases in which the  subscribers'  Deposit Accounts or certificate
accounts are  insufficient  to cover the authorized  withdrawal for the required
payment); or (v) are submitted by or on behalf of a Person whose representations
the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Association believe to be
false or who they  otherwise  believe,  either  alone or acting in concert  with
others, is violating, evading or circumventing,  or intends to violate, evade or
circumvent,  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Plan.  In  such  event,  the
Subscription Rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will not
be  honored  and will be  treated  as though  such  Person  failed to return the
completed Order Form within the time period specified  therein.  The Association
may, but will not be required to, waive any  irregularity  relating to any Order
Form or require  submission of corrected  Order Forms or the  remittance of full
payment for subscribed  shares by such date as the Association may specify.  The
interpretation  of the  Holding  Company  and the  Association  of the terms and
conditions  of this Plan and of the proper  completion of the Order Form will be
final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

                                       15

<PAGE>



         I.  Member in Non-Qualified States or in Foreign Countries

         The Holding Company and the Association will make reasonable efforts to
comply  with the  securities  laws of all states in the  United  States in which
Persons  entitled to subscribe for Holding Company  Conversion Stock pursuant to
the Plan  reside.  However,  no shares will be offered or sold under the Plan of
Conversion  to any such  Person  who (1)  resides  in a foreign  country  or (2)
resides  in a state of the  United  States in which a small  number  of  Persons
otherwise  eligible to subscribe for shares under the Plan of Conversion  reside
or as to which the Holding Company and the Association determine that compliance
with the  securities  laws of such state would be  impracticable  for reasons of
cost or otherwise, including, but not limited to, a requirement that the Holding
Company or the  Association  or any of their  officers,  directors  or employees
register, under the securities laws of such state, as a broker, dealer, salesman
or agent.  No  payments  will be made in lieu of the  granting  of  Subscription
Rights to any such Person.

  VI.    FEDERAL STOCK CHARTER AND BYLAWS

         A. As part of the Conversion, the Association will take all appropriate
steps  to  amend  its  charter  to read in the  form of  federal  stock  savings
institution  charter  as  prescribed  by the OTS. A copy of the  proposed  stock
charter is available upon request. By their approval of the Plan, the Members of
the Association will thereby approve and adopt such charter.

         B. The Association will also take appropriate steps to amend its bylaws
to  read  in the  form  prescribed  by  the  OTS  for a  federal  stock  savings
institution.  A copy of the proposed  federal  stock  bylaws is  available  upon
request.

         C. The  effective  date of the  adoption of the  Association's  federal
stock  charter  and  bylaws  shall be the date of the  issuance  and sale of the
Holding Company Conversion Stock as specified by the OTS.



 VII.    HOLDING COMPANY CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

         A copy of the  proposed  certificate  of  incorporation  of the Holding
Company will be made available from the Association upon request.

VIII.    DIRECTORS OF THE CONVERTED ASSOCIATION

         Each  Person  serving  as a member  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
Association  at the time of the Conversion  will thereupon  become a director of
the Converted Association.


                                       16

<PAGE>



  IX.    STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN AND RECOGNITION AND RETENTION PLAN

         In order to provide an incentive for directors,  Officers and employees
of the Holding Company and its  subsidiaries  (including the  Association),  the
Board  of  Directors  of the  Holding  Company  intends  to  adopt,  subject  to
shareholder  approval,  a stock option and incentive plan and a recognition  and
retention plan as permitted by applicable regulation.

   X.    CONTRIBUTIONS TO TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLANS

         The  Converted  Association  and  the  Holding  Company  may  in  their
discretion make scheduled  contributions  to any  Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans,
provided that any such  contributions  which are for the  acquisition of Holding
Company  Conversion  Stock,  or the  repayment  of  debt  incurred  for  such an
acquisition,  do not  cause  the  Converted  Association  to fail  to  meet  its
regulatory capital requirements.

   XI.   SECURITIES REGISTRATION AND MARKET MAKING

         Promptly  following the  Conversion,  the Holding Company will register
its stock with the SEC  pursuant to the  Exchange  Act. In  connection  with the
registration,  the Holding  Company will undertake not to deregister such stock,
without the approval of the OTS, for a period of three years thereafter.

         The Holding  Company shall use its best efforts to encourage and assist
two or more  Market  Makers to  establish  and  maintain a market for its common
stock promptly following Conversion.  The Holding Company will also use its best
efforts to cause its common  stock to be quoted on the National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations  System  or to be  listed on a
national or regional securities exchange.

  XII.   STATUS OF SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND LOANS SUBSEQUENT TO CONVERSION

         Each  Deposit  Account  holder  shall  retain,   without   payment,   a
withdrawable Deposit Account or Accounts in the Converted Association,  equal in
amount to the  withdrawable  value of such account  holder's  Deposit Account or
Accounts prior to Conversion.  All Deposit  Accounts will continue to be insured
by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation up to the  applicable  limits of
insurance  coverage,  and shall be  subject  to the same  terms  and  conditions
(except as to voting and  liquidation  rights)  as such  Deposit  Account in the
Association  at the time of the  Conversion.  All loans  shall  retain  the same
status after  Conversion  as these loans had prior to  Conversion  (except as to
voting rights, if any).


                                       17

<PAGE>



 XIII.   LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

         For purposes of granting to Eligible  Account Holders and  Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holders  who  continue to  maintain  Deposit  Accounts at the
Converted  Association a priority in the event of a complete  liquidation of the
Converted   Association,   the  Converted  Association  will,  at  the  time  of
Conversion,  establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the net worth
of the  Association  as shown on its latest  statement  of  financial  condition
contained in the final offering circular used in connection with the Conversion.
The  creation and  maintenance  of the  liquidation  account will not operate to
restrict the use or application of any of the regulatory capital accounts of the
Converted Association;  provided, however, that such regulatory capital accounts
will  not be  voluntarily  reduced  below  the  required  dollar  amount  of the
liquidation  account.  Each Eligible  Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible
Account Holder shall,  with respect to the Deposit  Account held, have a related
inchoate interest in a portion of the liquidation  account balance  ("subaccount
balance").

         The initial subaccount balance of a Deposit Account held by an Eligible
Account Holder or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder shall be determined by
multiplying  the  opening  balance in the  liquidation  account by a fraction of
which the  numerator  is the amount of the  Qualifying  Deposit  in the  Deposit
Account on the Eligibility  Record Date or the Supplemental  Eligibility  Record
Date and the  denominator is the total amount of the Qualifying  Deposits of all
Eligible  Account  Holders and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders on such
record dates in the Association.  Such initial  subaccount  balance shall not be
increased, and it shall be subject to downward adjustment as provided below.

         If the deposit  balance in any Deposit  Account of an Eligible  Account
Holder or Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holder at the close of business on any
annual closing date subsequent to the record date is less than the lesser of (i)
the  deposit  balance in such  Deposit  Account at the close of  business on any
other  annual  closing date  subsequent  to the  Eligibility  Record Date or the
Supplemental  Eligibility  Record  Date or (ii)  the  amount  of the  Qualifying
Deposit in such Deposit Account on the  Eligibility  Record Date or Supplemental
Eligibility  Record Date, the  subaccount  balance shall be reduced in an amount
proportionate  to the  reduction  in such  deposit  balance.  In the  event of a
downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased,
notwithstanding  any  increase  in the deposit  balance of the  related  Deposit
Account.  If all  funds in such  Deposit  Account  are  withdrawn,  the  related
subaccount balance shall be reduced to zero.

         In the event of a complete  liquidation of the Association (and only in
such event),  each Eligible  Account Holder and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holder  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  liquidation  distribution  from the
liquidation  account  in the  amount  of the  then-current  adjusted  subaccount
balances for Deposit Accounts then held before any liquidation  distribution may
be made to stockholders. No merger, consolidation,  bulk purchase of assets with
assumptions of Deposit Accounts and other liabilities,  or similar  transactions
with  another  institution  the  accounts  of which are  insured by the  Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, shall be considered to be a complete liquidation.
In such transactions,  the liquidation account shall be assumed by the surviving
institution.

                                       18

<PAGE>




XIV.     RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF CONVERTED ASSOCIATION

         Regulations  of the OTS limit  acquisitions,  and  offers  to  acquire,
direct  or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  of more than 10% of any class of an
equity  security  of the  Converted  Association  or  the  Holding  Company.  In
addition,  consistent  with the  regulations  of the  OTS,  the  charter  of the
Converted  Association  shall provide that for a period of five years  following
completion of the Conversion:  (i) no Person (i.e., no individual,  group acting
in concert, corporation,  partnership,  association, joint stock company, trust,
or unincorporated organization or similar company, syndicate, or any other group
formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of  securities of an
insured  institution)  shall directly or indirectly  offer to acquire or acquire
beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class of the Association's  equity
securities.  Shares  beneficially  owned in violation of this charter  provision
shall not be  counted as shares  entitled  to vote and shall not be voted by any
Person or counted as voting  shares in connection  with any matter  submitted to
the  shareholders  for a vote. This  limitation  shall not apply to any offer to
acquire or  acquisition  of beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of the common
stock  of the  Association  by a  corporation  whose  ownership  is or  will  be
substantially  the same as the ownership of the  Association,  provided that the
offer or acquisition is made more than one year following the date of completion
of the Conversion;  (ii)  shareholders  shall not be permitted to cumulate their
votes for elections of directors; and (iii) special meetings of the shareholders
relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by
the Board of Directors.

  XV.    AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

         If necessary or desirable, the Plan may be amended at any time prior to
submission of the Plan and proxy  materials to the Members by a two-thirds  vote
of  the  respective   Boards  of  Directors  of  the  Holding  Company  and  the
Association.  After  submission of the Plan and proxy  materials to the Members,
the Plan  may be  amended  by a  two-thirds  vote of the  respective  Boards  of
Directors of the Holding Company and the  Association  only with the concurrence
of the OTS. In the event that the  Association  determines that for tax purposes
or otherwise  it is in the best  interest of the  Association  to convert from a
federal mutual to a federal stock institution  without the concurrent  formation
of a holding company, the Plan may be substantively  amended, with OTS approval,
in such respects as the Board of Directors of the Association  deems appropriate
to reflect such change from a holding company conversion to a direct conversion.
In the event the Plan is so amended,  common  stock of the  Association  will be
substituted for Holding Company  Conversion Stock in the Subscription and Direct
Community Offerings, and subscribers will be resolicited as described in Section
V hereof.  Any  amendments  to the Plan  (including  amendments  to reflect  the
elimination of the concurrent  holding company formation) made after approval by
the  Members  with the  concurrence  of the OTS  shall not  necessitate  further
approval by the Members unless otherwise required.

         The Plan may be  terminated by a two-thirds  vote of the  Association's
Board of Directors at any time prior to the Special  Meeting of Members,  and at
any time following such Special  Meeting with the concurrence of the OTS. In its
discretion,  the Board of Directors of the  Association  may modify or terminate
the Plan  upon the order or with the  approval  of the OTS and  without  further
approval  by  Members.  The Plan  shall  terminate  if the sale of all shares of
Holding

                                       19

<PAGE>


Company  Conversion  Stock is not completed  within 24 months of the date of the
Special Meeting.  A specific  resolution  approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors  of the  Association  is  required  in order  for the  Association  to
terminate the Plan prior to the end of such 24 month period.

  XVI.   EXPENSES OF THE CONVERSION

         The Holding Company and the Association shall use their best efforts to
assure that expenses incurred by them in connection with the Conversion shall be
reasonable.

XVII.    TAX RULING

         Consummation  of the  Conversion  is expressly  conditioned  upon prior
receipt of either a ruling of the United States  Internal  Revenue Service or an
opinion of tax counsel with respect to federal taxation,  and either a ruling of
the  Maryland  taxation  authorities  or an opinion of tax  counsel or other tax
advisor with respect to Maryland  taxation,  to the effect that  consummation of
the transactions  contemplated herein will not be taxable to the Holding Company
or the Association.

XVIII.   EXTENSION OF CREDIT FOR PURCHASE OF STOCK

         The Association may not knowingly loan funds or otherwise extend credit
to any Person to purchase in the Conversion shares of Holding Company Conversion
Stock.

                                       20






                                   EXHIBIT 3.1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                             OF THE HOLDING COMPANY


<PAGE>



                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

         FIRST:  The  name of the Corporation is Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.
(hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Corporation").

         SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation  Trust Center,  1209 Orange Street, in the City
of Wilmington,  County of New Castle.  The name of the registered  agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

         THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General  Corporation
Law of Delaware.

         FOURTH:
         A. The  total  number  of  shares  of all  classes  of stock  which the
Corporation  shall  have the  authority  to issue is two  million  five  hundred
thousand (2,500,000) consisting of:

1.      Five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one
        cent ($.01) per share (the "Preferred Stock"); and

2.      Two  million  (2,000,000)  shares  of common  stock,  par value one cent
        ($.01) per share (the "Common Stock").

         B. The Board of Directors is hereby  expressly  authorized,  subject to
any limitations  prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of
Preferred  Stock  in  series,  and  by  filing  a  certificate  pursuant  to the
applicable  law of the State of Delaware  (such  certificate  being  hereinafter
referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"),  to establish from time to time
the  number  of  shares  to be  included  in each  such  series,  and to fix the
designation,  powers,  preferences  and rights of the shares of each such series
and any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof.  The number of
authorized  shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not
below the number of shares thereof then  outstanding) by the affirmative vote of
the holders of a majority of the Common Stock,  without a vote of the holders of
the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders
is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

         C.1.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  in no event  shall any record  owner of any  outstanding  Common
Stock which is beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by a person who, as
of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any
matter,  beneficially  owns in excess of 10% of the  then-outstanding  shares of
Common Stock (the "Limit"),  be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of
the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes which may be cast by
any record owner by virtue of the  provisions  hereof in respect of Common Stock
beneficially  owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit shall be
a number equal to the total number of votes which a single record owner of all

                                        1

<PAGE>



Common  Stock owned by such person  would be entitled to cast,  multiplied  by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series
beneficially  owned by such person and owned of record by such record  owner and
the  denominator  of which  is the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
beneficially owned by such person owning shares in excess of the Limit.

         C.2. The  following  definitions  shall apply to this Section C of this
Article FOURTH:

(a)      An "affiliate" of a specified person shall mean a person that directly,
         or  indirectly  through  one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is
         controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

(b)      "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be determined  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of
         the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934 (or any successor rule or statutory  provision),  or, if said Rule
         13d-3  shall be  rescinded  and  there  shall be no  successor  rule or
         statutory  provision thereto,  pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect
         on October 31, 1994;  provided,  however,  that a person shall,  in any
         event, also be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any Common Stock:

         (1)      which such person or any of its affiliates  beneficially owns,
                  directly or indirectly; or

         (2)      which such person or any of its  affiliates  has (i) the right
                  to acquire  (whether such right is exercisable  immediately or
                  only after the passage of time),  pursuant  to any  agreement,
                  arrangement  or  understanding  (but shall not be deemed to be
                  the beneficial  owner of any voting shares solely by reason of
                  an  agreement,   contract,  or  other  arrangement  with  this
                  Corporation  to effect any  transaction  which is described in
                  any one or more of the clauses of Section A of Article EIGHTH)
                  or upon the exercise of conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,
                  warrants,  or  options  or  otherwise,  or (ii) sole or shared
                  voting or investment  power with respect  thereto  pursuant to
                  any agreement,  arrangement,  understanding,  relationship  or
                  otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial  owner
                  of any voting  shares  solely by reason of a  revocable  proxy
                  granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,  pursuant to
                  a  public  solicitation  of  proxies  for such  meeting,  with
                  respect to shares of which  neither  such  person nor any such
                  affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

         (3)      which are beneficially owned,  directly or indirectly,  by any
                  other person with which such first mentioned  person or any of
                  its  affiliates  acts as a partnership,  limited  partnership,
                  syndicate   or  other  group   pursuant   to  any   agreement,
                  arrangement  or  understanding  for the purpose of  acquiring,
                  holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of
                  this Corporation;

         and provided further,  however, that (1) no director or officer of this
         Corporation  (or any affiliate of any such director or officer)  shall,
         solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers  acting in
         their  capacities  as such,  be deemed,  for any  purposes  hereof,  to
         beneficially own any Common Stock  beneficially owned by any other such
         director or officer  (or any  affiliate  thereof),  and (2) neither any
         employee stock ownership or similar plan of

                                        2

<PAGE>



         this  Corporation or any subsidiary of this Corporation nor any trustee
         with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee)  shall,  solely
         by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes
         hereof,  to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan.
         For purposes of computing the percentage beneficial ownership of Common
         Stock of a person,  the  outstanding  Common Stock shall include shares
         deemed owned by such person through  application of this subsection but
         shall not include any other  Common Stock which may be issuable by this
         Corporation  pursuant to any agreement,  or upon exercise of conversion
         rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  For all other purposes, the
         outstanding   Common  Stock  shall   include  only  Common  Stock  then
         outstanding  and  shall  not  include  any  Common  Stock  which may be
         issuable by this  Corporation  pursuant to any  agreement,  or upon the
         exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(c)      A "person" shall mean  any  individual,  firm,  corporation,  or  other
         entity.

(d)      The Board of Directors  shall have the power to construe  and apply the
         provisions of this section and to make all determinations  necessary or
         desirable to implement such  provisions,  including  but not limited to
         matters  with  respect  to (1) the  number  of  shares of Common  Stock
         beneficially owned  by any person, (2) whether a person is an affiliate
         of another,  (3)  whether a person has an  agreement,  arrangement,  or
         understanding   with  another  as to  the  matters  referred  to in the
         definition of  beneficial  ownership,  (4) the application of any other
         definition  or operative  provision of this Section to the given facts,
         or (5)  any other  matter  relating to the  applicability  or effect of
         this Section.

         C.3.  The Board of  Directors  shall have the right to demand  that any
person who is reasonably  believed to beneficially own Common Stock in excess of
the Limit (or holds of record Common Stock  beneficially  owned by any person in
excess of the Limit) (a "Holder in Excess") supply the Corporation with complete
information as to (1) the record  owner(s) of all shares  beneficially  owned by
such  Holder  in  Excess,  and (2) any  other  factual  matter  relating  to the
applicability  or effect of this section as may  reasonably be requested of such
Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive
from any Holder in Excess  reimbursement  for all expenses incurred by the Board
in  connection  with  its   investigation   of  any  matters   relating  to  the
applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess,  to the extent
such  investigation is deemed  appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result
of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation  with the information
described in the previous sentence.

         C.4. Except as otherwise  provided by law or expressly provided in this
Section  C, the  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of the  holders of record of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast
one-third of the votes (after giving effect,  if required,  to the provisions of
this  Section)  entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of
the  Corporation  entitled to vote shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of
the stockholders,  and every reference in this Certificate of Incorporation to a
majority  or other  proportion  of capital  stock (or the holders  thereof)  for
purposes  of  determining   any  quorum   requirement  or  any  requirement  for
stockholder  consent or  approval  shall be deemed to refer to such  majority or
other  proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast
in respect of such capital stock.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         C.5. Any  constructions,  applications,  or determinations  made by the
Board of  Directors,  pursuant to this Section in good faith and on the basis of
such  information  and  assistance  as was then  reasonably  available  for such
purpose,   shall  be  conclusive  and  binding  upon  the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders.

         C.6. In the event any provision (or portion  thereof) of this Section C
shall be found to be invalid,  prohibited or unenforceable  for any reason,  the
remaining  provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section shall remain in full
force and effect,  and shall be  construed  as if such  invalid,  prohibited  or
unenforceable  provision  had  been  stricken  herefrom  or  otherwise  rendered
inapplicable,  it being the intent of this Corporation and its stockholders that
each such remaining  provision (or portion thereof) of this Section C remain, to
the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  applicable  and  enforceable  as to all
stockholders,  including  stockholders owning an amount of stock over the Limit,
notwithstanding any such finding.

         FIFTH: The following  provisions are inserted for the management of the
business  and the  conduct of the  affairs of the  Corporation,  and for further
definition,  limitation and regulation of the powers of the  Corporation  and of
its directors and stockholders:

A.      The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under
        the direction of the Board of  Directors.  In addition to the powers and
        authority   expressly   conferred  upon  them  by  Statute  or  by  this
        Certificate  of  Incorporation  or the By-laws of the  Corporation,  the
        directors  are hereby  empowered  to exercise all such powers and do all
        such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B.      The directors of the  Corporation  need not be elected by written ballot
        unless the By-laws so provide.

C.      Subject to the  rights of  holders  of any class or series of  Preferred
        Stock,  any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders
        of the  Corporation  must be effected at a duly called annual or special
        meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation and may not be effected by
        any consent in writing by such stockholders.

D.      Subject to the  rights of  holders  of any class or series of  Preferred
        Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called
        only by the Board of  Directors  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a
        majority of the total number of directors  which the  Corporation  would
        have if there were no vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  (the "Whole
        Board").


E.      Stockholders  shall  not  be  permitted  to cumulate their votes for the
        election of directors.

         SIXTH:

         A. The number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively
by the Board of Directors  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
Whole Board.  The directors,  other than those who may be elected by the holders
of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be

                                        4

<PAGE>



divided into three  classes,  as nearly equal in number as reasonably  possible,
with the term of office of the first  class to expire at the  conclusion  of the
first annual meeting of stockholders,  the term of office of the second class to
expire  at the  conclusion  of the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  one  year
thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the conclusion
of the annual meeting of stockholders two years  thereafter,  with each director
to hold  office  until his or her  successor  shall have been duly  elected  and
qualified.  At each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  following  such  initial
classification and election,  directors elected to succeed those directors whose
terms  expire  shall be  elected  for a term of  office  to  expire at the third
succeeding  annual  meeting of  stockholders  after  their  election,  with each
director to hold office until his or her successor  shall have been duly elected
and qualified.

         B.  Subject  to the rights of the  holders  of any series of  Preferred
Stock then outstanding,  newly created directorships resulting from any increase
in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors
resulting from death, resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,  removal from
office or other  cause may be filled  only by a majority  vote of the  directors
then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors so chosen shall hold
office for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  at which the
term of office of the class to which they have been elected  expires,  and until
such  director's  successor  shall  have been duly  elected  and  qualified.  No
decrease in the number of directors  constituting  the Board of Directors  shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

         C.  Advance  notice of  stockholder  nominations  for the  election  of
directors  and of business to be brought by  stockholders  before any meeting of
the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the
By-laws of the Corporation.

         D.  Subject  to the rights of the  holders  of any series of  Preferred
Stock then outstanding,  any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be
removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the  affirmative
vote  of  the  holders  of at  least  80%  of  the  voting  power  of all of the
then-outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of
Article  FOURTH of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation),  voting  together as a
single class.

         SEVENTH:  The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend
or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  Any adoption,  amendment or repeal of
the  By-laws of the  Corporation  by the Board of  Directors  shall  require the
approval  of a majority of the Whole  Board.  The  stockholders  shall also have
power to adopt,  amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation.  In addition to
any vote of the  holders  of any class or  series  of stock of this  Corporation
required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding
shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors  (after giving effect to the  provisions of Article FOURTH
hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or
repeal any provisions of the By-laws of the Corporation.


                                        5

<PAGE>



         EIGHTH:

         A.  In  addition  to any  affirmative  vote  required  by  law or  this
Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Section:

1.      any merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary (as
        hereinafter defined) with (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter
        defined)  or (ii)  any  other  corporation  (whether  or not  itself  an
        Interested  Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation
        would  be,  an  Affiliate  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of an  Interested
        Stockholder; or

2.      any  sale,  lease,  exchange,   mortgage,   pledge,  transfer  or  other
        disposition (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) to or with
        any  Interested   Stockholder,   or  any  Affiliate  of  any  Interested
        Stockholder,  of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary  having
        an  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value (as  hereafter  defined)  equaling or
        exceeding 25% or more of the combined  assets of the Corporation and its
        Subsidiaries; or

3.      the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation  or any  Subsidiary (in one
        transaction  or a  series  of  transactions)  of any  securities  of the
        Corporation  or any  Subsidiary  to any  Interested  Stockholder  or any
        Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities
        or other  property (or a combination  thereof)  having an aggregate Fair
        Market  Value  equaling or exceeding  25% of the combined  assets of the
        Corporation and its Subsidiaries  except pursuant to an employee benefit
        plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof; or

4.      the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation or dissolution
        of  the  Corporation   proposed  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Interested
        Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

5.      any  reclassification  of   securities   (including  any  reverse  stock
        split),  or  recapitalization  of the  Corporation,  or  any  merger  or
        consolidation  of the Corporation  with any  of  its Subsidiaries or any
        other transaction  (whether or not with  or  into or otherwise involving
        an  Interested   Stockholder)   which   has  the  effect,   directly  or
        indirectly,  of  increasing  the proportionate  share of the outstanding
        shares  of  any  class  of  equity  or  convertible  securities  of  the
        Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly  owned  by
        any  Interested   Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of   any   Interested
        Stockholder (a  "Disproportionate   Transaction");   provided,  however,
        that  no  such   transaction   shall   be   deemed  a   Disproportionate
        Transaction  if  the  increase  in the  proportionate  ownership  of the
        Interested  Stockholder  or Affiliate as a result of such transaction is
        no  greater  than the  increase  experienced  by the other  stockholders
        generally;

shall require the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the  then-outstanding  shares of stock of the  Corporation  entitled to
vote in the election of directors  (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together as a
single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact
that no vote may be required,  or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by
law or by any other  provisions  of this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or any
Preferred  Stock  Designation or in any agreement  with any national  securities
exchange or quotation system or otherwise.

                                        6

<PAGE>



         The term  "Business  Combination"  as used in this Article EIGHTH shall
mean any  transaction  which is referred to in any one or more of  paragraphs  1
through 5 of Section A of this Article EIGHTH.

         B. The  provisions  of Section A of this  Article  EIGHTH  shall not be
applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination
shall  require  only the  affirmative  vote of the  majority of the  outstanding
shares of capital stock  entitled to vote, or such vote as is required by law or
by  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  if,  in  the  case  of  any  Business
Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being received
by the stockholders of the Corporation  solely in their capacity as stockholders
of the Corporation,  the condition specified in the following paragraph 1 is met
or,  in the  case  of any  other  Business  Combination,  all of the  conditions
specified in either of the following paragraphs 1 and 2 are met:

1.      The Business  Combination  shall have been approved by a majority of the
        Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined).

2.      All of the following conditions shall have been met:

        (a)     The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of
                the date of the  consummation  of the  Business  Combination  of
                consideration  other than cash to be  received  per share by the
                holders of Common Stock in such  Business  Combination  shall at
                least be equal to the higher of the following:

                I.         (if   applicable)   the  Highest  Per  Share   Price,
                           including any brokerage  commissions,  transfer taxes
                           and soliciting  dealers' fees, paid by the Interested
                           Stockholder  or any of its  Affiliates for any shares
                           of  Common  Stock  acquired  by  it  (X)  within  the
                           two-year period immediately prior to the first public
                           announcement   of  the   proposal  of  the   Business
                           Combination (the "Announcement  Date"), or (Y) in the
                           transaction   in  which  it  became   an   Interested
                           Stockholder, whichever is higher.

                II.        the Fair  Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on
                           the  Announcement  Date or on the date on  which  the
                           Interested    Stockholder    became   an   Interested
                           Stockholder  (such latter date is referred to in this
                           Article   EIGHTH   as  the   "Determination   Date"),
                           whichever is higher.

        (b)     The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of
                the date of the  consummation  of the  Business  Combination  of
                consideration  other  than  cash to be  received  per  share  by
                holders of shares of any class of outstanding Voting Stock other
                than Common  Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the
                following  (it  being  intended  that the  requirements  of this
                subparagraph  (b) shall be  required  to be met with  respect to
                every such class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or not the
                Interested  Stockholder has previously  acquired any shares of a
                particular class of Voting Stock):


                                        7

<PAGE>



                I.         (if  applicable)  the  Highest  Per  Share  Price (as
                           hereinafter   defined),   including   any   brokerage
                           commissions,  transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers'
                           fees,  paid  by the  Interested  Stockholder  for any
                           shares of such class of Voting  Stock  acquired by it
                           (X) within the two-year period  immediately  prior to
                           the  Announcement  Date, or (Y) in the transaction in
                           which it became an Interested Stockholder,  whichever
                           is higher;

                II.        (if applicable) the highest  preferential  amount per
                           share to which the holders of shares of such class of
                           Voting  Stock  are  entitled  in  the  event  of  any
                           voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or
                           winding up of the Corporation; and

                III.       the Fair  Market  Value  per  share of such  class of
                           Voting  Stock  on  the  Announcement  Date  or on the
                           Determination Date, whichever is higher.

        (c)    The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class
               of outstanding  Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in
               cash  or in the  same  form  as the  Interested  Stockholder  has
               previously  paid for shares of such class of Voting Stock. If the
               Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting
               Stock  with  varying   forms  of   consideration,   the  form  of
               consideration  to be  received  per share by holders of shares of
               such class of Voting  Stock shall be either cash or the form used
               to acquire the  largest  number of shares of such class of Voting
               Stock  previously  acquired by the  Interested  Stockholder.  The
               price  determined in  accordance  with  subparagraph  B.2 of this
               Article EIGHTH shall be subject to appropriate  adjustment in the
               event of any stock dividend,  stock split,  combination of shares
               or similar event.

        (d)    After  such  Interested  Stockholder  has  become  an  Interested
               Stockholder  and  prior  to the  consummation  of  such  Business
               Combination;  (i)  except  as  approved  by  a  majority  of  the
               Disinterested  Directors,  there  shall  have been no  failure to
               declare and pay at the regular date  therefor any full  quarterly
               dividends  (whether or not cumulative) on any  outstanding  stock
               having  preference  over  the  Common  Stock as to  dividends  or
               liquidation;  (ii) there shall have been (X) no  reduction in the
               annual  rate of  dividends  paid on the Common  Stock  (except as
               necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except
               as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and (Y)
               an  increase in such annual rate of  dividends  as  necessary  to
               reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split),
               recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which
               has the effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
               Common Stock,  unless the failure to so increase such annual rate
               is  approved by a majority of the  Disinterested  Directors;  and
               (iii)  neither  such  Interested   Stockholder  nor  any  of  its
               Affiliates   shall  have  become  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
               additional   shares  of  Voting  Stock  except  as  part  of  the
               transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming
               an Interested Stockholder.

        (e)     After  such  Interested  Stockholder  has  become an  Interested
                Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received
                the benefit, directly or indirectly (except

                                        8

<PAGE>



                proportionately  as a  stockholder),  of  any  loans,  advances,
                guarantees,  pledges or other  financial  assistance  or any tax
                credits or other tax  advantages  provided  by the  Corporation,
                whether in  anticipation  of or in connection with such Business
                Combination or otherwise.

        (f)     A  proxy  or  information   statement  describing  the  proposed
                Business  Combination and complying with the requirements of the
                Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and the rules and  regulations
                thereunder  (or any  subsequent  provisions  replacing such Act,
                rules or  regulations)  shall be mailed to  stockholders  of the
                Corporation at least 30 days prior to the  consummation  of such
                Business  Combination  (whether or not such proxy or information
                statement  is  required  to be  mailed  pursuant  to such Act or
                subsequent provisions).

         C.     For the purposes of this Article EIGHTH:

1.       A "Person"  shall include an individual,  a group acting in concert,  a
         corporation, a partnership,  an association, a joint venture, a pool, a
         joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar
         company,  a  syndicate  or any other  group  formed for the  purpose of
         acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

2.       "Interested   Stockholder"  shall  mean  any  Person  (other  than  the
         Corporation or any holding company or Subsidiary thereof) who or which:

         (a)      is the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly, of more than
                  10% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

         (b)      is an Affiliate of the  Corporation and at any time within the
                  two-year period  immediately prior to the date in question was
                  the beneficial owner,  directly or indirectly,  of 10% or more
                  of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock; or

         (c)      is an assignee of or has otherwise  succeeded to any shares of
                  Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period
                  immediately prior to the date in question  beneficially  owned
                  by  any  Interested   Stockholder,   if  such   assignment  or
                  succession  shall have occurred in the course of a transaction
                  or series of  transactions  not  involving  a public  offering
                  within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

3.       A Person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

         (a)      which such Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  (as
                  hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly
                  within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange
                  Act of 1934, as in effect on October 31, 1994; or

         (b)      which such Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates  has
                  (i) the right to acquire  (whether  such right is  exercisable
                  immediately or only after the passage of time),

                                        9

<PAGE>



                  pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  or
                  upon the  exercise  of  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,
                  warrants or options,  or otherwise,  or (ii) the right to vote
                  pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or understanding  (but
                  neither such Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate  shall
                  be deemed to be the  beneficial  owner of any shares of Voting
                  Stock  solely by reason of a  revocable  proxy  granted  for a
                  particular  meeting  of  stockholders,  pursuant  to a  public
                  solicitation of proxies for such meeting,  and with respect to
                  which  shares  neither  such Person nor any such  Affiliate or
                  Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

         (c)      which are beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly  within
                  the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
                  1934,  as in effect on October 31,  1994,  by any other Person
                  with which such Person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates
                  has  any  agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for  the
                  purposes of acquiring,  holding,  voting (other than solely by
                  reason of a revocable proxy as described in  Subparagraph  (b)
                  of this  Paragraph  3) or in disposing of any shares of Voting
                  Stock;

         provided, however, that, in the case of any employee stock ownership or
         similar  plan of the  Corporation  or of any  Subsidiary  in which  the
         beneficiaries  thereof  possess  the right to vote any shares of Voting
         Stock  held by such plan,  no such plan nor any  trustee  with  respect
         thereto (nor any Affiliate of such  trustee),  solely by reason of such
         capacity of such trustee,  shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to
         beneficially own any shares of Voting Stock held under any such plan.

4.       For the  purpose  of  determining  whether  a Person  is an  Interested
         Stockholder  pursuant to  Paragraph 2 of this  Section C, the number of
         shares of Voting Stock deemed to be  outstanding  shall include  shares
         deemed owned through  application  of Paragraph 3 of this Section C but
         shall not  include  any  other  shares  of  Voting  Stock  which may be
         issuable pursuant to any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding,  or
         upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

5.       "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed
         to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations  under
         the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on October 31, 1994.

6.       "Subsidiary"  means any corporation of which a majority of any class of
         equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the Corporation;
         provided,   however,  that  for  the  purposes  of  the  definition  of
         Interested  Stockholder set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Section C, the
         term "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of
         each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly,  by the
         Corporation.

7.       "Disinterested Director" means any member of the Board of Directors who
         is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the
         Board of Directors  prior to the time that the  Interested  Stockholder
         became an  Interested  Stockholder,  and any director who is thereafter
         chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of  Directors or who is elected
         and  who,  in  either  event,  is  unaffiliated   with  the  Interested
         Stockholder, and in connection with his or

                                       10

<PAGE>



         her initial  assumption of office is  recommended  for  appointment  or
         election by a majority of Disinterested  Directors then on the Board of
         Directors.

8.       "Fair  Market  Value"  means:  (a)  in  the  case of stock, the highest
         closing sales price of the stock during  the 30-day period  immediately
         preceding  the  date in  question  of a  share  of  such  stock  of the
         National   Association  of  Securities   Dealers  Automated  Quotations
         ("NASDAQ")  System or any  system  then in  use,  or, if such  stock is
         admitted to trading on a principal United  States  securities  exchange
         registered  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  Fair  Market
         Value  shall be the  highest  sale  price  reported  during  the 30-day
         period  preceding the date in question,  or,  if no such quotations are
         available, the Fair Market Value on the  date in question of a share of
         such stock as determined  by the Board  of Directors in good faith,  in
         each case with respect to any class of  stock,  appropriately  adjusted
         for any  dividend  or  distribution  in  shares  of  such  stock  or in
         combination or  reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such stock
         into a smaller number  of shares of such stock,  and (b) in the case of
         property  other  than  cash or  stock,  the Fair  Market  Value of such
         property  on  the  date in  question  as  determined  by the  Board  of
         Directors in good faith.

9.       Reference  to "Highest Per Share Price" shall in each case with respect
         to any  class  of  stock  reflect  an  appropriate  adjustment  for any
         dividend or  distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split or
         reclassification  of  outstanding  shares of such  stock into a greater
         number of shares of such stock or any  combination or  reclassification
         of outstanding  shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of
         such stock.

10.      In the  event of any  Business  Combination  in which  the  Corporation
         survives,  the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as
         used in  Subparagraphs  (a) and (b) of Paragraph 2 of Section B of this
         Article  EIGHTH  shall  include the shares of Common  Stock  and/or the
         shares of any other class of  outstanding  Voting Stock retained by the
         holders of such shares.

         D. A majority of the  Disinterested  Directors of the Corporation shall
have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article EIGHTH, on
the basis of information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  (a) whether a
person is an  Interested  Stockholder;  (b) the number of shares of Voting Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person;  (c)  whether  a person is an  Affiliate  or
Associate  of another;  and (d) whether the assets  which are the subject of any
Business  Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance
or transfer of securities by the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary in any Business
Combination  has an aggregate Fair Market Value equaling or exceeding 25% of the
combined  assets of the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries.  A majority  of the
Disinterested  Directors  shall have the further  power to interpret  all of the
terms and provisions of this Article EIGHTH.

         E.  Nothing  contained  in this  Article  EIGHTH  shall be construed to
relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

         F.   Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of  this  Certificate  of
Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote
or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote

                                       11

<PAGE>



of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by
law, this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock  Designation,  the
affirmative  vote of the  holders of at least 80% of the voting  power of all of
the  then-outstanding  shares of the Voting Stock,  voting  together as a single
class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal this Article EIGHTH.

         NINTH: The Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  when evaluating any
offer of another  Person (as  defined  in Article  EIGHTH  hereof) to (A) make a
tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the  Corporation,  (B) merge
or  consolidate  the  Corporation  with  another  corporation  or  entity or (C)
purchase or otherwise  acquire all or  substantially  all of the  properties and
assets of the Corporation,  may, in connection with the exercise of its judgment
in  determining  what  is in the  best  interest  of  the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, without
limitation,  the social and economic  effect of  acceptance of such offer on the
Corporation's  present  and  future  customers  and  employees  and those of its
Subsidiaries (as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof);  on the communities in which
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries  operate or are located;  on the ability of
the Corporation to fulfill its corporate  objectives as a financial  institution
holding  company and on the ability of its subsidiary  financial  institution to
fulfill  the  objectives  of a federally  insured  financial  institution  under
applicable statutes and regulations.

         TENTH:

         A. Except as set forth in Section B of this Article TENTH,  in addition
to any affirmative  vote of stockholders  required by law or this Certificate of
Incorporation,  any direct or  indirect  purchase  or other  acquisition  by the
Corporation of any Equity  Security (as  hereinafter  defined) of any class from
any Interested  Person (as  hereinafter  defined) shall require the  affirmative
vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the Corporation  that
is not  beneficially  owned  (for  purposes  of this  Article  TENTH  beneficial
ownership  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with Section  C.2(b) of Article
FOURTH hereof) by such  Interested  Person,  voting  together as a single class.
Such  affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact that no vote
may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified,  by law or by any
other  provisions of this  Certificate of  Incorporation  or any Preferred Stock
Designation  or in any  agreement  with  any  national  securities  exchange  or
quotation system, or otherwise. Certain defined terms used in this Article TENTH
are as set forth in Section C below.

         B. The  provisions  of  Section A of this  Article  TENTH  shall not be
applicable with respect to:

1.      any purchase or other acquisition of securities made as part of a tender
        or exchange  offer by the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  (which term, as
        used in this Article TENTH, is as defined in the first clause of Section
        C.6 of Article EIGHTH hereof) of the Corporation to purchase  securities
        of the  same  class  made  on the  same  terms  to all  holders  of such
        securities  and  complying  with  the  applicable  requirements  of  the
        Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder
        (or any subsequent provision replacing such Act, rules or regulations);


                                       12

<PAGE>



2.      any purchase or  acquisition  made  pursuant to an open market  purchase
        program  approved by a majority of the Board of  Directors,  including a
        majority of the  Disinterested  Directors  (which term,  as used in this
        Article TENTH, is as defined in Article EIGHTH hereof); or

3.      any purchase or acquisition which is approved by a majority of the Board
        of Directors,  including a majority of the Disinterested  Directors, and
        which is made at no more than the Market Price (as hereinafter defined),
        on the date  that the  understanding  between  the  Corporation  and the
        Interested  Person is reached with respect to such purchase  (whether or
        not  such  purchase  is made or a  written  agreement  relating  to such
        purchase is  executed  on such  date),  of shares of the class of Equity
        Security to be purchased.

         C.  For the purposes of this Article TENTH:

1.      The term  Interested  Person  shall  mean  any  Person  (other  than the
        Corporation,  Subsidiaries of the Corporation,  pension, profit sharing,
        employee  stock  ownership  or  other  employee  benefit  plans  of  the
        Corporation and its Subsidiaries,  entities  organized or established by
        the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of such
        plans and trustees and fiduciaries  with respect to any such plan acting
        in such capacity) that is the direct or indirect  beneficial owner of 5%
        or more of the Voting  Stock of the  Corporation,  and any  Affiliate or
        Associate of any such person.

2.      The  Market  Price of shares of a class of  Equity  Security  on any day
        shall  mean the  highest  sale  price of shares of such  class of Equity
        Security  on such  day,  or, if that day is not a  trading  day,  on the
        trading day immediately  preceding such day, on the national  securities
        exchange or the NASDAQ  System or any other  system then in use on which
        such class of Equity Security is traded.

3.      The term Equity  Security  shall mean any security  described in Section
        3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on October
        31,  1994,  which is traded on a  national  securities  exchange  or the
        NASDAQ System or any other system then in use.

4.      For  purposes  of  this  Article  TENTH,  all  references  to  the  term
        Interested Stockholder in the definition of Disinterested Director shall
        be deemed to refer to the term Interested Person.

         ELEVENTH:

         A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is otherwise  involved in any action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative  (hereinafter a "proceeding"),
by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a  director  or an officer of the
Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director
or officer of another corporation, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary
(as defined in Article EIGHTH  herein),  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or
other  enterprise,  including  service with respect to an employee  benefit plan
(hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity
while serving as a director or officer,  shall be indemnified  and held harmless
by the Corporation to

                                       13

<PAGE>



the fullest extent  authorized by the Delaware  General  Corporation Law, as the
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the  extent  that such  amendment  permits  the  Corporation  to provide
broader  indemnification  rights  than such law  permitted  the  Corporation  to
provide  prior to such  amendment),  against  all  expense,  liability  and loss
(including  attorneys' fees,  judgments,  fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and  amounts  paid  in  settlement)  reasonably  incurred  or  suffered  by such
indemnitee in connection therewith;  provided, however, that, except as provided
in  Section  C  hereof  with  respect  to   proceedings  to  enforce  rights  to
indemnification,   the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any  such  indemnitee  in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only
if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation.

         B. The right to indemnification  conferred in Section A of this Article
shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation  the expenses  incurred in
defending any such proceeding in advance of its final  disposition  (hereinafter
an "advancement of expenses");  provided, however, that, if the Delaware General
Corporation Law requires,  an advancement of expenses  incurred by an indemnitee
in his or her capacity as a director or officer  (and not in any other  capacity
in which  service  was or is  rendered by such  indemnitee,  including,  without
limitation,  service  to an  employee  benefit  plan)  shall be made  only  upon
delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by
or on behalf of such  indemnitee,  to repay all  amounts so advanced if it shall
ultimately  be  determined  by final  judicial  decision  from which there is no
further  right  to  appeal  (hereinafter  a  "final  adjudication"),  that  such
indemnitee  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  for such  expenses  under this
Section or otherwise.  The rights to  indemnification  and to the advancement of
expenses  conferred in Sections A and B of this Article shall be contract rights
and such  rights  shall  continue  as to an  indemnitee  who has  ceased to be a
director or officer and shall  inure to the benefit of the  indemnitee's  heirs,
executors and administrators.

         C. If a claim under  Section A or B of this Article is not paid in full
by the Corporation  within sixty days after a written claim has been received by
the  Corporation,  except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses,
in which case the applicable  period shall be twenty days, the indemnitee may at
any time  thereafter  bring suit against the  Corporation  to recover the unpaid
amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a
suit brought by the  Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses  pursuant
to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid
the expense of  prosecuting  or defending  such suit. In (i) any suit brought by
the  indemnitee to enforce a right to  indemnification  hereunder  (but not in a
suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses)
it shall be a defense that,  and (ii) in any suit by the  Corporation to recover
an  advancement  of  expenses  pursuant  to  the  terms  of an  undertaking  the
Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication
that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set
forth in the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  Neither  the  failure of the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders)  to have made a  determination  prior to the  commencement of such
suit that  indemnification  of the  indemnitee  is  proper in the  circumstances
because the indemnitee  has met the applicable  standard of conduct set forth in
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  nor an  actual  determination  by the
Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
stockholders)  that the  indemnitee  has not met  such  applicable  standard  of
conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the

                                       14

<PAGE>



applicable  standard  of conduct  or, in the case of such a suit  brought by the
indemnitee,  be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to
enforce a right to indemnification  or to an advancement of expenses  hereunder,
or by the  Corporation  to recover an  advancement  of expenses  pursuant to the
terms of an  undertaking,  the  burden of  proving  that the  indemnitee  is not
entitled to be  indemnified,  or to such  advancement  of  expenses,  under this
Article or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

         D. The rights to  indemnification  and to the  advancement  of expenses
conferred  in this  Article  shall not be exclusive of any other right which any
person  may have or  hereafter  acquire  under any  statute,  the  Corporation's
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  By-laws,  agreement,  vote of  stockholders  or
Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

         E. The Corporation may maintain  insurance,  at its expense, to protect
itself  and any  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the  Corporation  or
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
against any expense,  liability or loss,  whether or not the  Corporation  would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,  liability or loss
under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         F. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by a
majority vote of the disinterested  directors,  grant rights to  indemnification
and to the  advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the  Corporation
to the fullest  extent of the  provisions  of this  Article  with respect to the
indemnification  and  advancement  of expenses of directors  and officers of the
Corporation.


         TWELFTH:  A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable
to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  under  Section 174 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter
amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of directors,  then
the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest  extent  permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, as so
amended.

         Any  repeal  or  modification   of  the  foregoing   paragraph  by  the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

         THIRTEENTH:  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend or repeal any
provision   contained  in  this  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in  the  manner
prescribed  by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights  conferred  upon
stockholders are granted subject to this reservation;  provided,  however, that,
notwithstanding  any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any
provision of law which might  otherwise  permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition  to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this
Corporation required by law or by this

                                       15

<PAGE>



Certificate of  Incorporation,  the affirmative  vote of the holders of at least
80% of the voting  power of all of the  then-outstanding  shares of the  capital
stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
(after giving effect to the provisions of Article FOURTH),  voting together as a
single  class,  shall be required to amend or repeal  this  Article  THIRTEENTH,
clauses B or C of  Article  FOURTH,  clauses C or D of  Article  FIFTH,  Article
SIXTH, Article SEVENTH, Article EIGHTH, Article TENTH or Article ELEVENTH.

         FOURTEENTH:  The name and mailing address of the sole  incorporator are
as follows:

         NAME                          MAILING ADDRES
    Ernest A. Moretti                  Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.
                                       11 West Ridgely Road
                                       Lutherville, Maryland 21904



                                       16

<PAGE>


         I, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming
a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware,  do make, file and record
this Certificate of  Incorporation,  do certify that the facts herein stated are
true,  and,  accordingly,  have  hereto set my hand this 17th day of  September,
1997.


                                       /s/ Ernest A. Moretti
                                       -------------------------------
                                       Ernest A. Moretti, Incorporator



                                       17






                                   EXHIBIT 3.2

                                     BYLAWS
                             OF THE HOLDING COMPANY


<PAGE>



                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

                                     BY-LAWS

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS


Section 1.  Annual Meeting.

         An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to
succeed those whose terms expire and for the  transaction of such other business
as may properly  come before the meeting,  shall be held at such place,  on such
date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix.

Section 2.  Special Meetings.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred  stock of the  Corporation,  special  meetings of  stockholders of the
Corporation  may be  called  only  by  the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to a
resolution  adopted by a majority  of the total  number of  directors  which the
Corporation  would have if there  were no  vacancies  on the Board of  Directors
(hereinafter the "Whole Board").

Section 3.  Notice of Meetings.

         Written  notice of the place,  date,  and time of all  meetings  of the
stockholders  shall be given,  not less than ten (10) nor more than  sixty  (60)
days  before the date on which the  meeting is to be held,  to each  stockholder
entitled  to vote at such  meeting,  except  as  otherwise  provided  herein  or
required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by
the Delaware General  Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation).

         When a meeting is adjourned  to another  place,  date or time,  written
notice need not be given of the  adjourned  meeting if the place,  date and time
thereof  are  announced  at the  meeting  at which  the  adjournment  is  taken;
provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty
(30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally  noticed,  or if a
new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place,
date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At
any  adjourned  meeting,  any business may be  transacted  which might have been
transacted at the original meeting.

Section 4.  Quorum.

         At any meeting of the  stockholders,  the holders of at least one-third
of all of the shares of the stock  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  present in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except
to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be

                                        1

<PAGE>



required  by law.  Where a separate  vote by a class or classes is  required,  a
majority  of the  shares  of  such  class  or  classes,  present  in  person  or
represented  by proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum  entitled to take action with
respect to that vote on that matter.

         If a quorum  shall  fail to attend any  meeting,  the  chairman  of the
meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who
are present,  in person or by proxy,  may adjourn the meeting to another  place,
date or time.

         If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to
all  stockholders  entitled to vote  thereat,  stating that it will be held with
those present  constituting a quorum,  then except as otherwise required by law,
those  present at such  adjourned  meeting  shall  constitute a quorum,  and all
matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 5.  Organization.

         Such person as the Board of Directors  may have  designated  or, in the
absence of such a person,  the  President of the  Corporation  or, in his or her
absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any
meeting of the stockholders  and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence
of the Secretary of the Corporation,  the secretary of the meeting shall be such
person as the chairman appoints.

Section 6.  Conduct of Business.

                  (a)  The  chairman  of  any  meeting  of  stockholders   shall
determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such
regulation  of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him
or her in order.

                  (b) At any  annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only  such
business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) by
or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any  stockholder of the
Corporation  who is entitled to vote with respect  thereto and who complies with
the  notice  procedures  set forth in this  Section  6(b).  For  business  to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.
To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered or mailed to and received
at the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than thirty (30)
days prior to the date of the annual  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the
event that less than forty (40) days' notice of the date of the meeting is given
or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received
not later than the close of business on the 10th day  following the day on which
such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed. A stockholder's notice
to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter such stockholder  proposes to
bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief  description of the business desired
to be brought  before the annual  meeting and the reasons  for  conducting  such
business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the
Corporation's books, of the

                                        2

<PAGE>



stockholder who proposed such business,  (iii) the class and number of shares of
the Corporation's  capital stock that are beneficially owned by such stockholder
and  (iv)  any  material   interest  of  such   stockholder  in  such  business.
Notwithstanding  anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be
brought before or conducted at an annual  meeting except in accordance  with the
provisions of this Section 6(b). The officer of the  Corporation or other person
presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant,  determine and
declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting
in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Section 6(b) and, if he should so
determine,  he  shall  so  declare  to the  meeting  and any  such  business  so
determined  to  be  not  properly  brought  before  the  meeting  shall  not  be
transacted.

         At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be
conducted as shall have been brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction
of the Board of Directors  or by or at the  direction of the holders of not less
than one-tenth of all the outstanding  capital stock of the Corporation at whose
instance the special meeting is called.

                  (c) Only  persons who are  nominated  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set  forth in  these  By-laws  shall be  eligible  for  election  as
directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation  may be made at a meeting of  stockholders at which directors are to
be elected only (i) by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by
any  stockholder  of the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  for the  election  of
directors at the meeting who complies  with the notice  procedures  set forth in
this  Section  6(c).  Such  nominations,  other  than  those  made  by or at the
direction of the Board of  Directors,  shall be made by timely notice in writing
to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall
be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation  not less than 30 days prior to the date of the  meeting;  provided,
however,  that in the event  that  less than 40 days'  notice of the date of the
meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the stockholder to be timely
must be so  received  not  later  than  the  close of  business  on the 10th day
following  the day on which such  notice of the date of the  meeting was mailed.
Such  stockholder's  notice  shall  set forth  (i) as to each  person  whom such
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director,  all
information  relating  to  such  person  that is  required  to be  disclosed  in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy
statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);  and (ii) as to
the stockholder giving the notice:  (x) the name and address,  as they appear on
the  Corporation's  books,  of such  stockholder and (y) the class and number of
shares of the  Corporation's  capital stock that are beneficially  owned by such
stockholder.  At the request of the Board of Directors,  any person nominated by
the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary
of the Corporation that information  required to be set forth in a stockholder's
notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible
for election as a director of the  Corporation  unless  nominated in  accordance
with the  provisions of this Section  6(c).  The officer of the  Corporation  or
other person presiding at the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant,  determine
that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions

                                        3

<PAGE>



and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting
and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 7.  Proxies and Voting.

         At any meeting of the stockholders,  every stockholder entitled to vote
may vote in person or by proxy  authorized  by an  instrument  in writing (or as
otherwise  permitted  under  applicable  law)  by the  stockholder  or his  duly
authorized  attorney-in-fact  filed in accordance with the procedure established
for the meeting. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as
directed by the stockholder or in the absence of such  direction,  as determined
by a majority of the Board of  Directors.  No proxy shall be valid after  eleven
months  from  the  date of its  execution  except  for a proxy  coupled  with an
interest.

         Each  stockholder  shall  have one (1) vote  for  every  share of stock
entitled to vote which is  registered  in his or her name on the record date for
the  meeting,  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Corporation or as required by law.

         All voting,  including on the election of directors but excepting where
otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided,  however, that upon
demand therefore by a stockholder  entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock
vote shall be taken.  Every  stock vote shall be taken by ballot,  each of which
shall  state  the  name of the  stockholder  or  proxy  voting  and  such  other
information as may be required under the procedure  established for the meeting.
Every  vote  taken by ballot  shall be counted  by an  inspector  or  inspectors
appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

         All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and
except  as  otherwise  required  by law or as  provided  in the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes
cast.

Section 8.  Stock List.

         The  officer  who  has  charge  of  the  stock  transfer  books  of the
Corporation  shall  prepare  and  make,  in the  time  and  manner  required  by
applicable law, a list of stockholders entitled to vote and shall make such list
available for such purposes,  at such places,  at such times and to such persons
as  required  by  applicable  law.  The stock  transfer  books shall be the only
evidence as to the  identity of the  stockholders  entitled to examine the stock
transfer books or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 9.  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the  stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual
or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.

                                        4

<PAGE>



Section 10. Inspectors of Election

         The  Board  of   Directors   shall,   in  advance  of  any  meeting  of
stockholders,  appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election,  to act at
the meeting or any  adjournment  thereof and make a written report  thereof,  in
accordance with applicable law.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.  General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

         The  business  and  affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors shall be
as provided  for in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  The Board of Directors
shall  annually  elect a Chairman  of the Board and a  President  from among its
members and shall designate,  when present,  either the Chairman of the Board or
the President to preside at its meetings.

         The  directors,  other than those who may be elected by the  holders of
any class or series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes,  as
nearly equal in number as  reasonably  possible,  with the term of office of the
first  class  to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  first  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the conclusion
of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office
of the  third  class to  expire  at the  conclusion  of the  annual  meeting  of
stockholders two years  thereafter,  with each director to hold office until his
or her  successor  shall have been duly  elected and  qualified.  At each annual
meeting of  stockholders,  commencing with the first annual  meeting,  directors
elected to succeed  those  directors  whose terms  expire shall be elected for a
term of office to expire at the third succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders
after  their  election,  with  each  director  to hold  office  until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.


Section 2.  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

         Subject  to the  rights  of the  holders  of any  class  or  series  of
preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized  number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of
Directors  resulting  from  death,  resignation,  retirement,  disqualification,
removal from office or other cause may be filled only by a majority  vote of the
directors  then in office,  though less than a quorum,  and  directors so chosen
shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  at
which the term of office of the class to which they have been  elected  expires,
and until such director's  successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
No decrease in the number of authorized  directors  constituting the Board shall
shorten the term of any incumbent director.

                                        5

<PAGE>



Section 3.  Regular Meetings.

         Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place
or places,  on such date or dates,  and at such time or times as shall have been
established  by the Board of Directors and  publicized  among all  directors.  A
notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 4.  Special Meetings.

         Special  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be called by one-third
(1/3) of the directors  then in office  (rounded up to the nearest whole number)
or by the President and shall be held at such place,  on such date,  and at such
time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each
such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by
mailing  written  notice not less than five (5) days  before  the  meeting or by
telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile  transmission of the same not less than
twenty-four  (24) hours before the meeting.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in the
notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 5.  Quorum.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  a majority of the authorized
number of directors then  constituting  the Board shall  constitute a quorum for
all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those
present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further
notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6.  Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

         Members of the Board of  Directors,  or of any committee  thereof,  may
participate  in a meeting  of such  Board or  committee  by means of  conference
telephone  or similar  communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other and such  participation  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 7.  Conduct of Business.

         At any meeting of the Board of Directors,  business shall be transacted
in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time  determine,  and all
matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors  present,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or required by law. Action may be taken by
the Board of Directors  without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto
in  writing,  and the  writing  or  writings  are  filed  with  the  minutes  of
proceedings of the Board of Directors.


                                        6

<PAGE>


Section 8.  Powers.

         The Board of  Directors  may,  except  as  otherwise  required  by law,
exercise  all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or
done by the  Corporation,  including,  without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing, the unqualified power:

                  (1) To  declare dividends from time to time in accordance with
 law;

                  (2) To purchase or otherwise  acquire any property,  rights or
privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

                  (3) To authorize  the creation,  making and issuance,  in such
form as it may determine,  of written  obligations of every kind,  negotiable or
non-negotiable,  secured  or  unsecured,  and  to do  all  things  necessary  in
connection therewith;

                  (4) To remove any officer of the  Corporation  with or without
cause,  and from time to time to devolve  the  powers and duties of any  officer
upon any other person for the time being;

                  (5) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to
appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

                  (6) To adopt  from  time to time  such  stock,  option,  stock
purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors,  officers,  employees
and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

                  (7) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and
other  benefit  plans  for  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

                  (8) To adopt from time to time  regulations,  not inconsistent
with  these  By-laws,  for the  management  of the  Corporation's  business  and
affairs.


Section 9.  Compensation of Directors.

         Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of
Directors,  fixed fees and other  compensation  for their services as directors,
including,  without  limitation,  their services as members of committees of the
Board of Directors.



                                        7

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

Section 1.  Committees of the Board of Directors.

         The  Board  of  Directors,  by a vote of a  majority  of the  Board  of
Directors,  may from time to time designate  committees of the Board,  with such
lawfully  delegable  powers and duties as it  thereby  confers,  to serve at the
pleasure of the Board and shall,  for those  committees and any others  provided
for  herein,  elect a director or  directors  to serve as the member or members,
designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace
any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee
so designated  may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to
declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate
of  ownership  and  merger  pursuant  to  Section  253 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  if  the  resolution   which  designated  the  committee  or  a
supplemental  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  shall so  provide.  In the
absence or  disqualification  of any member of any  committee  and any alternate
member in his or her place,  the member or members of the  committee  present at
the meeting and not disqualified  from voting,  whether or not he or she or they
constitute a quorum,  may by unanimous vote appoint  another member of the Board
of  Directors  to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or  disqualified
member.

Section 2.  Conduct of Business.

         Each  committee  may  determine  the  procedural  rules for meeting and
conducting  its  business  and  shall  act in  accordance  therewith,  except as
otherwise  provided herein or required by law. Adequate  provision shall be made
for notice to members of all  meetings;  one-third  (1/3) of the  members  shall
constitute a quorum  unless the  committee  shall  consist of one (1) or two (2)
members,  in which  event one (1)  member  shall  constitute  a quorum;  and all
matters shall be determined  by a majority vote of the members  present.  Action
may be taken by any committee  without a meeting if all members  thereof consent
thereto in writing,  and the  writing or writings  are filed with the minutes of
the proceedings of such committee.




Section 3.  Nominating Committee.

         The Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a  Nominating  Committee of the
Board,  consisting of three (3) members, one of which shall be the President if,
and only so long as, the President remains in office as a member of the Board of
Directors.  The  Nominating  Committee  shall have  authority  (a) to review any
nominations  for election to the Board of Directors made by a stockholder of the
Corporation  pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii) of Article I of these By-laws in order
to determine compliance with such By-law and (b) to recommend to the Whole Board
nominees

                                        8

<PAGE>



for election to the Board of Directors to replace  those  directors  whose terms
expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next ensuing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

Section 1.  Generally.

                  (a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after
the annual meeting of stockholders  shall choose a President,  a Secretary and a
Treasurer  and from time to time may choose  such other  officers as it may deem
proper.  The President  shall be chosen from among the directors.  Any number of
offices may be held by the same person.

                  (b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next
annual  election of officers and until their  respective  successors are chosen,
but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the  affirmative  vote
of a majority of the authorized  number of directors then constituting the Board
of Directors.

                  (c) All officers  chosen by the Board of Directors  shall each
have such powers and duties as generally  pertain to their  respective  offices,
subject to the specific  provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also
have such powers and duties as from time to time may be  conferred  by the Board
of Directors or by any committee thereof.

Section 2.  President.

         The President shall be the chief executive  officer and, subject to the
control of the Board of Directors,  shall have general power over the management
and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation's  business
and general  supervisory  power and authority over its policies and affairs.  He
shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the Board of Directors and of any
committee thereof are carried into effect.

         Each meeting of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors shall be
presided  over by such officer as has been  designated by the Board of Directors
or, in his absence, by such officer or other person as is chosen at the meeting.
The Secretary or, in his absence, the General Counsel of the Corporation or such
officer as has been  designated  by the Board of  Directors  or, in his absence,
such officer or other person as is chosen by the person presiding,  shall act as
secretary of each such meeting.


                                        9

<PAGE>



Section 3.  Vice President.

         The Vice President or Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform the duties
of the  President in his absence or during his  disability  to act. In addition,
the Vice  Presidents  shall  perform the duties and exercise the powers  usually
incident to their respective  offices and/or such other duties and powers as may
be properly  assigned to them from time to time by the Board of  Directors,  the
Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 4.  Secretary.

         The  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary  shall  issue  notices  of
meetings,  shall  keep  their  minutes,  shall  have  charge of the seal and the
corporate books,  shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers
as are usually  incident to such offices  and/or such other duties and powers as
are properly  assigned  thereto by the Board of  Directors,  the Chairman of the
Board or the President.

Section 5.  Treasurer.

         The  Treasurer  shall have charge of all monies and  securities  of the
Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation
which has a treasurer or financial  officer appointed by the Board of Directors,
and shall keep regular books of account.  The funds of the Corporation  shall be
deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Treasurer with such associations
or trust companies as the Board of Directors from time to time shall  designate.
He shall sign or countersign  such  instruments as require his signature,  shall
perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such
office  and/or such other duties and powers as are  properly  assigned to him by
the Board of Directors,  the Chairman of the Board or the President,  and may be
required to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties in such sum and
with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.  Assistant Secretaries and Other Officers.

         The Board of Directors  may appoint one or more  assistant  secretaries
and one or more  assistants  to the  Treasurer,  or one  appointee  to both such
positions,  which  officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties
as are  provided in these  By-laws or as may be assigned to them by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 7.  Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

         Unless otherwise  directed by the Board of Directors,  the President or
any officer of the  Corporation  authorized by the President shall have power to
vote and otherwise act on behalf of the  Corporation,  in person or by proxy, at
any meeting of  stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of
any  other  corporation  in  which  this  Corporation  may hold  securities  and
otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this  Corporation  may
possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.


                                       10

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

Section 1.  Certificates of Stock.

         Each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate  signed by, or in
the name of the Corporation  by, the President or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
certifying the number of shares owned by him or her.
Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2.  Transfers of Stock.

         Transfers  of stock shall be made only upon the  transfer  books of the
Corporation  kept  at  an  office  of  the  Corporation  or by  transfer  agents
designated to transfer  shares of the stock of the  Corporation.  Except where a
certificate  is  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  4 of  Article V of these
By-laws,  an outstanding  certificate for the number of shares involved shall be
surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore.

Section 3.  Record Date.

         In order that the Corporation may determine the  stockholders  entitled
to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any
rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or  exchange  of stock or for the
purpose of any other  lawful  action,  the Board of  Directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record  date shall not  precede  the date on which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted  and which  record date shall not be more than
sixty  (60)  nor less  than ten (10)  days  before  the date of any  meeting  of
stockholders,  nor more than  sixty  (60) days  prior to the time for such other
action as hereinbefore described;  provided,  however, that if no record date is
fixed by the Board of Directors,  the record date for  determining  stockholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  stockholders  shall be at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or,
if notice is waived,  at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which the meeting is held,  and,  for  determining  stockholders  entitled to
receive payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment of rights or
to  exercise  any rights of change,  conversion  or exchange of stock or for any
other  purpose,  the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on
which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

         A  determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.


                                       11

<PAGE>



Section 4.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

         In the event of the loss,  theft or destruction  of any  certificate of
stock,  another may be issued in its place  pursuant to such  regulations as the
Board  of  Directors  may  establish  concerning  proof of such  loss,  theft or
destruction  and  concerning  the  giving  of a  satisfactory  bond or  bonds of
indemnity.

Section 5.  Regulations.

         The issue,  transfer,  conversion and  registration  of certificates of
stock shall be governed by such other  regulations as the Board of Directors may
establish.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     NOTICES

Section 1.  Notices.

         Except as otherwise  specifically  provided  herein or required by law,
all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee
or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be  effectively  given by
hand delivery to the recipient  thereof,  by depositing such notice in the mail,
postage  paid,  by sending  such  notice by prepaid  telegram  or mailgram or by
sending such notice by facsimile machine or other electronic  transmission.  Any
such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder,  director, officer, employee
or agent at his or her last known  address  as the same  appears on the books of
the Corporation.  The time when such notice is received,  if hand delivered,  or
dispatched,  if  delivered  through  the mail,  by  telegram  or  mailgram or by
facsimile  machine or other  electronic  transmission,  shall be the time of the
giving of the notice.

Section 2.  Waivers.

         A written  waiver of any  notice,  signed by a  stockholder,  director,
officer,  employee or agent,  whether  before or after the time of the event for
which notice is to be given,  shall be deemed  equivalent to the notice required
to be given to such stockholder,  director,  officer, employee or agent. Neither
the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.



                                       12

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 1.  Facsimile Signatures.

         In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere
specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or
officers of the  Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board
of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2.  Corporate Seal.

         The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name
of the Corporation,  which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and
when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of
the seal may be kept and used by the  Treasurer or by an Assistant  Secretary or
Assistant Treasurer.

Section 3.  Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

         Each director,  each member of any committee designated by the Board of
Directors,  and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his
or her  duties,  be fully  protected  in relying in good faith upon the books of
account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions,
reports or  statements  presented to the  Corporation  by any of its officers or
employees,  or  committees  of the Board of Directors so  designated,  or by any
other person as to matters  which such director or committee  member  reasonably
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4.  Fiscal Year.

         The fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall be as fixed by the Board of
Directors.

Section 5.  Time Periods.

         In applying any provision of these  By-laws which  requires that an act
be done or not be done a  specified  number of days prior to an event or that an
act be done  during a period of a  specified  number of days  prior to an event,
calendar  days shall be used,  the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded
and the day of the event shall be included.



                                       13

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         The By-laws of the Corporation  may be adopted,  amended or repealed as
provided  in  Article  SEVENTH  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation.


                                       14






                                   EXHIBIT 3.3

                      CHARTER OF ASSOCIATION IN STOCK FORM
                             OF THE HOLDING COMPANY


<PAGE>



                              FEDERAL STOCK CHARTER

                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION


         SECTION 1. Corporate title. The full corporate title of the association
is "Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association."

         SECTION 2. Office.  The  home  office  shall  be located in the City of
Lutherville, County of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland.

         SECTION 3. Duration.  The duration of the association is perpetual.

         SECTION 4. Purpose and powers.  The purpose  of the  association  is to
pursue  any or all of the lawful  objectives  of a federal  savings  association
chartered  under  SECTION 5 of the Home  Owners' Loan Act and to exercise all of
the express,  implied,  and incidental  powers conferred thereby and by all acts
amendatory  thereof and  supplemental  thereto,  subject to the Constitution and
laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be
amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders
of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Office").

         SECTION 5. Capital stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of
the capital stock that the association has the authority to issue is two million
five hundred thousand  (2,500,000),  of which two million  (2,000,000)  shall be
common stock of par value of $.01 per share,  and of which five hundred thousand
(500,000)  shall be serial  preferred  stock of par value  $.01 per  share.  The
shares may be issued from time to time as  authorized  by the board of directors
without further approval of stockholders,  except as otherwise  provided in this
SECTION 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule
or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in
full before  their  issuance  and shall not be less than the par value.  Neither
promissory  notes nor future services shall  constitute  payment or part payment
for the issuance of shares of the association.  The consideration for the shares
shall be cash,  tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment
in such  property  would be permitted to the  association),  labor,  or services
actually performed for the association,  or any combination of the foregoing. In
the  absence of actual  fraud in the  transaction,  the value of such  property,
labor, or services,  as determined by the board of directors of the association,
shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such  consideration,  such shares shall be
deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that
part of the retained  earnings of the association  that is transferred to common
stock or  paid-in  capital  accounts  upon the  issuance  of  shares  as a stock
dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

         Except for shares issued in the initial organization of the association
or in connection with the conversion of the  association  from the mutual to the
stock form of  capitalization,  no shares of  capital  stock  (including  shares
issuable upon conversion,  exchange,  or exercise of other  securities) shall be
issued, directly or indirectly,  to officers,  directors, or controlling persons
of the  association  other  than as  part of a  general  public  offering  or as
qualifying  shares to a director,  unless their issuance or the plan under which
they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible
to be cast at a legal meeting.

                                        1

<PAGE>



         Nothing contained in this SECTION 5 (or in any  supplementary  sections
hereto)  shall  entitle the holders of any class of a series of capital stock to
vote as a  separate  class or  series,  or to more  than  one  vote  per  share:
Provided,  That this  restriction on voting  separately by class or series shall
not apply:

          (i)            To any  provision  that would  authorize the holders of
                         preferred stock,  voting as a class or series, to elect
                         some  members  of the board of  directors,  less than a
                         majority  thereof,  in  the  event  of  default  in the
                         payment  of   dividends  on  any  class  or  series  of
                         preferred stock;

          (ii)           To any  provision  which  would  require the holders of
                         preferred  stock,  voting  as a  class  or  series,  to
                         approve the merger or  consolidation of the association
                         with  another   corporation  or  the  sale,  lease,  or
                         conveyance  (other  than  by  mortgage  or  pledge)  of
                         properties or business in exchange for  securities of a
                         corporation other than the association if the preferred
                         stock  is  exchanged  for   securities  of  such  other
                         corporation:  Provided,  That no provision  may require
                         such  approval  for  transactions  undertaken  with the
                         assistance  or pursuant to the  direction of the Office
                         or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

          (iii)          To any  amendment  which  would  adversely  change  the
                         specific  terms of any class or series of capital stock
                         as set forth in this SECTION 5 (or in any supplementary
                         sections  hereto),  including any amendment which would
                         create or  enlarge  any class or series  ranking  prior
                         thereto in rights and  preferences.  An amendment which
                         increases the number of authorized  shares of any class
                         or  series  of  capital  stock,   or  substitutes   the
                         surviving  association in a merger or consolidation for
                         the association,  shall not be considered to be such an
                         adverse change.

         A  description  of the  different  classes  and  series (if any) of the
association's  capital  stock  and a  statement  of the  designations,  and  the
relative  rights,  preferences,  and limitations of the shares of each class and
series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:

         A.  Common  stock.  Except  as  provided  in this  SECTION 5 (or in any
supplementary   sections   thereto)  the  holders  of  the  common  stock  shall
exclusively  possess all voting  power.  Each  holder of shares of common  stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

         Whenever  there  shall have been paid,  or  declared  and set aside for
payment,  to the holders of the outstanding  shares of any class of stock having
preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount
of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund, or other retirement payments,
if any, to which such holders are  respectively  entitled in  preference  to the
common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or
series of stock  entitled to  participate  therewith as to dividends  out of any
assets legally available for the payment of dividends.



                                        2

<PAGE>



         In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding  up of the
association,  the  holders of the common  stock (and the holders of any class or
series  of  stock  entitled  to  participate   with  the  common  stock  in  the
distribution  of assets) shall be entitled to receive,  in cash or in kind,  the
assets of the  association  available  for  distribution  remaining  after:  (i)
Payment or provision  for payment of the  association's  debts and  liabilities;
(ii)   distributions  or  provision  for  distributions  in  settlement  of  its
liquidation  account; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to
holders of any class or series of stock having  preference over the common stock
in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the association. Each share of
common  stock shall have the same  relative  rights as and be  identical  in all
respects with all the other shares of common stock.

         B.  Preferred  Stock.  The  association  may  provide in  supplementary
sections to its charter for one or more classes of preferred stock,  which shall
be separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued
in series,  with each series  separately  designated  so as to  distinguish  the
shares  thereof from the shares of all other  series and  classes.  The terms of
each series shall be set forth in a  supplementary  section to the charter.  All
shares of the same class shall be identical except as to the following  relative
rights and preferences,  as to which there may be variations  between  different
series:

         (a)      The  distinctive  serial  designation and the number of shares
                  constituting such series;

         (b)      The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the
                  shares of such series,  whether  dividends shall be cumulative
                  and,  if so,  from which  date(s),  the  payment  date(s)  for
                  dividends,  and the  participating or other special rights, if
                  any, with respect to dividends;

         (c)      The voting powers, full or limited, if any,  of shares of such
                  series;

         (d)      Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable  and, if
                  so, the  price(s) at which,  and the terms and  conditions  on
                  which such shares may be redeemed;

         (e)      The  amount(s)  payable  upon the shares of such series in the
                  event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or
                  winding up of the association;

         (f)      Whether  the shares of such  series  shall be  entitled to the
                  benefit of a sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the
                  purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the
                  amount  of  such  fund  and  the  manner  of its  application,
                  including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or
                  purchased through the application of such fund;

         (g)      Whether the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into,
                  or  exchangeable  for, shares of any other class or classes of
                  stock of the association and, if so, the conversion  price(s),
                  or the rate(s) of exchange,  and the adjustments  thereof,  if
                  any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any
                  other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;


                                        3

<PAGE>



         (h)      The price or other  consideration for which the shares of such
                  series shall be issued; and

         (i)      Whether  the  shares  of such  series  which are  redeemed  or
                  converted  shall have the status of  authorized  but  unissued
                  shares of serial  preferred  stock and whether such shares may
                  be  reissued  as  shares  of the same or any  other  series of
                  serial preferred stock.

         Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same
relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of
the same series.

         The board of directors shall have authority to divide,  by the adoption
of supplementary charter sections,  any authorized class of preferred stock into
series,  and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder
of this charter,  fix and determine the relative  rights and  preferences of the
shares of any series so established.

         Prior to the issuance of any preferred  shares of a series  established
by a  supplementary  charter  section  adopted  by the board of  directors,  the
association  shall  file with the  Secretary  to the Office a dated copy of that
supplementary section of this charter established and designating the series and
fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

         SECTION 6.  Preemptive   rights.  Holders of the  capital  stock of the
association  shall not be entitled  to  preemptive  rights  with  respect to any
shares of the association which may be issued.

         SECTION 7. Directors. The association shall be under the direction of a
board of  directors.  The  authorized  number  of  directors,  as  stated in the
association's  bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except
when a greater or lesser number is approved by the Director of the Office or his
or her delegate.

         SECTION 8. Beneficial ownership  limitation.  Notwithstanding  anything
contained in the association's  charter or bylaws to the contrary,  for a period
of five years from the  effective  date of this  charter,  no person  other than
First  Robinson  Financial  Corporation,  the  parent  holding  company  of  the
association  shall  directly  or  indirectly  offer to acquire  or  acquire  the
beneficial  ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the
association.  This  limitation  shall  not apply to a  transaction  in which the
association forms a holding company without change in the respective  beneficial
ownership  interests of its stockholders  other than pursuant to the exercise of
any dissenter and appraisal  rights,  the purchase of shares by  underwriters in
connection with a public offering,  or the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified
employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the approval requirements under
Section 574.3(c)(1)(vi) of the Office's regulations.

         In the event  shares are  acquired in  violation of this SECTION 8, all
shares  beneficially  owned by any  person in excess of 10% shall be  considered
"excess  shares"  and shall not be counted as shares  entitled to vote and shall
not be voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any
matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

                                        4

<PAGE>



         For purposes of this SECTION 8, the following definitions apply:

         (1) The  term  "person"  includes  an  individual,  a group  acting  in
concert, a corporation, a partnership,  an association, a joint stock company, a
trust, an  unincorporated  organization or similar  company,  a syndicate or any
other group  formed for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or  disposing of the
equity securities of the association.

         (2) The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise  acquire,
solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for
tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.

         (3) The term  "acquire"  includes  every type of  acquisition,  whether
effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

         (4) The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing  participation  in a
joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
pursuant to an express  agreement,  or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or
other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose  pursuant to
any  contract,  understanding,  relationship,  agreement or other  arrangements,
whether written or otherwise.

         SECTION 9.  Cumulative  voting  limitation.   Stockholders   shall   be
permitted to cumulate their votes for election of directors.

         SECTION 10. Call for special meetings. Special meetings of stockholders
relating to changes in control of the  association  or amendments to its charter
shall be called only upon direction of the board of directors.

         SECTION 11.  Priority of accounts.  In any situation which the priority
of the accounts of the association is in  controversy,  all such accounts shall,
to the extent of their withdrawable value, be debts of the association having at
least as high a priority as the claims of general  creditors of the  association
not  having  priority  (other  than  any  priority  arising  or  resulting  from
consensual subordination) over other general creditors of the association.

         SECTION 12.  Amendment of charter.  Except as provided in SECTION 5, no
amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this charter shall be made,
unless such is first  proposed  by the board of  directors  of the  association,
approved by the shareholders by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast at a
legal  meeting,  unless a higher vote is  otherwise  required,  and  approved or
preapproved by the Office.

                                        5

<PAGE>


                                   WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION



ATTEST:___________________________       By:________________________________
       ________________, Secretary          Ernest A. Moretti, President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer







                                   DIRECTOR OF THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION



ATTEST:___________________________       By:________________________________
       Secretary of the Office of           Director of the Office of Thrift
       Thrift Supervision                   Supervision



Declared effective this ____ day of ___________, 1997.



                                        6






                                   EXHIBIT 3.4

                     BYLAWS OF THE ASSOCIATION IN STOCK FORM


<PAGE>



                                  STOCK BYLAWS

                                       OF

                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION


Article I - Home Office

         The home office of the  association  shall be at 11 West Ridgely  Road,
City of Lutherville, County of Baltimore, in the State of Maryland.

Article II - Shareholders

         Section 1.  Place of Meetings.  All  annual  and  special  meetings  of
shareholders shall be  held  at  the  home  office of the association or at such
other convenient place as the board of directors may determine.

         Section  2.  Annual  Meeting.  A  meeting  of the  shareholders  of the
association  for the election of directors and for the  transaction of any other
business of the association shall be held annually within 150 days after the end
of the association's fiscal year on the third Wednesday of each October if not a
legal holiday,  and if a legal holiday,  then on the next day following which is
not a legal holiday,  at __________  a.m., or at such other date and time within
such 150-day period as the board of directors may determine.

         Section 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for
any purpose or purposes,  unless otherwise  prescribed by the regulations of the
Office  of  Thrift  Supervision  ("Office"),  may be  called  at any time by the
chairman of the board,  the president,  or a majority of the board of directors,
and  shall be  called  by the  chairman  of the  board,  the  president,  or the
secretary upon the written  request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of
all of the outstanding capital stock of the association  entitled to vote at the
meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting
and shall be  delivered to the home office of the  association  addressed to the
chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary.

         Section 4. Conduct of Meetings.  Annual and special  meetings  shall be
conducted in accordance with the most current edition of Robert's Rules of Order
unless otherwise  prescribed by regulations of the Office or these bylaws or the
board of directors adopts another written procedure for the conduct of meetings.
The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the
board or president to preside at such meetings.

         Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice stating the place,  day,
and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall
be  delivered  not fewer  than 20 nor more than 50 days  before  the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of
the board,  the  president,  or the  secretary,  or the  directors  calling  the
meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed

                                        1

<PAGE>



to be delivered when deposited in the mail,  addressed to the shareholder at the
address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the  association
as of the record date  prescribed  in section 6 of this  article II with postage
prepaid. When any shareholders' meeting,  either annual or special, is adjourned
for 30 days or more,  notice of the  adjourned  meeting shall be given as in the
case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the
time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the business
to be transacted at the meeting,  other than an  announcement  at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken.

         Section  6.  Fixing of Record  Date.  For the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or
in order to make a determination  of shareholders  for any other proper purpose,
the board of  directors  shall fix in advance a date as the record  date for any
such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than
60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not fewer than 10 days prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders,  is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders  entitled to
vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in this section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

         Section 7. Voting  Lists.  At least 20 days before each  meeting of the
shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the  association  shall make a complete  list of the  shareholders  of
record entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in
alphabetical order, with the address and the number of shares held by each. This
list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the association
and  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  by any  shareholder  of  record  or the
shareholder's  agent at any time during usual  business hours for a period of 20
days prior to such  meeting.  Such list shall also be produced  and kept open at
the time and place of the  meeting  and shall be  subject to  inspection  by any
shareholder of record or any  shareholder's  agent during the entire time of the
meeting.  The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence
of the  shareholders  entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote
at any meeting of shareholders. In lieu of making the shareholder list available
for inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the board
of directors may elect to follow the  procedures  prescribed in ss.  552.6(d) of
the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

         Section  8.  Quorum.  A  majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
association  entitled  to  vote,  represented  in  person  or  by  proxy,  shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the
outstanding  shares is  represented  at a meeting,  a majority  of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be present or  represented,  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally  notified.  The shareholders  present at a duly organized meeting may
continue to transact business until adjournment,  notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum. If a quorum is present,
the  affirmative  vote of the majority of the shares  represented at the meeting
and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders,
unless the vote of a greater number of

                                        2

<PAGE>



shareholders  voting  together  or voting by classes is  required  by law or the
charter. Directors,  however, are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an
election of directors.

         Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders,  a shareholder may
vote by proxy  executed  in  writing  by the  shareholder  or by his or her duly
authorized   attorney  in  fact.   Proxies  may  be  given   telephonically   or
electronically as long as the holder uses a procedure for verifying the identity
of the shareholder. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted
as  directed  by the  shareholder  or,  in the  absence  of such  direction,  as
determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more
than eleven  months from the date of its  execution  except for a proxy  coupled
with an interest.

         Section 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More  Persons.  When
ownership  stands in the name of two or more persons,  in the absence of written
directions  to  the  association  to  the  contrary,   at  any  meeting  of  the
shareholders of the association any one or more of such  shareholders  may cast,
in person or by proxy,  all votes to which such  ownership is  entitled.  In the
event an attempt is made to cast  conflicting  votes,  in person or by proxy, by
the several  persons in whose names shares of stock stand,  the vote or votes to
which  those  persons  are  entitled  shall be cast as directed by a majority of
those  holding  such and present in person or by proxy at such  meeting,  but no
votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

         Section 11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the
name of another corporation may be voted by any officer,  agent, or proxy as the
bylaws of such corporation may prescribe,  or, in the absence of such provision,
as the board of directors of such  corporation may determine.  Shares held by an
administrator,  executor,  guardian,  or conservator may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  without a transfer of such shares into his or her
name.  Shares  standing  in the  name of a  trustee  may be voted by him or her,
either in person or by proxy,  but no trustee  shall be  entitled to vote shares
held by him or her  without  a  transfer  of such  shares  into his or her name.
Shares held in trust in an IRA or Keogh  Account,  however,  may be voted by the
association if no other  instructions are received.  Shares standing in the name
of a receiver  may be voted by such  receiver,  and shares  held by or under the
control of a receiver may be voted by such  receiver  without the transfer  into
his or her name if authority to do so is  contained in an  appropriate  order of
the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

         A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

         Neither  treasury  shares of its own stock held by the  association nor
shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote
for  the  election  of  directors  of such  other  corporation  are  held by the
association,  shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining  the total
number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         Section 12. Cumulative Voting. Every shareholder entitled to vote at an
election for directors shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy,  the
number of  shares  owned by the  shareholder  for as many  persons  as there are
directors to be elected and for whose  election the  shareholder  has a right to
vote,  or to  cumulate  the votes by giving one  candidate  as many votes as the
number of such directors to be elected  multiplied by the number of shares shall
equal or by  distributing  such votes on the same principle  among any number of
candidates.

         Section  13.  Inspectors  of  Election.  In advance  of any  meeting of
shareholders,  the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees
for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any  adjournment.
The  number of  inspectors  shall be either one or three.  Any such  appointment
shall not be  altered at the  meeting.  If  inspectors  of  election  are not so
appointed,  the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of
not fewer than 10 percent of the votes  represented at the meeting  shall,  make
such  appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting,  the majority of
the votes  present shall  determine  whether one or three  inspectors  are to be
appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or
refuses  to act,  the  vacancy  may be  filled  by  appointment  by the board of
directors  in advance of the  meeting or at the  meeting by the  chairman of the
board or the president.

         Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of
such inspectors  shall include:  determining the number of shares and the voting
power of each share, the shares  represented at the meeting,  the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity,  validity and effect of proxies;  receiving votes,
ballots,  or consents;  hearing and  determining all challenges and questions in
any way arising in connection  with the rights to vote;  counting and tabulating
all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

         Section 14. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall act as a
nominating  committee  for  selecting  the  management  nominees for election as
directors. Except in the case of nominee substituted as a result of the death or
other incapacity of a management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver
written  nominations  to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date of the
annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in each office of the  association.  No nominations  for directors  except
those made by the nominating committee shall be voted upon at the annual meeting
unless other  nominations by  shareholders  are made in writing and delivered to
the  secretary  of the  association  at least five days prior to the date of the
annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in each  office  of the  association.  Ballots  bearing  the  names of all
persons  nominated by the  nominating  committee  and by  shareholders  shall be
provided for use at the annual  meeting.  However,  if the nominating  committee
shall  fail or  refuse  to act at least 20 days  prior  to the  annual  meeting,
nominations  for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any  shareholder
entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

         Section 15. New Business. Any new business to be taken up at the annual
meeting  shall  be  stated  in  writing  and  filed  with the  secretary  of the
association at least five days before the date

                                        4

<PAGE>



of the annual meeting, and all business so stated,  proposed, and filed shall be
considered at the annual  meeting;  but no other proposal shall be acted upon at
the annual  meeting.  Any  shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual
meeting  and the same may be  discussed  and  considered,  but unless  stated in
writing and filed with the secretary at least five days before the meeting, such
proposal  shall be laid over for  action  at an  adjourned,  special,  or annual
meeting  of the  shareholders  taking  place  30 days or more  thereafter.  This
provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the
annual  meeting  of reports  of  officers,  directors,  and  committees;  but in
connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual
meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

         Section 16. Informal Action by Shareholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the  shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting  of  shareholders,  may be taken  without a meeting  if  consent in
writing,  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken,  shall  be given by all of the
shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.

Article III - Board of Directors

         Section 1. General Powers.  The business and affairs of the association
shall be under the direction of its board of  directors.  The board of directors
shall  annually  elect a chairman  of the board and a  president  from among its
members and shall designate,  when present,  either the chairman of the board or
the president to preside at its meetings.

         Section 2. Number and Term.  The board of  directors  shall  consist of
nine members,  and shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number
as  possible.  The  members of each class  shall be elected  for a term of three
years and until their successors are elected and qualified.
One class shall be elected by ballot annually.

         Section  3.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  board  of
directors  shall be held  without  other  notice than this bylaw  following  the
annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  provide,  by
resolution,  the time and place, for the holding of additional  regular meetings
without  other  notice than such  resolution.  Directors  may  participate  in a
meeting by means of a  conference  telephone  or similar  communications  device
through  which all persons  participating  can hear each other at the same time.
Participation  by  such  means  shall  constitute  presence  in  person  for all
purposes.

         Section 4.  Qualification.  Each  director  shall  at  all times be the
beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the association
unless the association is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

         Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board,  the president,
or one-third of the directors.  The persons  authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors may fix any place, within the

                                        5

<PAGE>



association's  normal  lending  territory,  as the place for holding any special
meeting of the board of directors called by such persons.

         Members of the board of directors may  participate in special  meetings
by means of conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation
shall constitute presence in person for all purposes.

         Section 6. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given
to each director at least 24 hours prior thereto when delivered personally or by
telegram  or at least  five days prior  thereto  when  delivered  by mail at the
address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered  when  deposited in the mail so  addressed,  with postage
prepaid if mailed,  when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram,
or  when  the  association   receives  notice  of  delivery  if   electronically
transmitted.  Any director  may waive  notice of any meeting by a writing  filed
with the secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends a meeting for
the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  because the
meeting  is  not  lawfully  called  or  convened.  Neither  the  business  to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         Section 7.  Quorum.  A majority  of the  number of  directors  fixed by
section 2 of this article III shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of
business  at any  meeting  of the  board of  directors;  but if less  than  such
majority  is present  at a meeting,  a majority  of the  directors  present  may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be
given in the same manner as prescribed by section 5 of this Article III.

         Section 8. Manner of Acting.  The act of the majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office
or by these bylaws.

         Section 9. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  board of  directors  at a  meeting  may be taken  without  a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the directors.

         Section 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending
a  written  notice of such  resignation  to the home  office of the  association
addressed  to the  chairman  of the  board or the  president.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such  resignation  shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of
the board or the president.  More than three  consecutive  absences from regular
meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of
directors,  shall  automatically  constitute a resignation,  effective when such
resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

         Section 11. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors
may be filled by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the remaining  directors
although  less than a quorum of the board of  directors.  A director  elected to
fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve only until the next

                                        6

<PAGE>



election of  directors by the  shareholders.  Any  directorship  to be filled by
reason of an  increase in the number of  directors  may be filled by election by
the board of  directors  for a term of  office  continuing  only  until the next
election of directors by the shareholders.

         Section  12.  Compensation.  Directors,  as such,  may receive a stated
salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable
fixed sum, and  reasonable  expenses of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for
attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Members
of either standing or special  committees may be allowed such  compensation  for
attendance at committee meetings as the board of directors may determine.

         Section 13. Presumption of Assent. A director of the association who is
present  at a  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors  at  which  action  on any
association  matter is taken shall be  presumed  to have  assented to the action
taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered in the minutes of
the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with
the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof
or shall  forward  such  dissent  by  registered  mail to the  secretary  of the
association within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting
is  received.  Such right to dissent  shall not apply to a director who voted in
favor of such action.

         Section 14. Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of shareholders  called
expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed only for cause by a vote
of the holders of a majority of the shares then  entitled to vote at an election
of  directors.  If less than the entire  board is to be  removed,  no one of the
directors  may be  removed  if the  votes  cast  against  the  removal  would be
sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively  voted at an election of the
class of directors of which such director is a part.  If  cumulative  voting has
been deleted, the preceding sentence should be deleted.  Whenever the holders of
the  shares of any  class are  entitled  to elect one or more  directors  by the
provisions of the charter or supplemental  sections  thereto,  the provisions of
this section  shall apply,  in respect to the removal of a director or directors
so elected,  to the vote of the holders of the outstanding  shares of that class
and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

Article IV - Executive and Other Committees

         Section 1. Appointment.  The board of directors,  by resolution adopted
by a majority of the full board,  may designate the chief executive  officer and
two or more of the other  directors to  constitute an executive  committee.  The
designation  of any committee  pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of
authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors,  or any director,
of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

         Section 2. Authority.  The  executive  committee,  when  the  board  of
directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of
the board of directors  except to the extent,  if any, that such authority shall
be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also
that the  executive  committee  shall  not have the  authority  of the  board of
directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends;  the amendment of the
charter or bylaws of the association,

                                        7

<PAGE>



or  recommending  to  the  shareholders  a plan  of  merger,  consolidation,  or
conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the  property  and  assets of the  association  otherwise  than in the usual and
regular course of its business;  a voluntary  dissolution of the association;  a
revocation of any of the  foregoing;  or the approval of a transaction  in which
any member of the executive committee,  directly or indirectly, has any material
beneficial interest.

         Section  3.  Tenure.  Subject  to the  provisions  of section 8 of this
article IV, each member of the executive  committee  shall hold office until the
next  regular  annual  meeting of the board of  directors  following  his or her
designation  and until a successor is  designated  as a member of the  executive
committee.

         Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be
held without notice at such times and places as the executive  committee may fix
from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may
be called by any member  thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the
place,  date, and hour of the meeting,  which notice may be written or oral. Any
member of the executive  committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice
of any meeting  need be given to any member  thereof who attends in person.  The
notice of a  meeting  of the  executive  committee  need not state the  business
proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

         Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee
shall  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of  business  at any  meeting
thereof,  and  action  of the  executive  committee  must be  authorized  by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  members  present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

         Section 6. Action Without a Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted
to be taken by the  executive  committee  at a  meeting  may be taken  without a
meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be
signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

         Section 7.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  in the executive committee may be
filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

         Section  8.  Resignations  and  Removal.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the full  board of  directors.  Any  member of the  executive
committee may resign from the executive  committee at any time by giving written
notice to the  president  or  secretary  of the  association.  Unless  otherwise
specified,  such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt;  the acceptance
of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

         Section 9. Procedure.  The executive  committee shall elect a presiding
officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure  which shall not
be  inconsistent  with  these  bylaws.  It shall  keep  regular  minutes  of its
proceeding and report the same to the board of directors for its  information at
the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         Section 10. Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution
establish an audit,  loan, or other committee  composed of directors as they may
determine to be necessary or appropriate  for the conduct of the business of the
association and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.

Article V - Officers

         Section  1.  Positions.  The  officers  of the  association  shall be a
president,  one or  more  vice  presidents,  a  secretary,  and a  treasurer  or
comptroller,  each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board
of directors  may also  designate  the chairman of the board as an officer.  The
offices of the secretary and  treasurer or  comptroller  may be held by the same
person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer or
comptroller. The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as
executive  vice president or senior vice  president.  The board of directors may
also elect or authorize the  appointment  of such other officers as the business
of the  association  may require.  The officers  shall have such  authority  and
perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or
determine.  In the  absence of action by the board of  directors,  the  officers
shall  have such  powers  and duties as  generally  pertain to their  respective
offices.

         Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the association
shall be elected  annually at the first  meeting of the board of directors  held
after each annual  meeting of the  shareholders.  If the election of officers is
not held at such  meeting,  such  election  shall be held as soon  thereafter as
possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected
and  qualified  or until the  officer's  death,  resignation,  or removal in the
manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or
agent shall not of itself create contractual  rights. The board of directors may
authorize the association to enter into an employment  contract with any officer
in accordance with regulations of the Office;  but no such contract shall impair
the  right of the  board of  directors  to  remove  any  officer  at any time in
accordance with section 3 of this article V.

         Section 3.  Removal. Any  officer  may  be  removed  by  the  board  of
directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the association will be
served  thereby,  but such  removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be  without
prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

         Section 4. Vacancies.  A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,
resignation, removal, disqualification,  or otherwise may be filled by the board
of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

         Section 5. Remuneration. The  remuneration  of  the  officers  shall be
fixed from time to time by the board of directors.


                                        9

<PAGE>



Article VI - Contracts, Loans, Checks, and Deposits

         Section 1.  Contracts.  To the extent  permitted by  regulations of the
Office,  and except as  otherwise  prescribed  by these  bylaws with  respect to
certificates  for shares,  the board of  directors  may  authorize  any officer,
employee,  or agent of the association to enter into any contract or execute and
deliver any  instrument  in the name of and on behalf of the  association.  Such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

         Section 2. Loans. No  loans  shall  be  contracted  on  behalf  of  the
association and no evidence of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by the board of directors.  Such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

         Section 3. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes, or other  evidences of indebtedness  issued in the
name of the  association  shall be signed by one or more officers,  employees or
agents  of the  association  in  such  manner  as  shall  from  time  to time be
determined by the board of directors.

         Section 4.  Deposits.  All  funds  of  the  association  not  otherwise
employed shall be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  association
in any duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.

Article VII - Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer

         Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of
capital stock of the association shall be in such form as shall be determined by
the board of directors and approved by the Office.  Such  certificates  shall be
signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the association
authorized by the board of directors,  attested by the secretary or an assistant
secretary,  and sealed  with the  corporate  seal or a  facsimile  thereof.  The
signatures  of  such  officers  upon  a  certificate  may be  facsimiles  if the
certificate  is  manually  signed on behalf of a transfer  agent or a  registrar
other than the association itself or one of its employees.  Each certificate for
shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.
The name and  address  of the person to whom the  shares  are  issued,  with the
number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books
of the association. All certificates surrendered to the association for transfer
shall be  cancelled  and no new  certificate  shall be issued  until the  former
certificate  for a like  number of shares has been  surrendered  and  cancelled,
except that in the case of a lost or destroyed  certificate,  a new  certificate
may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the  association  as the board of
directors may prescribe.

         Section 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of capital stock of
the association  shall be made only on its stock transfer  books.  Authority for
such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his or her legal
representative,  who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority,  or by his
or her attorney  authorized by a duly executed  power of attorney and filed with
the association.  Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation
of the certificate  for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital
stock stand on the books of the  association  shall be deemed by the association
to be the owner for all purposes.

                                       10

<PAGE>


Article VIII - Fiscal Year

         The fiscal year of the association shall end on the 30th day of June of
each  year.  The   appointment  of  accountants   shall  be  subject  to  annual
ratification by the shareholders.

Article IX - Dividends

         Subject to the terms of the  association's  charter and the regulations
and  orders  of the  Office,  the  board of  directors  may,  from time to time,
declare,  and the  association may pay,  dividends on its outstanding  shares of
capital stock.

Article X - Corporate Seal

         The board of directors shall provide an association seal which shall be
two concentric  circles between which shall be the name of the association.  The
year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.

Article XI - Amendments

         These bylaws may be amended in a manner  consistent with regulations of
the Office and shall be  effective  after:  (i)  approval of the  amendment by a
majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority vote of the
votes cast by the shareholders of the association at any legal meeting, and (ii)
receipt of any applicable regulatory approval. When an association fails to meet
its  quorum  requirements,  solely  due to  vacancies  on the  board,  then  the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  sitting  board will be required to amend
the bylaws.



                                       11






                                   EXHIBIT 4

                FORM OF STOCK CERTIFICATE OF THE HOLDING COMPANY


<PAGE>



NUMBER____________

                                  COMMON STOCK
                                                                  CUSIP No._____


                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

This Certifies that

is the owner of

              FULLY PAID AND  NONASSESSABLE  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK,  PAR VALUE
$.01 PER SHARE OF WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.(the "Corporation"), a Delaware
corporation. The shares represented by this certificate are transferable only on
the stock transfer books of the  Corporation by the holder of record hereof,  or
by his duly authorized attorney or legal  representative,  upon the surrender of
this  certificate  properly  endorsed.  This  certificate  is  not  valid  until
countersigned and registered by the Corporation's  transfer agent and registrar.
THIS  SECURITY  IS NOT A DEPOSIT  OR  ACCOUNT  AND IS NOT  FEDERALLY  INSURED OR
GUARANTEED.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
executed by the  facsimile  signatures of its duly  authorized  officers and has
caused a facsimile of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

DATED___________________________________


________________________________________              __________________________
Charmaine M. Snyder, Corporate Secretary              Ernest A. Moretti
                                                      President


                                        [Seal]


Countersigned and Registered:


 [          Name           ]
_____________________________
Transfer Agent and Registrar


<PAGE>


                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

         The shares  represented by this  certificate  are issued subject to all
the  provisions of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of Wyman Park
Bancorporation, Inc. (the "Corporation") as from time to time amended (copies of
which are on file at the principal executive offices of the Corporation).

         The  Corporation's   Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  no
"person" (as defined in the  Certificate  of  Incorporation)  who  "beneficially
owns" (as defined in the Certificate of  Incorporation)  in excess of 10% of the
outstanding  shares of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote any shares held
in excess of such limit.  This  provision of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
shall  not  apply to an  acquisition  of  securities  of the  Corporation  by an
employee stock purchase plan or other employee  benefit plan of the  Corporation
or any of its subsidiaries.

         The  Corporation's   Certificate  of  Incorporation   also  includes  a
provision the general effect of which is to require the affirmative  vote of the
holders of 80% of the  outstanding  voting shares of the  Corporation to approve
certain "business combinations" (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)
between  the  Corporation  and a  stockholder  owning  in  excess  of 10% of the
outstanding shares of the Corporation.  However,  only the affirmative vote of a
majority of the outstanding  shares or such vote as is otherwise required by law
(rather  than  the 80%  voting  requirement)  is  applicable  to the  particular
transaction if it is approved by a majority of the "disinterested directors" (as
defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) or, alternatively,  the transaction
satisfies certain minimum price and procedural  requirements.  The Corporation's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  also  contains a provision  which  requires  the
affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the outstanding  voting shares of
the Corporation which are not beneficially owned by the "interested  person" (as
defined in the Certificate of  Incorporation)  to approve the direct or indirect
purchase or other  acquisition by the  Corporation of any "equity  security" (as
defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) from such interested person.

         The  Corporation  will  furnish to any  stockholder  upon  request  and
without charge a full  statement of the powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative  participating,  optional or other  special  rights of each  authorized
class  of  stock  or  series  thereof  and the  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, to the extent that the same have
been fixed, and of the authority of the board of directors to designate the same
with respect to other series.  Such request may be made to the Corporation or to
its Transfer Agent and Registrar.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT__________Custodian_________
                                                       (Cust)           (Minor)
TEN ENT - as tenants by the
          entirety                 Under Uniform Gift to Minors Act-____________

JT TEN  - as joint tenants with    UNIF TRANS MIN ACT_________Custodian_________
          right of survivorship                         (Cust)          (Minor)
          and not as tenants
          in common.               Under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act-_______
                                                                         (State)


     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

      For Value Received, ___________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ------------------------------
- ------------------------------


________________________________________________________________________________
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
_______________Shares of Common Stock represented by the within certificate, and
do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint____________________________________
___________Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named
Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated__________________

                       _________________________________________________________
                       NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
                               WITH  THE NAME AS WRITTEN  UPON THE FACE  OF  THE
                               CERTIFICATE   I N   EVERY   PARTICULAR,   WITHOUT
                               ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.







                                    EXHIBIT 5

                   OPINION OF SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
                        WITH RESPECT TO LEGALITY OF STOCK


<PAGE>




                                                      September 22, 1997



The Board of Directors
Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.
11 West Ridgely Road
Lutherville, Maryland 21094

         Re:   Registration Statement
               Under the Securities Act of 1933

Gentlemen:

         This opinion is rendered in connection with the Registration  Statement
to be filed on Form S-1 with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 relating to the 925,750  shares of Common Stock of Wyman
Park  Bancorporation,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  par value $.01 per share,  to be
issued.  As counsel,  we have reviewed the Certificate of  Incorporation  of the
Company and such other  documents as we have deemed  appropriate for the purpose
of this opinion.  We are rendering this opinion as of the time the  Registration
Statement referred to above becomes effective.

         Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the shares of Common
Stock of the Company covered by the aforesaid  Registration Statement will, when
sold, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of
the Company.

                                          Very truly yours,


                                          /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF,L.L.P.
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.









                                   EXHIBIT 8.1

                 OPINION OF SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P. WITH
                   RESPECT TO FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
                                OF THE CONVERSION


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 1


                                                September 19, 1997



Board of Directors
Wyman Park Federal Savings &
    Loan Association
11 West Ridgely Road
Lutherville, Maryland 21093

          RE:   Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating To The Conversion
                of Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association From
                A Federally-Chartered Mutual Savings and Loan Association
                To A Federally-Chartered Stock Savings and Loan Association
                Under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                As Amended

Gentlemen:

                  In accordance  with your request set forth  hereinbelow is the
opinion of this firm  relating to the  federal  income tax  consequences  of the
conversion of Wyman Park Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  ("Mutual") from a
federally-chartered   mutual   institution   to  a   federally-chartered   stock
institution  ("Stock  Association")   pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section
368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

                  Capitalized  terms used herein which are not expressly defined
herein shall have the meaning  ascribed to them in the Plan of Conversion  dated
June 18, 1997 (the "Plan").

                  The following  assumptions  have been made in connection  with
our opinions hereinbelow:

         1. The Conversion is  implemented  in accordance  with the terms of the
Plan and all  conditions  precedent  contained in the Plan shall be performed or
waived prior to the consummation of the Conversion.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 2

         2. No amount of the savings accounts and deposits of Mutual,  as of the
Eligibility  Record Date or the  Supplemental  Eligibility  Record Date, will be
excluded from participating in the liquidation account of Stock Association.  To
the best of the knowledge of the management of Mutual there is not now, nor will
there be at the time of the  Conversion,  any plan or intention,  on the part of
the depositors in Mutual to withdraw their  deposits  following the  Conversion.
Deposits  withdrawn  immediately  prior  to or  immediately  subsequent  to  the
Conversion  (other  than  maturing  deposits)  are  considered  in making  these
assumptions.

         3. Holding Company and Stock Association each have no plan or intention
to redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Holding Company Conversion Stock to be
issued in the proposed transaction.

         4. Immediately  following the consummation of the proposed transaction,
Stock  Association  will possess the same assets and  liabilities as Mutual held
immediately prior to the proposed transaction, plus substantially all of the net
proceeds from the sale of its stock to Holding Company except for assets used to
pay expenses of the Conversion. The liabilities transferred to Stock Association
were incurred by Mutual in the ordinary course of business.

         5. No cash or property will be given to deposit account holders in lieu
of  Subscription  Rights or an  interest  in the  liquidation  account  of Stock
Association.

         6. Following the Conversion,  Stock Association will continue to engage
in its business in  substantially  the same manner as Mutual engaged in business
prior to the  Conversion,  and it has no plan or  intention to sell or otherwise
dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.

         7. There is no plan or intention for Stock Association to be liquidated
or merged with another corporation following the consummation of the Conversion.

         8. The fair market  value of each  savings  account plus an interest in
the  liquidation  account  of  Stock  Association  will,  in each  instance,  be
approximately  equal to the fair market value of each savings  account of Mutual
plus the  interest  in the  residual  equity of Mutual  surrendered  in exchange
therefor.

         9. Mutual,  Stock Association and Holding Company are each corporations
within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code.


         10.  Holding  Company  has no plan or  intention  to sell or  otherwise
dispose  of the  stock  of  Stock  Association  received  by it in the  proposed
transaction.



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 3

         11.  Both  Stock  Association  and  Holding  Company  have  no  plan or
intention,  either  currently or at the time of Conversion,  to issue additional
shares of common stock  following  the proposed  transaction,  other than shares
that may be issued to  employees  and/or  directors  pursuant  to certain  stock
option  and stock  incentive  plans or that may be issued  to  employee  benefit
plans.

         12.  If all of the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale of  Holding  Company
Conversion Stock had been contributed by Holding Company to Stock Association in
exchange for common stock of Stock Association in the transaction, as opposed to
Holding  Company  retaining  a  portion  of such  net  proceeds  (the  "retained
proceeds"),  and Stock Association immediately thereafter made a distribution of
the  retained  proceeds  to  Holding  Company,   Stock  Association  would  have
sufficient  current and  accumulated  earnings and profits for tax purposes such
that the  distribution  would not result in the  recapture of any portion of the
bad debt reserves of Stock Association for federal income tax reporting.

         13. Assets used to pay expenses of the Conversion and all distributions
(except for regular,  normal interest  payments and other payments in the normal
course of business made by Mutual immediately preceding the transaction) will in
the aggregate  constitute  less than 1% of the net assets of Mutual and any such
expenses and  distributions  will be paid by Stock Association from the proceeds
of the sale of Holding Company Conversion Stock.

         14. All  distributions  to deposit account holders in their capacity as
deposit account holders  (except for regular,  normal interest  payments made by
Mutual),  will,  in the  aggregate,  constitute  less than 1% of the fair market
value of the net assets of Mutual.

         15. At the time of the proposed  transaction,  the fair market value of
the assets of Mutual on a going concern basis (including intangibles) will equal
or exceed the amount of its liabilities  plus the amount of liabilities to which
such assets are subject. Mutual will have a positive regulatory net worth at the
time of the Conversion.

         16.  Mutual is not under the  jurisdiction  of a court in a Title 11 or
similar  case  within  the  meaning  of Section  368(a)(3)(A)  of the Code.  The
proposed  transaction does not involve a receivership,  foreclosure,  or similar
proceeding before a federal or state agency involving a financial institution to
which Section 585 of the Code applies.

         17. Mutual's Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account
Holders will pay expenses of the Conversion solely attributable to them, if any.


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 4


         18. The  liabilities  of Mutual assumed by Stock  Association  plus the
liabilities,  if any, to which the transferred  assets are subject were incurred
by Mutual in the ordinary  course of its business  and are  associated  with the
assets being transferred.

         19. There will be no purchase  price  advantage  for  Mutual's  deposit
account holders who purchase Holding Company Conversion Stock.

         20.  Neither Mutual nor Stock  Association is an investment  company as
defined in Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

         21. None of the  compensation  to be  received  by any deposit  account
holder-employees  of Mutual or Holding  Company  will be separate  consideration
for,  or  allocable  to, any of their  deposits  in Mutual.  No  interest in the
liquidation account of Stock Association will be received by any deposit account
holder-employees  as separate  consideration for, or will otherwise be allocable
to, any employment agreement,  and the compensation paid to each deposit account
holder-employee,  during the twelve-month  period preceding or subsequent to the
Conversion, will be for services actually rendered and will be commensurate with
amounts  paid to the  third  parties  bargaining  at  arm's-length  for  similar
services.  No shares of Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock will be issued to or
purchased by any deposit account holder-employee of Mutual or Holding Company at
a discount or as compensation in the proposed transaction.

         22.  No  creditors  of  Mutual  or the  depositors  in  their  role  as
creditors,  have  taken any steps to  enforce  their  claims  against  Mutual by
instituting  bankruptcy  or  other  legal  proceedings,  in  either  a court  or
appropriate regulatory agency, that would eliminate the proprietary interests of
the Members prior to the Conversion of Mutual including depositors as the equity
holders of Mutual.

         23. The  proposed  transaction  does not  involve  the payment to Stock
Association or Mutual of financial  assistance from federal  agencies within the
meaning of Notice 89-102, 1989-40 C.B. 1.

         24.  On a per  share  basis,  the  purchase  price of  Holding  Company
Conversion  Stock  will be equal to the fair  market  value of such stock at the
time of the completion of the proposed transaction.

         25.  Mutual has received or will  receive an opinion from  Ferguson and
Co. ("Appraiser's Opinion"),  which concludes that the Subscription Rights to be
received by Eligible Account Holders,  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and
other  eligible  subscribers  do not have any  ascertainable  fair market value,
since they are acquired by the recipients without cost, are non-transferable and
of short  duration,  and afford the recipients a right only to purchase  Holding
Company Conversion


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 5

Stock at a price equal to its  estimated  fair market  value,  which will be the
same  price as the  Public  Offering  Price for  unsubscribed  shares of Holding
Company Conversion Stock.

         26.  Mutual  will not  have  any net  operating  losses,  capital  loss
carryovers or built-in losses at the time of the Conversion.

                                     OPINION

         Based solely on the assumptions set forth  hereinabove and our analysis
and  examination of applicable  federal income tax laws,  rulings,  regulations,
judicial  precedents and the Appraiser's  Opinion, we are of the opinion that if
the transaction is undertaken in accordance with the above assumptions:

         (1) The Conversion will constitute a reorganization  within the meaning
of Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  Neither Mutual nor Stock Association will
recognize any gain or loss as a result of the  transaction  (Rev.  Rul.  80-105,
1980-1  C.B.  78).  Mutual  and  Stock  Association  will  each be a party  to a
reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.

         (2) Stock  Association  will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt
of money and other  property,  if any, in the  Conversion,  in exchange  for its
shares. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)

         (3) No gain or loss will be  recognized  by  Holding  Company  upon the
receipt of money for Holding Company  Conversion Stock.  (Section 1032(a) of the
Code.)

         (4) The basis of Mutual's assets in the hands of Stock Association will
be the same as the basis of those  assets  in the  hands of  Mutual  immediately
prior to the transaction. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)

         (5) Stock  Association's  holding  period of the assets of Mutual  will
include the period  during  which such  assets were held by Mutual  prior to the
Conversion. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)

         (6) Stock Association, for purposes of Section 381 of the Code, will be
treated as if there had been no  reorganization.  The tax  attributes  of Mutual
enumerated  in Section  381(a) of the Code will be taken  into  account by Stock
Association as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the tax year of
Mutual will not end on the effective date of the Conversion. The part of the tax
year of Mutual before the Conversion will be includible in the tax year of Stock
Association  after the  Conversion.  Therefore,  Mutual  will not have to file a
federal  income  tax  return  for the  portion  of the  tax  year  prior  to the
Conversion. (Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126.)


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 6


         (7)  Depositors  will  realize  gain,  if any,  upon  the  constructive
issuance  to  them  of  withdrawable  deposit  accounts  of  Stock  Association,
Subscription  Rights  and/or  interests  in the  liquidation  account  of  Stock
Association.  Any gain resulting  therefrom  will be recognized,  but only in an
amount not in excess of the fair market value of the liquidation accounts and/or
Subscription  Rights received.  The liquidation  accounts will have nominal,  if
any, fair market value.  Based solely on the accuracy of the conclusion  reached
in the  Appraiser's  Opinion,  and  our  reliance  on  such  opinion,  that  the
Subscription  Rights have no value at the time of distribution  or exercise,  no
gain or loss will be required to be  recognized  by  depositors  upon receipt or
distribution of Subscription Rights.  (Section 1001 of the Code.) See Paulsen v.
Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131,139 (1985). Likewise, based solely on the accuracy of
the aforesaid  conclusion reached in the Appraiser's  Opinion,  and our reliance
thereon,  we  give  the  following  opinions:  (a) no  taxable  income  will  be
recognized by the  borrowers,  directors,  officers and employees of Mutual upon
the distribution to them of Subscription Rights or upon the exercise or lapse of
the  Subscription  Rights to acquire  Holding Company  Conversion  Stock at fair
market value; (b) no taxable income will be realized by the depositors of Mutual
as a result of the  exercise  or lapse of the  Subscription  Rights to  purchase
Holding Company Conversion Stock at fair market value. Rev. Rul. 56-572,  1956-2
C.B.  182;  and  (c) no  taxable  income  will  be  realized  by  Mutual,  Stock
Association or Holding  Company on the issuance or  distribution of Subscription
Rights to depositors of Mutual to purchase shares of Holding Company  Conversion
Stock at fair market value. (Section 311 of the Code.)

         Notwithstanding the Appraiser's Opinion, if the Subscription Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market  value,  income may be  recognized  by
various recipients of the Subscription Rights (in certain cases,  whether or not
the rights are exercised) and Holding  Company and/or Stock  Association  may be
taxable on the  distribution  of the  Subscription  Rights.  (Section 311 of the
Code.)  In this  regard,  the  Subscription  Rights  may be taxed  partially  or
entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

         (8) The  creation  of the  liquidation  account on the records of Stock
Association  will have no  effect on  Mutual's  or Stock  Association's  taxable
income, deductions or tax bad debt reserve.

         (9) A depositor's  basis in the savings  deposits of Stock  Association
will be the same as the basis of his savings  deposits in Mutual.  (Section 1012
of the Code.) Based upon the Appraiser's  Opinion, the basis of the Subscription
Rights will be zero.  The basis of the  interest in the  liquidation  account of
Stock Association received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible
Account  Holders  will be  equal to the cost of such  property,  i.e.,  the fair
market value of the proprietary interest in Mutual, which in this transaction we
assume to be zero.

         (10) The basis of Holding Company  Conversion Stock to its shareholders
will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)



<PAGE>


Board of Directors
September 19, 1997
Page 7
         (11) A  shareholder's  holding  period for Holding  Company  Conversion
Stock acquired  through the exercise of the  Subscription  Rights shall begin on
the date on which the Subscription Rights are exercised. (Section 1223(6) of the
Code.) The holding  period for the Holding  Company  Conversion  Stock  purchase
pursuant  to the direct  community  offering,  public  offering  or under  other
purchase arrangements will commence on the date following the date on which such
stock is purchased. (Rev. Rul. 70-598, 1970-2 C.B. 168).

         (12) Regardless of any book entries that are made for the establishment
of a liquidation  account,  the reorganization will not diminish the accumulated
earnings and profits of Mutual  available  for the  subsequent  distribution  of
dividends,  within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code.  Section  1.312-11(b)
and (c) of the  Regulations.  Stock  Association  will  succeed to and take into
account the earnings  and profits or deficit in earnings and profits,  of Mutual
as of the date of Conversion.

         The above  opinions are effective to the extent that Mutual is solvent.
No opinion is expressed  about the tax treatment of the transaction if Mutual is
insolvent. Whether or not Mutual is solvent will be determined at the end of the
taxable year in which the transaction is consummated.

         No opinion is  expressed  as to the tax  treatment  of the  transaction
under the  provisions  of any of the other  sections  of the Code and Income Tax
Regulations which may also be applicable thereto, or to the tax treatment of any
conditions  existing at the time of, or effects  resulting from, the transaction
which are not specifically covered by the opinions set forth above.

                                     Respectfully submitted,

                                     /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P
                                     ----------------------------------
                                     SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.



                                                                     Exhibit 8.2

                          [WOODEN & BENSON LETTERHEAD]

                               September 18, 1997



Board of Directors
Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association
11 West Ridgely Road
Lutherville, Maryland 21093



Gentlemen:

         The firm of  Silver,  Freedman  & Taff,  LLP has  provided  an  opinion
concerning the various tax  consequences  resulting from the conversion of Wyman
Park  Federal   Savings  &  Loan   Association   (the   "Association")   from  a
federally-chartered   mutual   institution   to  a   federally-chartered   stock
institution  pursuant to the provisions of Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with the simultaneous  formation of Wyman Park
Bancorporation,  Inc.  (the  "Holding  Company")  as  the  Association's  parent
corporation.

         Since  Maryland  tax law  follows  federal  tax  law for a  transaction
undertaken in accordance with the  assumptions  stated in the opinion of Silver,
Freedman & Taff,  LLP, it is our opinion that the Maryland tax  consequences  to
the  Association,  in its mutual or stock form,  the Holding  Company,  eligible
account holders,  parties  receiving  subscription  rights,  parties  purchasing
conversion stock, and other parties  participating in the Conversion will be the
same as the federal income tax consequences.

                                                         Respectfully submitted,


                                                          /s/ Wooden & Benson





                                  EXHIBIT 10.1

                          FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


<PAGE>



                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of
this ___ day of  __________,  199_, by and between Wyman Park Federal  Savings &
Loan  Association  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Bank"  whether in mutual or
stock form), and Ernest A. Moretti (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  is  currently  serving  as President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS,  the Bank has  adopted a plan of  conversion  whereby the Bank
will convert to capital stock form as the  subsidiary  of  _____________________
(the "Holding  Company"),  subject to the approval of the Bank's members and the
Office of Thrift Supervision (the "Conversion"); and

         WHEREAS,  the board of  directors  of the Bank  ("Board of  Directors")
recognizes that, as is the case with publicly held corporations  generally,  the
possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company  and/or the Bank may
exist and that such possibility,  and the uncertainty and questions which it may
raise  among  management,  may result in the  departure  or  distraction  of key
management personnel to the detriment of the Bank, the Holding Company and their
respective stockholders; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of
the Bank to enter  into  this  Agreement  with the  Employee  in order to assure
continuity  of  management  of the  Bank  and to  reinforce  and  encourage  the
continued  attention and dedication of the Employee to the  Employee's  assigned
duties without distraction in the face of potentially  disruptive  circumstances
arising from the  possibility  of a change in control of the Holding  Company or
the Bank, although no such change is now contemplated; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Board of  Directors  has  approved  and  authorized  the
execution  of this  Agreement  with the  Employee  to take  effect  as stated in
Section 2 hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective
covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Definitions.

                  (a) The term  "Change in  Control"  means an event of a nature
that (i)  results  in a change in  control  of the Bank or the  Holding  Company
within the meaning of the Home Owners'  Loan Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R.  Part 574
as in effect on the date  hereof;  or (ii) would be  required  to be reported in
response to Item 1 of the  current  report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date
hereof,  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange  Act"); (2) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly of securities of the
Bank or the Holding Company representing 20% or more of the Bank's or the

                                        1

<PAGE>



Holding Company's outstanding securities; (3) individuals who are members of the
board of  directors  of the Bank or the Holding  Company on the date hereof (the
"Incumbent  Board")  cease for any  reason  to  constitute  at least a  majority
thereof,  provided  that any person  becoming a director  subsequent to the date
hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least  three-quarters  of the
directors  comprising the Incumbent  Board, or whose  nomination for election by
the Holding  Company's  stockholders  was approved by the  nominating  committee
serving under an Incumbent Board,  shall be considered a member of the Incumbent
Board; (4) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Bank or the Holding Company or a similar transaction in
which the Bank or the Holding Company is not the resulting entity or the Bank or
the Holding Company  survives only as a subsidiary of another  entity;  or (5) a
merger of another  corporation  into the Bank or Holding  Company which survives
if,  as a  result  of such  merger,  less  than  60% of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the Bank or  Holding  Company  shall  be  owned in the  aggregate
immediately  after such merger by the owners of the voting shares of the Bank or
Holding  Company  outstanding  immediately  prior.  The term "Change in Control"
shall not include an  acquisition  of securities by an employee  benefit plan of
the Bank or the Holding  Company or the acquisition of securities of the Bank by
the Holding Company in connection with the Conversion.  In the application of 12
C.F.R. Part 574 to a determination of a Change in Control,  determinations to be
made by the OTS or its  Director  under  such  regulations  shall be made by the
Board of Directors.

                  (b) The term "Commencement  Date" means the date of completion
of the initial public offering of the Holding Company's stock in connection with
the Conversion.

                  (c) The term "Date of Termination"  means the later of (1) the
date upon which the Bank gives notice to the Employee of the  termination of the
Employee's  employment  with the Bank or (2) the date upon  which  the  Employee
ceases to serve as an employee of the Bank.

                  (d) The term  "Involuntary  Termination"  means termination of
the employment of Employee without the Employee's  express written consent,  and
shall  include a material  diminution  of or  interference  with the  Employee's
duties,  responsibilities  and benefits as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Bank,  including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless
consented to in writing by the Employee: (1) a change in the principal workplace
of the  Employee  to a  location  outside  of a 30 mile  radius  from the Bank's
headquarters  office  as of the date  hereof;  (2) a  material  demotion  of the
Employee;  (3) a material  reduction  in the number or  seniority  of other Bank
personnel  reporting  to the Employee or a material  reduction in the  frequency
with  which,  or in the  nature of the  matters  with  respect  to  which,  such
personnel  are to  report  to the  Employee,  other  than as part of a Bank-  or
Holding  Company-wide  reduction in staff;  (4) a material adverse change in the
Employee's salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other
than as part of an overall program applied  uniformly and with equitable  effect
to all  employees  of the  Bank  or the  Holding  Company;  and  (5) a  material
permanent  increase  in the  required  hours  of  work  or the  workload  of the
Employee.  The term "Involuntary  Termination" does not include  Termination for
Cause or  termination  of employment  due to  retirement,  death,  disability or
suspension or temporary

                                        2

<PAGE>



or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Bank's affairs
under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA").

                  (e) The terms  "Termination  for  Cause" and  "Terminated  for
Cause"  mean  termination  of the  employment  of the  Employee  because  of the
Employee's personal dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,  breach of a
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule, or regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, material breach
of any  provision  of this  Agreement.  No act or failure to act by the Employee
shall be considered willful unless the Employee acted (or failed to act) with an
absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure
to act was reasonable and in the best interest of the Bank.  Notwithstanding the
prior sentence,  it shall  constitute a material breach of this Agreement should
Employee,  individually  or  acting in  concert  with a group,  take any  action
leading  to a change in control of the Bank or the  Holding  Company  within the
meaning of the Home Owners' Loan Act of 1933 and 12 C.F.R. Part 574 as in effect
on the date  hereof,  that is opposed by a majority  of the Board of  Directors;
provided,  however, if Employee is acting in concert with one or more members of
the Board of Directors in actions leading to a change in control of the Bank and
the Employee  reasonably  believes  such actions are in the best interest of the
Bank,  such directors shall not be a material breach of this Agreement even if a
majority of the Board of  Directors  opposes  any such  change in  control.  The
Employee shall not be deemed to have been  Terminated for Cause unless and until
there shall have been  delivered  to the Employee a copy of a  resolution,  duly
adopted  by the  affirmative  vote of not less  than a  majority  of the  entire
membership  of the Board of  Directors at a meeting of the Board called and held
for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Employee and an opportunity for
the  Employee,  together  with the  Employee's  counsel,  to be heard before the
Board),  stating  that in the good faith  opinion of the Board the  Employee has
engaged in conduct  described  in the  preceding  sentence  and  specifying  the
particulars thereof in detail.

         2. Term.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be a period of three years
commencing on the Commencement Date, subject to earlier  termination as provided
herein. Beginning on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date, and on each
anniversary  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall be  extended  for a
period of one year in addition to the then-remaining term, provided that (1) the
Bank has not given  notice to the Employee in writing at least 120 days prior to
such anniversary that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended  further;
and (2) prior to such anniversary, the Board of Directors of the Bank explicitly
reviews  and  approves  the  extension.  Reference  herein  to the  term of this
Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

         3.  Employment.  The  Employee  is  employed  as  President  and  Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank. As such, the Employee shall render administrative
and  management  services as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in
similar executive capacities,  and shall have such other powers and duties of an
officer of the Bank as the Board of Directors may prescribe from time to time.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         4.  Compensation.

                  (a)  Salary.  The Bank agrees to pay the  Employee  during the
term of this  Agreement an annual salary not less than  $115,000.  The amount of
the Employee's salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors, beginning not
later than the first anniversary of the Commencement Date.
 Adjustments in salary or other compensation shall not limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Bank under this  Agreement.  The  Employee's  salary in effect
from time to time  during the term of this  Agreement  shall not  thereafter  be
reduced.

                  (b) Bonuses.  The Employee shall be entitled to participate in
an  equitable  manner  with  all  other  executive   officers  of  the  Bank  in
discretionary  bonuses as  authorized  and declared by the Board of Directors to
its executive  employees.  No other compensation  provided for in this Agreement
shall be deemed a substitute  for the  Employee's  right to  participate in such
bonuses  when and as declared by the Board of  Directors.  In addition to salary
provided in this section above, Employee shall be entitled to receive, as he has
from  November 1, 1989, a "first tier" and "second  tier" bonus.  A "first tier"
bonus of $15,000 per year shall be paid to Employee based on satisfaction of two
criteria:  (1) the Bank must  achieve an after tax return on assets  equal to or
better than .5%,  and (2) the  achievement  of the  objectives  contained in the
Bank's  strategic  plan  respecting  such  factors as gap  position,  asset mix,
liquidity, and IDC rating, it being also agreed that the strategic plan shall be
regularly  updated  by the  officers  and  approved  by the  Strategic  Planning
Committee.  A "second  tier" bonus shall be paid to Employee  based on 5% of any
additional  after tax earnings which the Bank enjoys beyond the  requirements of
the first tier bonus.  In the case of both the "first  tier" and  "second  tier"
bonuses,  payment  of  such  bonuses  shall  also  be  contingent  on  the  Bank
maintaining at all times a supervisory  rating of not less than "3" and required
levels  of  tangible,  core  and  risk-weighted  capital  as  set  forth  in the
regulations of the OTS in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

                  (c) Expenses. The Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in performing
services  under this  Agreement in accordance  with the policies and  procedures
applicable  to the  executive  officers of the Bank,  provided that the Employee
accounts for such expenses as required under such policies and procedures.

         5.  Benefits.

                  (a)  Participation  in Retirement and Employee  Benefit Plans.
The Employee  shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension,
thrift,  profit-sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical  and dental  coverage,
education,   cash  bonuses,   and  other  retirement  or  employee  benefits  or
combinations thereof, in which the Bank's executive officers participate.

                  (b)  Fringe  Benefits.  The  Employee  shall  be  eligible  to
participate in, and receive  benefits under,  any fringe benefit plans which are
or may become applicable to the Bank's executive officers.

                                        4

<PAGE>



         6.  Vacations;  Leave.  The  Employee  shall be entitled to annual paid
vacation of not less than four weeks per year and to voluntary leave of absence,
with or without pay, from time to time at such times and upon such conditions as
the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion.

         7.  Termination of Employment.

                  (a)  Involuntary  Termination.  The  Board  of  Directors  may
terminate  the  Employee's  employment at any time,  but,  except in the case of
Termination  for  Cause,  termination  of  employment  shall not  prejudice  the
Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.  In the
event of  Involuntary  Termination  other than in  connection  with or within 12
months after a Change in Control,  (1) the Bank shall pay to the Employee during
the remaining term of this Agreement the Employee's salary at the rate in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination, payable in such manner and at such
times as such salary would have been payable to the Employee  under Section 4(a)
if the Employee had continued to be employed by the Bank, and (2) the Bank shall
provide to the  Employee  during the  remaining  term of this  Agreement  health
benefits as  maintained  by the Bank for the benefit of its  executive  officers
from time to time during the remaining  term of the  Agreement or  substantially
the same  health  benefits as the Bank  maintained  for its  executive  officers
immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (b)  Termination  for Cause.  In the event of Termination  for
Cause, the Bank shall pay the Employee the Employee's salary through the Date of
Termination, and the Bank shall have no further obligation to the Employee under
this Agreement.

                  (c) Voluntary  Termination.  The Employee's  employment may be
voluntarily  terminated by the Employee at any time upon 90 days' written notice
to the Bank or such  shorter  period as may be agreed upon  between the Employee
and the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank.  In the  event  of  such  voluntary
termination,  the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay to the Employee the
Employee's salary and benefits only through the Date of Termination, at the time
such  payments  are due,  and the Bank shall have no further  obligation  to the
Employee under this Agreement.

                  (d) Change in Control. In the event of Involuntary Termination
in connection with or within 12 months after a Change in Control which occurs at
any time while the Employee is employed  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall,
subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, (1) pay to the Employee in a lump sum in
cash within 25 business  days after the Date of  Termination  an amount equal to
299% of the Employee's "base amount"1 as defined in Section 280G of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code");  and (2) provide to the Employee
during  the  remaining  term of  this  Agreement  such  health  benefits  as are
maintained  for  executive  officers  of the Bank from time to time  during  the
remaining term of this Agreement or substantially the same




- ------------
         1 Note that "base amount" is not the same as base salary. "Base amount"
is the employee's average annual compensation includable in his gross income for
tax purposes during the most recent five full taxable years.

                                        5

<PAGE>



health  benefits as the Bank maintained for its executive  officers  immediately
prior to the Date of Termination.

                  (e)  Death;  Disability.  In the  event  of the  death  of the
Employee while  employed  under this  Agreement and prior to any  termination of
employment,  the  Employee's  estate,  or such person as the  Employee  may have
previously designated in writing (the "Recipient"), shall be entitled to receive
from the Bank in a lump  sum the  salary  of the  Employee  for a period  of six
months  following  the date of death at the rate at which  salary was payable to
the  Employee  as of the date of death.  If the  Employee  becomes  disabled  as
defined in the Bank's then current  disability  plan, if any, or if the Employee
is  otherwise  unable to serve as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  the
Employee shall be entitled to receive group and other disability income benefits
of the type, if any, then provided by the Bank for executive officers.

                  (f) Temporary  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C. ss. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), the Bank's obligations under this Agreement
shall be  suspended  as of the date of  service,  unless  stayed by  appropriate
proceedings.  If the  charges in the notice are  dismissed,  the Bank may in its
discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while
its obligations  under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole
or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                  (g) Permanent  Suspension or  Prohibition.  If the Employee is
removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the
Bank's  affairs by an order issued under Section  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA,
12 U.S.C.  ss.  1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1),  all  obligations of the Bank under this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                  (h) Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined
in Section  3(x)(1) of the FDIA),  all  obligations  under this Agreement  shall
terminate  as of the date of default,  but this  provision  shall not affect any
vested rights of the contracting parties.

                  (i)  Termination by  Regulators.  All  obligations  under this
Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation
of this  Agreement is necessary for the continued  operation of the Bank: (1) by
the Director of the Office of Thrift  Supervision (the "Director") or his or her
designee,  at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation enters into an
agreement to provide  assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority
contained  in Section  13(c) of the FDIA;  or (2) by the  Director or his or her
designee, at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory
merger to resolve  problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is
determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound  condition.  Any rights
of the parties that have already vested,  however,  shall not be affected by any
such action.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         8. Certain Reduction of Payments by the Bank.

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if
the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement,  together with any other
amounts and the value of benefits  received or to be received by the Employee in
connection  with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be  nondeductible
by the Bank or the Holding  Company for federal income tax purposes  pursuant to
Section 280G of the Code in effect as of the Commencement Date, then amounts and
benefits  under  this  Agreement  shall be  reduced  (not less than zero) to the
extent  necessary  so as to  maximize  amounts  and the value of benefits to the
Employee  without causing any amount to become  nondeductible by the Bank or the
Holding  Company  pursuant to or by reason of such  Section 280G in effect as of
the  Commencement  Date and the Employee shall  determine the allocation of such
reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.

                  (b)  Any  payments  made  to the  Employee  pursuant  to  this
Agreement,  or otherwise,  are subject to and conditioned  upon their compliance
with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         9. No  Mitigation.  The Employee  shall not be required to mitigate the
amount of any salary or other payment or benefit  provided for in this Agreement
by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or
benefit provided for in this Agreement be reduced by any compensation  earned by
the Employee as the result of  employment  by another  employer,  by  retirement
benefits after the Date of Termination or otherwise.

         10.  Attorneys  Fees.  In the  event  the Bank  exercises  its right of
Termination for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
or by an  arbitrator  pursuant  to  Section 17 that cause did not exist for such
termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator
that the Bank has  failed to make  timely  payment  of any  amounts  owed to the
Employee under this Agreement,  the Employee shall be entitled to  reimbursement
for all reasonable  costs,  including  attorneys' fees,  incurred in challenging
such  termination or collecting  such amounts.  Such  reimbursement  shall be in
addition to all rights to which the  Employee is otherwise  entitled  under this
Agreement.

         11.  No Assignments.

                  (a) This Agreement is personal to each of the parties  hereto,
and  neither  party may  assign or  delegate  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder  without  first  obtaining  the  written  consent of the other  party;
provided,  however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially  all of the business  and/or  assets of the Bank, by an assumption
agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Employee,  to expressly
assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Bank would be required  to perform it if no such  succession  or
assignment  had taken  place.  Failure of the Bank to obtain such an  assumption
agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any such succession or assignment shall
be a breach of this Agreement and

                                        7

<PAGE>



shall entitle the Employee to compensation  from the Bank in the same amount and
on the same terms as the  compensation  pursuant  to Section  7(d)  hereof.  For
purposes of implementing the provisions of this Section 11(a), the date on which
any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.

                  (b) This  Agreement  and all rights of the Employee  hereunder
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's  personal and
legal   representatives,    executors,   administrators,    successors,   heirs,
distributees,  devisees  and  legatees.  If the  Employee  should  die while any
amounts  would still be payable to the  Employee  hereunder  if the Employee had
continued to live, all such amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement to the Employee's  devisee,
legatee or other  designee or if there is no such  designee,  to the  Employee's
estate.

         12. Notice.  For the purposes of this Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when  personally  delivered  or sent by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank at its home office,
to the  attention of the Board of Directors  with a copy to the Secretary of the
Bank, or, if to the Employee,  to such home or other address as the Employee has
most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

         13.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise
provided.

         14.  Headings.  The headings used in this Agreement are included solely
for  convenience  and shall  not  affect,  or be used in  connection  with,  the
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         16.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
United States to the extent applicable and otherwise by the laws of the State of
Maryland.

         17.  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in
accordance  with  the  rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect.  Judgment may be entered on the  arbitrator's  award in any court having
jurisdiction.


                                        8

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

         THIS AGREEMENT  CONTAINS A BINDING  ARBITRATION  PROVISION WHICH MAY BE
ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

Attest:                                   Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan
                                            Association

- ---------------------                     ---------------------------
Secretary                              By:
                                      Its:



                                          Employee

                                          ----------------------------
                                          Ernest A. Moretti



                                        9


                                                                    Exhibit 10.3


                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN






                                                    Effective as of July 1, 1997


<PAGE>





                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



PREAMBLE                                                                  1

ARTICLE I         DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

         1.1      Definitions

                  (a)      "Act"                                          2
                  (b)      "Administrator"                                2
                  (c)      "Annual Additions"                             2
                  (d)      "Authorized Leave of Absence"                  2
                  (e)      "Beneficiary"                                  2
                  (f)      "Board of Directors"                           2
                  (g)      "Break"                                        3
                  (h)      "Code"                                         3
                  (i)      "Compensation"                                 3
                  (j)      "Date of Hire"                                 3
                  (k)      "Disability"                                   3
                  (l)      "Disability Retirement Date"                   3
                  (m)      "Early Retirement Date"                        4
                  (n)      "Effective Date"                               4
                  (o)      "Eligibility Period"                           4
                  (p)      "Employee"                                     4
                  (q)      "Employer"                                     4
                  (r)      "Employer Securities"                          4
                  (s)      "Entry Date"                                   4
                  (t)      "Exempt Loan"                                  4
                  (u)      "Former Participant"                           4
                  (v)      "Fund"                                         4
                  (w)      "Hour of Service"                              5
                  (x)      "Investment Adjustments"                       5
                  (y)      "Limitation Year"                              5
                  (z)      "Normal Retirement Date"                       5
                  (aa)     "Participant"                                  5
                  (bb)     "Plan"                                         6
                  (cc)     "Plan Year"                                    6
                  (dd)     "Qualified Domestic Relations Order"           6
                  (ee)     "Retirement"                                   6
                  (ff)     "Service"                                      6


<PAGE>



                  (gg)     "Sponsor"                                      6
                  (hh)     "Trust Agreement"                              6
                  (ii)     "Trustee"                                      7
                  (jj)     "Valuation Date"                               7
                  (kk)     "Year of Service"                              7
         1.2      Plurals and Gender                                      7
         1.3      Incorporation of Trust Agreement                        7
         1.4      Headings                                                8
         1.5      Severability                                            8
         1.6      References to Governmental Regulations                  8

ARTICLE II        PARTICIPATION

         2.1      Commencement of Participation                           9
         2.2      Termination of Participation                            9
         2.3      Resumption of Participation                             9
         2.4      Determination of Eligibility                            10

ARTICLE III       CREDITED SERVICE

         3.1      Service Counted for Eligibility Purposes                11
         3.2      Service Counted for Vesting Purposes                    11
         3.3      Credit for Pre-Break Service                            11
         3.4      Service Credit During Authorized Leaves                 11
         3.5      Service Credit During Maternity or
                  Paternity Leave                                         12
         3.6      Ineligible Employees                                    12

ARTICLE IV        CONTRIBUTIONS

         4.1      Employee Stock Ownership Contributions                  13
         4.2      Time and Manner of Employee Stock Ownership
                  Contributions                                           13
         4.3      Records of Contributions                                14
         4.4      Erroneous Contributions                                 14
         4.5      Re-employed Veterans                                    15

ARTICLE V         ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND INVESTMENTS


         5.1      Establishment of Separate Participant
                  Accounts                                                16
         5.2      Establishment of Suspense Account                       16
         5.3      Allocation of Earnings, Losses and Expenses             17
         5.4      Allocation of Forfeitures                               17
         5.5      Allocation of Annual Employee Stock
                  Ownership Contributions                                 17
         5.6      Limitation on Annual Additions                          18


<PAGE>



         5.7      Erroneous Allocations                                   21
         5.8      Value of Participant's Interest in Fund                 21
         5.9      Investment of Account Balances                          21

ARTICLE VI        RETIREMENT, DEATH AND DESIGNATION
                           OF BENEFICIARY

         6.1      Normal Retirement                                       22
         6.2      Early Retirement                                        22
         6.3      Disability Retirement                                   22
         6.4      Death Benefits                                          22
         6.5      Designation of Death Beneficiary and
                  Manner of Payment                                       23

ARTICLE VII                VESTING AND FORFEITURES

         7.1      Vesting on Death, Disability, Normal Retirement         24
         7.2      Vesting on Termination of Participation                 24
         7.3      Disposition of Forfeitures                              24

ARTICLE VIII EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP RULES

         8.1      Right to Demand Employer Securities                     26
         8.2      Voting Rights                                           26
         8.3      Nondiscrimination in Employee Stock Owner-
                  ship Contributions                                      26
         8.4      Dividends                                               27
         8.5      Exempt Loans                                            27
         8.6      Exempt Loan Payments                                    29
         8.7      Put Option                                              30
         8.8      Diversification Requirements                            30
         8.9      Independent Appraiser                                   31

ARTICLE IX        PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         9.1      Payments on Termination of Service
                  - In General                                            32
         9.2      Commencement of Payments                                32
         9.3      Mandatory Commencement of Benefits                      33
         9.4      Required Beginning Dates                                35
         9.5      Form of Payment                                         35
         9.6      Payments Upon Termination of Plan                       36
         9.7      Distribution Pursuant to Qualified
                  Domestic Relations Orders                               36
         9.8      Cash-Out Distributions                                  36
         9.9      ESOP Distribution Rules                                 37
         9.10     Withholding                                             37
         9.11     Waiver of 30-day Notice                                 38


<PAGE>



         9.12     Re-employed Veterans                                    38


ARTICLE X         PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLANS

         10.1      Top-Heavy Rules to Control                             39
         10.2      Top-Heavy Plan Definitions                             39
         10.3      Calculation of Accrued Benefits                        41
         10.4      Determination of Top-Heavy Status                      42
         10.5      Determination of Super Top-Heavy Status                42
         10.6      Minimum Contribution                                   43
         10.7      Vesting                                                44
         10.8      Maximum Benefit Limitation                             44

ARTICLE XI        ADMINISTRATION

         11.1      Appointment of Administrator                           45
         11.2      Resignation or Removal of Administrator                45
         11.3      Appointment of Successors:  Terms of
                   Office, Etc.                                           45
         11.4      Powers and Duties of Administrator                     45
         11.5      Action by Administrator                                47
         11.6      Participation by Administrators                        47
         11.7      Agents                                                 47
         11.8      Allocation of Duties                                   47
         11.9      Delegation of Duties                                   47
         11.10    Administrator's Action Conclusive                       48
         11.11    Compensation and Expenses of
                   Administrator                                          48
         11.12    Records and Reports                                     48
         11.13    Reports of Fund Open to Participants                    48
         11.14    Named Fiduciary                                         48
         11.15    Information from Employer                               49
         11.16    Reservation of Rights by Employer                       49
         11.17    Liability and Indemnification                           49
         11.18  Service as Trustee and Administrator                      49




<PAGE>



ARTICLE XII                CLAIMS PROCEDURE

         12.1      Notice of Denial                                       50
         12.2      Right to Reconsideration                               50
         12.3      Review of Documents                                    50
         12.4      Decision by Administrator                              50
         12.5      Notice by Administrator                                50

ARTICLE XIII  AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION AND MERGER

         13.1      Amendments                                             51
         13.2      Consolidation, Merger or Other
                   Transactions of Employer                               51
         13.3      Consolidation or Merger of Trust                       52
         13.4      Bankruptcy or Insolvency of Employer                   52
         13.5      Voluntary Termination                                  53
         13.6      Partial Termination of Plan or Permanent
                   Discontinuance of Contributions                        53

ARTICLE XIV                  MISCELLANEOUS

         14.1     No Diversion of Funds                                   54
         14.2     Liability Limited                                       54
         14.3     Incapacity                                              54
         14.4     Spendthrift Clause                                      54
         14.5     Benefits Limited to Fund                                55
         14.6     Cooperation of Parties                                  55
         14.7     Payments Due Missing Persons                            55
         14.8     Governing Law                                           55
         14.9     Nonguarantee of Employment                              56
         14.10    Counsel                                                 56




<PAGE>




                         WYMAN PARK BANCORPORATION, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                    PREAMBLE

         Effective  as of July 1,  1997,  Wyman  Park  Bancorporation,  Inc.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Sponsor"), has adopted the Wyman Park Bancorporation,
Inc.  Employee Stock Ownership Plan in order to enable  Participants to share in
the growth and prosperity of the Sponsor and its wholly owned subsidiary,  Wyman
Park Federal Savings & Loan  Association,  and to provide  Participants  with an
opportunity  to  accumulate  capital  for  their  future  economic  security  by
accumulating funds to provide  retirement,  death and disability  benefits.  The
Plan is a stock  bonus plan  designed to meet the re  quirements  of an employee
stock ownership plan as described at Section  4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section
407(d)(6) of ERISA.  The primary purpose of the employee stock ownership plan is
to invest in employer securities. The Sponsor intends that the Plan will qualify
under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code and will comply with the provisions
of ERISA.  The Plan has been  drafted to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1987,  the Technical and  Miscellaneous  Revenue Act of 1988, the Revenue
Reconciliation  Act of 1989, the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1993, and
the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1986.
         The terms of this Plan shall apply only with  respect to  Employees  of
the Employer on and after July 1, 1997.



<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE I
                      DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1  Definitions.

         Unless a  different  meaning is plainly  implied  by the  context,  the
following terms as used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

         (a) "Act" shall mean the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

         (b)  "Administrator"  shall mean the administrative  committee provided
for in Article XI.

         (c) "Annual  Additions"  shall mean, with respect to each  Participant,
the sum of those amounts allocated to the Participant's accounts under this Plan
and under any other qualified  defined  contribution  plan to which the Employer
contributes for any Limitation Year, consisting of the follow ing:

               (1) Employer contributions;

               (2) Forfeitures; and

               (3) Voluntary contributions (if any).

         (d)  "Authorized  Leave of Absence"  shall mean an absence from Service
with respect to which the  Employee  may or may not be entitled to  Compensation
and which meets any one of the following requirements:

               (1) Service in any of the armed  forces of the United  States for
          up to 36 months,  provided that the Employee resumes Service within 90
          days after discharge,  or such longer period of time during which such
          Employee's employment rights are protected by law; or

               (2) Any other absence or leave expressly  approved and granted by
          the  Employer  which  does not  exceed 24  months,  provided  that the
          Employee  resumes  Service at or before the end of such approved leave
          period. In approving such leaves of absence,  the Employer shall treat
          all Employees on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

         (e)  "Beneficiary"  shall mean such persons as may be designated by the
Participant  to receive  benefits  after the death of the  Participant,  or such
persons  designated by the  Administrator to receive benefits after the death of
the Participant, all as provided in Section 6.5.

         (f)  "Board of  Directors"  shall  mean the Board of  Directors  of the
Sponsor.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>



         (g) "Break"  shall mean a Plan Year during  which an Employee  fails to
complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

         (h) "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
from time to time, or any successor statute.

         (i)  "Compensation"  shall mean the amount of  remuneration  paid to an
Employee  by the  Employer,  after  the date on which  the  Employee  becomes  a
Participant, for services rendered to the Employer during a Plan Year, including
base salary, bonuses,  overtime and commissions,  and any amount of compensation
contributed  pursuant to a salary  reduction  election under Code Section 401(k)
and any amount of  compensation  contributed  to a cafeteria  plan  described at
Section 125 of the Code,  but excluding  amounts paid by the Employer or accrued
with respect to this Plan or any other qualified or non-qualified  unfunded plan
of deferred  compensation  or other employee  welfare plan to which the Employer
contributes,  payments for group insurance, medical benefits, reimburse ment for
expenses,  and other forms of extraordinary  pay, and excluding  amounts accrued
for a prior year.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the annual
Compensation of each Participant  taken into account under the Plan for any Plan
Year shall not exceed $160,000, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with
Section 415(d) of the Code.

         (j) "Date of Hire" shall mean the date on which a person shall  perform
his first Hour of Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a person
incurs  one or more  consecutive  Breaks  after his  initial  Date of Hire which
results in the forfeiture of his pre-Break  Service pursuant to Section 3.3, his
"Date of Hire" shall thereafter be the date on which he completes his first Hour
of Service after such Break or Breaks.

         (k)  "Disability"  shall mean a  physical  or mental  impairment  which
prohibits a Participant  from engaging in any occupation for wages or profit and
which has caused the Social Security  Administration  to classify the individual
as "disabled" for purposes of Social Security.

         (l) "Disability  Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the month
after which a Participant incurs a Disability.

         (m)  "Early  Retirement  Date"  shall  mean the  first day of the month
coincident with or next following the date on which a Participant attains age 55
and completes 5 Years of Service.

         (n) "Effective Date" shall mean July 1, 1997.

         (o) "Eligibility Period" shall mean the period of 12 consecutive months
commencing on an Employee's  Date of Hire.  Succeeding  eligibility  computation
periods after the initial eligibility  computation period shall be based on Plan
Years which include the first anniversary of an Employee's Date of Hire.



                                       -3-

<PAGE>



         (p)  "Employee"  shall  mean  any  person  employed  by  the  Employer,
including officers but excluding directors in their capacity as such;  provided,
however, that the term "Employee" shall not include leased employees,  employees
regularly  employed  outside the employer's  own offices in connection  with the
operation and  maintenance  of buildings or other  properties  acquired  through
foreclosure or deed, and any employee included in a unit of employees covered by
a  collective-bargaining  agreement  with the Employer  that does not  expressly
provide for  participation  of such employees in this Plan, where there has been
good-faith bargaining between the Employer and employees' representatives on the
subject of retirement benefits.

         (q) "Employer" shall mean Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation,  and its wholly owned subsidiary, Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan
Association,  or  any  successors  to  the  aforesaid  corporations  by  merger,
consolidation  or  otherwise,  which may agree to  continue  this  Plan,  or any
affiliated or subsidiary  corporation or business  organization  of any Employer
which,  with the consent of the  Sponsor,  shall agree to become a party to this
Plan.

         (r) "Employer  Securities"  shall mean the common stock issued by Wyman
Park Bancorporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         (s) "Entry  Date" shall mean each July 1 and January 1, so long as this
Plan shall remain in effect.

         (t) "Exempt Loan" shall mean a loan described at Section  4975(d)(1) of
the Code to the Trustee to purchase  Employer  Securities for the Plan,  made or
guaranteed by a  disqualified  person,  as defined at Section  4975(e)(2) of the
Code,  including,  but not limited to, a direct loan of cash,  a purchase  money
transaction,  an  assumption  of an  obligation  of the  Trustee,  an  unsecured
guarantee or the use of assets of such  disqualified  person as  collateral  for
such a loan.

         (u) "Former  Participant"  shall mean any  previous  Participant  whose
participation has terminated but who has a vested interest in the Plan which has
not been distributed in full.

         (v) "Fund" shall mean the Fund  maintained  by the Trustee  pursuant to
the  Trust  Agreement  in order  to  provide  for the  payment  of the  benefits
specified in the Plan.

         (w) "Hour of  Service"  shall mean each hour for which an  Employee  is
directly  or  indirectly  paid or  entitled  to payment by an  Employer  for the
performance of duties or for reasons other than the  performance of duties (such
as vacation time, holidays,  sickness,  disability, paid lay-offs, jury duty and
similar periods of paid nonworking time). To the extent not otherwise  included,
Hours of Service  shall also include each hour for which back pay,  irrespective
of mitigation of damages, is either award ed or agreed to by the Employer. Hours
of working  time shall be credited  on the basis of actual  hours  worked,  even
though compensated at a premium rate for overtime or other reasons. In computing
and crediting  Hours of Service for an Employee  under this Plan,  the rules set
forth in Sections 2530.200b- 2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor Regulations
shall apply,  said Sections  being herein incorporated 

                                      -4-


by  reference.  Hours of  Service  shall be  credited  to the Plan Year or other
relevant  period during which the services were performed or the nonworking time
occurred,  regardless of the time when  Compensation  therefor may be paid.  Any
Employee for whom no hourly employment records are kept by the Employer shall be
credited  with 45 Hours of Service for each calendar week in which he would have
been credited  with a least one Hour or Service under the foregoing  provisions,
if hourly  records  were  available.  Effective  January 1, 1985,  for  absences
commencing on or after that date,  solely for purposes of determining  whether a
Break for  participation  and vesting  purposes has  occurred in an  Eligibility
Period or Plan Year,  an  individual  who is absent from work for  maternity  or
paternity  reasons  shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service  which would
otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence,  or in any
case in which such hours  cannot be  determined,  8 Hours of Service  per day of
such  absence.  For  purposes of this Section  1.1(w),  an absence from work for
maternity or paternity  reasons  means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy
of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by
reason of the placement of a child with the  individual  in connection  with the
adoption  of such child by such  individual,  or (4) for  purposes of caring for
such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.
The Hours of Service  credited under this provision shall be credited (1) in the
computation  period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to
prevent a Break in that  period,  or (2) in all other  cases,  in the  following
computation period.

         (x) "Investment  Adjustments" shall mean the increases and/or decreases
in the value of a Participant's accounts attributable to earnings, gains, losses
and expenses of the Fund, as set forth in Section 5.3.

         (y) "Limitation Year" shall mean the Plan Year.

         (z)  "Normal  Retirement  Date"  shall  mean the first day of the month
coincident  with or during which a Participant  attains age 65 and completes the
fifth anniversary of his participation in the Plan.

         (aa)  "Participant"  shall  mean  an  Employee  who  has met all of the
eligibility  requirements of the Plan and who is currently  included in the Plan
as provided in Article II hereof.

         (bb) "Plan"  shall mean the Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc.  Employee
Stock Ownership Plan, as described  herein or as hereafter  amended from time to
time.

         (cc) "Plan Year" shall mean any 12 consecutive  month period commencing
on July 1 and ending on June 30.

         (dd)  "Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order" shall mean any  judgment,
decree or order  (including  approval of a property  settlement  agreement) that
relates to the provision of child support, alimony, marital property rights to a
spouse,  former spouse,  child or other dependent of the  Participant  (all such
persons  hereinafter  termed "alternate  payee") and is made pursuant to a State
domestic


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



relations law (including  community property law) and, further,  that creates or
recognizes  the  existence  of an alternate  payee's  right to, or assigns to an
alternate  payee the right to receive all or a portion of the  benefits  payable
with respect to a Participant and that clearly specifies the following:

               (1) the name and last known mailing address (if available) of the
          Participant  and the name and mailing  address of each alternate payee
          to which the order relates;

               (2) the amount or percentage of the Participant's  benefits to be
          paid to an alternate  payee or the manner in which the amount is to be
          determined; and

               (3) the  number of  payments  or period  for which  payments  are
          required.

         A domestic  relations order is not a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
if it:

               (1)  requires  the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit or
          any option not otherwise provided under the Plan; or,

               (2) requires the Plan to provide increased benefits, or

               (3) requires  payment of benefits to an  alternate  payee that is
          required  to be paid to another  alternate  payee  under a  previously
          existing Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

         (ee) "Retirement"  shall mean termination of employment which qualifies
as early, normal or Disability retirement as described in Article VI.

         (ff) "Service" shall mean employment with the Employer.

         (gg) "Sponsor" shall mean Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

         (hh) "Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement, dated __________, 1997
by and between  Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  and
_________________, of _________________, _________________.

         (ii) "Trustee" shall mean the Trustee or Trustees by whom the assets of
the  Plan  are  held,  as  provided  in the  Trust  Agreement,  or his or  their
successors.

         (jj)  "Valuation  Date" shall mean the last day of each Plan Year.  The
Trustee may make additional valuations, at the instruction of the Administrator,
but in no event  may the  Administrator  request  additional  valuations  by the
Trustee more frequently than quarterly.  Whenever such date falls on a Saturday,
Sunday or holiday, the preceding business day shall be the Valuation Date.



                                       -6-

<PAGE>



         (kk)  "Year  of  Service"  shall  mean any Plan  Year  during  which an
Employee  has  completed  at least 1,000 Hours of Service,  except as  otherwise
specified  in  Article  III,  in the  determination  of  Years  of  Service  for
eligibility  and vesting  purposes  under this Plan,  the term "Year of Service"
shall also mean any Plan Year during  which an Employee  has  completed at least
1,000 Hours of Service with an entity that is:

               (1) a member of a controlled group including the Employer,  while
          it is a member of such controlled group (within the meaning of Section
          414(b) of the Code);

               (2) in a group of trades or businesses  under common control with
          the Employer,  while it is under common control (within the meaning of
          Section 414(c) of the Code);

               (3) a  member  of  an  affiliated  service  group  including  the
          Employer,  while  it is a  member  of such  affiliated  service  group
          (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code); or

               (4) a leasing organization,  under the circumstances described in
          Section 414(n) of the Code.

1.2  Plurals and Gender.

         Where  appearing  in the Plan and the Trust  Agreement,  the  masculine
gender shall  include the feminine and neuter  genders,  and the singular  shall
include the  plural,  and vice versa,  unless the  context  clearly  indicates a
different meaning.

1.3  Incorporation of Trust Agreement.

         The Trust  Agreement,  as the same may be amended from time to time, is
intended to be and hereby is  incorporated  by reference  into this Plan and for
all purposes shall be deemed a part of the Plan.

1.4  Headings.

         The  headings  and  sub-headings  in this  Plan  are  inserted  for the
convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any  construction  of the
provisions hereof.

1.5  Severability.

         In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or void,  such
illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan,
but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if
said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.



                                       -7-

<PAGE>



1.6  References to Governmental Regulations.

         References in this Plan to regulations  issued by the Internal  Revenue
Service,  the Department of Labor, or other governmental  agencies shall include
all regulations,  rulings,  procedures,  releases and other position  statements
issued by any such agency.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II

                                  PARTICIPATION

2.1  Commencement of Participation.

         (a) Any Employee who  completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service  during
his Eligibility  Period or during any Plan Year beginning after his Date of Hire
shall  initially  become a Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or next
following  the later of the  following  dates,  provided  he is  employed by the
Employer on that Entry Date:

               (1) The date which is 12 months after his Date of Hire; and

               (2) The date on which he attains age 21.

         (b) Any  Employee  who had  satisfied  the  requirements  set  forth in
Section  2.1(a)  during the 12-month  period prior to the  Effective  Date shall
become a Participant on the Effective Date, provided he is still employed by the
Employer on the Effective Date.

2.2  Termination of Participation.

         After  commencement  or  resumption of his  participation,  an Employee
shall remain a Participant  during each  consecutive  Plan Year thereafter until
the earliest of the following dates:

         (a) His actual Retirement date;

         (b) His date of death; or

         (c) The last day of a Plan Year during which he incurs a Break.

2.3  Resumption of Participation.

         (a) Any Participant whose employment terminates and who resumes Service
before he incurs a Break shall resume  participation  immediately on the date he
is reemployed.

         (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(c), any Participant who
incurs  one or more  Breaks  and  resumes  Service  shall  resume  participation
retroactively as of the first day of the first Plan Year in which he completes a
Year of Service after such Break(s).

         (c) Any Participant who incurs one or more Breaks and resumes  Service,
but whose pre-Break  Service is not reinstated to his credit pursuant to Section
3.3, shall be treated as a new


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



Employee  and shall again be required  to satisfy the  eligibility  requirements
contained in Section 2.1 before resuming  participation on the appropriate Entry
Date, as specified in Section 2.1.


2.4  Determination of Eligibility.

         The  Administrator  shall  determine  the  eligibility  of Employees in
accordance with the provisions of this Article. For each Plan Year, the Employer
shall furnish the Administrator a list of all Employees, indicating the original
date of  their  reemployment  with the  Employer  and any  Breaks  they may have
incurred.



                                      -10-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III

                                CREDITED SERVICE

3.1  Service Counted for Eligibility Purposes.

         Except as provided in Section 3.3, all Years of Service completed by an
Employee shall be counted in determining his eligibility to become a Participant
on and after the Effective  Date,  whether such Service was completed  before or
after the Effective Date.

3.2  Service Counted for Vesting Purposes.

         All Years of  Service  completed  by an  Employee  (including  Years of
Service  completed  prior to the Effective Date) shall be counted in determining
his vested interest in this Plan, except the following:

         (a) Service which is disregarded under the provisions of Section 3.3;

         (b) Service  prior to the  Effective  Date of this Plan if such Service
would have been  disregarded  under the "break in  service"  rules  (within  the
meaning of Section 1.411(a)-5(b)(6) of the Treasury Regulations).

3.3  Credit for Pre-Break Service.

         Upon his  resumption  of  participation  following  one or a series  of
consecutive  Breaks, an Employee's  pre-Break Service shall be reinstated to his
credit for all purposes of this Plan only if either:

         (a) He was vested in any portion of his accrued benefit at the time the
Break(s) began; or

         (b) The number of his  consecutive  Breaks does not equal or exceed the
greater of 5 or the number of his Years of  Service  credited  to him before the
Breaks began.

         Except as  provided in the  foregoing,  none of an  Employee's  Service
prior to one or a series of consecutive  Breaks shall be counted for any purpose
in connection with his participation in this Plan thereafter.

3.4  Service Credit During Authorized Leaves.

         An Employee  shall  receive no Service  credit under Section 3.1 or 3.2
during any  Authorized  Leave of  Absence.  However,  solely for the  purpose of
determining  whether he has incurred a Break during any Plan Year in which he is
absent from Service for one or more Authorized Leaves of


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



Absence,  he shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week during any
such leave period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Employee fails to return
to Service on or before  the end of a leave  period,  he shall be deemed to have
terminated  Service as of the first day of such leave  period and his credit for
Hours  of  Service,  determined  under  this  Section  3.4,  shall  be  revoked.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein to the contrary,  an Employee who is
absent by reason of military service as set forth in Section  1.1(d)(1) shall be
given  Service  credit  under this Plan for such  military  leave  period to the
extent, and for all purposes, required by law.

3.5  Service Credit During Maternity or Paternity Leave.

         Effective  for  absences  beginning  on or after  January 1, 1985,  for
purposes of  determining  whether a Break has  occurred  for  participation  and
vesting  purposes,  an  individual  who is on maternity  or  paternity  leave as
described in Section 1.1(w),  shall be deemed to have completed Hours of Service
during  such  period  of  absence,   all  in  accordance  with  Section  1.1(w).
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  credit  shall be given  for such  Hours of
Service  unless  the  individual  furnishes  to the  Administrator  such  timely
information as the Administrator may reasonably require to determine:

         (a)  that the  absence  from  Service  was  attributable  to one of the
maternity or paternity reasons enumerated in Section 1.1(w); and

         (b) the number of days for which such absence lasted.

In no event,  however,  shall any credit be given for such leave  other than for
determining whether a Break has occurred.

3.6  Ineligible Employees.

         Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, any person
who is employed by the Employer,  but who is ineligible to  participate  in this
Plan, either because of his failure

         (a) To meet the eligibility requirements contained in Article II; or

         (b)  To  be  an  Employee,   as  defined  in  Section  1.1(p),   shall,
nevertheless,  earn  Years of  Service  for  eligibility  and  vesting  purposes
pursuant to the rules  contained  in this Article  III.  However,  such a person
shall not be entitled to receive any contributions hereunder unless and until he
becomes  a  Participant  in this  Plan,  and then,  only  during  his  period of
participation.



                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS


4.1  Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

         (a) Subject to all of the  provisions of this Article IV, for each Plan
Year  commencing  on or after the  Effective  Date,  the Employer  shall make an
Employee  Stock  Ownership  contribution  to the Fund,  in such amount as may be
determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion.  Such contribution shall
be in the form of cash or  Employer  Securities.  In  determining  the  value of
Employer  Securities  transferred  to the Fund as an  Employee  Stock  Ownership
contribution,  the  Administrator may determine the average of closing prices of
such securities for a period of up to 90 consecutive days immediately  preceding
the date on which the securities are  contributed to the Fund. In the event that
the Employer  Securities are not readily  tradable on an established  securities
market,  the value of the Employer  Securities  transferred to the Fund shall be
determined by an independent appraiser in accordance with Section 8.9.

         (b) In no event shall such  contribution by the Employer exceed for any
Plan Year the maximum  amount that may be deducted by the Employer under Section
404 of the Code, nor shall such  contribution  cause the Employer to violate its
regulatory capital requirements.  Each Employee Stock Ownership  contribution by
the Employer shall be deemed to be made on the express  condition that the Plan,
as then in effect, shall be qualified under Sections 401 and 501 of the Code and
that the amount of such  contribution  shall be deductible  from the  Employer's
income under Section 404 of the Code.

4.2  Time and Manner of Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

         (a) The Employee Stock  Ownership  contribution  (if any) for each Plan
Year shall be paid to the Trustee in one lump sum or installments at any time on
or  before  the  expiration  of  the  time  prescribed  by  law  (including  any
extensions)  for  filing of the  Employer's  federal  income  tax return for its
fiscal year ending  concurrent with or during such Plan Year. Any portion of the
Employee Stock Ownership  contribution for each Plan Year that may be made prior
to the last day of the Plan  Year  shall be  maintained  by the  Trustee  in the
Employee Stock  Ownership  suspense  account  described in Section 5.2 until the
last day of such Plan Year.

         (b) If an Employee Stock Ownership contribution for a Plan Year is paid
after the close of the  Employer's  fiscal  year which ends  concurrent  with or
during such Plan Year but on or prior to the due date (including any extensions)
for filing of the Employer's  federal income tax return for such fiscal year, it
shall be considered,  for allocation  purposes,  as an Employee Stock  Ownership
contribution  to the Fund  for the Plan  Year  for  which  it was  computed  and
accrued, unless such


                                      -13-

<PAGE>



contribution  is  accompanied  by  a  statement  to  the  Trustee,  signed  by a
representative  of  the  Employer,  which  specifies  that  the  Employee  Stock
Ownership  contribution  is made  with  respect  to the Plan Year in which it is
received by the Trustee.  Any Employee Stock Ownership  contribution paid by the
Employer  during any Plan Year but after the due date (including any extensions)
for filing of its federal  income tax return for the fiscal year of the Employer
ending on or before the last day of the  preceding  Plan Year shall be  treated,
for allocation purposes, as an Employee Stock Ownership contribution to the Fund
for the Plan Year in which the contribution is paid to the Trustee.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  no
Employee Stock Ownership  contribution shall be made for any year during which a
"limitations  account"  created  pursuant to Section  5.6(c)(2)  is in existence
until the balance of such limitations account has been reallocated in accordance
with Section 5.6(c)(2).

4.3  Records of Contributions.

         The  Employer  shall  deliver at least  annually to the  Trustee,  with
respect to the  contributions  contemplated in Section 4.1, a certificate of the
Administrator, in such form as the Trustee shall approve, setting forth:

         (a) The aggregate amount of contributions, if any, to the Fund for such
Plan Year;

         (b) The names, Internal Revenue Service identifying numbers and current
residential addresses of all Participants in the Plan;

         (c) The amount and  category of  contributions  to be allocated to each
such Participant; and

         (d) Any other information  reasonably required for the proper operation
of the Plan.

4.4  Erroneous Contributions.

         (a)  Notwithstanding   anything  herein  to  the  contrary,   upon  the
Employer's  request,  a  contribution  which was made by a mistake  of fact,  or
conditioned upon the initial  qualification of the Plan, under Code Section 401,
or upon the  deductibility  of the  contribution  under Section 404 of the Code,
shall be  returned  to the  Employer  by the  Trustee  within one year after the
payment of the contribution, the denial of the qualification or the disallowance
of the deduction (to the extent disallowed),  whichever is applicable; provided,
however,  that in the case of denial of the initial qualification of the Plan, a
contribution  shall not be returned unless an Application for  Determination has
been  timely  filed  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Any  portion  of  a
contribution  returned pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be adjusted to reflect
its proportionate  share of the losses of the fund, but shall not be adjusted to
reflect any earnings or gains.  Notwithstanding  any  provisions of this Plan to
the contrary,  the right or claim of any Participant or Beneficiary to any asset
of the Fund or any  benefit  under this Plan shall be subject to and  limited by
this Section 4.4.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>



         (b) In no event shall voluntary Employee contributions be accepted. Any
such voluntary Employee  contributions (and any earnings  attributable  thereto)
mistakenly   received  by  the  Trustee  shall   promptly  be  returned  to  the
Participant.

4.5  Re-employed Veterans.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan,  if an
Employee  has been  rehired by the  Employer  and is eligible  for the  benefits
provided by the Uniformed  Services  Employment and  Reemployment  Rights Act by
virtue of his prior  military  service  and by virtue of his  having met all the
requirements of that Act for being accorded the benefits provided thereunder, he
shall not be deemed to have  incurred a Break  because of his period of military
service.  The Employee's  military service shall be treated as Service hereunder
for eligibility,  vesting and benefit accrual  purposes.  Such Employee shall be
entitled to all Employer  contributions  to which he  otherwise  would have been
entitled had he been employed by the Employer  during the period of his military
service.  In computing  contribution  amounts  dependent  upon or limited by the
amount of Compensation  the Employee  earned or would have earned,  the Employee
shall be treated as receiving  Compensation  from the Employer during the period
of military service equal to the Compensation that Employee otherwise would have
received  from the Employer  during that  period,  or, if the  Compensation  the
Employee otherwise would have received is not reasonably certain, the Employee's
average  Compensation from the Employer during the period immediately  preceding
the period of military service.  Such Employee shall not,  however,  be credited
with any  earnings on any such  additional  Employer  or Employee  contributions
described in this Section before the contribution is actually made. Furthermore,
no forfeitures shall be allocated to such Employee's  Accounts hereunder for the
period of military  service.  The rules  governing the  limitations  on all such
contributions  that may be required  hereunder the Employer shall be governed by
Section 414(u) of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.


                                      -15-

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

                      ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATIONS AND INVESTMENTS

5.1  Establishment of Separate Participant Accounts.

         The  Administrator  shall  establish and maintain  separate  individual
accounts  for  Participants  in the  Plan  and for each  Former  Participant  in
accordance  with the provisions of this Article V. Such separate  accounts shall
be for accounting purposes only and shall not require a segregation of the Fund,
and no Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary shall acquire any right to
or interest in any  specific  assets of the Fund as a result of the  allocations
provided for under this Plan, except where segregation is expressly provided for
in this Plan.

(a)  Employee Stock Ownership Accounts.

         The  Administrator  shall establish a separate Employee Stock Ownership
Account in the Fund for each  Participant.  The account  shall be credited as of
the last day of each Plan Year with the  amounts  allocated  to the  Participant
under  Sections  5.4  and  5.5.  The  Administrator  may  establish  subaccounts
hereunder,  an Employer  Stock Account  reflecting a  Participant's  interest in
Employer  Securities  held  by  the  Trust  and  an  Other  Investments  Account
reflecting the  Participant's  interest in his Employee Stock Ownership  Account
other than Employer Securities.

(b)  Distribution Accounts.

         In any case where  distribution  of a terminated  Participant's  vested
interest in the Plan is to be  deferred,  the  Administrator  shall  establish a
separate,  nonforfeitable  account  in the  Fund to  which  the  balance  in his
Employee Stock  Ownership  Account in the Plan shall be  transferred  after such
Participant  incurs  a  Break.  Unless  the  Former  Participant's  distribution
accounts are segregated for  investment  purposes  pursuant to section 9.4, they
shall share in Investment Adjustments.

(c)  Other Accounts.

         The Administrator shall establish such other separate accounts for each
Participant as may be necessary or desirable for the  convenient  administration
of the Fund.

5.2  Establishment of Suspense Accounts.

         The  Administrator  shall  establish  separate  accounts to be known as
"suspense  accounts."  There  shall be  credited  to such  appropriate  suspense
accounts any Employee Stock  Ownership  contributions  that may be made prior to
the last day of the Plan Year, as provided in Section 4.2. The suspense accounts
shall share proportionately as to time and amount in any Investment Adjustments.
As of the  last  day of each  Plan  Year,  the  balance  of the  Employee  Stock
Ownership suspense account


                                      -16-

<PAGE>



shall be added to the Employee Stock Ownership contribution and allocated to the
Employee Stock  Ownership  Accounts of  Participants as provided in Section 5.5,
except as provided herein.  In the event that the Plan takes an Exempt Loan, the
Employer  Securities  purchased thereby shall be allocat ed to a separate Exempt
Loan Suspense  Account,  from which allocations shall be made in accordance with
Section 8.5.

5.3  Allocation of Earnings, Losses and Expenses.

         As of each Valuation Date, any increase or decrease in the net worth of
the aggregate Employee Stock Ownership Accounts held in the Fund attributable to
earnings,  losses,  expenses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation in each
such  aggregate  Account,  as  determined  by the Trustee  pursuant to the Trust
Agreement,  shall be  credited  to or  deducted  from the  appropriate  suspense
accounts  and  all  Participants'  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Accounts  (except
segregated   distribution   accounts   described  in  Section   5.1(b)  and  the
"limitations account" described in Section 5.6(c)(4)) in the proportion that the
value of each such Account (determined  immediately prior to such allocation and
before crediting any Employee Stock Ownership  contributions and forfeitures for
the  current  Plan Year but after  adjustment  for any  transfer to or from such
Accounts and for the time such funds were in such  Accounts)  bears to the value
of all Employee Stock Ownership Accounts.

5.4  Allocation of Forfeitures.

         As of the last day of each Plan Year, all  forfeitures  attributable to
the Employee Stock Ownership  Accounts which are then available for reallocation
shall be, as appropriate, added to the Employee Stock Ownership contribution (if
any)  for  such  year and  allocated  among  the  Participants'  Employee  Stock
Ownership Accounts,  as appropriate,  in the manner provided in Sections 5.5 and
5.6.

5.5  Allocation of Annual Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

         As of the last day of each Plan Year for which the Employer  shall make
an Employee Stock Ownership  contribution,  the Administrator shall allocate the
Employee Stock Ownership contribution  (including  reallocable  forfeitures) for
such Plan Year to the Employee Stock Ownership  account of each  Participant who
completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service  during that Plan Year,  provided that
he is still  employed  by the  Employer  on the last day of the Plan Year.  Such
allocation  shall be made in the same  proportion  that each such  Participant's
Compensation  for such Plan Year  bears to the  total  Compensation  of all such
Participants  for such Plan Year,  subject to Section 5.6.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if a Participant  attains his Normal  Retirement Date and terminates
Service prior to the last day of the Plan Year but after  completing 1,000 Hours
of  Service,  he shall be entitled to an  allocation  based on his  Compensation
earned  prior to his  termination  and during the Plan Year.  Furthermore,  if a
Participant completes 1,000 Hours of Service and is on a Leave of Absence on the
last day of the Plan Year because of pregnancy or other medical  reason,  such a
Participant shall be entitled to an allocation based on his Compensation  earned
during such Plan Year.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>




5.6  Limitation on Annual Additions.

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any provisions of this Plan to the contrary,  the
total Annual Additions credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan (and
under any other defined contribution plan to which the Employer contributes) for
any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

               (1) 25% of the  Participant's  compensation  for such  Limitation
          Year; or

               (2) $30,000 (or, if greater,  one-fourth  of the defined  benefit
          dollar  limitation  set forth in  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code).
          Whenever otherwise allowed by law, the maximum amount of $30,000 shall
          be automatically  adjusted  annually for  cost-of-living  increases in
          accordance  with  Section  415(d)  of the  Code and the  highest  such
          increase  effective  at any time during the  Limitation  Year shall be
          effective  for the entire  Limitation  Year,  without any amendment to
          this Plan.

         (b) Solely for the purpose of this Section 5.6, the term "compensation"
is defined as wages,  salaries,  and fees for  professional  services  and other
amounts  received  (without  regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
for personal  services  actually  rendered in the course of employment  with the
Employer  maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includable in
gross  income  (including,  but not limited to,  commissions  paid to  salesmen,
compensation  for services on the basis of a percentage of profits,  commissions
on insurance  premiums,  tips, bonuses,  fringe benefits,  and reimbursements or
other expense  allowances  under a  nonaccountable  plan (as described in Treas.
Regs. Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

               (1)  Employer  contributions  to a plan of deferred  compensation
          which  are not  includible  in the  Employee's  gross  income  for the
          taxable year in which contributed,  or Employer  contributions under a
          simplified  employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are
          deductible  by the  Employee,  or  any  distributions  from a plan  of
          deferred compensation;

               (2) Amounts  realized from the exercise of a non-qualified  stock
          option,  or when  restricted  stock (or property) held by the employee
          either  becomes  freely  transferable  or is no  longer  subject  to a
          substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition
          of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

               (4)  Other  amounts  which  received  special  tax  benefits,  or
          contributions  made by the  employer  (whether  or not  under a salary
          reduction  agreement)  towards  the  purchase  of an annuity  contract
          described  in  section   403(b)  of  the  Code  (whether  or  not  the
          contributions  are  actually  excludable  from the gross income of the
          Employee).



                                      -18-

<PAGE>



         (c) In the event that the limitations on Annual Additions  described in
this Section  5.6(a) above are exceeded with respect to any  Participant  in any
Limitation  Year, then the  contributions  allocable to the Participant for such
year shall be reduced to the minimum extent required by such  limitations in the
following order of priority:

               (1) If any further  reductions in Annual Additions are necessary,
          then  the  Employee  Stock  Ownership  contributions  and  forfeitures
          allocated  during such Limitation Year to the  Participant's  Employee
          Stock  Ownership  Account  shall be  reduced.  The  amount of any such
          reductions  in  the  Employee  Stock   Ownership   contributions   and
          forfeitures shall be reallocated to all other Participants in the same
          manner as set forth under Sections 5.4 and 5.5.

               (2) Any amounts which cannot be reallocated to other Participants
          in a current  Limitation  Year in  accordance  with Section  5.6(c)(1)
          above because of the limitations  contained in Sections 5.6(a) and (d)
          shall  be  credited  to an  account  designated  as  the  "limitations
          account"  and carried  forward to the next and  subsequent  Limitation
          Years until it can be reallocated to all  Participants as set forth in
          Sections 5.4, and 5.5, as appropriate. No Investment Adjustments shall
          be allocated to this limitations  account.  In the next and subsequent
          Limitation  Years,  all  amounts in the  limitations  account  must be
          allocated  in the  manner  described  in  Sections  5.4  and  5.5,  as
          appropriate,  before any Employee Stock Ownership contributions may be
          made to this Plan for that Limitation Year.

               (3) The  Administrator  shall determine to what extent the Annual
          Additions to any  Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account must
          be reduced in each Limitation Year. The Administrator shall reduce the
          Annual Additions to all other qualified,  tax-exempt  retirement plans
          maintained  by the  Employer in  accordance  with the terms  contained
          therein for required  reductions or reallocations  mandated by Section
          415 of the Code before reducing any Annual Additions in this Plan.

               (4) In the  event  this  Plan is  voluntarily  terminated  by the
          Employer under Section 13.5, any amounts  credited to the  limitations
          account  described  in  Section  5.6(c)(2)  above  which  have  not be
          reallocated   as  set  forth  herein  shall  be   distributed  to  the
          Participants  who are still  employed  by the  Employer on the date of
          termination,  in the proportion that each  Participant's  Compensation
          bears to the Compensation of all Participants.

         (d) The Annual Additions credited to a Participant's  accounts for each
Limitation  Year are further limited so that in the case of an Employee who is a
Participant  in  both  this  Plan  and  any  qualified   defined   benefit  plan
(hereinafter  referred to as a "pension  plan") of the Employer,  the sum of (1)
and (2) below will not exceed 1.0:

               (1) (A) The  projected  annual  normal  retirement  benefit  of a
          Participant under the pension plan, divided by


                                      -19-

<PAGE>



                    (B) The lesser of:

                         (i)  The  product  of  1.25  multiplied  by the  dollar
                    limitation in effect under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code
                    for such Limitation Year, or

                         (ii) The  product  of 1.4  multiplied  by the amount of
                    compensation  which may be taken into account  under Section
                    415(b)(1)(B)  of the  Code  for  the  Participant  for  such
                    Limitation Year; plus

         (2) (A) The sum of Annual Additions  credited to the Participant  under
this Plan for all Limitation Years, divided by:

                    (B)  The  sum  of  the  lesser  of  the  following   amounts
               determined  for such  Limitation  Year and for each prior year of
               service with the Employer:

                         (i)  The  product  of  1.25  multiplied  by the  dollar
                    limitation in effect under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the Code
                    for such Limitation Year, or

                         (ii) The  product  of 1.4  multiplied  by the amount of
                    compensation  which may be taken into account  under Section
                    415(b)(1)(B)  of the  Code  for  the  Participant  for  such
                    Limitation Year.

         The  Administrator  may, in calculating the defined  contribution  plan
fraction  described in Section  5.6(d)(2),  elect to use the  transitional  rule
pursuant to Section  415(e)(6)  of the Code,  if  applicable.  If the sum of the
fractions  produced  above  will  exceed  1.0,  even after the use of the "fresh
start" rule contained in Section 235 of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility
Act of 1982  ("TEFRA"),  if  applicable,  then the same  provisions as stated in
Section 5.6(c) above shall apply. If, even after the reductions  provided for in
Section 5.6(c),  the sum of the fractions still exceed 1.0, then the benefits of
the  Participant  provided under the pension plan shall be reduced to the extent
neces sary,  in  accordance  with  Treasury  Regulations  issued under the Code.
Solely for the  purposes  of this  Section  5.6(d),  the term "years of service"
shall mean all years of service  defined by Treasury  Regulations  issued  under
Section 415 of the Code.

         (e) In the event  that the  Employer  is a member  of (1) a  controlled
group of  corporations  or a group of trades or businesses  under common control
(as  described  in Section  414(b) or (c) of the Code,  as  modified  by Section
415(h)  thereof),  or (2) an  affiliated  service group (as described in Section
414(m) of the Code), the Annual Additions credited to any Participant's accounts
in any such  Limitation Year shall be further limited by reason of the existence
of  all  other  qualified   retirement   plans  maintained  by  such  affiliated
corporations,  other  entities  under  common  control  or other  members of the
affiliated  service  group,  to the extent such reduction is required by Section
415 of the Code and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  The Administrator
shall determine if any such


                                      -20-

<PAGE>



reduction in the Annual  Additions to a  Participant's  accounts is required for
this reason,  and if so, the same  provisions  as stated in 5.6(c) and (d) above
shall apply.

         (f) Annual Additions shall not include any Employer contributions which
are used by the Trust to pay interest on an Exempt Loan nor any  forfeitures  of
Employer Securities purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, provided that
not  more  than  one-third  of  the  Employer  contributions  are  allocated  to
Participants  who are among the group of employees  deemed  "highly  compensated
employees" within the meaning of Code Section 414(q).

5.7  Erroneous Allocations.

         No  Participant  shall be  entitled  to any Annual  Additions  or other
allocations  to his accounts in excess of those  permitted  under  Sections 5.3,
5.4, 5.5, and 5.6. If it is determined at anytime that the Administrator  and/or
Trustees have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures
under this Plan, or in  allocating  Investment  Adjustments,  or in excluding or
including any person as a Participant, then the Administrator,  in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory  manner,  shall determine the manner in which such error shall
be corrected and shall promptly  advise the Trustee in writing of such error and
of the method for correcting such error. The accounts of any or all Participants
may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

5.8  Value of Participant's Interest in Fund.

         At any time,  the value of a  Participant's  interest in the Fund shall
consist of the aggregate value of his Employee Stock  Ownership  Account and his
distribution  account,  if any,  determined as of the  next-preceding  Valuation
Date. The  Administrator  shall maintain  adequate  records of the cost basis of
Employer  Securities  allocated to each  Participant's  Employer Stock Ownership
Account.

5.9  Investment of Account Balances.

         The Employee Stock  Ownership  Accounts shall be invested  primarily in
Employer  Securities.  Employer  Securities shall constitute at least 51% of the
assets  of  all  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Accounts.  All  sales  of  Employer
Securities by the Trustee  attributable to the Employee Stock Ownership Accounts
of all  Participants  shall be charged pro rata to the Employee Stock  Ownership
Accounts of all Participants.


                                      -21-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                RETIREMENT, DEATH AND DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

6.1  Normal Retirement.

         A  Participant  who  reaches his Normal  Retirement  Date and who shall
retire at that time shall thereupon be entitled to retirement  benefits based on
the value of his interest in the Fund,  payable  pursuant to the  provisions  of
Section 9.1. A Participant  who remains in Service  after his Normal  Retirement
Date  shall  not be  entitled  to  any  retirement  benefits  until  his  actual
termination of Service  thereafter (except as provided in Section 9.3(g)) and he
shall meanwhile continue to participate in this Plan.

6.2  Early Retirement.

         A Participant who reaches his Early  Retirement Date may retire at such
time (or, at his election,  as of the first day of any month thereafter prior to
his Normal  Retirement  Date) and shall  thereupon  be  entitled  to  retirement
benefits based on the value of his interest in the Fund, payable pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9.1.

6.3  Disability Retirement.

         In the event a Participant  incurs a  Disability,  he may retire on his
Disability  Retirement  Date and  shall  thereupon  be  entitled  to  retirement
benefits based on the value of his interest in the Fund, payable pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9.1.

6.4  Death Benefits.

         (a) Upon the death of a  Participant  before  his  Retirement  or other
termination  of Service,  the value of his interest in the Fund shall be payable
pursuant to the  provisions of Section 9.1. The  Administrator  shall direct the
Trustee to  distribute  his  interest in the Fund to any  surviving  Beneficiary
designated by the  Participant  or, if none,  to such persons  designated by the
Administrator pursuant to Section 6.5.

         (b) Upon the death of a Former  Participant,  the  Administrator  shall
direct the Trustee to distribute  any  undistributed  balance of his interest in
the Fund to any  surviving  Beneficiary  designated  by him or, if none, to such
persons designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 6.5.

         (c) The  Administrator  may require such proper proof of death and such
evidence  of the right of any person to receive  the  interest  in the Fund of a
deceased  Participant  or  Former  Partici  pant as the  Administrator  may deem
desirable. The Administrator's determination of death and of


                                      -22-

<PAGE>



the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

6.5  Designation of Death Beneficiary and Manner of Payment.

         (a) Each Participant shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary or
Beneficiaries  to receive the sum or sums to which he may be  entitled  upon his
death. The Participant may also designate the manner in which any death benefits
under  this  Plan  shall be  payable  to his  Beneficiary,  provided  that  such
designation is in accordance  with Section 9.4. Such  designation of Beneficiary
and manner of payment  shall be in writing and  delivered to the  Administrator,
and shall be effective when received by the Administrator. The Participant shall
have  the  right  to  change  such  designation  by  notice  in  writing  to the
Administrator.  Such change of Beneficiary or the manner of payment shall become
effective upon its receipt by the Administrator. Any such change shall be deemed
to revoke all prior designations.

         (b) If a Participant  shall fail to designate  validly a Beneficiary or
if no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant,  his interest in the Fund
shall be paid to the person or persons in the first of the following  classes of
successive preference  Beneficiaries  surviving at the death of the Participant:
the  Participant's  (1) widow or widower,  (2)  children,  (3) parents,  and (4)
estate. The Administrator  shall decide what  Beneficiaries,  if any, shall have
been validly designated, and its decision shall be binding and conclusive on all
persons.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if a Participant has been married
throughout the 12 month period  preceding the date of his death, the sum or sums
to which he may be entitled  under this Plan upon his death shall be paid to his
spouse,  unless the Participant's spouse shall have consented to the election of
another  Beneficiary.  Such a spousal  consent  shall be in writing and shall be
witnessed  either by a representative  of the Plan or a notary public.  If it is
established to the satisfaction of the  Administrator  that such spousal consent
cannot be obtained  because  there is no spouse,  because  the spouse  cannot be
located, or other reasons prescribed by governmental regulations, the consent of
the spouse may be waived,  and the  Participant  may designate a Beneficiary  or
Beneficiaries other than his spouse.




                                      -23-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                             VESTING AND FORFEITURES

7.1  Vesting on Death, Disability and Normal Retirement.

         Unless  his  participation  in this Plan shall  have  terminated  prior
thereto, upon a Participant's death, Disability or upon his attainment of Normal
Retirement  Date  (whether or not he actually  retires at that time) while he is
still employed by the Employer,  the  Participant's  entire interest in the Fund
shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.

7.2  Vesting on Termination of Participation.

         Upon termination of his participation in this Plan for any reason other
than death, Disability, or Normal Retirement, a Participant shall be vested in a
percentage of his Employee Stock Ownership  Account,  such vested percentages to
be  determined  under  the  following  table,  based  on the  Years  of  Service
(including  Years of Service  prior to the Effective  Date)  credited to him for
vesting purposes at the time of his termination of participation:

         Years of Service Completed                      Percentage Vested
         --------------------------                      -----------------
                  Less than 2                                    0%
                  2 but less than 3                             20%
                  3 but less than 4                             40%
                  4 but less than 5                             60%
                  5 but less than 6                             80%
                  6 or more                                    100%

         Any portion of the Participant's Employee Stock Ownership Account which
is not vested at the time he incurs a Break shall  thereupon  be  forfeited  and
disposed of pursuant to Section  7.3.  Distribution  of the vested  portion of a
terminated  Participant's  interest  in  the  Plan  may  be  authorized  by  the
Administrator in any manner permitted under Section 9.1.

7.3  Disposition of Forfeitures.

         (a) In the event a Participant incurs a Break and subsequently  resumes
both his Service and his participation in the Plan prior to incurring at least 5
Breaks, the forfeitable portion of his Employee Stock Ownership Account shall be
reinstated  to  the  credit  of  the  Participant  as of  the  date  he  resumes
participation.

         (b) In the event a  Participant  terminates  Service  and  subsequently
incurs a Break and receives a distribution,  or in the event a Participant  does
not terminate Service, but incurs at least 5


                                      -24-

<PAGE>



Breaks,  or in the event that a  Participant  terminates  Service  and incurs at
least 5 Breaks but has not received a distribution, then the forfeitable portion
of his Employer Account, including Investment Adjustments,  shall be reallocated
to other  Participants,  pursuant to Section 5.4 as of the date the  Participant
incurs such Break or Breaks, as the case may be.

         (c) In the event a former  Participant  who had received a distribution
from the Plan is rehired,  he shall repay the amount of his distribution  before
the  earlier  of 5 years  after the date of his rehire by the  Employer,  or the
close  of  the  first  period  of 5  consecutive  Breaks  commencing  after  the
withdrawal in order for any forfeited amounts to be restored to him.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

8.1  Right to Demand Employer Securities.

         A  Participant  entitled  to a  distribution  from his  Employee  Stock
Ownership  Account  shall be entitled to demand that his interest in the Account
be  distributed  to him in the form of Em  ployer  Securities,  all  subject  to
Section 9.9. In the event that the Employer  Securities are not readily tradable
on an established  market, the Participant shall be entitled to require that the
Employer  repurchase the Employer  Securities under a fair valuation formula, as
provided by governmental  regulations.  The Participant or Beneficiary  shall be
entitled to exercise the put option  described in the  preceding  sentence for a
period of not more than 60 days following the date of  distribution  of Employer
Securities to him. If the put option is not exercised within such 60-day period,
the  Participant or Beneficiary may exercise the put option during an additional
period of not more  than 60 days  after  the  beginning  of the first day of the
first Plan Year  following  the Plan Year in which the first put  option  period
occurred,  all as provided in  regulations  promulgated  by the Secretary of the
Treasury.

8.2  Voting Rights.

         Each  Participant  with an Employee  Stock  Ownership  Account shall be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Employer Securities
in such Account are to be voted.  Employer Securities held in the Employee Stock
Ownership Suspense Account or the Exempt Loan Suspense Account shall be voted by
the Trustee on each issue with  respect to which  shareholders  are  entitled to
vote in the manner directed by the majority of the Participants who directed the
Trustee as to the manner of voting their shares in the Employee Stock  Ownership
Accounts with respect to such issue.  Prior to the initial allocation of shares,
the Trustee shall be entitled to vote the shares in the Suspense Account without
prior direction from the Participants or the Administrator.  In the event that a
Participant fails to give timely voting instructions to the Trustee with respect
to the  voting  of his  allocated  Employer  Securities,  the  Trustee  shall be
entitled to vote such shares in its discretion.

8.3  Nondiscrimination in Employee Stock Ownership Contributions.

         In  the  event  that  the  amount  of  the  Employee  Stock   Ownership
contributions  that  would be  required  in any Plan Year to make the  scheduled
payments  on an Exempt  Loan would  exceed the amount  that would  otherwise  be
deductible  by the Employer  for such Plan Year under Code Section 404,  then no
more than one-third of the Employee Stock Ownership  contributions  for the Plan
Year, which is also the Employer's taxable year, shall be allocated to the group
of Employees who, during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year:



                                      -26-

<PAGE>



         (a) Was at any time a 5 percent owner of the Employer;

         (b) Received  compensation  from the Employer in excess of $75,000,  as
adjusted under Code Section 414(q);

         (c) Received  compensation  from the Employer in excess of $50,000,  as
adjusted under Code Section 414(q), and was in the "top-paid group" of employees
(as defined below) for such year; or

         (d) Was at any time an officer and received  compensation  greater than
50 percent of the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A),  as adjusted
for cost-of-living increases permitted under Code Section 415(d)(1), but without
regard to any adjustment under Code Section 415(c)(6)(A).

An Employee shall be deemed a member of the "top-paid  group" of employees for a
given Plan Year if such Employee is in the group of the top 20% of the employees
of the Employer when ranked on the basis of compensation.

8.4  Dividends.

         Dividends  paid with  respect  to  Employer  Securities  credited  to a
Participant's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  account as of the record date for the
dividend  payment  may be  paid in cash  to the  Participants,  pursuant  to the
directions  of the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.  If the Board of Directors
shall  direct  that  the   aforesaid   dividends   shall  be  paid  directly  to
Participants,  the  quarterly  dividends  paid  with  respect  to such  Employer
Securities shall be paid to the Plan, from which dividend  distributions in cash
shall be made to the  Participants  with respect to the Employer  Securities  in
their Employee Stock Ownership  Accounts within 90 days of the close of the Plan
Year in which the dividends were paid. Dividends on Employer Securities obtained
pursuant to an Exempt Loan and still held in the Suspense Account may be used to
make payments on an Exempt Loan, as described in Section 8.5.

8.5  Exempt Loans.

         (a) The  Sponsor  may direct the Trustee to obtain  Exempt  Loans.  The
Exempt  Loan may take  the  form of (i) a loan  from a bank or other  commercial
lender to  purchase  Employer  Securities  (ii) a loan from the  Employer to the
Plan;  or (iii) an  installment  sale of Employer  Securities  to the Plan.  The
proceeds of any such Exempt Loan shall be used,  within a reasonable  time after
the Ex empt Loan is obtained,  only to purchase Employer  Securities,  repay the
Exempt Loan, or repay any prior Exempt Loan.  Any such Exempt Loan shall provide
for no more than a  reasonable  rate of interest  and shall be without  recourse
against the Plan.  The number of years to maturity under the Exempt Loan must be
definitely  ascertainable  at all times. The only assets of the Plan that may be
given as collateral for an Exempt Loan are Employer Securities acquired with the
proceeds


                                      -27-

<PAGE>



of the Exempt Loan and Employer  Securities  that were used as collateral  for a
prior  Exempt Loan repaid with the  proceeds of the current  Exempt  Loan.  Such
Employer  Securities  so  pledged  shall be placed in an  Exempt  Loan  Suspense
Account. No person or institution entitled to payment under an Exempt Loan shall
have recourse against Trust assets other than the aforesaid collateral, Employer
Stock Ownership  contributions (other than contributions of Employer Securities)
that are available under the Plan to meet obligations  under the Exempt Loan and
earnings   attributable   to  such   collateral   and  the  investment  of  such
contributions.  All Employee Stock Ownership  contributions paid during the Plan
Year in which an  Exempt  Loan is made  (whether  before  or after  the date the
proceeds of the Exempt Loan are received), all Employee Stock Ownership contribu
tions paid  thereafter  until the Exempt Loan has been  repaid in full,  and all
earnings from investment of such Employee Stock Ownership contributions, without
regard to whether any such Employee Stock Ownership  contributions  and earnings
have been allocated to Participants' Employee Stock Ownership Accounts, shall be
available to meet obligations under the Exempt Loan as such obligations  accrue,
or prior to the time such obligations  accrue,  unless otherwise provided by the
Employer  at the time any such  contribution  is made.  Any  pledge of  Employer
Securities  shall  provide for the release of shares so pledged upon the payment
of any portion of the Exempt Loan.

         (b) For each Plan Year  during the  duration  of the Exempt  Loan,  the
number of shares of Employer  Securities  released  from such pledge shall equal
the number of encumbered shares held immediately  before release for the current
Plan Year multiplied by a fraction.  The numerator of the fraction is the sum of
principal and interest paid in such Plan Year.  The  denominator of the fraction
is the sum of the  numerator  plus the principal and interest to be paid for all
future  years.  Such years will be  determined  without  taking into account any
possible  extension  or renewal  periods.  If  interest  on any  Exempt  Loan is
variable, the interest to be paid in future years under the Exempt Loan shall be
computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Trustee may obtain an Exempt
Loan  pursuant  to the terms of which the number of  Employer  Securities  to be
released from encumbrance shall be determined solely with reference to principal
payments. In the event that such an Exempt Loan is obtained,  annual payments of
principal and interest  shall be at a cumulative  rate that is not less rapid at
any time than level  payments of such  amounts  for not more than 10 years.  The
amount of interest in any such annual loan repayment  shall be disregarded  only
to the extent that it would be  determined  to be interest  under  standard loan
amortization  tables.  The requirement set forth in the preceding sentence shall
not be  applicable  from the time that,  by reason of a renewal,  extension,  or
refinancing,  the sum of the expired  duration of the Exempt  Loan,  the renewal
period,  the extension period,  and the duration of a new Exempt Loan exceeds 10
years.



                                      -28-

<PAGE>



8.6  Exempt Loan Payments.

         (a) Payments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan during a Plan
Year shall be made by the Trustee (as directed by the  Administrator)  only from
(1) Employee Stock Ownership  contributions to the Trust made to meet the Plan's
obligation   under  an  Exempt  Loan  (other  than   contributions  of  Employer
Securities) and from any earnings  attributable  to Employer  Securities held as
collateral  for an  Exempt  Loan and  investments  of such  contributions  (both
received  during or prior to the Plan Year);  (2) the  proceeds of a  subsequent
Exempt Loan made to repay a prior Exempt Loan;  and (3) the proceeds of the sale
of any  Employer  Securities  held  as  collateral  for  an  Exempt  Loan.  Such
contribution  and earnings  shall be accounted for  separately by the Plan until
the Exempt Loan is repaid.

         (b) Employer  Securities released by reason of the payment of principal
or interest on an Exempt Loan from amounts  allocated to Participants'  Employee
Stock  Ownership  Accounts  shall  immediately  upon payment be allocated as set
forth in Section 5.5.

         (c) The Employer shall  contribute to the Trust  sufficient  amounts to
enable the Trust to pay  principal and interest on any such Exempt Loans as they
are due, provided however that no such contribution shall exceed the limitations
in  Section  5.6.  In  the  event  that  such  contributions  by  reason  of the
limitations in Section 5.6 are insufficient to enable the Trust to pay principal
and interest on such Exempt Loan as it is due, then upon the  Trustee's  request
the Employer shall:

         (1) Make an Exempt Loan to the Trust in sufficient amounts to meet such
principal and interest  payments.  Such new Exempt Loan shall be subordinated to
the prior Exempt Loan.  Securities  released from the pledge of the prior Exempt
Loan shall be pledged as collateral to secure the new Exempt Loan. Such Employer
Securities  will be released  from this new pledge and allocated to the Employee
Stock  Ownership  Accounts of the Partici  pants in accordance  with  applicable
provisions of the Plan;

         (2) Purchase any Employer Securities pledged as collateral in an amount
necessary to provide the Trustee with sufficient funds to meet the principal and
interest  repayments.  Any such sale by the Plan shall meet the  requirements of
Section 408(e) of ERISA; or

         (3) Any combination of the foregoing.  However, the Employer shall not,
pursuant to the  provisions  of this  subsection,  do, fail to do or cause to be
done any act or thing which would result in a disqualification of the Plan as an
Employee Stock Ownership Plan under the Code.

         (d) Except as  provided in Section  8.1 above and  notwithstanding  any
amendment to or  termination  of the Plan which causes it to cease to qualify as
an Employee Stock Ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the
Code, or any repayment of an Exempt Loan, no


                                      -29-

<PAGE>



shares of  Employer  Securities  acquired  with the  proceeds  of an Exempt Loan
obtained by the Trust to purchase  Employer  Securities may be subject to a put,
call or other option,  or buy-sell or similar  arrangement while such shares are
held by the Plan or when such Shares are distributed from the Plan.

8.7  Put Option.

         If a  Participant  exercises a put option (as set forth in Section 8.1)
with respect to Employer  Securities  that were  distributed  as part of a total
distribution pursuant to which a Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account
is  distributed  to him in a single  taxable year,  the Employer or the Plan may
elect to pay the purchase price of the Employer  Securities over a period not to
exceed 5 years. Such payments shall be made in substantially  equal installments
not less frequently than annually over a period beginning not later than 30 days
after the exercise of the put option.  Reasonable  interest shall be paid to the
Participant  with  respect  to the  unpaid  balance  of the  purchase  price and
adequate  security shall be provided with respect  thereto.  In the event that a
Participant  exercises a put option with respect to Employer Securities that are
distributed  as part of an installment  distribution,  the amount to be paid for
such  securities  shall be paid not later than 30 days after the exercise of the
put option.

8.8  Diversification Requirements

         Each  Participant who has completed at least 10 years of  participation
in the Plan and has  attained age 55 may elect within 90 days after the close of
each Plan Year during his "qualified  election  period" to direct the Plan as to
the  investment of at least 25 percent of his Employee Stock  Ownership  Account
(to the extent  such  percentage  exceeds  the amount to which a prior  election
under this  Section 8.8 had been made).  For  purposes of this  Section 8.8, the
term "qualified  election  period" shall mean the 5-Plan-Year  period  beginning
with the Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the  Participant  attains age 55
(or, if later,  beginning  with the Plan Year after the first Plan Year in which
the Employee first completes at least 10 years of participation in the Plan). In
the case of the  Employee  who has  attained  age 60 and  completed  10 years of
participation  in the prior  Plan Year and in the case of the  election  year in
which any other Participant who has met the minimum age and service requirements
for diversification  can make his last election hereunder,  he shall be entitled
to direct the Plan as to the  investment  of at least 50 percent of his Employee
Stock  Ownership  Account (to the extent such  percentage  exceeds the amount to
which a prior  election  under this  Section 8.8 had been made).  The Plan shall
make available at least 3 investment  options (not inconsistent with regulations
prescribed by the Department of Treasury) to each Participant making an election
hereunder. The Plan shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this Section
if the portion of the Participant's  Employee Stock Ownership Account covered by
the election  hereunder is  distributed  to the  Participant  or his  designated
Beneficiary  within 90 days after the period  during  which the  election may be
made. In the absence of such a  distribution,  the Trustee  shall  implement the
Participant's  election within 90 days following the expiration of the qualified
election period.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



8.9  Independent Appraiser.

         An  independent  appraiser  meeting the  requirements  of Code  Section
170(a)(1)  shall  value the  Employer  Securities  in those Plan Years when such
securities are not readily tradable on an established securities market.



                                      -31-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                           PAYMENTS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

9.1  Payments on Termination of Service - In General.

         All benefits provided under this Plan shall be funded by the value of a
Participant's  vested  interest  in the  Fund.  As soon as  practicable  after a
Participant's  Retirement,  death or termination of Service,  the  Administrator
shall  ascertain  the value of his vested  interest in the Fund,  as provided in
Article V, and the Administrator shall hold or dispose of the same in accordance
with the following provisions of this Article IX.

9.2  Commencement of Payments.

         (a)  Distributions  upon  Retirement  or  Death.  Upon a  Participant's
Retirement  or Death,  payment of  benefits  under this Plan  shall,  unless the
Participant otherwise elects (in accordance with Section 9.3), commence no later
than 6 months  after the close of the Plan Year in which  occurs the date of the
Participant's Retirement or death.

         (b) Distribution following Termination of Service. Unless a Participant
elects  otherwise,  if a Participant  terminates  Service prior to Retirement or
death, he shall be accorded an opportunity to commence  receipt of distributions
from his Accounts  within six (6) months after the Valuation Date next following
the date of his  termination of service.  A Participant  who terminates  Service
with  a  deferred   vested  benefit  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  the
Administrator  a  statement  of his  benefits.  In the event that a  Participant
elects not to commence receipt of distributions  from his Accounts in accordance
with  this  Section  9.2(b),   after  the  Participant   incurs  a  Break,   the
Administrator  shall  transfer his deferred  vested  interest to a  distribution
account.  If a Participant's  vested Employer Account does not exceed (or at the
time of any prior  distribution did not exceed) $3,500,  the Plan  Administrator
may  distribute  the  vested  portion  of  his  Employer   Account  as  soon  as
administratively feasible without the consent of the Participant or his spouse.

         (c)  Distribution  of Accounts  Greater Than $3,500.  If the value of a
Participant's  vested  Account  balance  exceeds  (or at the  time of any  prior
distribution   exceeded)   $3,500,   and  the  Account  balance  is  immediately
distributable,  the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Account
balance.  The Plan  Administrator  shall notify the  Participant of the right to
defer any  distribution  until the  Participant's  Account  balance is no longer
immediately distributable.  The consent of the Participant shall not be required
to the extent that a distribution  is required to satisfy Code  ss.401(a)(9)  or
Code ss.415.




                                      -32-

<PAGE>



9.3  Mandatory Commencement of Benefits.

         (a) Unless a Participant elects otherwise, in writing,  distribution of
benefits  will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of
the Plan Year in which (i) the Participant attains age 65, (ii) occurs the tenth
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced  participation in the
Plan Year, or (iii) the Participant terminates Service with the Employer.

         (b) In the event that the Plan shall be subsequently amended to provide
for a form of distribution  other than a lump sum, as of the first  distribution
calendar year,  distributions,  if not made in a lump sum, may be made only over
one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

               (i) the life of the Participant,

               (ii) the life of the Participant and the designated beneficiary,

               (iii) a period certain not extending  beyond the life  expectancy
          of the Participant, or

               (iv) a period  certain  not  extending  beyond the joint and last
          survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated beneficiary.

         (c) In the event that the Plan shall be subsequently amended to provide
for a form of distribution other than a lump sum, if the participant's  interest
is  to  be  distributed  in  other  than  a  lump  sum,  the  following  minimum
distribution rules shall apply on or after the required beginning date:

               (i) If a  Participant's  benefit is to be distributed  over (1) a
          period not extending  beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
          the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the
          Participant's  designated  beneficiary  or (2) a period not  extending
          beyond the life expectancy of the designated  beneficiary,  the amount
          required to be  distributed  for each calendar  year,  beginning  with
          distributions for the first distribution  calendar year, must at least
          equal the quotient obtained by dividing the  Participant's  benefit by
          the applicable life expectancy.

               (ii) For calendar  years  beginning  after December 31, 1988, the
          amount to be distributed each year,  beginning with  distributions for
          the  first  distribution  calendar  year  shall  not be less  than the
          quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's  benefit by the lesser
          of (1) the  applicable  life  expectancy  or (2) if the  Participant's
          spouse  is not the  designated  beneficiary,  the  applicable  divisor
          determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of section  1.401(a)(9)-2
          of the  Proposed  Regulations.  Distributions  after  the death of the
          participant  shall be distributed using the applicable life expectancy
          in sub-section  (iii) above as the relevant  divisor without regard to
          Proposed Regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.



                                      -33-

<PAGE>



               (iii) The minimum  distribution  required  for the  Participant's
          first  distribution  calendar  year  must  be made  on or  before  the
          Participant's  required  beginning date. The minimum  distribution for
          other  calendar  years,  including  the minimum  distribution  for the
          distribution  calendar year in which the employee's required beginning
          date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of the distribution
          calendar year.

         (d) If a  Participant  dies  after  a  distribution  has  commenced  in
accordance  with  Section  8.3(b)  but  before  his  entire  interest  has  been
distributed to him, the remaining  portion of such interest shall be distributed
to his  Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of  distribution  in
effect as of the date of his death.

         (e) If a Participant  shall die before the distribution of his interest
in the  Plan  has  begun,  the  entire  interest  of the  Participant  shall  be
distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the death of the Participant, except in the following events:

               (i) If any  portion of the  Participant's  interest is payable to
          (or for the benefit  of) a  designated  beneficiary  over a period not
          extending  beyond the life  expectancy  of such  beneficiary  and such
          distributions  begin not later than  December 31 of the calendar  year
          immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

               (ii) If any portion of the  Participant's  interest is payable to
          (or for the  benefit  of) the  Participant's  spouse over a period not
          extending   beyond  the  life  expectancy  of  such  spouse  and  such
          distributions  begin no later than December 31 of the calendar year in
          which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

         If the Participant has not made a distribution  election by the time of
his death, the  Participant's  designated  beneficiary shall elect the method of
distribution  no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar  year
in which  distributions  would be required  to begin  under this  Article or (2)
December 31 of the calendar  year which  contains the fifth  anniversary  of the
date  of  death  of the  Participant.  If  the  Participant  has  no  designated
beneficiary,  or if the  designated  beneficiary  does  not  elect a  method  of
distribution,  distribution  of  the  Participant's  entire  interest  shall  be
completed by December 31 of the calendar year  containing the fifth  anniversary
of the Participant's death.

         (f) For purposes of this Article,  the life expectancy of a Participant
and his spouse may be redetermined  but not more  frequently than annually.  The
life  expectancy  (or joint and last  survivor  expectancy)  shall be calculated
using the attained age of the Participant (or designated  beneficiary) as of the
Participant's (or designated  beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the date life
expectancy was first calculated.  If life expectancy is being recalculated,  the
applicable life expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so recalculated.  The
applicable  calendar year shall be the first distribution  calendar year, and if
life expectancy is being recalculated, such succeeding calendar year. Unless


                                      -34-

<PAGE>



otherwise  elected by the Participant (or his spouse, if applicable) by the time
distributions  are required to begin,  life  expectancies  shall be recalculated
annually.  Any such election not to recalculate  shall be irrevocable  and shall
apply to all subsequent  years.  The life expectancy of a nonspouse  beneficiary
may not be recalculated.

         (g) For  purposes of Section  9.3(b) and  9.3(e),  any amount paid to a
child  shall be  treated  as if it had been paid to a  surviving  spouse if such
amount  will become  payable to the  surviving  spouse upon such child  reaching
majority (or other designated event permitted under regulations).

         (h) For  distributions  beginning before the  Participant's  death, the
first distribution  calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the
calendar year which  contains the  Participant's  required  beginning  date. For
distributions  beginning after the Participant's  death, the first  distribution
calendar year is the calendar year in which  distributions are required to begin
pursuant to this Article.

9.4  Required Beginning Dates.

         (a) General Rule.  The required  beginning date of a Participant is the
first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
participant  attains age 70-1/2,  provided that such  Participant is a 5-percent
owner.

         (b) 5-percent  owner. A Participant is treated as a 5-percent owner for
purposes of this section if such  Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in
section  416(i) of the Code  (determined  in  accordance  with  section  416 but
without  regard to whether  the plan is  top-heavy)  at any time during the Plan
Year ending  with or within the  calendar  year in which such owner  attains age
66-1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent
owner under this  section,  they must  continue to be  distributed,  even if the
Participant ceases to be a 5- percent owner in a subsequent year.

9.5  Form of Payment.

         Each  Participant's  vested interest shall be distributed in a lump sum
payment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, but subject to Section 9.3, the
Administrator  may not  distribute  a lump  sum  when  the  present  value  of a
Participant's  total  Account  balances  is in  excess  of  $3,500  without  the
Participant's  consent.  This  form  of  payment  shall  be the  normal  form of
distribution.  Furthermore,  however,  in the event that the Administrator  must
commence distributions, pursuant to Section 9.4, with respect to an Employee who
has attained age 70-1/2 and is still  employed by the Employer,  if the Employee
does not elect a lump sum  distribution,  payments shall be made in installments
in such amounts as shall satisfy the minimum distribution rules of Section 9.3.



                                      -35-

<PAGE>



9.6  Payments Upon Termination of Plan.

         Upon  termination of this Plan pursuant to Sections 13.2, 13.4, 13.5 or
13.6,  the  Administrator  shall  continue to perform its duties and the Trustee
shall make all payments upon the following terms, conditions and provisions: All
interests of Participants  shall immediately  become fully vested;  the value of
the interests of all Participants  shall be determined within 60 days after such
termination,  and the  Administrator  shall  have the same  powers to direct the
Trustee in making payments as contained in Sections 9.1 and 13.5.

9.7  Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         Upon receipt of a domestic  relations  order, the  Administrator  shall
notify  promptly the Participant and any alternate payee of receipt of the order
and the  Plan's  procedure  for  determining  whether  the order is a  Qualified
Domestic  Relations Order. While the issue of whether a domestic relations order
is a Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order is being  determined,  if the benefits
would otherwise be paid, the Administrator shall segregate in a separate account
in the Plan the amounts that would be payable to the alternate payee during such
period if the order were a Qualified  Do mestic  Relations  Order.  If within 18
months the order is determined to be a Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order, the
amounts  so  segregated,   along  with  the  interest  or  investment   earnings
attributable  thereto shall be paid to the alternate  payee.  Alternatively,  if
within 18 months,  it is determined  that the order is not a Qualified  Domestic
Relations  Order or if the issue is still  unresolved,  the  amounts  segregated
under this Section 9.6, with the earnings attributable thereto, shall be paid to
the  Participant or Beneficiary  who would have been entitled to such amounts if
there had been no order. The  determination as to whether the order is qualified
shall be applied prospectively.  Thus, if the Administrator  determines that the
order is a Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order after the 18-month  period,  the
Plan shall not be liable for  payments to the  alternative  payee for the period
before the order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

9.8  Cash-Out Distributions

         If a Participant receives a distribution of the entire present value of
his vested Account  balances  under this Plan because of the  termination of his
participation in the Plan, the Plan shall disregard a Participant's Service with
respect to which such cash-out  distribution  shall have been made, in computing
his accrued benefit under the Plan in the event that a Former  Participant shall
again become an Employee and become  eligible to participate in the Plan. Such a
distribution  shall be deemed to be made on termination of  participation in the
Plan if it is made not later  than the close of the second  Plan Year  following
the Plan Year in which such  termination  occurs.  The forfeitable  portion of a
Participant's  accrued  benefit shall be restored upon  repayment to the Plan by
such  former  Participant  of the  full  amount  of the  cash-out  distribution,
provided that the former  Participant again becomes an Employee.  Such repayment
must be  made by the  Employee  not  later  than  the end of the  5-year  period
beginning with the date of the distribution. Forfeitures required


                                      -36-

<PAGE>



to be restored by virtue of such repayment  shall be restored from the following
sources in the following  order of  preference:  (i) current  forfeitures;  (ii)
additional employee stock ownership contributions, as appropriate and as subject
to Section 5.6; and (iii)  investment  earnings of the Fund. In the event that a
Participant's  interest in the Plan is totally forfeitable,  a Participant shall
be deemed to have  received  a  distribution  of zero  upon his  termination  of
Service.  In the event of a return to Service  within 5 years of the date of his
deemed  distribution,  the  Participant  shall  be  deemed  to have  repaid  his
distribution in accordance with the rules of this Section 9.8.

9.9  ESOP Distribution Rules.

         Notwithstanding  any provision of this Article IX to the contrary,  the
distribution  of a Participant's  Employee Stock  Ownership  Account (unless the
Participant   elects   otherwise  in  writing),   shall   commence  as  soon  as
administratively feasible as of the first Valuation Date coincident with or next
following his death,  disability or termination of Service, but not later than 1
year after the close of the Plan Year in which the  Participant  separates  from
Service by reason of the attainment of his Normal  Retirement Date,  disability,
death or  separation  from Service.  In addition,  all  distributions  hereunder
shall,  to the extent  that the  Participant's  Account is  invested in Employer
Securities,  be made in the  form of  Employer  Securities.  Fractional  shares,
however, may be distributed in the form of cash.

9.10 Withholding.

         (a)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of the Plan to the  contrary  that
would  otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election  under  this  Article  IX,  a
distributee  may  elect,  at the time and in the manner  prescribed  by the Plan
Administrator,  to have any portion of an "eligible rollover  distribution" paid
directly to an "eligible  retirement  plan"  specified by the  distributee  in a
"direct rollover."

         (b)  For  purposes  of  this  Section  9.10,   an  "eligible   rollover
distribution"  is any  distribution  of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the distributee,  except that an "eligible rollover distribution" does
not include:  any distribution  that is one of a series of  substantially  equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the  distributee or the joint lives (or joint life  expectancies)
of the  distributee  and  the  distributee's  designated  beneficiary,  or for a
specified  period of ten years or more;  any  distribution  to the  extent  such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of
any  distribution  that is not  includible in gross income  (determined  without
regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer
Securities).

         (c) For purposes of this Section 9.10, an "eligible retirement plan" is
an individual  retirement  account  described in section  408(a) of the Code, an
individual  retirement  annuity  described  in  section  408(b) of the Code,  an
annuity  plan  described  in section  403(a) of the Code,  or a qualified  trust
described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



rollover   distribution.   However,   in  the  case  of  an  "eligible  rollover
distribution"  to the  surviving  spouse,  an "eligible  retirement  plan" is an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

         (d) For  purposes  of this  Section  9.10,  a  distributee  includes  a
Participant or former  Participant.  In addition,  the  Participant's  or former
Participant's  surviving spouse and the  Participant's  or former  Participant's
spouse or former  spouse who is the alternate  payee under a qualified  domestic
relations  order,  as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, are  "distributees"
with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

         (e) For purposes of this Section 9.10, a "direct rollover" is a payment
by the Plan to the "eligible retirement plan" specified by the distributee.

9.11 Waiver of 30-day Notice.

         If a distribution  is one to which  sections  401(a)(11) and 417 of the
Code do not apply,  such  distribution  may commence less than 30 days after the
notice  required under section  1.411(a)- 11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is
given, provided that: (1) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving
the notice to consider  the  decision of whether or not to elect a  distribution
(and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) the Participant,
after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

9.12 Re-employed Veterans.

         Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan,  if an
Employee  has been  rehired by the  Employer  and is eligible  for the  benefits
provided by the Uniformed  Services  Employment and  Reemployment  Rights Act by
virtue of his prior  military  service  and by virtue of his  having met all the
requirements of that Act for being accorded the benefits provided thereunder, he
shall not be deemed to have  incurred a Break  because of his period of military
service.  The Employee's  military service shall be treated as Service hereunder
for eligibility,  vesting and benefit accrual  purposes.  Such Employee shall be
entitled to all Employer  contributions  to which he  otherwise  would have been
entitled had he been employed by the Employer  during the period of his military
service.  In computing  contribution  amounts  dependent  upon or limited by the
amount of Compensation  the Employee  earned or would have earned,  the Employee
shall be treated as receiving  Compensation  from the Employer during the period
of military service equal to the Compensation that Employee otherwise would have
received  from the Employer  during that  period,  or, if the  Compensation  the
Employee otherwise would have received is not reasonably certain, the Employee's
average  Compensation from the Employer during the period immediately  preceding
the period of military service.  Such Employee shall not,  however,  be credited
with any  earnings on any such  additional  Employer  or Employee  contributions
described in this Section before the contribution is actually made.


                                      -38-

<PAGE>



Furthermore,  no  forfeitures  shall be  allocated to such  Employee's  Accounts
hereunder  for  the  period  of  military  service.   The  rules  governing  the
limitations  on all  such  contributions  that  may be  required  hereunder  the
Employer  shall be  governed by Section  414(u) of the Code and any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.



                                      -39-

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X

                     PROVISIONS RELATING TO TOP-HEAVY PLANS

10.1 Top-Heavy Rules to Control.

         Anything contained in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if for
any Plan Year the Plan is a top-heavy  plan, as  determined  pursuant to Section
416 of the Code, then the Plan must meet the  requirements of this Article X for
such Plan Year.

10.2 Top-Heavy Plan Definitions.

         Unless a  different  meaning is plainly  implied  by the  context,  the
following terms as used in this Article X shall have the following meanings:

         (a)  "Accrued  Benefit"  shall  mean the  account  balances  or accrued
benefits of an Employee, calculated pursuant to Section 10.3.

         (b)  "Determination  Date" shall mean,  with respect to any  particular
Plan Year of this Plan, the last day of the preceding Plan Year (or, in the case
of the first  Plan Year of the Plan,  the last day of the first Plan  Year).  In
addition,  the  term  "Determination  Date"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any
particular  plan  year  of  any  plan  (other  than  this  Plan)  in a  Required
Aggregation  Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group, the last day of the plan
year of such plan which falls within the same calendar year as the Determination
Date for this Plan.

         (c) "Employer"  shall mean the Employer (as defined in Section  1.1(q))
and any  entity  which is (1) a member  of a  controlled  group  including  such
Employer,  while it is a member of such controlled  group (within the meaning of
Section 414(b) of the Code), (2) in a group of trades or businesses under common
control with such Employer, while it is under common control (within the meaning
of Section 414(c) of the Code), and (3) a member of an affiliated  service group
including such Employer,  while it is a member of such affiliated  service group
(within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code).

         (d) "Key Employee"  shall mean any Employee or former  Employee (or any
Beneficiary of such Employee or former Employee, as the case may be) who, at any
time during the Plan Year or during the 4  immediately  preceding  Plan Years is
one of the following:

               (1) An officer of the Employer who has compensation  greater than
          50% of the amount in effect under Code 415(b)(1)(A) for the Plan Year;
          provided,  however, that no more than 50 Employees (or, if lesser, the
          greater of 3 or 10% of the Employees) shall be deemed officers;



                                      -40-

<PAGE>



               (2)  One of the  10  Employees  having  annual  compensation  (as
          defined in  Section  415 of the Code) in excess of the  limitation  in
          effect  under  Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of  the  Code,  and  owning  (or
          considered  as owning,  within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code)
          the largest interests in the Employer;

               (3) Any  Employee  owning (or  considered  as owning,  within the
          meaning  of Section  318 of the Code) more than 5% of the  outstanding
          stock of the  Employer or stock  possessing  more than 5% of the total
          combined voting power of all stock of the Employer; or

               (4) Any  Employee  having  annual  compensation  (as  defined  in
          Section  415 of the  Code)  of more  than  $150,000  and who  would be
          described  in Section  10.2(d)(3)  if "1%" were  substituted  for "5%"
          wherever the latter percentage appears.

         For purposes of applying  Section 318 of the Code to the  provisions of
this  Section  10.2(d),  Section  318(a)(2)(C)  of the Code  shall be applied by
substituting "5%" for "50%" wherever the latter percentage appears. In addition,
for purposes of this Section 10.2(d),  the provisions of Section 414(b), (c) and
(m) shall not apply in determining ownership interests in the Employer. However,
for purposes of determining  whether an individual has compensation in excess of
$150,000,  or whether an individual is a Key Employee  under Section  10.2(d)(1)
and (2),  compensation from each entity required to be aggregated under Sections
414(b),  (c) and (m) of the Code  shall be taken into  account.  Notwithstanding
anything  contained herein to the contrary,  all  determinations as to whether a
person is or is not a Key Employee shall be resolved by reference to Section 416
of the Code and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (e) "Non-Key  Employee"  shall mean any Employee or former Employee (or
any Beneficiary of such Employee or former Employee,  as the case may be) who is
not considered to be a Key Employee with respect to this Plan.

         (f) "Permissive Aggregation Group" shall mean all plans in the Required
Aggregation  Group and any other plans  maintained by the Employer which satisfy
Sections  401(a)(4)  and 410 of the  Code  when  considered  together  with  the
Required Aggregation Group.

         (g) "Required  Aggregation  Group" shall mean each plan  (including any
terminated plan) of the Employer in which a Key Employee is (or in the case of a
terminated  plan,  had  been) a  Participant  in the Plan  Year  containing  the
Determination  Date or any of the 4 preceding Plan Years, and each other plan of
the Employer which enables any plan of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a
Participant to meet the requirement of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.



                                      -41-

<PAGE>



10.3 Calculation of Accrued Benefits.

         (a) An Employee's Accrued Benefit shall be equal to:

               (1) With respect to this Plan or any other  defined  contribution
          plan (other than a defined  contribution  pension  plan) in a Required
          Aggregation  Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group, the Employee's
          account balances under the respective plan,  determined as of the most
          recent  plan  valuation  date within a 12-month  period  ending on the
          Determination Date,  including  contributions  actually made after the
          valuation  date but before the  Determination  Date (and, in the first
          plan year of a plan, also including any  contributions  made after the
          Determination  Date which are allocated as of a date in the first plan
          year).

               (2) With  respect to any defined  contribution  pension plan in a
          Required  Aggregation  Group or a Permissive  Aggregation  Group,  the
          Employee's account balances under the plan,  determined as of the most
          recent  plan  valuation  date within a 12-month  period  ending on the
          Determination  Date,  including  contributions which have not actually
          been made, but which are due to be made as of the Determination Date.

               (3)  With  respect  to any  defined  benefit  plan in a  Required
          Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group, the present value
          of the Employee's  accrued  benefits under the plan,  determined as of
          the most recent plan valuation date within a 12-month period ending on
          the Determination Date, pursuant to the actuarial  assumptions used by
          such plan, and calculated as if the Employee  terminated Service under
          such plan as of the  valuation  date (except  that,  in the first plan
          year of a plan, a current Participant's estimated Accrued Benefit Plan
          as of the Determination Date shall be taken into account).

               (4) If any individual has not performed services for the Employer
          maintaining  the Plan at any time during the 5-year  period  ending on
          the Determination  Date, any Accrued Benefit for such individual shall
          not be taken into account.

         (b) The Accrued  Benefit of any Employee  shall be further  adjusted as
follows:

               (1) The  Accrued  Benefit  shall be  calculated  to  include  all
          amounts attributable to both Employer and Employee contributions,  but
          shall exclude amounts  attributable to voluntary  deductible  Employee
          contributions, if any.

               (2) The  Accrued  Benefit  shall be  increased  by the  aggregate
          distributions  made  with  respect  to an  Employee  under the plan or
          plans,  as the case may be,  during  the 5-year  period  ending on the
          Determination Date.



                                      -42-

<PAGE>



               (3) Rollover  and direct  plan-to-plan  transfers  shall be taken
          into account as follows:

                    (A) If the  transfer is  initiated  by the Employee and made
               from a plan  maintained  by one employer to a plan  maintained by
               another unrelated employer,  the transferring plan shall continue
               to count the amount  transferred;  the  receiving  plan shall not
               count the amount transferred.

                    (B) If the  transfer is not  initiated by the Employee or is
               made  between  plans   maintained  by  related   employers,   the
               transferring  plan shall no longer count the amount  transferred;
               the receiving plan shall count the amount transferred.

         (c) If any  individual  has not performed  services for the Employer at
any time during the 5- year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued
benefit for such  individual (and the account of such  individual)  shall not be
taken into account.

10.4 Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

         This Plan shall be considered to be a top-heavy  plan for any Plan Year
if, as of the  Determination  Date,  the value of the  Accrued  Benefits  of Key
Employees  exceeds  60% of the value of the  Accrued  Benefits  of all  eligible
Employees  under  the  Plan.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the  Employer
maintains any other  qualified plan, the  determination  of whether this Plan is
top-heavy shall be made after aggregating all other plans of the Employer in the
Required  Aggregation  Group  and,  if  desired  by the  Employer  as a means of
avoiding  top-heavy status,  after aggregating any other plan of the Employer in
the  Permissive   Aggregation  Group.  If  the  required  Aggregation  Group  is
top-heavy,  then  each  plan  contained  in such  group  shall be  deemed  to be
top-heavy,  notwithstanding  that any  particular  plan in such group  would not
otherwise be deemed to be top-heavy.  Conversely,  if the Permissive Aggregation
Group is not top-heavy,  then no plan contained in such group shall be deemed to
be  top-heavy,  notwithstanding  that any  particular  plan in such group  would
otherwise  be deemed to be  top-heavy.  In no event  shall a plan  included in a
top-heavy  Permissive  Aggregation  Group be deemed a top-heavy plan unless such
plan is also included in a top-heavy Required Aggregation Group.

10.5 Determination of Super Top-Heavy Status.

         The Plan shall be considered to be a super top-heavy plan if, as of the
Determination Date, the Plan would meet the test specified in Section 10.4 above
for  classification  as a top-heavy plan, except that "90%" shall be substituted
for "60%" whenever the latter percentage appears.



                                      -43-

<PAGE>



10.6 Minimum Contribution.

         (a) For any year in which the Plan is top-heavy,  each Non-Key Employee
who has met the age and service  requirements,  if any,  contained  in the Plan,
shall be  entitled  to a minimum con  tribution  (which may include  forfeitures
otherwise   allocable)  equal  to  a  percentage  of  such  Non-Key   Employee's
compensation (as defined in Section 415 of the Code) as follows:

               (1) If the Non-Key  Employee is not covered by a defined  benefit
          plan maintained by the Employer,  then the minimum  contribution under
          this Plan shall be 3% of such Non-Key Employee's compensation.

               (2) If the Non-Key  Employee is covered by a defined benefit plan
          maintained by the Employer,  then the minimum  contribution under this
          Plan shall be 5% of such Non-Key Employee's compensation.

         (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the minimum contribution  otherwise
allocable  to a  Non-Key  Employee  under  this  Plan  shall be  reduced  in the
following circumstances:

               (1) The percentage minimum contribution  required under this Plan
          shall in no event exceed the percentage  contribution made for the Key
          Employee  for whom such  percentage  is the  highest for the Plan Year
          after  taking  into   account   contributions   under  other   defined
          contribution   plans  in  this  Plan's  Required   Aggregation  Group;
          provided,  however,  that this Section  10.7(b)(1)  shall not apply if
          this Plan is  included in a Required  Aggregation  Group and this Plan
          enables a defined  benefit plan in such Required Ag gregation Group to
          meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

               (2) No minimum  contribution  shall be  required  (or the minimum
          contribution  shall be  reduced,  as the  case  may be) for a  Non-Key
          Employee  under this Plan for any Plan Year if the Employer  maintains
          another  qualified plan under which a minimum  benefit or contribution
          is being  accrued or made on account of such Plan Year, in whole or in
          part, on behalf of the Non-Key  Employee,  in accordance  with Section
          416(c) of the Code.

         (c) For purposes of this Section 10.6,  there shall be disregarded  (1)
any  Employer  contributions  attributable  to a  salary  reduction  or  similar
arrangement, or (2) any Employer contri butions to or any benefits under Chapter
21 of the Code (relating to the Federal Insurance  Contributions  Act), Title II
of the Social Security Act, or any other federal or state law.

         (d) For purposes of this Section 10.6, minimum  contributions  shall be
required to be made on behalf of only those Non-Key  Employees,  as described in
Section 10.7(a),  who have not terminated Service as of the last day of the Plan
Year.  If a  Non-Key  Employee  is  otherwise  entitled  to  receive  a  minimum
contribution  pursuant  to this  Section  10.6(d),  the fact that  such  Non-Key
Employee  failed  to  complete  1,000  Hours of  Service  or  failed to make any
mandatory or


                                      -44-

<PAGE>



elective  contributions  under  this  Plan,  if any are so  required,  shall not
preclude him from receiving such minimum contribution.

10.7 Vesting.

         (a) For any  Plan  Year in  which  the  Plan  is a  top-heavy  plan,  a
Participant's Employer account shall continue to vest according to the following
schedule:

         Years of Service Completed                  Percentage Vested
         --------------------------                  -----------------
                  Less than 2                                 0%
                  2 but less than 3                          20%
                  3 but less than 4                          40%
                  4 but less than 5                          60%
                  5 but less than 6                          80%
                  6 or more                                 100%

         (b) For purposes of Section  10.7(a),  the term "year of service" shall
have the same  meaning as set forth in Section  1.1(kk),  as modified by Section
3.2

         (c) If for any Plan Year the Plan  becomes  top-heavy  and the  vesting
schedule set forth in Section 10.7(a) becomes effective,  then, even if the Plan
ceases to be  top-heavy in any subse quent Plan Year,  the vesting  schedule set
forth in Section 10.7(a) shall remain applicable with respect to any Participant
who has completed 3 Years of Service.

10.8 Maximum Benefit Limitation.

         For any  Plan  Year in  which  the Plan is a  top-heavy  plan,  Section
5.6(d)(1)(B)(i) and Section  5.6(d)(2)(B)(i)shall  be read by substituting "1.0"
for "1.25"  wherever the latter figure  appears;  provided,  however,  that such
substitution  shall not have the effect of reducing any benefit  accrued under a
defined  benefit  plan  prior to the first  day of the plan  year in which  this
Section 10.8 becomes applicable.



                                      -45-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Appointment of Administrator.

         This Plan shall be  administered  by a committee  consisting of up to 5
persons,  whether or not Employees or Participants,  who shall be appointed from
time to time by the Board of Directors to serve at its pleasure. The Sponsor may
require  that each  person  appointed  as an  Administrator  shall  signify  his
acceptance by filing an acceptance with the Sponsor. The term "Administrator" as
used  in  this  Plan  shall  refer  to  the  members  of the  committee,  either
individually  or  collectively,  as  appropriate.  In the event that the Sponsor
shall  elect not to  appoint  any  individuals  to  constitute  a  committee  to
administer the Plan, the Sponsor shall serve as the Administrator hereunder.

11.2 Resignation or Removal of Administrator.

         An  Administrator  shall have the right to resign at any time by giving
notice in writing,  mailed or delivered to the Employer and to the Trustee.  Any
Administrator who was an employee of the Employer at the time of his appointment
shall be deemed to have resigned as an  Administrator  upon his  termination  of
Service. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, remove any Administrator
with or without cause,  by giving notice in writing,  mailed or delivered to the
Administrator and to the Trustee.

11.3 Appointment of Successors: Terms of Office, Etc.

         Upon  the  death,  resignation  or  removal  of an  Administrator,  the
Employer  may  appoint,  by Board  of  Directors'  resolution,  a  successor  or
successors. Notice of termination of an Adminis trator and notice of appointment
of a successor  shall be made by the Employer in writing,  with copies mailed or
delivered  to the  Trustee,  and the  successor  shall  have all the  rights and
privileges and all of the duties and obligations of the predecessor.

11.4 Powers and Duties of Administrator.

         The Administrator shall have the following duties and  responsibilities
in connection with the administration of this Plan:

         (a) To promulgate and enforce such rules, regulations and procedures as
shall be  proper  for the  efficient  administration  of the Plan,  such  rules,
regulations and procedures to apply uniformly to all Employees, Participants and
Beneficiaries;



                                      -46-

<PAGE>



         (b) To determine,  in its sole and absolute  discretion,  all questions
arising  in the  administration,  interpretation  and  application  of the Plan,
including questions of eligibility and of the status and rights of Participants,
Beneficiaries and any other persons hereunder;

         (c) To decide any dispute arising hereunder strictly in accordance with
the  terms  of  the  Plan;  provided,   however,  that  no  Administrator  shall
participate  in any matter  involving any questions  relating  solely to his own
participation or benefits under this Plan;

         (d) To advise the Employer and the Trustee  regarding  the known future
needs for funds to be available for  distribution  in order that the Trustee may
establish investments accordingly;

         (e) To correct defects, supply omissions and reconcile  inconsistencies
to the extent necessary to effectuate the Plan;

         (f) To advise the Employer of the maximum  deductible  contribution  to
the Plan for each fiscal year;

         (g) To direct the Trustee  concerning  all payments which shall be made
out of the Fund pursuant to the provisions of this Plan;

         (h)  To  advise  the  Trustee  on  all   terminations   of  Service  by
Participants, unless the Employer has so notified the Trustee;

         (i) To confer  with the Trustee on the  settling of any claims  against
the Fund;

         (j) To make  recommendations  to the Board of Directors with respect to
proposed amendments to the Plan and the Trust Agreement;

         (k) To file all reports with government  agencies,  Employees and other
parties as may be required  by law,  whether  such  reports  are  initially  the
obligation of the Employer, the Plan or the Trustee; and

         (l) To have all such other powers as may be necessary to discharge  its
duties hereunder.

         Discretion  is granted  to the  Administrator  to affect the  benefits,
rights and privileges of  Participants,  Beneficiaries or other persons affected
by this Plan. The Administrator shall exercise its discretion under the terms of
this Plan and shall  administer  the Plan in  accordance  with its  terms,  such
administration to be exercised  uniformly so that all persons similarly situated
shall be similarly treated.



                                      -47-

<PAGE>



11.5 Action by Administrator.

         The  Administrator  may elect a Chairman and  Secretary  from among its
members and may adopt rules for the conduct of its  business.  A majority of the
members then serving shall consti tute a quorum for the transaction of business.
All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrator shall be by vote of a
majority of those present at such meeting and entitled to vote.  Resolutions may
be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written  consent  signed
by at least a majority  of the  members.  All  documents,  instruments,  orders,
requests, directions,  instructions and other papers shall be executed on behalf
of  the   Administrator   by  either  the  Chairman  or  the  Secretary  of  the
Administrator,  if any,  or by any  member or agent of the Ad  ministrator  duly
authorized to act on the Administrator's behalf.

11.6 Participation by Administrators.

         No Administrator  shall be precluded from becoming a Participant in the
Plan if he would be otherwise eligible,  but he shall not be entitled to vote or
act upon  matters  or to sign any  documents  relating  specifically  to his own
participation  under the Plan,  except when such matters or documents  relate to
benefits generally.  If this  disqualification  results in the lack of a quorum,
then the Board of  Directors  shall  appoint a  sufficient  number of  temporary
Administrators  who  shall  serve for the sole  purpose  of  determining  such a
question.

11.7 Agents.

         The  Administrator  may employ  agents and provide  for such  clerical,
legal, actuarial,  accounting,  medical,  advisory or other services as it deems
necessary to perform its duties under this Plan.  The cost of such  services and
all  other  expenses  incurred  by the  Administrator  in  connection  with  the
administration  of the Plan shall be paid from the Fund,  unless  paid by the Em
ployer.

11.8 Allocation of Duties.

         The duties,  powers and responsibilities  reserved to the Administrator
may be  allocated  among its members so long as such  allocation  is pursuant to
written procedures adopted by the Administrator, in which case, except as may be
required by the Act, no Administrator shall have any liability,  with respect to
any duties,  powers or  responsibilities  not  allocated to him, for the acts of
omissions of any other Administrator.

11.9 Delegation of Duties.

         The  Administrator may delegate any of its duties to other employees of
the Employer,  to the Trustee with its consent,  or to any other person or firm,
provided that the  Administrator  shall prudently choose such agents and rely in
good faith on their actions.


                                      -48-

<PAGE>



11.10 Administrator's Action Conclusive.

         Any action on matters within the authority of the  Administrator  shall
be final and conclusive except as provided in Article XII.

11.11 Compensation and Expenses of Administrator.

         No Administrator  who is receiving  compensation from the Employer as a
full-time  employee,  as a director  or agent,  shall be entitled to receive any
compensation or fee for his services hereunder. Any other Administrator shall be
entitled  to  receive  such  reasonable  compensation  for  his  services  as an
Administrator  hereunder as may be mutually agreed upon between the Employer and
such  Administrator.  Any such compensation  shall be paid from the Fund, unless
paid by the Employer.  Each Administrator  shall be entitled to reimbursement by
the Employer  for any  reasonable  and  necessary  expenditures  incurred in the
discharge of his duties.

11.12 Records and Reports.

         The  Administrator  shall maintain  adequate records of its actions and
proceedings in  administering  this Plan and shall file all reports and take all
other actions as it deems  appropriate in order to comply with the Act, the Code
and governmental regulations issued thereunder.

11.13 Reports of Fund Open to Participants.

         The  Administrator  shall  keep on file,  in such form as it shall deem
convenient  and  proper,  all  annual  reports  of  the  Fund  received  by  the
Administrator from the Trustee,  and a statement of each Participant's  interest
in the Fund as from time to time determined.  The annual reports of the Fund and
the statement of his own interest in the Fund, as well as a complete copy of the
Plan and the  Trust  Agreement  and  copies of annual  reports  to the  Internal
Revenue  Service,  shall be made available by the  Administrator to the Employer
for examination by each Participant during reasonable hours at the office of the
Employer,  provided,  however,  that the statement of a  Participant's  interest
shall not be made available for examination by any other Participant.

11.14 Named Fiduciary.

         The  Administrator  is the named  fiduciary for purposes of the Act and
shall be the designated agent for receipt of service of process on behalf of the
Plan. It shall use ordinary care and diligence in the  performance of its duties
under  this  Plan.  Nothing  in this  Plan  shall  preclude  the  Employer  from
indemnifying  the  Administrator  for  all  actions  under  this  Plan,  or from
purchasing  liability  insurance  to protect it with respect to its duties under
this Plan.


                                      -49-

<PAGE>




11.15 Information from Employer.

         The Employer  shall promptly  furnish all necessary  information to the
Administrator  to  permit  it  to  perform  its  duties  under  this  Plan.  The
Administrator  shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and  completeness  of
all information furnished to it by the Employer,  unless it knows or should have
known that such information is erroneous.

11.16 Reservation of Rights by Employer.

         Where  rights are  reserved in this Plan to the  Employer,  such rights
shall be exercised  only by action of the Board of  Directors,  except where the
Board of Directors,  by written resolution,  delegates any such rights to one or
more  officers of the  Employer or to the  Administrator.  Subject to the rights
reserved to the Board of Directors acting on behalf of the Employer as set forth
in this  Plan,  no member of the Board of  Directors  shall  have any  duties or
responsibilities under this Plan, except to the extent he shall be acting in the
capacity of an Administrator or Trustee.

11.17 Liability and Indemnification.

         (a) The  Administrator  shall  perform all duties  required of it under
this Plan in a prudent  manner.  To the extent not  prohibited  by the Act,  the
Administrator shall not be respon sible in any way for any action or omission of
the Employer,  the Trustee or any other  fiduciaries in the performance of their
duties and obligations set forth in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement. To the
extent  not  prohibited  by  the  Act,  the  Administrator  shall  also  not  be
responsible  for any act or omission of any of its  agents,  or with  respect to
reliance upon advice of its counsel (whether or not such counsel is also counsel
to the  Employer or the  Trustee),  provided  that such  agents or counsel  were
prudently chosen by the Administrator and that the Administrator  relied in good
faith upon the action of such agent or the advice of such counsel.

         (b) The  Administrator  shall not be relieved  from  responsibility  or
liability for any responsibility,  obligation or duty imposed upon it under this
Plan or under the Act. Except for its own gross negligence,  willful  misconduct
or  willful  breach  of the  terms  of this  Plan,  the  Administrator  shall be
indemnified  and held  harmless  by the  Employer  against  liability  or losses
occurring  by reason of any act or omission of the  Administrator  to the extent
that such indemnification does not violate the Act or any other federal or state
laws.

11.18 Service as Trustee and Administrator.

         Nothing in this Plan shall prevent one or more Trustees from serving as
Administrator under this Plan.


                                      -50-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XII

                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE

12.1 Notice of Denial.

         If a Participant  or his  Beneficiary is denied any benefits under this
Plan, either in whole or in part, the Administrator shall advise the claimant in
writing of the amount of his benefit,  if any, and the specific  reasons for the
denial.  The  Administrator  shall also furnish the claimant at that time with a
written notice containing:

         (a) A specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions;

         (b) A description of any additional  material or information  necessary
for the claimant to perfect his claim,  if possible,  and an  explanation of why
such material or information is needed; and

         (c) An explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

12.2 Right to Reconsideration.

         Within 60 days of receipt of the  information  described in 12.1 above,
the claimant shall,  if he desires  further  review,  file a written request for
reconsideration with the Administrator.

12.3 Review of Documents.

         So long as the claimant's  request for review is pending (including the
60-day  period  described  in Section  12.2  above),  the  claimant  or his duly
authorized  representative  may review  pertinent  Plan  documents and the Trust
Agreement  (and any  pertinent  related  documents)  and may  submit  issues and
comments in writing to the Administrator.

12.4 Decision by Administrator.

         A final and binding decision shall be made by the Administrator  within
60 days of the  filing  by the  claimant  of his  request  for  reconsideration;
provided,  however,  that if the Admin  istrator  feels that a hearing  with the
claimant or his  representative  present is necessary or desirable,  this period
shall be extended an additional 60 days.

12.5 Notice by Administrator.

         The  Administrator's  decision  shall be  conveyed  to the  claimant in
writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner
calculated to be understood  by the  claimant,  with specific  references to the
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.


                                      -51-

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XIII

                       AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION AND MERGER

13.1 Amendments.

         The Employer  reserves the right at any time and from time to time, and
retroactively   if  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  by  it,  to  the  extent
permissible  under  law,  to  conform  with  governmental  regulations  or other
policies,  to amend in  whole  or in part any or all of the  provisions  of this
Plan, provided that:

         (a) No amendment  shall make it possible for any part of the Fund to be
used for, or  diverted  to,  purposes  other than for the  exclusive  benefit of
Participants or their  Beneficiaries un der the Trust  Agreement,  except to the
extent provided in Section 4.4;

         (b) No amendment may, directly or indirectly, reduce the vested portion
of any  Participant's  interest as of the  effective  date of the  amendment  or
change the  vesting  schedule  with  respect to the future  accrual of  Employer
contributions for any Participants  unless each Participant with 3 or more Years
of Service with the Employer is permitted to elect to have the vesting  schedule
in effect before the amendment used to determine his vested benefit; and

         (c) No amendment may eliminate an optional form of benefit.

         (d) No amendment  may  increase  the duties of the Trustee  without its
consent.

         Amendments  may be made in the form of Board of Directors'  resolutions
or separate written document. Copies of all amendments shall be delivered to the
Trustee.

13.2 Consolidation, Merger or Other Transactions of Employer.
 
         Nothing  in  this  Plan  shall  prevent  the   consolidation,   merger,
reorganization  or liquidation of the Employer,  or prevent the sale by Employer
of any or all of its property.  Any successor corporation or other entity formed
and resulting from any such  transaction  shall have the right to become a party
to this Plan by adopting the same by resolution  and by appointing a new Trustee
as though the Trustee had resigned in accordance with the Trust  Agreement,  and
by executing a proper  supplemental  agreement with the Trustee.  If, within 180
days from the  effective  date of such  transaction,  such new  entity  does not
become a party to this Plan as above provided,  this Plan shall automatically be
terminated and the Trustee shall make payments to the persons  entitled  thereto
in accordance with Section 9.5.



                                      -52-

<PAGE>



13.3 Consolidation or Merger of Trust.

         In the  event of any  merger  or  consolidation  of the Fund  with,  or
transfer  in  whole or in part of the  assets  and  liabilities  of the Fund to,
another trust fund held under any other plan of deferred compensation maintained
or to be established for the benefit of all or some of the  Participants of this
Plan,  the  assets  of  the  Fund  applicable  to  such  Participants  shall  be
transferred to the other trust fund only if:

         (a) Each Participant would receive a benefit under such successor trust
fund immediately  after the merger,  consolidation or transfer which is equal to
or greater than the benefit he would have been  entitled to receive  immediately
before the merger,  consolidation  or transfer  (determined  as if this Plan and
such transferee trust fund had then terminated);

         (b)  Resolutions  of the Board of Directors  under this Plan, or of any
new or successor  employer of the affected  Participants,  shall  authorize such
transfer  of assets,  and, in the case of the new or  successor  employer of the
affected   Participants,   its  resolutions   shall  include  an  assumption  of
liabilities with respect to such  Participants'  inclusion in the new employer's
plan; and

         (c) Such other plan and trust are qualified  under Sections  401(a) and
501(a) of the Code.

13.4 Bankruptcy or Insolvency of Employer.

         In the event of (a) the Employer's legal  dissolution or liquidation by
any  procedure  other  than  a  consolidation  or  merger,  (b)  the  Employer's
receivership,  insolvency,  or cessation of its business as a going concern,  or
(c) the  commencement  of any  proceeding  by or against the Employer  under the
federal bankruptcy laws, and similar federal or state statute, or any federal or
state  statute or rule  providing  for the relief of  debtors,  compensation  of
creditors, arrangement,  receivership, liquidation or any similar event which is
not dismissed  within 30 days, this Plan shall terminate  automatically  on such
date  (provided,  however,  that if a proceeding is brought against the Employer
for reorganization  under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any
similar federal or state statute,  then this Plan shall terminate  automatically
if and when said  proceeding  results in a liquidation  of the Employer,  or the
approval of any Plan  providing  therefor,  or the  proceeding is converted to a
case under  Chapter 7 of the  Bankruptcy  Code or any  similar  conversion  to a
liquidation proceeding under federal or state law including, but not limited to,
a receivership proceeding).  In the event of any such termination as provided in
the foregoing sentence,  the Trustee shall make payments to the persons entitled
thereto in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof.


                                      -53-

<PAGE>




13.5 Voluntary Termination.

         The Board of Directors reserves the right to terminate this Plan at any
time by giving to the  Trustee and the  Administrator  notice in writing of such
desire to terminate.  The Plan shall  terminate upon the date of receipt of such
notice,  the interests of all  Participants  shall become fully vested,  and the
Trustee shall make payments to each  Participant  or  Beneficiary  in accordance
with Section 9.5. Alternatively,  the Employer, in its discretion, may determine
to continue the Trust  Agreement and to continue the maintenance of the Fund, in
which event  distributions  shall be made upon the  contingencies and in all the
circumstances  which  would have been  entitled  such  distributions  on a fully
vested basis, had there been no termination of the Plan.

13.6 Partial Termination of Plan or Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions.

         In the event that a partial  termination of the Plan shall be deemed to
have occurred, or if the Employer shall discontinue completely its contributions
hereunder,  the right of each affected  Participant  to his interest in the Fund
shall be fully vested. The Employer, in its discretion,  shall decide whether to
direct the Trustee to make  immediate  distribution  of such portion of the Fund
assets  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto  or  to  make  distribution  in  the
circumstances and contingencies  which would have controlled such  distributions
if there had been no partial termina tion or discontinuance of contributions.



                                      -54-

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 No Diversion of Funds.

         It is the intention of the Employer that it shall be impossible for any
part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Fund to be used  for,  or  diverted  to,
purposes  other  than for the  exclusive  benefit of the  Participants  or their
Beneficiaries,  except to extent that a return of the Employer's contribution is
permitted under Section 4.4.

14.2 Liability Limited.

         Neither the Employer nor the Administrator,  nor any agents, employees,
officers,  directors or  shareholders  of any of them, nor the Trustee,  nor any
other person shall have any  liability  or  responsibility  with respect to this
Plan, except as expressly provided herein.

14.3 Incapacity.

         If the Administrator  shall receive evidence  satisfactory to it that a
Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at
the time when  such  benefit  becomes  payable,  a minor,  or is  physically  or
mentally  incompetent  to  receive  such  benefit  and to give a  valid  release
therefor,  and that another person or an institution is then  maintaining or has
custody of such Participant or Beneficiary,  and that no guardian,  committee or
other representative of the estate of such Participant or Beneficiary shall have
been duly appointed, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to make payment of
such benefit otherwise payable to such Participant or Beneficiary, to such other
person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minor Act,
or corresponding  legislation (who shall be an adult, a guardian of the minor or
a trust company), and the release of such other person or institution shall be a
valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

14.4 Spendthrift Clause.

         Except  as  permitted  by the Act or the  Code,  no  benefits  or other
amounts  payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to  anticipation,
sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge, encum brance, charge or alienation. If the
Administrator determines that any person entitled to any payments under the Plan
has become insolvent or bankrupt or has attempted to anticipate, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise in any manner alienate any benefit
or other amount payable to him under the Plan or that there is any danger of any
levy or  attachment  or other court  process or  encumbrance  on the part of any
creditor of such person  entitled to payments under the Plan against any benefit
or other accounts payable to such person, the Administrator may, at any time, in
its discretion, direct the Trustee to withhold any or all payments to such


                                      -55-

<PAGE>



person under the Plan and apply the same for the benefit of such person, in such
manner and in such proportion as the Administrator may deem proper.

14.5 Benefits Limited to Fund.

         All  contributions by the Employer to the Fund shall be voluntary,  and
the Employer shall be under no legal  liability to make any such  contributions.
The  benefits of this Plan shall be only as can be provided by the assets of the
Fund,  and no  liability  for the payment of benefits  under the Plan or for any
loss of assets due to any action or  inaction  of the  Trustee  shall be imposed
upon the Employer.

14.6 Cooperation of Parties.

         All  parties  to this Plan and any party  claiming  interest  hereunder
agree to perform any and all acts and execute any and all  documents  and papers
which are  necessary  and  desirable  for  carrying  out this Plan or any of its
provisions.

14.7 Payments Due Missing Persons.

         The Administrator  shall direct the Trustee to make a reasonable effort
to  locate  all  persons   entitled  to  benefits   under  the  Plan;   however,
notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of
5 years from the date such benefit  shall be due,  any such persons  entitled to
benefits  have not been  located,  their  rights  under  the  Plan  shall  stand
suspended.  Before this provision  becomes  operative,  the Trustee shall send a
certified  letter to all such persons at their last known address  advising them
that their  interest in  benefits  under the Plan shall be  suspended.  Any such
suspended  amounts  shall be held by the  Trustee  for a period of 3  additional
years (or a total of 8 years from the time the benefits  first became  payable),
and thereafter such amounts shall be reallocated  among current  Participants in
the same manner that a current  contribution would be allocated.  However,  if a
person subsequently makes a valid claim with respect to such reallocated amounts
and any earnings thereon, the Plan earnings or the Employer's contribution to be
allocated  for the year in which the claim shall be paid shall be reduced by the
amount of such payment.  Any such suspended amounts shall be handled in a manner
not  inconsistent  with  regulations  issued by the Internal Revenue Service and
Department of Labor.

14.8 Governing Law.

         This Plan has been  executed in the State of Maryland and all questions
pertaining to its validity,  construction and administration shall be determined
in accordance  with the laws of that State,  except to the extent  superseded by
the Act.



                                      -56-

<PAGE>


14.9 Nonguarantee of Employment.

         Nothing  contained  in this Plan shall be  construed  as a contract  of
employment between the Employer and any Employee,  or as a right of any Employee
to be continued in the  employment  of the  Employer,  or as a limitation of the
right of the Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

14.10 Counsel.

         The Trustee and the Administrator  may consult with legal counsel,  who
may be counsel for the Employer and for the Administrator or the Trustee (as the
case may be), with respect to the meaning or  construction  of this Plan and the
Trust  Agreement,  their  respective  obligations  or duties  hereunder  or with
respect to any action or  proceeding  or any  question of law, and they shall be
fully  protected  with  respect to any  action  taken or omitted by them in good
faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Sponsor  has  caused  these  presents  to be
executed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate seal to be affixed on
this ____ day of September, 1997.


                                                      WYMAN PARK
                                                      BANCORPORATION, INC.
     ATTEST:



    ____________________________                      By________________________
    Charmaine M. Snyder,                                Ernest A. Moretti,
    Secretary                                           President


    [Corporate Seal]





                                      -57-






                                   EXHIBIT 22

                                  SUBSIDIARIES


<PAGE>




                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
                      (Upon the completion of Transaction)


                                                                      State of
                                                       Percentage  Incorporation
                                                           of            or
Parent                       Subsidiary                 Ownership   Organization
- ------                       ----------                ----------  -------------
Wyman Park Bancorporation    Wyman Park Federal            100%        Federal
                             Savings & Loan Association

Wyman Park Federal           WP Financial Corporation      100%        Maryland
Savings & Loan Association


         It is contemplated that the financial statements of the Registrant will
be consolidated with Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association.









                                  EXHIBIT 24.1

                   CONSENT OF SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


<PAGE>







                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL




         We consent to the use of our opinion, to the incorporation by reference
of such opinion as an exhibit to the Form SB-2 and to the  reference to our firm
under the headings "The Conversion - Income Tax Consequences" and "Legal and Tax
Matters" in the  Prospectus  and proxy  statement  included in this Form S-1. In
giving this consent,  we do not admit that we are within the category of persons
whose  consent is required  under  Section 7 of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended,  or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
thereunder.


                                           /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


                                           SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.



Washington, D.C.
September 22, 1997




                                                                    Exhibit 24.2

                         Consent of Independent Auditors




         We hereby consent to the use in the OTS  Application to Convert on Form
AC and in the SEC  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 of our report dated July
18,  1997,  relating  to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Wyman Park
Federal Savings and Loan  Association for the two years ended June 30, 1997, and
the use of our name under the caption "Experts" in the Prospectus, which is part
of the OTS Application and the SEC Registration Statement.




                                                     /s/ Wooden & Benson



September 18, 1997
Baltimore, Maryland



                         [FERGUSON & COMPANY LETTERHEAD]





                               September 19, 1997


Board of Directors
Wyman Park Federal Savings and Loan Association
11 West Ridgely Road
Lutherville, Maryland

Directors:

         We  hereby  consent  to the  use of our  firm's  name  in the  Form  AC
Application for Conversion of Wyman Park Federal  Savings and Loan  Association,
Lutherville, Maryland, and any amendments thereto, in the Form SB-2 Registration
Statement of Wyman Park Bancorporation,  Inc. and any amendments thereto, and in
the  Application  H-(e)1-s  for Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc. We also hereby
consent to the inclusion of, summary of, and references to our Appraisal  Report
and our opinion  concerning  subscription  rights in such filings  including the
Prospectus of Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc.


                                                                      Sincerely,

                                                          /s/ Charles M. Herbert

                                                               Charles M. Hebert
                                                                       Principal






                                  EXHIBIT 99.2


                     PROXY STATEMENT AND FORM OF PROXY TO BE
                         FURNISHED TO THE ASSOCIATION'S
                                 ACCOUNT HOLDERS


<PAGE>



                                  FORM OF PROXY


                                 REVOCABLE PROXY


                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION


         THIS  PROXY  IS  SOLICITED  ON  BEHALF  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS
OF  WYMAN  PARK  FEDERAL  SAVINGS  &  LOAN  ASSOCIATION

         The undersigned member of Wyman Park Federal Savings & Loan Association
(the "Association") hereby appoints the Board of Directors of the Association as
proxies to cast all votes which the undersigned  member is entitled to cast at a
Special  Meeting of Members  to be held at the main  office of the  Association,
located at 11 West Ridgely  Road,  Lutherville,  Maryland,  at the hour and date
stated in the Proxy Statement, and at any and all adjournments and postponements
thereof,  and to act with  respect  to all votes that the  undersigned  would be
entitled  to  cast,  if  then  personally   present,   in  accordance  with  the
instructions on the reverse side hereof:

         to vote FOR or AGAINST the adoption of the Plan of Conversion providing
for the conversion of the Association from a federally  chartered mutual savings
association to a federally chartered stock savings association as a wholly owned
subsidiary  of Wyman  Park  Bancorporation,  Inc.,  a newly  organized  Delaware
corporation  formed by the  Association  for the purpose of becoming the holding
company for the Association,  and the related transactions  provided for in such
Plan of Conversion,  including the adoption of an amended  Federal Stock Charter
and Bylaws for the  Association,  pursuant to the laws of the United  States and
the Rules and Regulations administered by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

         This proxy will be voted as directed by the undersigned member.  UNLESS
CONTRARY  DIRECTION IS GIVEN,  THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ADOPTION OF THE PLAN
OF  CONVERSION.  In addition,  this proxy will be voted at the discretion of the
Board of Directors upon any other matter as may properly come before the Special
Meeting.

         The  undersigned  member may revoke this proxy at any time before it is
voted by  delivering  to the  Secretary of the  Association  either by a written
revocation  of the proxy or a duly  executed  proxy  bearing a later date, or by
appearing at the Special Meeting and voting in person.  The  undersigned  member
hereby  acknowledges  receipt  of  the  Notice  of  Special  Meeting  and  Proxy
Statement.


             (IMPORTANT: PLEASE VOTE, DATE AND SIGN ON REVERSE SIDE)


<PAGE>



                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION



Please Mark Votes Below

Approval of the Plan of Conversion

          ___                         ___
FOR      |___|        AGAINST        |___|


DATE _______________________, 1997



                                              X ________________________________



                                              X ________________________________


                                              IMPORTANT:   Please sign your name
                                              name exactly as it appears on this
                                              proxy.  Joint  accounts  need only
                                              one signature.  When signing as an
                                              attorney,   administrator,  agent,
                                              corporation,   officer,  executor,
                                              trustee or guardian, etc.,  please
                                              add   your   full  title  to  your
                                              signature.


     NOTE:   IF YOU RECEIVE MORE THAN ONE PROXY CARD, PLEASE SIGN AND RETURN ALL
             CARDS IN THE ACCOMPANYING ENVELOPE.


<PAGE>



                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION
                              11 West Ridgely Road
                        Lutherville, Maryland 21903-5172
                                 (410) 252-6450



                      NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS



             Notice is hereby  given  that a Special  Meeting  of  Members  (the
"Special  Meeting") of Wyman Park Federal  Savings & Loan  Association,  ("Wyman
Park" or the "Association"),  will be held at the main office of the Association
located at 11 West Ridgely Road,  Lutherville,  Maryland  21903-5172 on December
__, 1997 at __:__ _a.m., Lutherville, Maryland time. The purpose of this Special
Meeting is to consider and vote upon:

             A plan to convert the Association from a federally chartered mutual
             savings   association  to  a  federally   chartered  stock  savings
             association,  including the adoption of a federal stock charter and
             bylaws,  with the concurrent sale of all the  Association's  common
             stock to Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
             (the "Holding Company"),  and sale by the Holding Company of shares
             of its common stock; and

such other  business as may  properly  come  before the  Special  Meeting or any
adjournment thereof. Management is not aware of any such other business.

             The  members  who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Special Meeting and any adjournment thereof are depositors of the Association at
the close of business on _____ __, 1997 who continue to be  depositors as of the
date of the Special  Meeting.  In the event there are not  sufficient  votes for
approval  of the Plan of  Conversion  at the time of the  Special  Meeting,  the
Special  Meeting may be adjourned  from time to time in order to permit  further
solicitation of proxies.

                                       BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS



                                       Allan B. Heaver
                                       Chairman of the Board


Lutherville, Maryland
November __, 1997



                YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE
            FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY COMPLETING THE
              ENCLOSED PROXY CARD AND RETURNING IT IN THE ENCLOSED
                   POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
                          YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT.
                          ----------------------------

<PAGE>



                         SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CONVERSION

             This  summary  does not purport to be complete  and is qualified in
its entirety by the more detailed information contained in the remainder of this
Proxy Statement and the accompanying Prospectus.

             Under its present "mutual" form of organization,  Wyman Park has no
stockholders.  Its deposit account holders and certain  borrowers are members of
the Association  and have voting rights in that capacity.  In the unlikely event
of liquidation,  the  Association's  deposit account holders would have the sole
right to receive any assets of the  Association  remaining  after payment of its
liabilities  (including  the  claims  of  all  deposit  account  holders  to the
withdrawal value of their deposits).  Under the Plan of Conversion (the "Plan of
Conversion") to be voted on at the Special  Meeting,  the  Association  would be
converted  into a federally  chartered  savings  association  organized in stock
form, and all of the  Association's  common stock would be sold  concurrently to
the Holding Company (the "Conversion").  The Holding Company will offer and sell
its common stock (the  "Common  Stock") in an offering to, in order of priority,
(i) Wyman Park's depositors as of March 31, 1996 ("Eligible  Account  Holders"),
(ii)  tax-qualified  employee  plans  of  Wyman  Park  and the  Holding  Company
("Tax-Qualified  Employee Plans") including the Holding Company's Employee Stock
Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"), provided,  however, that the Tax-Qualified Employee
Plans shall have first priority Subscription Rights to the extent that the total
number of shares of Common Stock sold in the  Conversion  exceeds the maximum of
the Estimated Valuation Range as defined below, (iii) Wyman Park's depositors as
of September 30, 1997 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"), (iv) depositors
and certain  borrowers  as of both  October 17,  1990 and as of  ________,  1997
("Other  Members"),   and  (v)  its  employees,   officers  and  directors  (the
"Subscription Offering").

             Concurrent with the Subscription Offering, to the extent the Common
Stock is not all sold to the persons in the  foregoing  categories,  the Holding
Company  will offer  Common  Stock to members  of the  general  public to whom a
prospectus  (the  "Prospectus")  has been  delivered,  with first  preference to
natural persons residing in Baltimore and Anne Arundel Counties,  Maryland ("the
Community  Offering").  The Subscription Offering and the Community Offering are
referred to collectively as the "Subscription and Community  Offerings."  Voting
and liquidation  rights with respect to the Association would thereafter be held
by the Holding Company,  except to the limited extent of the liquidation account
(the "Liquidation Account") that will be established for the benefit of Eligible
and  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders of the  Association and voting and
liquidation  rights in the Holding  Company  would be held only by those persons
who become stockholders of the Holding Company through purchase of shares of its
Common Stock. See "Description of the Plan of Conversion - Principal  Effects of
Conversion - Liquidation Rights of Depositor Members."

            THE CONVERSION WILL NOT AFFECT THE BALANCE, INTEREST RATE OR FEDERAL
INSURANCE PROTECTION OF ANY SAVINGS DEPOSIT, AND NO PERSON WILL BE OBLIGATED
TO PURCHASE ANY STOCK IN THE CONVERSION.

Business Purposes
  for Conversion    Net Conversion proceeds are expected to increase the capital
                    of Wyman  Park,  which will  support  the  expansion  of its
                    financial  services to the public.  The  conversion to stock
                    form and the use of a  holding  company  structure  are also
                    expected to enhance its ability to expand  through  possible
                    mergers and acquisitions  (although no such transactions are
                    contemplated  at this time) and will  facilitate  its future
                    access to the capital markets. The Association will continue
                    to be subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by
                    the Office of Thrift  Supervision,  Department  of  Treasury
                    ("OTS")  and  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation
                    ("FDIC").

Subscription
  Offering          As part of the Conversion, Common Stock is being offered for
                    sale  in  the  Subscription   Offering,  in  the  priorities
                    summarized  below, to the Association's (i) Eligible Account
                    Holders,   (ii)   Tax-Qualified    Employee   Plans,   (iii)
                    Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders,  (iv) Other Members,
                    and (v) its employees, officers and directors.

                                        i

<PAGE>


Subscription Rights
  of Eligible
  Account Holders   Each Eligible Account Holder has been given non-transferable
                    rights to  subscribe  for an amount  equal to the greater of
                    $100,000 of Common  Stock,  one-tenth  of one percent of the
                    total number of shares offered in the Subscription  Offering
                    or 15 times  the  product  (rounded  down to the next  whole
                    number)  obtained by multiplying  the total number of shares
                    to be issued by a  fraction  of which the  numerator  is the
                    amount of  qualifying  deposits of such  subscriber  and the
                    denominator is the total qualifying  deposits of all account
                    holders in this category on the qualifying date.


Subscription Rights
  of Tax-Qualified
  Employee Plans    The  Association's  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans have been
                    given non-transferable rights to subscribe, individually and
                    in the  aggregate,  for up to 10%  of the  total  number  of
                    shares  sold  in  the  Conversion   after   satisfaction  of
                    subscriptions of Eligible  Account Holders.  Notwithstanding
                    the  foregoing,  to the extent  orders for shares exceed the
                    maximum of the appraisal range, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans
                    shall be afforded a first  priority to purchase  shares sold
                    above the maximum of the appraisal  range. It is anticipated
                    that  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will purchase 8% of the
                    Common Stock sold in the Conversion.


Subscription Rights
  of Supplemental
  Eligible Account
  Holders           After  satisfaction  of  subscriptions  of Eligible  Account
                    Holders and Tax- Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental
                    Eligible  Account  Holder (other than directors and officers
                    of the Association) has been given  non-transferable  rights
                    to subscribe  for an amount equal to the greater of $100,000
                    of  Common  Stock,  one-tenth  of one  percent  of the total
                    number of shares  offered in the  Conversion or 15 times the
                    product  (rounded down to the whole next number) obtained by
                    multiplying  the  total  number  of shares to be issued by a
                    fraction of which the  numerator is the amount of qualifying
                    deposits of such subscriber and the denominator is the total
                    qualifying  deposits of all account holders in this category
                    on the  qualifying  date.  The  subscription  rights of each
                    Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be reduced to the
                    extent of such person's  subscription  rights as an Eligible
                    Account  Holder.


Subscription Rights
  of Other Members  Each Other Member has been given non-transferable  rights to
                    subscribe  for an amount equal to the greater of $100,000 of
                    Common Stock or one-tenth of one percent of the total number
                    of shares offered in the Conversion  after  satisfaction  of
                    the  subscriptions  of the  Association's  Eligible  Account
                    Holders,   Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  and  Supplemental
                    Eligible Account Holders.


Subscription Rights
  of Association
  Personnel         Each  individual  employee,  officer  and  director  of  the
                    Association  has been  given  the  right to  purchase  up to
                    $100,000  of  Common   Stock  after   satisfaction   of  the
                    subscriptions  of Eligible  Account  Holders,  Tax-Qualified
                    Employee Plans,  Supplemental  Eligible  Account Holders and
                    Other Members. Total shares subscribed for by the employees,
                    officers and  directors in this  category may not exceed 24%
                    of the total shares offered in the Conversion.


Purchase
  Limitations       No person  (other  than a  Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plan) by
                    himself  or herself  or with an  associate,  and no group of
                    persons  acting in concert,  may  subscribe  for or purchase
                    more  than   $100,000  of  Common   Stock   offered  in  the
                    Conversion.  Officers and directors and their associates may
                    not purchase, in the aggregate,  more than 34% of the shares
                    to be sold in the Conversion.  For purposes of the Plan, the
                    members of the Board of

                                       ii

<PAGE>



                    Directors  are not deemed to be acting in concert  solely by
                    reason of their Board membership.


Expiration Date of
  the Subscription
  Offering          All  subscriptions  for  Common  Stock  must  be received by
                     _:00 _.m., Lutherville, Maryland time on ________ __, 1997.


How to Subscribe
  for Shares        For  information  on how to subscribe for Common Stock being
                    offered in the  Conversion,  please read the  Prospectus and
                    the order  form and  instructions  accompanying  this  Proxy
                    Statement. Subscriptions will not become effective until the
                    Plan of Conversion  has been  approved by the  Association's
                    members  and  all  of  the  Common  Stock   offered  in  the
                    Conversion   has  been   subscribed   for  or  sold  in  the
                    Subscription  and Community  Offerings or through such other
                    means as may be approved by the OTS.


Price of
  Common Stock      All sales of Common  Stock in the  Offering  will be made at
                    the same price per share which is  currently  expected to be
                    $10.00 per share on the basis of an independent appraisal of
                    the  pro  forma  market  value  of the  Association  and the
                    Holding  Company  upon   Conversion.   On  the  basis  of  a
                    preliminary   appraisal   by   Ferguson  &   Company,   Inc.
                    ("Ferguson"),  which has been reviewed by the OTS, a minimum
                    of  _________  and a maximum  of  _________  shares  will be
                    offered  in the  Conversion.  See  "The  Conversion  - Stock
                    Pricing   and   Number  of  Shares  to  be  Issued"  in  the
                    Prospectus.


Tax Consequences    The  Association  has  received an opinion  from its special
                    counsel,  Silver,  Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., stating that the
                    Conversion  is a  nontaxable  reorganization  under  Section
                    368(a)(1)(F)  of the Internal  Revenue Code. The Association
                    has also received an opinion from Wooden & Benson, Chartered
                    stating   that  the   Conversion   will  not  be  a  taxable
                    transaction for Maryland income tax purposes.


Required Vote       Approval  of  the  Plan  of  Conversion   will  require  the
                    affirmative  vote of a majority of all votes  eligible to be
                    cast at the Special Meeting.

                  YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO VOTE FOR
                             THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

                                       iii

<PAGE>



                  WYMAN PARK FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN ASSOCIATION

                                 PROXY STATEMENT

           SPECIAL MEETING OF MEMBERS TO BE HELD ON ________ __, 1997

                               PURPOSE OF MEETING


             This Proxy  Statement is being  furnished to you in connection with
the  solicitation  on behalf of the Board of  Directors  of Wyman  Park  Federal
Savings & Loan Association  ("Wyman Park Federal" or the  "Association")  of the
proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting of Members (the "Special Meeting") of
the Association to be held at the  Association's  main office located at 11 West
Ridgely  Road,  Lutherville,  Maryland,  on  ________  __,  1997 at __:__  _.m.,
Lutherville, Maryland time, and at any adjournments thereof. The Special Meeting
is  being  held  for  the  purpose  of  considering  and  voting  upon a Plan of
Conversion  under which the  Association  would be converted (the  "Conversion")
from a federally chartered mutual savings association into a federally chartered
stock savings  association,  the concurrent  sale of all the common stock of the
stock  savings  association  to Wyman Park  Bancorporation,  Inc.  (the "Holding
Company"), a Delaware corporation, and the sale by the Holding Company of shares
of its common stock (the "Common Stock") and such other business as may properly
come before the meeting and any adjournment thereof.

                    RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

             THE   BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS   OF  THE  ASSOCIATION  RECOMMENDS  THAT
YOU VOTE TO APPROVE THE PLAN OF CONVERSION.

             The  Association  is currently  organized  in "mutual"  rather than
"stock" form,  meaning that it has no  stockholders  and no authority  under its
federal  mutual  charter to issue  capital  stock.  The  Association's  Board of
Directors has adopted the Plan of Conversion  providing for the Conversion.  The
sale of Common Stock of the Holding Company, which was recently formed to become
the  holding  company  of  the  Association,  will  substantially  increase  the
Association's net worth. The Holding Company will exchange  approximately 50% of
the net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common Stock for the common stock of the
Association to be issued upon Conversion.  The Holding Company expects to retain
the  balance of the net  proceeds as its  initial  capitalization,  a portion of
which the Holding  Company  intends to lend to its Employee Stock Ownership Plan
to fund its purchase of Common Stock.  This  increased  capital will support the
expansion of the Association's  financial  services to the public.  The Board of
Directors of the Association also believes that the conversion to stock form and
the use of a holding company structure will enhance the Association's ability to
expand through possible mergers and acquisitions  (although no such transactions
are  contemplated  at this time) and will  facilitate  its future  access to the
capital markets.

             The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Association  believes  that  the
Conversion  will further  benefit the  Association by enabling it to attract and
retain key personnel through prudent use of stock-related incentive compensation
and benefit plans.

             Voting in favor of the Plan of  Conversion  will not  obligate  any
person to purchase any Common Stock.

             THE OFFICE OF THRIFT  SUPERVISION  ("OTS") HAS APPROVED THE PLAN OF
CONVERSION  SUBJECT  TO  THE  APPROVAL  OF THE  ASSOCIATION'S  MEMBERS  AND  THE
SATISFACTION  OF CERTAIN  OTHER  CONDITIONS.  HOWEVER,  SUCH  APPROVAL  DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION OR ENDORSEMENT OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION BY THE OTS.

              INFORMATION RELATING TO VOTING AT THE SPECIAL MEETING

             The Board of Directors of the Association has  fixed__________  __,
1997 as the voting record date ("Voting Record Date") for the  determination  of
members  entitled to notice of the Special Meeting.  All Association  depositors
and certain  borrowers are members of the Association under its current charter.
All Association members of record as

                                        1

<PAGE>



of the close of business on the Voting Record Date who continue to be members as
of the date of the  Special  Meeting  will be  entitled  to vote at the  Special
Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

             Each   depositor   member   (including   IRA  and   Keogh   account
beneficiaries) will be entitled at the Special Meeting to cast one vote for each
$100,  or fraction  thereof,  of the aggregate  withdrawal  value of all of such
depositor's  accounts in the  Association  as of the Voting Record Date, up to a
maximum  of 1,000  votes.  In  general,  accounts  held in  different  ownership
capacities will be treated as separate  memberships for purposes of applying the
1,000 vote  limitation.  For example,  if two persons hold a $100,000 account in
their  joint  names and each of the  persons  also holds a separate  account for
$100,000 in his own name,  each person would be entitled to 1,000 votes for each
separate  account and they would together be entitled to cast 1,000 votes on the
basis of the joint  account.  Where no proxies are  received  from IRA and Keogh
account beneficiaries,  after due notification,  the Association,  as trustee of
these  accounts,  is  entitled  to vote these  accounts  in favor of the Plan of
Conversion.

             Each borrower member of the Association as of both October 17, 1990
and the Voting  Record Date,  who  continues to be a borrowers as of the date of
the Special Meeting will be entitled to cast one vote as a borrower members,  in
addition to any vote be or she may be entitled to cast as a depositor.

             Approval of the Plan of Conversion requires the affirmative vote of
a majority of the total outstanding votes of the Association's  members eligible
to be cast at the Special  Meeting.  As of________ __, 1997, the Association had
approximately _______ members who were entitled to cast a total of approximately
_______ votes at the Special Meeting.

             Association  members  may  vote  at  the  Special  Meeting  or  any
adjournment  thereof in person or by proxy.  Any member giving a proxy will have
the right to revoke the proxy at any time  before it is voted by giving  written
notice to the Secretary of the Association, provided that such written notice is
received  by the  Secretary  prior to the  Special  Meeting  or any  adjournment
thereof, or upon request if the member is present and chooses to vote in person.

             All properly executed proxies received by the Board of Directors of
the  Association  will be voted in accordance  with the  instructions  indicated
thereon by the members giving such proxies.  If no instructions are given,  such
proxies will be voted in favor of the Plan of  Conversion.  If any other matters
are properly  presented at the Special Meeting and may properly be voted on, the
proxies  solicited  hereby will be voted on such matters in accordance  with the
best judgment of the proxy holders named thereon. Management is not aware of any
other business to be presented at the Special Meeting.

             If a proxy is not  executed  and is returned or the member does not
vote in person,  the Association is prohibited by OTS  regulations  from using a
previously  executed proxy to vote for the Conversion.  As a result,  failure to
vote may have the same effect as a vote against the Plan of Conversion.

             To  the  extent  necessary  to  permit  approval  of  the  Plan  of
Conversion, proxies may be solicited by officers, directors or regular employees
of  the  Association,  in  person,  by  telephone  or  through  other  forms  of
communication and, if necessary, the Special Meeting may be adjourned to a later
date. In addition,  Trident Securities,  Inc. will assist the Association in the
solicitation of proxies.  Such persons will be reimbursed by the Association for
their expenses  incurred in connection with such  solicitation.  The Association
will bear all costs of this  solicitation.  The proxies solicited hereby will be
used only at the Special Meeting and at any adjournment thereof.

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION

             The Plan of  Conversion to be presented for approval at the Special
Meeting  provides for the  Conversion  to be  accomplished  through  adoption of
amended  charter and bylaws for the  Association  to  authorize  the issuance of
capital stock along with the concurrent  formation of a holding company. As part
of the Conversion, the Plan of Conversion provides for the subscription offering
(the  "Subscription  Offering")  of the Common  Stock to the  Association's  (i)
Eligible Account Holders  (deposit  account holders as of March 31, 1996);  (ii)
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans,  (iii)  Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders
(deposit account holders as of September 30, 1997);  (iv) Other Members (deposit
account  holders and certain  borrowers  eligible to vote at the Special Meeting
who are  not as  Eligible  Account  Holders  or  Supplemental  Eligible  Account
Holders);  and  (v)  the  Association's   employees,   officers  and  directors.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to the extent  orders  for  shares  exceed the
maximum of the appraisal range,

                                        2

<PAGE>



Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans  shall be  afforded a first  priority to purchase
shares sold above the maximum of the appraisal  range.  It is  anticipated  that
Tax-Qualified  Employee  Plans will  purchase 8% of the Common Stock sold in the
Conversion.  In  addition,  in  the  Community  Offering,  concurrent  with  the
Subscription Offering, members of the general public, with a first preference to
natural persons residing in Baltimore and Anne Arundel Counties,  Maryland, will
be afforded the  opportunity  to purchase the Common Stock not subscribed for in
the Subscription Offering.

             THE  SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING HAS COMMENCED AS OF THE DATE OF MAILING
OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT.  A PROSPECTUS  EXPLAINING THE TERMS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION
OFFERING,  INCLUDING HOW TO ORDER AND PAY FOR SHARES AND DESCRIBING THE BUSINESS
OF THE ASSOCIATION AND THE HOLDING COMPANY; ACCOMPANIES THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND
SHOULD BE READ BY ALL PERSONS WHO WISH TO CONSIDER SUBSCRIBING FOR COMMON STOCK.
THE SUBSCRIPTION  OFFERING EXPIRES AT _:00 _.M.,  LUTHERVILLE,  MARYLAND TIME ON
________ __, 1997 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE ASSOCIATION AND THE HOLDING COMPANY.

             The federal conversion  regulations  require that all stock offered
in a conversion  must be sold in order for the  conversion to become  effective.
The conversion regulations require that the offering be completed within 45 days
after  completion of the  Subscription  Offering  period unless  extended by the
Association  and the Holding  Company with the approval of the OTS.  This 45-day
period expires ________ __, 1997 unless the  Subscription  Offering is extended.
If this is not possible,  an occurrence that is currently not  anticipated,  the
Board of Directors of the  Association and the Holding Company will consult with
the  OTS  to  determine  an  appropriate   alternative  method  of  selling  all
unsubscribed  shares offered in the Conversion.  The Plan of Conversion provides
that the  Conversion  must be  completed  within 24 months after the date of the
Special Meeting.

             The Subscription  and Community  Offerings or any other sale of the
unsubscribed  shares will be made as soon as  practicable  after the date of the
Special Meeting. No sales of shares may be completed, either in the Subscription
and Community Offerings or otherwise,  unless the Plan of Conversion is approved
by the members of the Bank.

             The  commencement  and completion of the Subscription and Community
Offerings, however, is subject to market conditions and other factors beyond the
Association's  control.  Due to adverse  conditions  in the stock  market in the
past, a number of converting thrift institutions  encountered significant delays
in completing their stock offerings or were not able to complete them at all. No
assurance  can be given as to the length of time after  approval  of the Plan of
Conversion  at the  Special  Meeting  that  will be  required  to  complete  the
Subscription  and  Community  Offerings  or other sale of the Common Stock to be
offered in the Conversion.  If delays are experienced,  significant  changes may
occur in the  estimated pro forma market value of the Holding  Company's  Common
Stock,  together with  corresponding  changes in the offering  price and the net
proceeds  realized by the  Association  and the Holding Company from the sale of
the  Common  Stock.  The  Association  and the  Holding  Company  may also incur
substantial  additional  printing,  legal,  accounting  and  other  expenses  in
completing the Conversion.

             The following is a brief summary of the Conversion and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to the Plan of Conversion, a complete copy of which
is attached hereto. The Association's federal stock charter and bylaws that will
become  effective  upon  completion of the  Conversion  are  available  from the
Association  upon  request.   A  copy  of  the  Holding  Company's  articles  of
incorporation and bylaws are also available from the Association upon request.

Principal Effects of Conversion

             Depositors.  The  Conversion  will not change the amount,  interest
rate,  withdrawal rights or federal insurance protection of deposit accounts, or
affect  deposit  accounts  in any way other  than  with  respect  to voting  and
liquidation rights as discussed below.

             Borrowers. The rights and obligations of borrowers under their loan
agreements with the  Association  will remain  unchanged by the Conversion.  The
principal  amount,  interest rate and maturity date of loans will remain as they
were contractually fixed prior to the Conversion.

             Voting Rights of Members.  Under the Association's  current federal
mutual charter,  depositors and certain  borrowers have voting rights as members
of the  Association  with respect to the election of directors and certain other
affairs of the Association.  After the Conversion,  exclusive voting rights with
respect to all such matters will be vested

                                        3

<PAGE>



in the Holding Company as the sole  stockholder of the  Association.  Depositors
and  certain  borrowers  will no longer  have any voting  rights,  except to the
extent that they become stockholders of the Holding Company through the purchase
of its  Common  Stock.  Voting  rights  in the  Holding  Company  will  be  held
exclusively by its stockholders.

             Liquidation Rights of Depositor Members. Currently, in the unlikely
event of liquidation of the Association, any assets remaining after satisfaction
of all creditors'  claims in full (including the claims of all depositors to the
withdrawal  value of their  accounts)  would be  distributed  pro rata among the
depositors  of the  Association,  with the pro rata share of each being the same
proportion  of all  such  remaining  assets  as the  withdrawal  value  of  each
depositor's  account is of the total  withdrawal  value of all  accounts  in the
Association at the time of liquidation.  After the Conversion, the assets of the
Association  would first be applied,  in the event of  liquidation,  against the
claims  of  all  creditors  (including  the  claims  of  all  depositors  to the
withdrawal  value  of  their  accounts).  Any  remaining  assets  would  then be
distributed  to the  persons  who  qualified  as  Eligible  Account  Holders  or
Supplemental Eligible Account Holders under the Plan of Conversion to the extent
of their  interests in a  "Liquidation  Account" that will be established at the
time of the completion of the Conversion and then to the Holding  Company as the
sole   stockholder  of  the   Association's   outstanding   common  stock.   The
Association's  depositors  who did not  qualify as Eligible  Account  Holders or
Supplemental  Eligible  Account  Holders  would  have no  right  to share in any
residual  net worth of the  Association  in the event of  liquidation  after the
Conversion, but would continue to have the right as creditors of the Association
to receive the full withdrawal value of their deposits prior to any distribution
to the Holding Company as the Association's sole stockholder.  In addition,  the
Association's  deposit  accounts  will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the
maximum extent  permitted by law,  currently up to $100,000 per insured account.
The Liquidation  Account will initially be established in an amount equal to the
net  worth  of the  Association  as of the  date  of  the  Association's  latest
statement  of financial  condition  contained  in the final  prospectus  used in
connection with the Conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental
Eligible  Account  Holder will  receive an initial  interest in the  Liquidation
Account in the same  proportion as the balance in all of his qualifying  deposit
accounts was of the aggregate balance in all qualifying  deposit accounts of all
Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental  Eligible Account Holders on March 31,
1996 or  September  30,  1997,  respectively.  For accounts in existence on both
dates,  separate  subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the qualifying
deposits in such  accounts on the record  dates.  However,  if the amount in the
qualifying deposit account on any annual closing date of the Association is less
than the lowest amount in such deposit  account on the  Eligibility  Record Date
and/or  Supplemental  Eligibility Record Date, and any subsequent annual closing
date,  this  interest in the  Liquidation  Account  will be reduced by an amount
proportionate  to such  reduction  in the related  deposit  account and will not
thereafter be increased  despite any subsequent  increase in the related deposit
account.

             The Association.  Under federal law, the stock savings  association
resulting from the Conversion  will be deemed to be a continuation of the mutual
savings  association  rather than a new entity and will  continue to have all of
the rights,  privileges,  properties,  assets and liabilities of the Association
prior to the  Conversion.  The Conversion  will enable the  Association to issue
capital stock, but will not change the general objectives,  purposes or types of
business  currently  conducted  by  the  Association,   and  no  assets  of  the
Association will be distributed in order to effect the Conversion, other than to
pay the expenses  incident thereto.  After the Conversion,  the Association will
remain subject to examination  and regulation by the OTS and will continue to be
a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Conversion will not cause any
change in the executive officers or directors of the Association.

             Tax  Consequences.  Consummation  of the  Conversion  is  expressly
conditioned  upon prior receipt of either a ruling of the United States Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") or an opinion letter of the  Association's  counsel with
respect  to  federal  taxation,  and  either a ruling of the  Maryland  taxation
authorities or an opinion letter from the Association's accountants with respect
to Maryland  taxation,  to the effect that the Conversion  will not be a taxable
transaction to the Holding Company, the Association or the Association's deposit
account holders receiving subscription rights.

             The  Association  has  received an opinion of its special  counsel,
Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.,  to the effect that (i) the  Conversion  will
qualify as a reorganization  under Section  368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue
Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and no gain or  loss  will be  recognized  to the
Association  in  either  its  mutual  form or its  stock  form by  reason of the
proposed Conversion,  (ii) no gain or loss will be recognized to the Association
in its stock form upon the receipt of money and other property, if any, from the
Holding  Company for the stock of the  Association;  and no gain or loss will be
recognized to the Holding  Company upon the receipt of money for Common Stock of
the Holding Company; (iii) the assets of the Association in either its mutual or
its stock form will have the same basis  before and after the  Conversion;  (iv)
the  holding  period of the  assets of the  Association  in its stock  form will
include the period

                                        4

<PAGE>



during which the assets were held by the Association in its mutual form prior to
Conversion;  (v)  gain,  if  any,  will be  realized  by the  depositors  of the
Association  upon the  constructive  issuance  to them of  withdrawable  deposit
accounts  of the  Association  in its stock form,  nontransferable  subscription
rights  to  purchase  Holding  Company  Common  Stock  and/or  interests  in the
Liquidation  Account (any such gain will be recognized by such  depositors,  but
only in an amount  not in excess of the fair  market  value of the  subscription
rights  and  Liquidation  Account  interests  received);  (vi) the  basis of the
account holder's  savings accounts in the Association  after the Conversion will
be the same as the basis of his or her savings accounts in the Association prior
to the  Conversion;  (vii) the basis of each  account  holder's  interest in the
Liquidation  Account is assumed to be zero; (viii) based on the Ferguson Letter,
as hereinafter  defined, the basis of the subscription rights will be zero; (ix)
the basis of the Holding  Company Common Stock to its  stockholders  will be the
purchase price thereof;  (x) a stockholder's  holding period for Holding Company
Common Stock acquired through the exercise of subscription rights shall begin on
the date on which the  subscription  rights are exercised and the holding period
for the Conversion Stock purchased in the  Subscription  and Community  Offering
will  commence on the date  following the date on which such stock is purchased;
(xi) the Association in its stock form will succeed to and take into account the
earnings and profits or deficit in earnings and profits, of the Association,  in
its  mutual  form,  as  of  the  date  of  Conversion;  (xii)  the  Association,
immediately after Conversion, will succeed to and take into account the bad debt
reserve accounts of the  Association,  in mutual form, and the bad debt reserves
will have the same character in the hands of the Association after Conversion as
if no  Conversion  had  occurred;  and (xiii) the  creation  of the  Liquidation
Account will have no effect on the Association's  taxable income,  deductions or
addition to reserve for bad debts either in its mutual or stock form.

             The opinion from Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P. is based,  among
other  things,  on  certain  assumptions,  including  the  assumptions  that the
exercise price of the  Subscription  Rights to purchase  Holding  Company Common
Stock will be approximately  equal to the fair market value of that stock at the
time  of  the  completion  of  the  proposed  Conversion.  With  respect  to the
Subscription  Rights,  the  Association  will  receive a letter from  Ferguson &
Company, Inc. (the "Ferguson Letter") which, based on certain assumptions,  will
conclude  that the  Subscription  Rights  to be  received  by  Eligible  Account
Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and other eligible subscribers do
not have any  economic  value  at the  time of  distribution  or at the time the
Subscription Rights are exercised, whether or not a Public Offering takes place.

             The Association has also received an opinion of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P. to the effect that, based in part on the Ferguson  Letter:  (i) no
taxable  income will be realized by  depositors  as a result of the  exercise of
non-transferable  Subscription  Rights to  purchase  shares of  Holding  Company
Common Stock at fair market value;  (ii) no taxable income will be recognized by
borrowers,  directors,  officers and employees of the Association on the receipt
or exercise of Subscription  Rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common
Stock at fair market value;  and (iii) no taxable income will be realized by the
Association  or  Holding  Company  on the  issuance  of  Subscription  Rights to
eligible  subscribers to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at fair
market value.

             Notwithstanding the Ferguson Letter, if the Subscription Rights are
subsequently  found to have a fair market value and are deemed a distribution of
property,  it is Silver,  Freedman & Taff,  L.L.P.'s opinion that gain or income
will be recognized by various recipients of the Subscription  Rights (in certain
cases,  whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Association  and/or the
Holding Company may be taxable on the distribution of the  Subscription  Rights.
In any event,  all  recipients  are  encouraged  to  consult  with their own tax
advisors as to the tax consequences which may result.

             With respect to Maryland taxation,  the Association has received an
opinion  from Wooden & Benson,  Chartered  to the effect that the  Maryland  tax
consequences  to the  Association,  in its  mutual or stock  form,  the  Holding
Company,  eligible  account  holders,  parties  receiving  subscription  rights,
parties  purchasing  conversion  stock,  and other parties  participating in the
Conversion  will be the same as the federal  income tax  consequences  described
above.

             Unlike a private letter ruling, the opinions of Silver,  Freedman &
Taff,  L.L.P.  and Wooden & Benson,  Chartered,  as well as the Ferguson Letter,
have no binding  effect or official  status,  and no assurance can be given that
the  conclusions  reached in any of those opinions would be sustained by a court
if contested by the IRS or the Maryland State tax authorities.


                                        5

<PAGE>


Approval, Interpretation, Amendment and Termination

             Under  the Plan of  Conversion,  the  letter  from  the OTS  giving
approval thereto, and applicable regulations,  consummation of the Conversion is
subject to the  satisfaction  of the following  conditions:  (a) approval of the
Plan of Conversion by members of the Association  casting at least a majority of
the votes  eligible  to be cast at the Special  Meeting;  (b) sale of all of the
Common  Stock to be  offered in the  Conversion;  and (c)  receipt of  favorable
rulings or  opinions  as to the federal and  Maryland  tax  consequences  of the
Conversion.

             The Plan of Conversion may be  substantively  amended by the Boards
of Directors of the  Association and the Holding Company with the concurrence of
the OTS. If the Plan of Conversion is amended,  proxies which have been received
prior to such amendment will not be resolicited unless otherwise required by the
OTS.  Also,  as  required  by the federal  regulations,  the Plan of  Conversion
provides  that the  transactions  contemplated  thereby may be terminated by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Association  alone at any time prior to the Special
Meeting and may be  terminated by the Board of Directors of the  Association  at
any time thereafter with the concurrence of the OTS, notwithstanding approval of
the Plan of Conversion by the members of the Association at the Special Meeting.
All  interpretations  by the  Association and the Holding Company of the Plan of
Conversion  and of the order forms and related  materials  for the  Subscription
Offering will be final, except as regards or affects the OTS.

Judicial Review

             Section  5(i)(2)(B)  of the Home Owners'  Loan Act, as amended,  12
U.S.C.  ss.1464(i)(2)(B)  and  Section  563b.8(u)  of the Rules and  Regulations
promulgated  thereunder (12 C.F.R.  Section 563b.8(u)) provide: (i) that persons
aggrieved  by a  final  action  of the  OTS  which  approves,  with  or  without
conditions, or disapproves a plan of conversion, may obtain review of such final
action only by filing a written  petition in the United  States Court of Appeals
for the circuit in which the  principal  office or  residence  of such person is
located,  or in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia,
requesting  that the final  action  of the OTS be  modified,  terminated  or set
aside,  and  (ii)  that  such  petition  must be  filed  within  30  days  after
publication of notice of such final action in the Federal  Register,  or 30 days
after the date of mailing of the notice and proxy  statement  for the meeting of
the converting  institution's members at which the conversion is to be voted on,
whichever  is later.  The notice of the  Special  Meeting  of the  Association's
members to vote on the Plan of  Conversion  described  herein is included at the
beginning of this Proxy Statement.  The statute and regulation referred to above
should be consulted for further information.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

             The information contained in the accompanying Prospectus, including
a more detailed  description of the Plan of Conversion,  consolidated  financial
statements  of the  Association  and a  description  of the  capitalization  and
business of the Association and the Holding Company, including the Association's
directors and executive officers and their compensation,  the anticipated use of
the net  proceeds  from the sale of the Common  Stock and a  description  of the
Common  Stock,   is  intended  to  help  you  evaluate  the  Conversion  and  is
incorporated by this reference.

             YOUR VOTE IS VERY  IMPORTANT  TO US.  PLEASE  TAKE A MOMENT  NOW TO
COMPLETE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD IN THE POSTAGE-PAID  ENVELOPE PROVIDED.  YOU
MAY STILL  ATTEND THE  SPECIAL  MEETING  AND VOTE IN PERSON EVEN THOUGH YOU HAVE
VOTED YOUR PROXY.  FAILURE TO SUBMIT A PROXY WILL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING
AGAINST THE CONVERSION.

             If you have any questions, please call our Stock Information Center
at (___) ___-____.

             IMPORTANT:  YOU MAY BE ENTITLED TO VOTE IN MORE THAN ONE CAPACITY.
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN EACH PROXY CARD YOU RECEIVE.

                             ----------------------

             THIS PROXY STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF
AN OFFER TO BUY STOCK.  THE OFFER WILL BE MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

             THE COMMON  STOCK IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT  FEDERALLY
INSURED OR GUARANTEED.

                                        6



                            CERTIFICATION


         I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SECURITY IS NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT AND IS NOT
FEDERALLY  INSURED,  AND IS NOT GUARANTEED BY WYMAN PARK FEDERAL  SAVINGS & LOAN
ASSOCIATION, OR BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.

         If  anyone   asserts  that  this  security  is  federally   insured  or
guaranteed,  or is as safe as an insured  deposit,  I should  call the Office of
Thrift Supervision, Central Regional Director, John Ryan (404) 888-0771.

         I further  certify that,  before  purchasing the common stock par value
$0.01 of Wyman Park Bancorporation, Inc., the proposed holding company for Wyman
Park  Federal  Savings & Loan  Association  (the  "Association"),  I  received a
prospectus dated ___________, 1997 (the "Prospectus").

         The  Prospectus  that I received  contains  disclosure  concerning  the
nature of the security  being offered and  describes  the risks  involved in the
investment,  including, but not limited to: vulnerability to changes in interest
rates; competition;  geographical  concentration of loans; certain anti-takeover
provisions;  voting  control of shares by the  board,  management  and  employee
plans;  low  return of equity and low net  interest  margin;  ESOP  compensation
expense;   absence  of  active  market  for  common  stock;   proposed   federal
legislation; risk of delayed offering.

         For a more detailed  description of the risks involved in the offering,
see "Risk Factors" at pages __ through __ of the Prospectus.

         In addition, the certificate of incorporation of the Company requires a
vote of 80% of stockholders  to remove  directors,  to approve certain  business
combinations  or to amend the certificate of  incorporation,  which may have the
effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt of the Company.  For additional
information, see pages ___ through ___ of the Prospectus.



NOTE:       If the stock is to be held jointly,
            both parties must sign.

Signature:



Signature:


Date:


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission